+o Ord in we ~— * \ Sy e ey SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM VOLUME 112 NUMBERS 3431-3449 UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1962 Publications of the United States National Museum The scientific publications of the United States National Museum include two series, Proceedings of the United States National Museum and United States National Museum Bulletin. In these series are published original articles and monographs dealing with the collections and work of the Museum and setting forth newly acquired facts in the fields of anthropology, biology, geology, history, and technology. Copies of each publication are distributed to libraries and scientific organizations and to specialists and others interested in the various subjects. The Proceedings, begun in 1878, are intended for the publication, in separate form, of shorter papers. These are gathered in volumes, octavo in size, with the publication date of each paper recorded in the table of contents of the volume. In the Bulletin series, the first of which was issued in 1875, appear longer, separate publications consisting of monographs (occasionally in several parts) and volumes in which are collected works on related subjects. Bulletins are either octavo or quarto in size, depending on the needs of the presentation. Since 1902 papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum have been published in the Bulletin series under the heading Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. REMINGTON KELLOGG, Director, United States National Museum. II CONTENTS Berry, Freperick H., and ANpERson, Wiuu1amM W. Star- gazer fishes from the western north Atlantic (family Uranoscopidae). One figure and four plates. No. 3448, published April 12, 1961 . Posy hag esicee Bonet, F., and Tuxen, S. L. Reexamination of species of Protura described by H. E. Ewing. One hundred and three figures. No. 3437, published October 13, 1960. Bowman, THomas E. The pelagic amphipod genus Para- themisto (Hyperiidea : Hyperiidae) in the north Pacific and adjacent Arctic Ocean. Nineteen figures. No. 3439, published October 13, 1960. Camras, Srpney. Flies of the fn Gaia rea eastern Asia. No. 3432, published June 24, 1960 New species: Abrachyglossuwm cockerellt, Conops thecoides, C. (Asi- conops) kanoi, C. (A.) chinensis, C. (A.) grahami, C. (A.) szech- wanensis, C. (A.) thecus, C. (A.) rufigaster, Siniconops splendens, S. grandens, Physocephala rufifrons, P. theca, P. melana, P. elongata, Thecophora philippinensis. Carriker, M. A., Jr. Studies in neotropical Mallophaga, XVII: A new family (Trochiliphagidae) and a new genus of the lice of hummingbirds. Twelve figures. No. 3438, published October 13, 1960. New family: Trochiliphagidae. New genus: Trochiliphagus. New species: Trochiloecetes aglaeactt, T. Quibdoensis, T. simpler, T. Latitemporis, T. coartatia, T. malvasae, T. grandior, T. rhodopis, T. columbianus, T. angustifrons, T. abdominalis, T. pinguis, T. complexus, T. bolivianus, T. fasciatus, T. oenonae, T. multicarinae, T. illumani, T. sauli, T. mandibularis, Trochili- phagus lazulus, T. mexicanus, T. mellivorus, T. irazuensis, T. grandior, T. brevicephalus, T. peruanus, T. latitemporalis, T. abdominalis. Drakes, Cart J., and Ruyorr, Fuorence A. Lace-bug genera of the world (Hemiptera : Tingidae). Five figures and nine plates. No. 3431, published July 7, 1960 New genera: Aframizia, Octacysta. SMITHSONIAN PR 19 19 INSTITUTION Pages . 563-586 . 265-305 . 343-392 107-131 . 307-342 1-105 IIl b2 IV PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Pages GoopinG, RicHarp U. North and South American cope- pods of the genus Hemicyclops (Cyclopoida : Clausidiidae). Ten figures. No. 3434, published June 17, 1960 . . . . 159-195 New species: Hemicyclops subadhaerens, H. arenicolae. HANDLEY, CHaruets O., Jr. Descriptions of new bats from Panama. No. 3442, published October 6, 1960. . . . . 459-479 New species: Anoura cultrata, Chiroderma gorgasi, Lasiurus cas- taneus. New subspecies: Mimon crenulatum keenani, Myotis simus ripartus. HorrmMan, Ricuarp L. Revision of the milliped genus Cherokia (Polydesmida : Xystodesmidae). Seven figures and one plate. No. 3436, published Oct. 12, 1960 . . . 227-264 New subspecies: Cherokia georgiana latassa. Lyncu, James EK. The fairy shrimp Branchinecta campestris from northwestern United States (Crustacea : Phyllopoda). Five figures. No. 3447, published December 5, 1960 . . 549-561 New species: Branchinecta campestris. MacCorp, Lr. Cor. Howarp A. Cultural sequences in Hokkaido, Japan. Five figures and fourteen plates. No. 3443, publahed December 5, 1960; 2... . 481-503 Ma.ponapo-Capri.ns, J. Peace bugs of ies eon Ghili- anella in the Americas (Hemiptera, Reduviidae, Emesinae). One hundred and forty-six figures. No. 3440, published September 9, 1960. 2 29... 2. f ok ols 0 1893=450 New species: Ghilianella borincana, G. alain q. odd G. cam- pulligaster, G. clavellata, G. fenestrata, G. grapta, G. hattiana, G. megharpacta, G. nanna, G. obesa, G. panamana, G. rhabdita, G. spi- nata, G. spinicaudata. McDermott, Frank A. Fireflies of the genus Pyractonema (Coleoptera : Lampyridae). Nine aie No. 3433, pub- lished July 24,1960 ...... at Eee: ed—Lov New species: Pyractonema angustata, P. latior, P. minor. ScHuttTz, LHonARD P. Revision of the marine silver hatchet- fishes (family Sternoptychidae). Twenty-six figures. No. 3449, published September 7,1961 ........ .. . 587-649 New species: Argyropelecus pacificus, Polyipnus polli, P. matsu- barai, P. japonicus, P. indicus. New subspecies: Argyropelecus lynchus hawatensis. SETZLER, FrRanK M. Welcome Mound and the effigy pipes of the Adena people. One figure and four plates. No. 3441, published September 9,1960 ........ .. . 451-458 CONTENTS 7 Pages Susuierte, JAMES E. Chironomid midges of California. I. Chironominae, exclusive of Tanytarsini (=Calopsectrini). Two figures. No. 3435, published June 28,1960 . . . . 197-226 New subgenus: Wirthitella. New species: Paratendipes fuscitibia, Polypedilum (Polypedilum) californicum, P. (P.) subcultellatum, Stenochironomus totifuscus, Tendipes (Wirthiella) modocensis, T. (Tribelos) hesperius, T. (Cryptochironomus) chaetoala, T. (C.) darbyi, T. (C.) ariel, T. (C.) alphaeus. New subspecies: Paralauterborniella subcincta alamedensis. TATTERSALL, OuivE. S., Notes on mysidacean crusta- ceans of the genus Lophogaster in the U.S. National Museum. Seven figures. No. 3446, published December PRL OOU eh MASS SOL ar Buel eb ou ste e wel gh unc EAD Gee Sues: S SLI OaT Topp, E. L. Noctuid moths of the Scopulepes group of Hemeroplanis Hiibner. One plate and six figures. No. 3444, published September 13, 1960 . New species: Hemeroplanis zayast. 505-515 Tomuinson, Jack T., and Newman, WituiAmM A. Litho- glyptes spinatus, a burrowing barnacle from Jamica. Ten figures. No. 3445, published December 20, 1960 . . . . 517-526 New species: Lithoglyptes spinatus. ERRATA Page 16, line 37: change Hysipyrgias to read Hypsipyrgias. Page 18, fourth name in list: change Pseudodacysta to read Pseudacysta. Page 24, line 26: change lelewpi to read lepeupt. Page 25, line 36: change vanderstyi to read vanderystt. Page 32, line 6: change amigera to read armigera. Page 32, line 18: change apicicornis to read apicornis. Page 40, line 15: change wuerontausi to read wuorentaust. Page 57, line 38: change Frucilliger to read Furcilliger. Page 63, line 23: change hedenborgi to read hedenborgit. Page 87, line 8: change Phylloncheila to read Phyllontocheila. Page 117, line 28: change Sinoconops to read Siniconops. Page 309, figure 1,a: change Trochilocoetes to read Trochiloecetes. Page 309, figure 1,f: change Trociliphagus to read Trochiliphagus. Page 312, figure 2, line 1: change Trochilophagus to read Trochiliphagus. Page 312, figure 2,c: change irazuensisus to read trazuensis. Page 312, figure 2,h, p: change 7. to read Trochiloecetes. Page 323, figure 6: T.= Trochiloecetes. Page 401, line 42: change monenes to read monense. VII Proceedings of the United States National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ¢ WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 112 1960 Number 3431 LACE-BUG GENERA OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: TINGIDAE) ! By Cart J. DRAKE AND FLORENCE A. RUHOFF Introduction A treatise of the generic names of the family Tingidae from a global standpoint embodies problems similar to those frequently encountered in corresponding studies in other animal groups. The more im- portant criteria, including such basic desiderata as fixation of type species, synonyms, priority, and dates of technical publications implicate questions concomitant with recent trends toward the clarification and stabilization of zoological nomenclature. Zoogeography, predicated and authenticated on the generic level by the distribution of genera and species, is portrayed here by means of tables, charts, and maps of the tingifauna of the world. This visual pattern of distribution helps one to form a more vivid concept of the family and its hierarchic levels of subfamilies and genera. To a limited extent the data indicate distributional concentrations and probable centers of evolution and dispersal paths of genera. The phylogenetic relationship of genera is not discussed. The present treatise recognizes 216 genera (plus 79 synonyms, homonyms, and emendations) of the Tingidae of the world and gives 1 Research for this paper was supported in part by the National Science Foundation, grant No. 4095. 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 the figure of 1,767 as the approximate number of species now recog- nized. These figures, collated with similar categories in Lethierry and Severin (1896), show that there has been an increase of many genera and hundreds of species of Tingidae during the past three- quarters of a century. And as attested by the number of new forms being described each year in technical publications, there are still many unknown genera and many more new species yet to be dis- covered. The three subfamilies of the Tingidae are listed in alphabetic sequence. The genera and subgenera (including synonyms, homo- nyms, emendations, misapplied names, misspellings, nomina nuda (sine species), lapsus calami, and errata) are also alphabetized under their respective subfamilies. Although absolute completeness and perfection are unattainable, every effort has been taken to formulate a complete registery of all generic and subgeneric names, both valid and invalid, heretofore proposed in the literature for both existing and fossil tingids. Each reference has been checked against the original publication. Thus, a number of errors that have crept into the literature have been rectified. The authors hope that the users of this work will make known typographical, technical, and other errors so that corrections may be made in the catalog of the Tingidae of the world, now in preparation. Often it has been difficult to accredit with any degree of certainty the first authority accountable for synonymy, subsequent type desig- nation of a genus, and other taxonomic changes. When such in- formation was not so expressed in the literature, the oldest ascertain- able record of the action has been cited as the authoritative citation. Accepted or valid generic and subgeneric names are printed in boldface type; the invalid or inacceptable names are in lightface type. Cross-references are provided to link every synonym, homo- nym, emendation, unaccepted name, and error of any type to the proper taxon. The name of each genus, subgenus, and type species is followed by the name of author with date and page reference, thus providing identification in the list of literature cited. ‘Later citation” as used herein refers to authors who have correctly cited the type species after its fixation; a ‘‘previous selection” is a citation made prior to the official list of the International Commission on Zoological Nomen- clature but is in agreement with that list; “erroneous or invalid citations” are explained under the respective genera. In searching for new generic records and other taxonomic changes, the reader should begin with volume 93 of the Zoological Record (1956). Smithsonian Institution United States National Museum Washington, D. C. Proceedings of the United States National Museum Volume 112, Number 3431 Lace-Bug Genera of the World (Hemiptera : Tingidae ERRATA Page 18, fourth name in list: change Pseudodacysta to read Pseudacysta. Page 24, line 26: change lelgupi to read lepeupi. Page 25, line 36: change vanderstyi to read vanderysti. Page 32, line 6: change amigera to read armigera. Page 32, line 18: change apicicornis to read apicornis. Page 40, line 15: change wuerontausi to read wuorentausi. Page 57, line 38: change Frucilliger to read Furcilliger. Page 63, line 23: change hedenborgi to read hedenborgii. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 3 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors express sincere thanks to the following: Dr. J. F. Gates Clarke, U.S. National Museum, for reading the manuscript and mak- ing numerous helpful suggestions; Mr. Curtis W. Sabrosky, U.S. Department of Agriculture, for many helpful suggestions and advice on nomenclature; Dr. Reece I. Sailer, U.S. Department of Agriculture, for help and encouragement; Dr. W. E. China for information on rare species in the British Museum (Natural History) and especially for notes on tingid types in the Linnaean Collection (Linnaean Society London, Burlington House, Piccadilly); Mr. R. J. Izzard for supplying notes on types and checking drawings made from types and other specimens in the British Museum; Dr. S. L. Tuxen for lending the type of Acanthia costata Fabricius in the Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, Copenhagen; Mr. Arthur Smith of the British Museum, Mrs. Richard Froeschner of Bozeman, Mont., and Mrs. Patricia Hogue of Alexandria, Va., for the drawings of insects; Mr. Theodore B. Ruhoff, U.S. National Museum, for preparation of maps and circular graphs; and Miss Emily F. Bennett of the U.S. National Museum library staff for her tireless efforts in locating and putting at our disposal many of the technical papers required for reference. Family Tinc1DAkE Laporte ” MEMBRANACEAE Latreille, 1825, pp. 415, 422. TinerpitEes Laporte, 1833, p. 47. MEMBRANACEI Burmeister, 1835, p. 249 TINGINI Costa, 1838, p. 20. TiINGIpAE Westwood, 1840, p. 120.—Costa, 1855, p. 293.—Lethierry and Severin, 1896, p. 1.—Hurd, 1946, p. 437.— Monte, 1947, p. 2—China, 1955, p. 261. Tineipges Amyot and Serville, 1848, pp. 285, 295. TInGIDEAE Fieber, 1844, pp. 20, 27. Ductirostri Sahlberg, 1848, pp. 125, 127. TiNGIpITAE Spinola, 1850, p. 27. TriNGIpIDEA Fieber, 1851, p. 9.—Flor, 1860, p. 317—Vollenhoven, 1878, p. 265. TINGITIDEA Costa, 1860, p. 6. TriNaip1paE Fieber, 1861, p. 26.—Oshanin, 1908, p. 395.—Van Duzee, 1916, p. 25; 1917, p. 209. Tinarpipa Stal, 1865, p. 25. Tinaina Stal, 1870, p. 671. TINGITIDAE St&l, 1873, p. 115.—Uhler, 1886, p. 21—Horvath, 1906c, p. 1; 1911, p. 14.—Oshanin, 1912, p. 42—Drake and Poor, 1936a, p. 382.—China, 1943, p. 245. 2 The 15th International Congress of Zoology (London, 1958) made provisos for the acceptance of family names originally founded in the vernacular—such as Tingidites Laporte (1833) in French—providing such usage has been generally accepted. Since Tingidae (for ‘“Tingidites’’?) meets the new code of Zoological Nomenclature, we are accrediting ‘‘Tingidae’’ to Laporte, who was the first to use a family name for the lace-bugs. It should be noted that all technical and vernacular names for the family always have been based upon the generic name of Tingis Fabricius. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 TINGITIDES Puton, 1875, p. 28; 1899, p. 38. TinGIpiIpEs Vollenhoven, 1878, p. 9. Typr Genus: Tingis Fabricius (1803, p. 224). The family Tingidae comprises a moderately large assemblage of insects ranging rarely more than 2-5 mm. in length. The spe- cies are entirely plant-feeders, and both adults and nymphs obtain food by sucking out the juices from the cells of the tissues within the living plants. At times they occur in sufficient numbers to constitute an important plant-pest. Adults and offspring live on the underside of the leaves of the host plants. Their presence soon betrays itself by the appearance of whitish and discolored spots on the upperside of the leaves just above the place of feeding. Many species are gregarious and both adults and nymphs cluster near the spot where the eggs were laid. The life-cycle is relatively short, two or more generations usually being passed during the growing season. Metamorphosis, called hemi- metabola, is gradual. Many different kinds of wild and cultivated plants serve as feeding and breeding hosts. Among the common economic hosts might be mentioned such plants as cotton, sugarcane, eggplant, cassava, rubber, pear, apple, cherry, avocado, almond, tea, coffee, banana, cacao, coconut, camphor, black pepper, and olive. Shade and forest trees, shrubs, herbs, grasses, and decorative plants also serve as primary hosts. Mosses, too, are inhabited. Members of three genera found in Africa, Australia, Asia, and southern Europe are typical gall- forming insects. Distribution, except for the lands of the Arctic and Antarctic Zones, is practically worldwide. As a familial group, tingids are separated from almost all other families * of the order Hemiptera by the intricate pattern of delicate lacework occurring all over the processes of the pronotum and of the fore pair of wings. On account of their lacy appearance, tingids are known globally by the same colloquial name, ‘‘lace-bugs,” and once seen they are thus easily recognized. The immature stages are often adorned with long, plain or modified spines, only the adults being clothed with lacework in different specific patterns. The question is frequently asked, ‘‘What is the use or function, if any, of the lacy dorsal covering of tingids?”’ Perhaps it is for pro- tective concealment. For similar reasons man himself makes use of ‘nets’ or ‘‘screens” of various kinds to conceal or camouflage stra- tegic objects from the eyes of enemies, especially from the air. Color and markings also enter into the picture. 3 Members of the hemipterous families Piesmatidae and Peloridiidae also have the dorsal surface of their bodies composed of lacework, but phylogenetically neither is very closely allied to Tingidae or to each other. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 5 In the subfamily Tinginae, members of many genera at times are said to “run wild” structurally in the development of unique and fanciful forms of specific designs in lacework. The pepper tingid (fig. 1) of the South Pacific is only one of hundreds of such creations. Many species in other genera are at least just as ornately clothed and befittingly decorated in singular lacy structures. There are no replicas nor facsimiles among species, because each species possesses its own form, pattern, and style of lacework. Both generic and specific characters used in the identification of lace-bugs are based largely upon lacy structures. Only with the aid of illustrations can such unequaled oddities of intricate lacework be described adequately for taxonomic studies. i) etl Wess: Ficure 1.—WNesocypselas piperica Drake, the black pepper lace bug. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 Hemipterists are almost entirely of the opinion that the families Tingidae and Piesmatidae are not very closely related and thus together did not form a natural higher taxon. According to a recent paper by Drake and Davis (1958, p. 572), evidences from external morphology and reproductive organs of males and females of the two families do not substantiate the retention of the superfamily Tin- goidea for these families. Consequently, those authors suppressed the superfamily as then constituted. The myrmecophile family Vianaididae was erected by Kormilev (1955, p. 465-477) to hold a new genus and new species, Vianaida coleopterata Kormilev, and another monobasic genus, Anommotocoris minutissimus China (1945, pp. 126-128) described from Trinidad, British West Indies. As the families Tingidae and Vianaididae are without ventral trichobothria and both belong to the group Cimi- comorpha of Leston, Pendergrast, and Southwood (1954, pp. 91-94), Kormilev suggested that these two families may be consociates so as to form a superfamily Tingidoidea (sensu novum). The relationship of these families and the status of the proposed superfamily ‘‘Tingi- doidea”’ (proper spelling should be Tingoidea) are now being critically studied and will be discussed in a subsequent paper dealing with the morphology and higher classification of Tingidae. Except for the characterization of many new genera and several hundred species, tingids have received scant attention for many decades in the taxonomic hierarchy of higher categories ascending from the generic to ordinal rank. Obviously the subfamilies and particularly some of the larger polytypic genera (Tingis, Leptopharsa, and Cysteochila, for examples) need more thorough analyses, both objectively and subjectively, from a worldwide aspect so that such heterogenous taxa can be better understood and especially delimited. Their constituents can then be more concretely tied into the generic concept of their respective type species. The progenitors and other pioneer genera at times have served as temporary repositories (‘‘catch-alls””) for many new species of doubtful or even unknown generic affinities ever since the days of Linnaeus and Fabricius. For example, the genera Phyllontocheila and Monanthia, both recently buried in synonymy, formed generic anchors for the erection of a number of subgenera which have been withdrawn for elevation to the generic level. An examination of the specific names also reveals that more than 100 species of tingids originally described as Monanthia have been transferred to other, sometimes newly created, genera. Several genera now recognized as valid, such as Tingis, Cysteochila, and Leptopharsa, still hold some species of doubtful generic affinities. In the only catalog so far published on the Hemiptera (Heteroptera; LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF T Miridae not included) of the world, Lethierry and Severin (1896, pp. 4-26) recorded a total of only 50 genera and 317 species of Tingidae for all five continents and the islands of the seas. Forty years later, Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 381) enumerated 52 genera from the Western Hemisphere alone. The latter authors also stated that 424 species had been described from the Americas and estimated that approximately 1,100 species were then characterized in the world. Monte (1947) published a list (incomplete) of 99 tingid genera (in- cluding synonyms) and their respective type species for the world. Two basic and monumental treatises have been written on the family Tingidae. Horvath (1906c) published a very comprehensive study of the Tingidae of the Palearctic subregion, with original keys to genera and species. He recognized 19 valid genera and 201 valid species for the Palearctic subregion. Hurd (1946) published descrip- tions and original keys to the 44 genera known to occur in North America. This author gave the figure 424 as the number of known species at that time inhabiting the Americas north of the Panama Canal. Inasmuch as the foregoing papers dealt with land areas of various extents, involving diverse biotic conditions and even overlapping faunal regions, the data are too disparate to trace growth and to compare generic and specific populations in different faunal areas. In a lengthy paper dealing with the Rhynchota, Amyot (1845, pp. 369-492; 1846, pp. 73-192) proposed a monomial system to replace the binomial nomenclature as originally organized by Lin- naeus (1758). This new system, mononymy, would classify animals by means of a one-word taxon representing both genus and species in lieu of the binary system of two words, one for genus and the other for species. This monomial system of Amyot was never seriously con- sidered by entomologists, nor recognized in the Zoological Code. Under Division 11, Membranientes, Amyot (1846, pp. 175-192) mononymized technical names for a number of species of tingids and piesmatids. In the transition from the binomial to the monomial system, he employed several well-known generic names and created a number of new monomial names. Only one of the mononymic taxa was created for a new tingid species, the others being erected for well-known species of that time. This mononymic species, ‘Diec- tyesthes,”’ described by Amyot (1846, p. 181), has been cited by Garbiglietti (1869, p. 275) as Dictyonota dictyesthes Amyot. The publication of Garbiglietti (1869) validated D. dictyesthes as a specific name and thus credit of authorship must be given to Garbiglietti rather than to Amyot. In his “Nomenclator Zoologicus,’’ Neave (1939-1950) wrongly included the monomial names of species named or renamed by 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Amyot as generic names and credited them to Amyot as such. This is a serious error. Since Amyot’s names are not true generic names and have no nomenclatorial standing, they are not included herein in the present treatise of the generic names of Tingidae of the world. The authors hope that the above comments will prevent further confusion and use of these monomial names. In his catalog of the Hemiptera, Walker (1873, pp. 175-179) in- cluded only two families, Tingididae and Piesmidae, in the Mem- branacea, and divided a number of tingid genera into ‘‘Divisions’”’ and ‘‘Subdivisions.” For the new taxa below the generic level, Walker used a jumble of scientific names of other workers. These names were wrongly employed, wrongly synonymized, and wrongly classified by him. Since no new generic or subgeneric names are in- volved, the present authors are following previous catalogers and omitting Walker’s names of generic and subgeneric divisions. The proper form of the family name of the lace-bugs was an item of contention for more than a century. The moot point of the con- troversy rested almost entirely upon finding the correct ‘‘root’’ and “stem” of the type generic term Tingis of Fabricius. These items have been amiably and consummately investigated by Holland (1922a; 1922b; 1924), Baker (1922; 1923), Parshley (1922a; 1922b), and Schmitz (1935). Their findings showed much diversity of opinions and little unanimity as to the origin and status of “‘ Tingis.”’ In January 1923, Baker submitted to the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature a concise summary of the findings and conclusions on the controversy of Holland, Parshley, and himself, including a request for a ruling on the origin and formation of the word ‘ Tingis.”’ To quote from Opinion 143 of the International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature (1943, pp. 83-85): Tingis étant un nom latin dont le genitif est Tingis et l’accusatif Tingim, TINGIDAE est la forme correcte du nom de la famille. The ruling was: The family name for Tingis Fabricius, 1803 (Syst. Rhyng.: 124) in the Hemip- tera is TINGIDAE. Beginning with volume 59 (1922), the Zoological Record has con- tinually used the family name Tingidae for the lace-bugs. That spelling under the Régles has been universally accepted as the proper family name for the lace-bug family. Stal (1873, p. 116) and Distant (1903c, pp. 122-145) both used the higher categories as divisions for the family Tingidae, although Distant placed a few genera in the wrong division. These categories were Cantacaderaria, Serenthiaria, and Tingidaria. Later, Distant LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 9 (1909, pp. 121-122) created two new divisions: Axiokersosaria, for the reception of Azviokersos ovalis Distant, from India; and Aidoneu- saria to hold Aidoneus dissimilis Distant. As the characters of these two new divisions will not always separate them from genera of the division Tingidaria, they are both synonymized here with Tinginae (olim Tingidaria). Since Distant’s (1903c) work titled ‘The Fauna of British India”’ is used so extensively in systematic studies, the present equivalent taxa for the above divisions are listed here: Cantacaderaria, synonymized with subfamily Cantacaderinae. Serenthiaria, synonymized with subfamily Agrammatinae. Tingidaria, synonymized with subfamily Tinginae. Axiokersosaria, synonymized with subfamily Tinginae. Aidoneusaria, synonymized with subfamily Tinginae. Blatchley (1926) subdivided the subfamily Tinginae into three new tribes for the reception of the genera occurring in eastern North America. The status of these tribes is discussed below in the order of their erection. Tribe Galeatini Blatchley (1926, p. 451) comprises the genera Galeatus, Corythuca (error for Corythucha), Stephanitis, Leptobyrsa (not Stal), Corythaica, Dictyonota, Gargaphia, Gelchossa, Leptodictya, and Acanthocheila. Gelchossa is a synonym of Leptopharsa (p. 58). Leptobyrsa is a South American genus not represented in the United States. As used by Blatchely (not Stal), Leptobyrsa is synonymous with Stephanitis, and thus Stephanitis blatchleyi Drake (1925b, p. 37) and S. rhododendri Horvath (1905, p. 567) were wrongly transferred by him from their original generic position to this genus. Galeatiniis not applicable for the inclusion of some of the American genera as well as many related genera in the Old World, and it is here suppressed as a synonym of the subfamily Tinginae (p. 31). The tribal name Acalyptini Blatchley (1926, p. 479) was established to hold the genera Acalypta and Drakella. As the latter is a synonym of the former, only Acalypta is left in the tribe. Acalyptini is not a valid tribe and thus is treated here as a synonym of Tinginae (p. 31). The tribal name Physatocheilini Blatchley (1926, p. 483) was established to include the genera Physatocheila, Dichocysta, Tingis, Teleonemia, and Leptoypha. 'The characters employed by Blatchley in his tribal descriptions and key couplets do not correspond to those of the genus Physatocheila itself, those of all the species of Teleonemia of South America; nor those of some genera found in insular America, South America, and the Old World. Thus, it becomes necessary here to synonymize the tribe Physatocheilini with Tinginae (p. 31). 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Fossil Forms Fossil records are too few to tell much about tingids in geologic time. The molds of the species that became entangled and engulfed in amber, both Baltic and Prussian, belong to existing genera, though specifically representing quite different species. Most of the petrified forms also belong to existing genera. Table 1 summarizes the distribu- tion of fossil species. There are 6 genera and 9 species, plus 4 species TaBLE 1.—Distribution of fossil genera of Tingidae Nearctic species (5) Palearctic species (9) Subfamilies and genera In amber In stone In amber In stone Gantacaderifise ©.) ; j© ot | FI. ibe Pie Rec Lees shea lle Dee: eed Phe eeee S222 G@antacsader o ¢.. 9 gave 9. 4, easeeseBee=-|222222-22-2 Dy hie eee hammoma. 0 Me See eee ee PA| Se ee Cee ee Mingingetsg.) 2: -jyeh | Ae t20)0) GPa teRiR| = SoS See eee. eee onan see ee @elanti9a. See SRE J |e coe eee Mictyla 2) eee nee PA|Bsesa2- oe 2 Motingist< A pets p00 ims EOE shle gt D MibetA eo Dyes te s/t ae |S Minvisis *% 398 0 tei Pee el Beata seest oe 2 1 3 determined only as “‘Tingis sp.” The genera not represented by present-day species are mentioned below. Eotingis Scudder (1890, p. 359) was erected to hold antennata Scudder (p. 360, fig.) from the United States (Florissant, Colorado. Horizon, Oligocene) and Tingis quinquecarinata Germar and Berendt (1856, p. 23, figs.), found in Prussian amber. Since TZ. quinque- carinala is being transferred to the genus Cantacader of the subfamily Cantacaderinae, this now leaves Hotingis with the genotype as its only member. Cantacader quinquecarinatus (Germar & Berendt), new combination Tingis quinquecarinata Germar and Berendt, 1856, p. 23, fig. — Scudder, 1891, p. 449. Eotingis quinquecarinata Scudder, 1890, p. 359; 1891, p. 406. Scudder (1890, p. 359) wrongly transferred Tingis quinquecarinata Germar and Berendt to the genus Kotingis Scudder. The original description and the two fine illustrations of 7. quinquecarinata show that species to be a typical member of the genus Cantacader Amyot and Serville, and it is herein transferred. For an unusual fossil found in southern Russia, Bekker-Migdisova (1953) created for its reception the name Tingiopsis reticulata in the family Tingidae. A study of the venation of the hemelytron of this fossil species shows that it does not fall into the classification of the LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF ee family Tingidae of the Hemiptera. To the present authors, the wing appears to be that of a homopteron, perhaps the family Psyllidae. In arecent paper Evans (1957, p. 289) placed Tingiopsis reticulata in the family Cercopidae of the Homoptera. Until more specimens are found that will provide better structural characters on the familial level, the species should be left in family Cercopidae. FossihizED GENERA AND SPECIES Name Discovery Subfamily Cantacaderinae Stal: Cantacader avitus Drake, 1950_____.___--__- Baltic amber Cantacader quinquecarinatus (Germar and Berendt) inl ShG2.—- soso ne | eee 3altic amber Phatnoma baltica Drake, 1950_____-_~- ee Baltie amber Subfamily Tinginae Stal: Celantia seposita Cockerell, 1921___-------- Oligocene, Isle of Wright Dictyla veterana (Scudder), 1890_----------- Florissant, Colorado Dictyla flecousa (Novak); U877e___- ---2_- - Bohemia (Krottensee) Dictyla wollastont (Heer), 1865_-_--------- Baden (Oeningen) Eotingis antennaia Seudder, 1890_--------- Florissant, Colorado Tingis florissantensis Cockrell, 1914_-__---- Florissant, Colorado Tungis obscura Heer, 1853_._.--.----=---.-- Croatia (Radoboj) Tingistsp., Berend, l8Gos.22--" 5222 Sees Prussian amber Tings sp., Hope, LSa4t: 420-25 2-2-1824 France (Aix) Tings. sp., ecudder; Lesi_ =o. oe. = - Ll Florissant, Colorado Tengisspsyeres, 1829* .-.2bise25s.< ssysl France (Aix) Chorology Fauna. DIvIsions The partitioning of the world into faunal realms, regions, subregions, and provinces has been a concern of zoogeographers for more than a century. The basic concepts and features of faunal divisions were formulated by such eminent scholars as Swainson (1835), Sclater (1858; 1874), Darwin (1859), Huxley (1868), and Wallace (1876). The recent book by Darlington (1957) on zoogeography and the one by Lindroth (1957) on faunal connections between Europe and America are classics in their respective fields. All of the above publications also have been most helpful in charting the chorology of the existing tingifauna by regions. Schmidt’s (1954) schemes of faunal division and maps of the world (figs. 2, 3) based on grid North Pole with continents radiating in their relative positions have been followed rather closely. As our data failed to lend themselves fully into the lower subdivisions of provinces, the faunal tabulations of genera and of species were not carried further than the subregions. For the same reasons the Carib- bean Transition subregion and the Celebesian Transition province were not included in the tables. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Sh cere we f NOTOGAEA ) / CARIBBEAN ok EN J iN : i 3 3 / TRANSITION AS a ey Sa CELEBESIAN as fe TRANSITION Ficure 2.—Faunal realms of the world. The genera and species of living tingids as they are known today are treated chorologically in table 2. There appear to be no truly relict species. Morphologically, the Cantacaderinae represent the oldest and most primitive subfamily, and two of its genera are well represented by both living and fossil forms. The genus Dictyla of the subfamily Tinginae contains more species and is more widely distributed than any other genus of this subfamily comprising both extinet and living species. The literature shows that certain regions such as Europe, North America, Brazil, Belgian Congo, and Japan have received more attention taxonomically than many other areas. Tingids are poorly known from many islands of the South Pacific and Indian Oceans. Many parts of the Orient, Africa, and South America have also received scant consideration. The circular graphs (figs. 4, 5) depict the genera and species by faunal subregions. The Ethiopian subregion is represented by 296 species divided among 65 genera, the Oriental by 256 species among 67 genera, and the Neotropical by 594 species among 60 genera. The larger genera in the Neotropical indicate that many genera of this subregion are less primitive than those found in the Ethiopian and Oriental regions. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 13 ae & se i f REGION Seno PAPUAN SUBREGION REGION ORIENTAL ¢°: MALAGASY * SUBREGION ] (=NEOTROPICAL SUBREGION) Ficure 3.—Faunal regions and subregions of the world. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 TABLE 2.— Distribution of Tingidae by faunal zones Arctogaean Neo- Notogaean gaean Neo- Holarctic Paleotropical ro Australian | Oceanian ica Subfamilies, genera, and No. species AGRAMMATINAE Genera (5) 1 1 1 1 1 iL Agramma, (49) 17 10 22 1 1 Ceratinoderma (2) 2 Coleopterodes (2) 2 Lullius (2) Sabestena (1) Species (56) Le 10 a7 1 2 1 PenND! CANTACADERINAE Genera (21) 1 8 8 2 6 5 3 1 2 Allocader (2) 2 Angiocader (1) Astolphos (1) Cantacader (27) 4 9 Ceratocader (2) 2 Cnemiandrus (1) 1 Cyclotynaspis (1) 1 Cyperobia (1) 1 Eocader (2) 2 Gonycentrum (9) 1 Malala (1) 1 Nectocader (1) 1 Oranoma (1) 1 Phatnoma (25) 6 1 1 1 2 Plesionoma (8) Pseudophatnoma (1) 1 Recaredus (1) 1 Stenoecader (1) 1 Teratocader (1) 1 Ulmus (1) 1 Zetekella (3) 3 Species (86) 4 21 24 oe wo to _ it ~~ _ wr _ yD my c& Co “Ss me co TINGINAE Genera (188) 22 26 58 5S 26 54 46 Abdastartus (3) 3 Acalypta (37) 10 25 1 Acanthocheila (15) 2 1 Acanthotingis (1) Aconchus (2) 1 2 Acysta (9) Aepycysta (3) 3 Aframixia (1) 1 Agachila (1) 1 Agaotingis (1) 1 Aglotingis (3) 3 Aidoneus (1) 1 Alloiothucha (3) 3 a or 14 — oe oo a LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 15 TABLE 2.— Distribution of Tingidae by faunal zones— Continued Arctogaean Neo- Notogaean gaean Neo- Holarctic Paleotropical ri Australian | Oceanian ica Subfamilies, genera, and No. species New Zealandian Allotingis (2) 2 Alveotingis (3) 3 Amblystira (18) 18 Ambycysta (4) 4 Ammianus (29) 2 6 20 1 Angolotingis (1) Angolusa (1) Aphelotingis (3) Aristobyrsa (1) 1 Arushia (2) 2 Atheas (14) 6 9 Aulotingis (1) 1 Australotingis (2) 2 Axiokersos (1) Baeochila (5) Baeotingis (3) 3 Baichila (3) Bako (5) Belenus (6) Berotingis (3) 3 Birabena (4) 4 Biskria (5) 5 Bunia (1) 1 Bunotingis (1) Callithrincus (2) Caloloma (1) 1 Calotingis (2) 1 Campylosteira (18) Campylotingis (14) 14 Cantinona (1) 1 Catoplatus (16) 15 Celantia (2) Cochlochila (13) 4 Codotingis (1) 1 Collinutius (1) Compseuta (18) 1 16 1 Conchotingis (3) 3 Congochila (1) 1 Copium (9) 8 Corinthus (1) 1 Corycera (17) 17 Corythaica (13) 4 ll Corythauma (1) Corythotingis (1) 1 Corythucha (72) 51 27 Cottothucha (1) 1 Cromerus (8) Cysteochila (83) 33 34 ll 4 2 Dasytingis (2) 2 _ bo ~ ~ woe Cm CO ~ o ~ to ewe wnwhrys ao _ — _ ~ > _ _ 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 TABLE 2.— Distribution of Tingidae by faunal zones—Continued Arctogaean Neo- Notogaean gaean | Neo- Holarctic | Paleotropical ees Australian | Oceanian | 1¢a. Subfamilies, genera, and No. species New Zealandian Nearctic Palearctic Oriental Ethiopian Malagasy | | Derephysia (8) 7 1 Dichocysta (1) 1 a Diconocoris (7) iz Dictyla (63) 3 14 12 19 14 1 Dictyonota (26) Dictyotingis (2) 2 Dicysta (12) Diplocysta (3) Dulinius (8) 1 6 1 Dyspharsa (1) 1 Elasmognathus (2) 1 1 Elasmotropis (3) 3 Engynoma (6) Epimixia (7) Esocampylia (2) Eteoneus (14) 9 Euahanes (1) Euaulana (2) 2 Eurypharsa (5) 5 Froggattia (3) 1 Fureilliger (2) Gabirobius (1) 1 Galeatus (16) 2 11 3 Gargaphia (64) 13 53 Gitava (8) 4 4 Gymnotingis (1) i} Habrochila (11) Haedus (14) Hegesidemus (4) 3 Henrikus (1) 1 Hesperotingis (7) 7 Holophygdon (1) 1 Hovatlas (1) 1 Hurdchila (2) 2 Hyalochiton (6) 6 Hybopharsga (1) 1 Hysipyrgias (1) Idiocysta (5) 5 Idiostyla (2) 2 Iidefonsus (1) 1 Inoma (2) Inonemia (1) Ischnotingis (4) Kapiriella (10) 10 Lasiacantha (21) 4 2 10 2 Leptobyrsa (8) Leptocysta (4) 4 _ bs to _ _ oO wry — - Nan ~ ao bo rah _ me OO on et _ me co w LACE-BUG GENERA—-DRAKE AND RUHOFF 17 TABLE 2.— Distribution of Tingidae by faunal zones— Continued Arctogaean Neo- Notogaean Holarctic Paleotropical trop-| Australian | Oceanian Subfamilies, genera, and No. species a a oS a = s eo N Fs z A Ethiopian Malagasy Australian Oceanic Palearctic Papuan Nearctic Oriental Leptodictya (52) 5 Leptopharsa (103) Leptoypha (16) 8 1 Lepturga (4) 1 Liotingis (4) Litadea (1) Macrocorytha (1) 1 Macrotingis (3) Mafa (1) Malandiola (3) Mecopharsa (1) Megalocysta (1) Melanorhopala (3) 3 Monosteira (5) 5 Mummius (2) Naochila (6) Neotingis (1) Nesocy pselas (6) Nesocysta (1) Nesotingis (2) Nethersia (7) Nobarnus (3) Nyctotingis (2) Octacysta (1) 1 Oedotingis (2) Ogygotingis (1) Olastrida (1) Oncochila (2) 2 Oncophysa (3) Onymochila (1) Orotingis (1) 1 Pachycysta (4) Palauella (1) Paracopium (37) 1 5 Parada (6) Paseala (1) Penottus (6) 6 Perbrinckes (1) Perissonemia (14) 9 Phaeochila (1) Phaenotropis (2) 2 Phymacysta (7) Physatocheila (39) 5 10 12 Planibyrsa (4) Platytingis (1) Plerochila (4) Pleseobyrsa (10) 526988—60——2 ou ~ i 10 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 112 TABLE 2.— Distribution of Tingidae by faunal zones—Continued Arctogaean Neo- Notogaean gaean Neo- Holarctic Paleotropical trop-| Australian | Oceanian Subfamilies, genera, and No. species “ 8 = = © qd 3} 5 & Boe a Neds Wee ee de Ee & a 7 a a @ ES 3 ® g Z py ° a a Zz < fy Z ° Pliobyrsa (6) 6 Pogonostyla (6) 4 2 Pontanus (4) 1 1 2 Pseudodacysta (1) 1 Psilobyrsa (2) 2 Radinacantha (3) i 2 Renaudea (1) 1 Sanazarius (3) 3 Sinuessa (4) 4 Sphaerista (1) 1 Sphaerocysta (13) 13 Stenocysta (1) 1 Stephanitis (59) 3 6 42 1 8 2 4 Stymnonotus (1) 1 Tanybyrsa (2) 2 Tanytingis (2) 2 Teleonemia (83) 13 1 75 1 i Tigava (15) 15 Tigavaria (1) 1 Tingis (102) 1 51 14 4 13 13 Trachypeplus (5) 4 1 Uhlerites (2) 2 Ulocysta (1) 1 Ulonemia (9) 4 5 1 Ulotingis (5) 5 Urentius (13) 5 6 2 1 Vatiga (10) 10 Xenotingis (5) 3 2 Xynotingis (1) 1 Ypsotingis (3) 3 Zatingis (1) 1 Zelotingis (1) 1 Species (1,625) 148 229 256 245 58 574 118 9 6 27 Total genera (214) 22 28 67 65 29 60 52 8 6 16 Total species (1,767) 148 | 260 287 296 58 594 127 12 a 80 Of all the tingids found in the Eastern Hemisphere, there is only one—Stephanitis pyrioides, in Argentina—that is recorded in South America. Several species occur in both the Nearctic and Neotropical subregions, but there are more species shared by faunal subregions in the Old World than in the Americas. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 19 NEW ZEALANDIAN 6 Ficure 4.—Distribution of tingid genera by faunal subregions. FaunaL EXcHANGE Naturaut: Numerous genera are shared by two or more faunal subregions (table 2). Distribution of existing species is shown in figure 5 and in table 2. The fossil species are treated in table 1. Natural emigration of tingids is a more or less continuous phenom- enon and varies greatly with the biotic potential and vagility of the species. The faunal subregions (figs. 3-5) with land-connections such as the Nearctic and Neotropical, and the Palearctic, Oriental, and Ethi- opian subregions share more genera and species than subregions with- out such connections, such as South America and Australia, and South America and Africa. Some tingid species have disseminated over large areas, although most species are not very active or strong fliers and are rather sedentary in habit. Macroptery and brachyptery are present in a considerable number of species. The brachypterous form has metathoracic or flight wings atrophied or entirely absent. Apterous forms are unknown. ImportEeD: Only a few species of Tingidae from the Old World have been introduced across the seas into the Americas through the agency of man, all unintentionally. However, only one transport has occurred in the opposite direction, and that purposely. The latter case concerns the purposeful introduction of Teleonemia scrupulosa 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 OCEANIC 30 NEW ZEALANDIAN 7. i PAPUAN 12 NEOTROPICAL 594 Ficure 5.—Distribution of tingid species by faunal subregions. Stal from the neotropics into the Hawaiian Islands for the “‘biological control” of the noxious lantana plant, previously imported there as a decorative flowering shrub from Mexico. Since then, this tingid has been released in numbers for the same purpose in India, Australia, Fiji, the Philippines, and islands of the South Pacific and Indian Oceans. Teleonemia is an indigenous American genus and records of its occurrence in Oceanic, Oriental, Australian, Papuan, Malagasy, and Ethiopian subregions are now all referable to JT. scrupulosa. The species, formerly described from Asia and Africa as members of the genus Jeleonemia, have all been transferred to other genera during the past two decades. Caloloma uhleri Drake and Bruner, originally described from the West Indies, seems to be an accidentally introduced species from Aus- tralia. During the past decade, three small lots of C. uh/ert have been identified from Queensland. As no specimen of this species has been seen from insular America since its characterization, it appears doubtful that it has been able to establish itself in the Lesser Antilles. The genus Dictyonota of the Old World is represented solely in the Nearctic by the unintentionally imported species D. tricornis (Schrank) (described as variety americana Parshley) from Europe. This species LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 21 has become a permanent resident and is now found in several New England States and eastern Canada. Corythucha morrilla Osborn and Drake, new immigrant in Hawaii, is a native of the southwestern United States, Mexico, and the West Indies. Through international commerce (dormant nursery plants), three Palearctic species of the genus Stephanitis accidentally have been shipped into and became established in eastern United States: S. globulifera (Matsumura) and S. pyrioides (Scott) from Japan, and S. rhododendri Horvath from Europe. Stephanitis rhododendri was originally described by Horvath (1905, p. 567) from Holland. Distant (1910c, p. 396) theorized that the species had been introduced into Europe from India, “the headquarters of the genus Rhododendron in the Himalayan region.”’ Johnson (1936, pp. 345-346) presents a different hypothesis relative to the dissemination of the rhododendron lace-bug. Contrary to other authors, he believes that S. rhododendri is indigenous to America (eastern United States) and that its occur- rence in Europe originated from the shipments of dormant nursery plants of Rhododendron and Azalea from eastern United States. Lounsbury (1923, p. 548) states that S. rhododendri gained entrance into South Africa through large shipments of rhododendron plants. In this connection, it is interesting to record that we have received several specimens of S. pyrioides from Australia (Lone Cove, New South Wales), taken there on azalea. In the subfamily Agrammatinae (olim Serenthiinae) there are 56 species distributed among five genera. Fossil forms are unknown. The subfamily is represented in six of the faunal subregions of the world (table 2). It is not known to inhabit the Nearctic, Papuan, New Zealandian, and Oceanic subregions. An indigenous genus, Coleopterodes, with two species, is the only genus found in the Neo- tropical subregion, and the only one inhabiting the New World. Agramma is by far the largest and most widely distributed genus. It comprises 17 species in the Palearctic subregion, 22 in the Ethi- opian, 10 in the Oriental, 1 in the Malagasy, and 1 in the Australian. Of the 49 described species, two occupy two subregions. The subfamily Cantacaderinae, apparently the most primitive of the Tingidae, comprises an aggregate of 86 species separated among 21 genera. Unlike the other subfamilies, there are no discordant genera in the cantacaderines. In fact, considering all genera and their components together, the entire subfamily forms a readily recognizable, homogeneous unit with combinations of characters that distinctly set them apart from both Tinginae and Agrammatinae. Cantacaderines are represented in the Neotropical, Oriental, Mala- gasy, Oceanic, Papuan, Ethiopian, New Zealandian, and Australian 2? PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 subregions (table 2). Phatnoma is by far the most widespread of all of the genera, and the only genus so far shared by both the Old and New Worlds. Cantacader, with 27 components, is the largest genus, and it is best represented in the Ethiopian and Oriental subregions. Of all the cantacaderines, only one species of Cantacader and one of Phatnoma are shared by two faunal subregions. The members of the remaining 19 genera are much more localized, only Gonycentrum (in three subregions) being known to occur in more than one subregion. Paradoxically, an anomalous element enters into the distribution of the cantacaderines in the Holarctic region. There is a complete absence of species, both living and extinct, in the entire Nearctic subregion. In the Palearctic subregion, fossils of two genera (three species) have been found entombed in Baltic and Prussian ambers, and, singularly, only one living species is now known to exist in south- ern Europe. The subfamily Tinginae constitutes by far the largest (in both number of genera and of species) and the most generally distributed subfamily of the lace-bugs. It is represented in all the world’s faunal subregions except the Arctic and Antarctic. Some of the muscicoline species, such as members of the genus Acalypla, have been collected far north in Eurasia and North America. The north- ernmost species so far found in the Americas is the muscivorus Acalypta nyctalis Drake, which has been found breeding in mosses in Alaska (Fairbanks and Fort Richardson) and northern Canada (near Alaska and in Newfoundland). Acalypta tends to be northern in distribution and is not represented south of Mexico. Its members fall among the older forms of the subfamily. This subfamily is represented by 1,625 existing species divided among 188 genera (table 2). Both genera and species are most abundant in tropical and subtropical regions, although the temperate zones are also well represented. Approximately one-third of all the members of the subfamily are recorded from the Neotropical sub- region (table 2). The average number of species in a genus is greater in this faunal area than in any of the other subregions. There are 125 genera in one faunal subregion; 36 in two subregions; 10 in three subregions; 6 in four subregions; 6 in five subregions; 2 (Dictyla and Tingis) in six subregions; and 2 (Paracopium and Stephanitis) in seven subregions. Only a few species of the subfamily Tinginae have been found fossilized. The fossil genera Celantia, Dictyla, and Tingis are repre- sented by existing species. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 23 Systematic Treatment Subfamily AGRAMMATINAE Douglas and Scott AGRAMMIDAE Douglas and Scott, 1865, p. 24 (as ‘“‘family’). SERENTHIARIA St&l, 1873, pp. 116, 117; 1874, p. 46.—Puton, 1879, p. 89.— Distant, 1903c, p. 126.—Horvath, 1906c, p. 107.—Oshanin, 1908, p. 457; 1912, p. 46. (As “division.”’) AGRAMMINAE Drake and Maa, 1955, p. 10.—China and Miller, 1955, p. 261. Type genus: Agramma Stephens (1829a). Remarks: Because the name of the type genus, Agramma, is neuter (from the Greek, stem ‘‘Agrammatos’’), the correct spelling of the subfamily name is ‘‘Agrammatinae,’’ not “Agramminae.”’ Van Duzee (1917, p. 223) wrongly included a genus and species of piesmatid as a Nearctic representative of this subfamily. GENERA OF SUBFAMILY AGRAMMATINAE Agramma Stephens (1829a, p. 64; 1829b, p. 336). Type species: Jingis laeta Fallén (1807, p. 40). See plate 1, herein. Fixation: Stephens (1829a, p. 64), by monotypy. Later citations: China (1943, p. 248); Monte (1947, p. 4); Drake (1955¢, p: LY. Synonyms: Drakea, Serenthia, Wombalia, Serenthiella, Paraserenthia. Note: China (1948, p. 248) resurrected Agramma Stephens—until then wrongly accredited in the literature to Westwood (1840, p. 120)—as a valid genus based upon a well-known included species (Tingis laeta Fallén, 1807). Agramma is not a nomen nudum, as theretofore cited, and has priority by 12 years over Serenthia. The type species of the latter is congeneric with laeta Fallén. Wagner (1941, pp. 1-27, figs.) divided the genus Serenthia Spinola into four subgenera: Agramma Westwood, Serenthia Spinola, Serenthiella, and Paraserenthia. Drake (1956d, p. 7) pointed out that Wagner’s new subgenera (Serenthiella and Paraserenthia) were not applicable for the inclusion of many of the Old World species and relegated all into synonymy as insep- arable from typical Serenthia. Wombalia Schouteden was sup- pressed by Drake (1954a, p. 13) as a synonym of Serenthia. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (22), Palearctic (17), Oriental (10), Australian (1), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 49. Ceratinoderma Stal (1873, p. 117). Type species: Ceratinoderma fornicata Stal (1873, p. 117). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 117), by monotypy. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 4). Note: Type species figured by Distant (1902a, p. 240, pl. 15, fig. 4). Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 2. Coleopterodes Philippi (1864, p. 306). Type species: Coleopterodes fuscescens Philippi (1864, p. 306)= Solenostoma liliputiana Signoret (1863, p. 575). Fixation: Philippi (1864, p. 306), by monotypy (as Coleopterodes fuscescens Philippi (1864, p. 306)=Solenostoma liliputiana Sig- noret (1863, p. 575). Later citations: Drake (1922a, p. 353; 1922b, p. 50); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 383); Monte (1947, p. 5). Homonym: Solenostoma. Note: As both generic and specific names of Coleopterodes fuscescens Philippi (1864) and of Solenostoma liliputiana Signoret (1863) were created to hold identical species, they are consequently synonyms. The preoccupation of Solenostoma (1863) (homonym) by a genus of fishes gives antecedence to Coleopterodes Philippi (junior synonym) as the valid generic name and Jiliputiana (Signoret) survives as the valid specific name by priority. See Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241) and Drake (1922a, p. 353, fig.). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 2. Drakea Schouteden (1953, p. 166). Synonym of Agramma. Type species: Drakea leleupi Schouteden, 1953, p. 166. Fixation: Schouteden (1953, p. 166), by monotypy. Synonymy: See Agramma. Synonymized by Drake (1958a, ms LOZ). Lullius Distant (1904, p. 429). Type species: Lullius major Distant (1904, p. 430, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1904, p. 480), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 5). Note: This genus originally included two species but as the generic name of Lullius minor Distant was followed by a question mark, Lullius is effectively monobasic. [Z. minor is here transferred to the genus Agramma (new combination).] Distribution of species. Ethiopian. Number of species: 2. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 25 Paraserenthia Wagner (1941, pp. 6, 8, 26, as subgenus of Serenthia). Synonym of Agramma. Type species: Tingis ruficornis Germar (1835, fase. 15, fig.). Fixation: Wagner (1941, pp. 8, 26), by original designation. Synonymy: See Agramma. Synonymized by Drake (1956d, p. 7). Sabestena Drake (1944b, p. 67). Type species: Sabestena africana Drake (1944b, p. 67, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1944b, p. 67), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 5). Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Serenthia Spinola (1837, p. 168). Synonym of Agramma. Type species: Serenthia atricapilla Spinola (1837, p. 168). Fixation: Spinola (1837, p. 168), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1911b, p. 269); Monte (1947, p. 5). Synonymy: See Agramma. Synonymized by China (1943, p. 328); see Drake (1956d, p. 7). Serenthiella Wagner (1941, pp. 6, 8, 26, as subgenus of Serenthia). Synonym of Agramma. Type species: Serenthia minuta Horvath (1874, p. 333). Fixation: Wagner (1941, p. 26), by monotypy and original designa- nation. Synonymy: See Agramma. Synonymized by Drake (1956d, p. 7). Solenostoma Signoret (1863, p. 575). Preoccupied; see Coleopterodes. Type species: Solenostoma liliputiana Signoret (18638, p. 575, fig.) Fixation: Signoret (1863, p. 575), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake (1922a, p. 353); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 383); Monte (1947, p. 5). Synonymy: See Coleopterodes. Synonymized by Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241). Note: Solenostoma preoccupied. The transfer of S. liliputiana Signoret to the genus Coleopterodes made it the genotype of Coleopterodes by priority. See Drake (1922b, p. 50). Wombalia Schouteden (1919, p. 139). Synonym of Agramma. Type species: Wombalia vanderstyi Schouteden (1919, p. 139). Fixation: Schouteden (1919, p. 139), by monotypy and original designation. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 22). Synonymy: See Agramma. Synonymized by Drake (1954a, p. 18). Note: Monte (1947, p. 22) wrongly included Wombalia in the sub- family Tinginae. Subfamily CANTACADERINAE Stal CANTACADERARIA St&l, 1873, p. 116; 1874, p. 46; Puton, 1879, p. 88; Distant, 19038¢, p. 122; Horvath, 1906c, p. 10; Oshanin, 1908, p. 400; 1912, p. 42. (As “‘division.’’) CANTACADERINI Champion, 1897, p. 2. (As “‘group.’’) Typr GuNnus: Cantacader Amyot and Serville. GENERA OF SUBFAMILY CANTACADERINAE Allocader Drake (1950, p. 156). Type species: Cantacader leai Hacker (1928, p. 176, fig.) Fixation: Drake (1950, p. 156), by original designation. Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 2. Angiocader Drake, 1950, p. 159. Type species: Phatnoma obesus Distant (1902a, p. 239, fig.) Fixation: Drake (1950, p. 159), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Astolphos Distant (1904, p. 428). Type species: Astolphos capitatus Distant (1904, p. 429, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1904, p. 428), by monotypy. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 3); Drake (1950, p. 163). Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Cantacader Amyet and Serville (1843, p. 299). Type species: Piesma quadricornis Le Peletier and Serville (1828, p. 653). See plate 2, herein. Fixation: Amyot and Serville (1843, p. 299), by monotypy. Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 42); Monte (1947, p. 3); Drake (1950, p. 163). Synonym: Taphrostethus. Variant spelling: Canthacader. (Amyot and Serville, 1843, p. 652 (index); Schouteden, 1916, p. 290; 1923, p. 83; 1955, pp. 162, 163.) LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 27 Distribution of species: Oriental (9), Ethiopian (8), Malagasy (3), Palearctic (4), Australian (2), Papuan (1), Oceanic (1), Fossil (2, Baltic and Prussian ambers). Number of species: 27. Canthacader. Error for Cantacader. Ceratocader Drake (1950, p. 157). Type species: Cantacader armatus Hacker (1928, p. 174, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1950, p. 158), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 2. Cnemiandrus Distant (1902a, p. 239). Type species: Cnemiandrus typicus Distant (1902a, p. 240, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1902a, p. 240), by monotypy. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 3); Drake (1950, p. 164). Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Cyclotynaspis Montandon (1892, p. 265). Type species: Cyclotynaspis acalyptoides Montandon (1892, p. 265): Fixation: Montandon (1892, p. 256), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 3). Note: Drake (1955e, p. 78, fig.) redescribed and figured type species. Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Cyperobia Bergroth (1927, p. 673). Type species: Cyperobia carectorum Bergroth (1927, p. 674). Fixation: Bergroth (1927, p. 674), by monotypy. Later citations: Monte (1927, p. 3); Drake (1950, p. 164). Distribution of species: New Zealandian. Number of species: 1. Eocader Drake and Hambleton (1934, p. 436). Type species: Hocader vegrandis Drake and Hambleton (1934, p. 436, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Hambleton (1934, p. 436), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 382); Monte (1939, p. 63; 1941, p. 71; 1947, p. 3); Drake and Hambleton (1944, p. 121); Drake (1944a, p. 141; 1950, p. 164); Hurd (1946, p. 439). Synonym: Montea. 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 2. Gonycenitrum Bergroth (1898, p. 9). Type species: Teleia coronata Fieber (1844, p. 56, fig.). Fixation: Fieber (1844, p. 56), by monotypy. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 3); Drake (1950, p. 165). Synonyms: Teleia, Sinalda. Note: Bergroth (1898, p. 9) proposed Gonycentrum as a new generic name to replace Teleia (preoccupied), and thus Teleia coronata became the type species of Gonycentrum by autotypy. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (7), Oriental (1), Australian (1). Number of species: 9. Malala Distant (1910a, p. 101). Type species: Malala bulliens Distant (1910a, p. 101, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1910a, p. 101), by monotypy. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 3); Drake (1950, p. 165). Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Minitingis Barber (1954, p. 7). Synonym of Zetekella. (New syn- onymy.) Type species: Minitingis minusculus Barber (1954, p. 7, fig.). Fixation: Barber (1954, p. 7), by monotypy. Synonymy: See Zetekella. Note: An examination of the type species of Minitingis and of Zetekella Drake (1944) shows that they are congeneric. Min- itingis is thus a junior synonym of Zetekella, to which M. mi- nusculus Barber is here transferred. (New combination. ) Montea Bruner (1940, p. 246). Synonym of Eocader. Type species: Montea bouclei Bruner (1940, p. 246, fig.). Fixation: Bruner (1940, p. 246), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 3). Synonymy: See Hocader. Synonymized by Monte (1942, p. 104); Drake and Hambleton (1944, p. 121). Nectocader Drake (1928a, p. 41). Type species: Cantacader gounellei Drake (1923b, p. 81, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1928a, p. 41), by original designation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 283); Monte (1939, p. 63; 1941, p. 71; 1947, p. 3); Drake (1944a, p. 141; 1950, p. 165). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 29 Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 1. Oranoma Drake (1951, p. 165). Type species: Oranoma biroi Drake (1951, p. 165). Fixation: Drake (1951, p. 166), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Distribution of species: Papuan. Number of species: 1. Phatnoma Fieber (1844, p. 57). Type species: Phatnoma laciniata Fieber (1844, p. 57, fig.). Fixation: Fieber (1844, p. 57), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 383), Monte (1941, p. 72; 1946, p. 253; 1947, p. 4), Drake (1944a, p. 141; 1950, p. 165); Hurd (1946, p. 488). Distribution of species: Neotropical (11), Oriental (6), Ethiopian (2), Oceanic (2), Australian (1), Papuan (1), Fossil (1, Baltic amber), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 25. Plesionoma Drake (1950, p. 157). Type species: Phatnoma humeralis Distant (1902a, p. 239, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1950, p. 157), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 3. Pseudophatnoma Blote (1945, p. 78). Type species: Pseudophatnoma corniculata Bléte (1945, p. 78, fig.). Fixation: Bléte (1945, p. 78), by monotypy and original designation. Later citation: Drake (1950, p. 166). Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Recaredus Distant (1909b, p. 361). Type species: Recaredus rex Distant (1909b, p. 361). Fixation: Distant (1909b, p. 361), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1910a, p. 104, fig., redescription and figure of type species) ; Monte (1947, p. 19); Drake (1950, p. 166). Note: Monte (1947, p. 19) wrongly placed Recaredus in sub- family Tinginae. Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. 30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Sinalda Distant (1904, p. 426). Synonym of Gonycentrum. Type species: Sinalda elegans Distant (1904, p. 427, fig.). Fixation: Monte (1947, p. 4), by subsequent designation. Synonymy: See Gonycentrum. Synonymized by Drake (1950, p. 165). Stenocader Drake and Hambleton (1944, p. 120). Type species: Piesma tingidoides Spinola (1852, p. 200). Fixation: Drake and Hambleton (1944, p. 120), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Drake (1944a, p. 142; 1950, p. 166); Monte (1947, p. 4). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 1. Taphrostethus Fieber (1844, p. 40). Synonym of Cantacader. Type species: Taphrostethus quinquecostatus Fieber (1844, p. 41, fig.). Fixation: Fieber (1844, p. 41), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 4). Synonymy: See Cantacader. Synonymized by Stal (1873, p. 116). Teleia Fieber (1844, p. 55). Preoccupied, see Gonycentrum. Type species: Teleia coronata Fieber (1844, p. 56, fig.). Fixation: Fieber (1844, p. 56), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 4). Synonymy: See Gonycentrum. Note: As Teleia Fieber (1844) was preoccupied in Lepidoptera, Bergroth (1898, p. 9) proposed Gonycentrum as its replacement. Teratocader Drake (1950, p. 158). Type species: Cantacader magnificus Drake (1923b, p. 83). Fixation: Drake (1950, p. 158), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Ulmus Distant (1904, p. 425). Type species: Ulmus testudineatus Distant (1904, p. 425, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1904, p. 426), by monotypy. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 4); Drake (1950, p. 166). Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF Si Zetekella Drake (1944a; p. 139). Type species: Zetekella zeteki Drake (1944a; p. 140, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1944a, p. 139), by monotypy and original desig nation. Later citations: Hurd (1946, p. 439); Monte (1947, p. 4); Drake (1950, p. 166). Synonym: Minitingis. (New synonymy.) Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 3. Subfamily TINGINAE Laporte TrnarpitEes Laporte, 1833, p. 47. Tineitaria Stal, 1873, p. 118; 1874, p. 47; Puton, 1879, p. 91; Distant, 1903c, p. 130; Horvath, 1906c, p. 13; Oshanin, 1908, p. 401; 1912, p. 42 (as ‘‘division’’). Trvartina Uhler, 1886, p. 22; Banks, 1910, p. 55 (as “‘subfamily’’). TINGIDINI Van Duzee, 1916, p. 25 (as “‘tribe’’). AIDONEUSARIA Distant, 1909, p. 125 (as ‘‘division’”’). (New synonymy.) AXIOKERSOSARIA Distant, 1909, p. 124 (as “‘division’’). (New synonymy.) AcCALYPTINI Blatchley, 1926, p. 479 (as “‘tribe’”’). (New synonymy.) GALEATINI Blatchley, 1926, p. 451 (as “‘tribe’’?). (New synonymy.) MoNANTHIINI Costa, 1855, p. 293 (as “subfamily” [?]). (New synonymy.) PHYSATOCHEILINI Blatchley, 1926, p. 483 (as “‘tribe’”’). (New synonymy.) Type genus: Tingis Fabricius. GENERA AND SUBGENERA OF SUBFAMILY TINGINAE Abdastartus Distant (1910a, p. 103). Type species: Abdastartus tyrianus Distant (1910a, p. 103)= Monanthia atra Motschulsky (1868, p. 91). Fixation: Distant (1910a, p. 103), by monotypy and original desig- nation (as Abdastartus tyrianus Distant (1910a, p. 103)=Mon- anthia atrus Motschulsky (1863, p. 91)). Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 5) (as A. tyrianus Distant). Note: Abdastartus tyrianus Distant was synonymized with Tele- onemia atra (Motschulsky) (as Monanthia) based upon study of type species. (See Drake, 1956e, p. 110.) Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 3. Acalypta Westwood (1840, p. 121). Type species: Tingis carinata Panzer (1806, Heft 99, Tab. 20). Fixation: Westwood (1840, p. 121, fig.), by monotypy. Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 43); Van Duzee (1916, p. 25; 1917, p. 211); Drake (1928d, p. 2); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 383); Monte (1941, p. 151; 1947, p. 5); China (19438, p. 245); Hurd (1946, p. 462). 32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Synonyms: Drakella, Fenestrella, Orthosteira, Orthostira. Distribution of species: Palearctic (25), Nearctic (10), Oriental (1), Neotropical (1). Number of species: 37. Acanthocheila Stal (1858, p. 61). Type species: Monanthia (Acanthocheila) amigera Stal (1858, p. 61). Fixation: Van Duzee (1916, p. 26), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 219); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); Monte (1939, p. 64; 1941, p. 73; 1947, p. 5); Hurd (1946, p. 469). Variant spelling: Acanthochila Stal (1873, p. 127). Note: Founded as a subgenus of Monanthia, raised to generic level by Stal (1873, p. 127). Distribution of species: Neotropical (15), Nearctic (2). Number of species: 15. Acanthochila. Variant spelling for Acanthocheila. Acanthotingis Monte (1940a, p. 13). Type species: Acanthotingis apicicornis Monte (1940a, p. 15, fig.). Fixation: Monte (1940a, p. 14), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 6). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 1. Aconchus Horvath (1905, p. 566). Type species: Galeatus (Aconchus) urbanus Horvath (1905, p. 565). Fixation: Horvath (1905, p. 565), by monotypy. Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 43); Monte (1947, p. 6). Note: Founded as a subgenus of Galeatus, raised to generic level by Horvath (1906c, p. 54). Distribution of species: Ethiopian (2), Oriental (1). Number of species: 2. Acysta Champion (1898a, p. 46). Type species: Acysta integra Champion (1898a, p. 46, fig.). Fixation: Van Duzee (1916, p. 26), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 223); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); Monte (1939, p. 64; 1941, p. 76; 1947, p. 6); Hurd (1946, p. 458). Distribution of species: Neotropical (8), Australian (1). Number of species: 9. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 33 Aepycysta Drake and Bondar (1932, p. 93). Type species: Aepycysta undosa Drake and Bondar (1932, p. 94, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Bondar (1932, p. 94), by monotypy and orig- inal designation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); Monte (1939, p. 65; 1941, p. 77; 1947, p. 6); Hurd (1946, p. 478). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 3. Aframixia, new genus Type species: E’pimizxia roboris Drake (1942b, p. 12). Fixation: Present designation. Note: This genus is erected here to hold Hpimixia roboris from Madagascar. Description: Moderately large, oblong. Head short, very little extended in front of eyes, inserted into prothorax up to hind mar- gins of eyes, armed with not more than five spines, antenniferous tubercles short, blunt, rounded in front; bucculae rather short, areolate, with ends meeting in front. Labium rather short, stout, reaching very little beyond prosternum; laminae not very high, uniseriate, widely separated on both mesosternum and metasternum, open behind. Scent gland ostiole and channel plainly visible, with sulcus extending nearly upright. Hypocostal laminae long, uniseriate. Legs rather short, with femora slightly incrassate, tarsi considerably swollen. Pronotum with lateral sides slowly converging anteriorly in front of humeri, very little swollen across humeral angles, coarsely reticulately punctate, unicarinate, lateral carinae completely wanting; collar distinct, with two encircling rows of small pits; paranota very narrow, cariniform, without areolae, shghtly wider opposite calli and there with indistinct cells; posterior process triangular, areolate. Elytra a little longer and slightly wider than abdomen, also slightly wider than pronotum at humeri (scarcely more than width of costal areas), divided into the usual areas; costal area horizontal, uniseriate; subcostal area wider, subvertical; discoidal area large, extending slightly beyond middle of elytra; sutural area on same level as discoidal, both areas flat and on same horizontal level. Distinguishing characteristics: Allied to the genus Epimixia Kirkaldy of the Australian subregion, but easily distinguishable by the somewhat more depressed and unicarinate pronotum, depressed and almost flat underside of the abdomen, swollen tarsi, and the 526988—60——3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 less foliaceous and much more widely separated rostral laminae on mesosternum. The laminae on metasternum are also widely separated from each other and open behind. Distrbution of species: Malagasy. Number of species: 1. Agachila Drake and Gomez-Menecr (1954, p. 89). Type species: Agachila biafrana Drake and Gomez-Menor (1954, p. 90, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Gomez-Menor (1954, p. 90), by monotypy and original designation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Agaotingis Drake (1954a, p. 13). Type species: Tingis australis Montrouzier (1864, p. 235). Fixation: Drake (1954a, p. 13), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Distribution of species: New Zealandian. Number of species: 1. Aglotingis Drake (1954c, p. 232). Type species: Aglotingis numbana Drake (1954c, p. 233). Fixation: Drake (1954¢, p. 233), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 3. Aidoneus Distant (1909a, p. 122). Type species: Aidoneus dissumilis Distant (1909a, p. 123). Fixation: Distant (1909a, p. 123), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1910a, p. 126, fig., type species); Monte (1947, p. 3). Note: Distant (1909a, p. 122) erected Division Aidoneusaria for the reception of this genus. Monte (1947, p. 3) wrongly placed Aidoneus in the subfamily Cantacaderinae. Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Alcletha Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241). See Dictyonota (Alcletha). Alloiothucha Drake (1927a, p. 58). Type species: Alloiothucha philippinensis Drake (1927a, p. 58). Fixation: Drake (1927a, p. 58), by original designation. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 35 Later citations: Drake and Poor (1939b, p. 207, fig., type species) ; Monte (1947, p. 6). Note: Drake and Poor (1937b, p. 18) erroneously suppressed Alloiothucha as a synonym of Holophygdon. 'Two years later they (1939b, p. 207) resurrected Alloiothucha as a valid genus. Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 3. Allotingis Drake (1930, p. 269). Type species: Leptobyrsa binotata Drake and Bruner (1924b, p. 155). Fixation: Drake (1930, p. 270), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); Monte (1941, p. 151; 1947, p. 6). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 2. Alveotingis Osborn and Drake (1916, p. 245). Type species: Alveotingis grossocerata Osborn and Drake (1916, p. 245, fig.). Fixation: Osborn and Drake (1916, p. 245), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 221); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); Monte (1941, p. 152; 1947, p. 4); Hurd (1946, p. 446). Note: Monte (1947, p. 4) wrongly transferred Alveotingis to sub- family Agrammatinae. Distribution of species: Nearctic, Number of species: 3. Amaurosterphus Stal (1868, p. 92). Synonym of Teleonemia. Type species: Tropidocheila morio Stal (1855b, p. 187). Fixation: Van Duzee (1917, p. 221), by subsequent designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 6). Synonymy: See Teleonemia. Synonymized by Champion (1897, p. 34). Note: Amaurosterphus was erected as a subgenus for the inclusion of six species of tingids. Although erected in a note under genus Tingis, its generic relationship was not indicated. Stal (1873, p. 131) included Amaurosterphus as a subgenus of Teleonemia. Amblystira Stal (1873, pp. 120, 129). Type species: Monanthia pallipes Stal (1858, p. 62). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 129), by monotypy. 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 112 Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); Monte (1939, p. 65; 1941, p. 77; 1947, p. 6); Hurd (1946, p. 455). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 18. Ambycysta Drake and Hurd (1945, p. 129). Type species: Megalocysta championt Drake (1922b, p. 38). Fixation: Drake and Hurd (1945, p. 130), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 6); Hurd (1946, p. 475). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 4. Americia Stal (1873, p. 1381). Synonym of Teleonemia. Type species: Tingis (Americia) albilatera Stal (1873, p. 131). Fixation: Van Duzee (1917, p. 221), by subsequent designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 6). Synonymy: See Teleonemia. Note: Established as a subgenus of Jingis; synonymized with genus Teleonemia by Champion (1898a, p. 34). Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 18) wrongly treated Americia Stal as a synonym of the genus Lasiacantha Stal. Ammianus Distant (1903¢, p. 136). Type species: Monanthia erosa Fieber (1844, p. 71, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1908c, p. 136, fig.), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Distant (1910a, p. 115); Van Duzee (1916, p. 26); Monte (1947, p. 6); Drake (1955c, p. 5). Synonyms: Kitoko, Phyllontocheila (in part), Phyllontochila, Sak- untala. Note: Van Duzee (1916, p. 26) wrongly treated Ammianus Distant as a synonym of genus Physatocheila. For a discussion of nomen- clatorial changes and history of the genera Ammianus, Belenus, Sakuntala, and Physatocheila see Drake (1955c, p. 5; 1957b, pp. 31-82). This genus and its components are much confused in the literature and the species have been described largely as members of genus Phyllontocheila (or Phyllontochila). Distribution of species: Ethiopian (20), Oriental (6), Palearctic (2), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 29. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 37 Angolotingis Drake (1955a, p. 88). Type species: Angolotingis vilhenai Drake (1955a, p. 88, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1955a, p. 88), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Angolusa Drake (1958, p. 104). Type species: Angolusa machadoi Drake (1958, p. 104). Fixation: Drake (1958, p. 104), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. [Anomaloptera Perris (1843, p. 302), in Amyot and Serville. Family Lygaeidae. Note: Monte (1947, p. 22) wrongly appended Anomaloptera under the caption ‘‘Posicao duvidosa”’ at the end of his paper on genera and genotypes of Tingidae. This genus is not a tingid and belongs to the family Lygaeidae. Monte also cited incorrectly the year, page, and publication.] Aphelotingis Drake (1948b, p. 176). Type species: Abdastartus muiri Drake (1927b, p. 307). Fixation: Drake (1948b, p. 176), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Distribution of species: Malagasy (2), Oriental (1). Number of species: 3. Aristobyrsa Drake and Poor (1937a, p. 164). Type species: Leptobyrsa latipennis Champion (1897, p. 25). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1937a, p. 164), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Monte (1941, p. 79; 1947, p. 7); Hurd (1946, p. 472). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 1. Arushia Drake (1951, p. 170). Type species: Arushia horvathi Drake (1951, p. 170). Fixation: Drake (1951, p. 170), by original designation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 2. 38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Atheas Champion (1898a, p. 44). Type species: Atheas nigricornis Champion (1898a, p. 45, fig.). Fixation: Van Duzee (1916, p. 26), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 222); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); Monte (1939, p. 65; 1941, p. 80; 1947, p. 7); Hurd (1946, p. 460). Distribution of species: Neotropical (9), Nearctic (6). Number of species: 14. Aulotingis Drake and Poor (1943, p. 194). Type species: Aulotingis moalae Drake and Poor (1943, p. 195, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1943, p. 195), by monotypy and original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 7). Distribution of species: Oceanic. Number of species: 1. Australotingis Hacker (1927, p. 29). Type species: Australotingis franzent Hacker (1927, p. 29, fig.). Fixation: Hacker (1927, p. 29), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); Monte (1941, p. 152; 1947, p. 7). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 2. Axiokersos Distant (1909a, p. 121). Type species: Axiokersos ovalis Distant (1909a, p. 122). Fixation: Distant (1909a, p. 122), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1910a, p. 125, figure of type species) ; Monte (1947, p. 7). Note: Distant (1909a, p. 121) erected division Axiokersosaria for the reception of this genus. Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Ayrerus Distant (1903c, p. 140). Synonym of Urventius. (New synonymy.) Type species: Tingis hystricellus Richter (1869, p. 84, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1903c, p. 140, figure of type species), by monot- ypy and original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 7). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 39 Synonymy: See Urentius. Note: Tingis hystricellus (Richter) is here transferred to Urentius. (New combination.) Baeochila Drake and Poor (1937c, p. 400). Type species: Cysteochila elongata Distant (1908a, p. 49). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1937c, p. 400), by monotypy and original designation. Note: Founded as a subgenus for Cysteochila; raised to generic level by Drake (1948d, p. 151). Distribution of species: Oriental (4), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 5. Baeotingis Drake and Poor (1939a, p. 96). Type species: Baeotingis ogloblini Drake and Poor (1939a, p. 96, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1939a, p. 96) by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Monte (1941, p. 152; 1947, p. 7). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 3. Baichila Drake and Slater (1955, p. 50). Type species: Baichila capenert Drake and Slater (1955, p. 51). Fixation: Drake and Slater (1955, p. 51), by original designation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 3. Bako Schouteden (1923, p. 91). Type species: Bako lebruni Schouteden (1923, p. 91). Fixation: Schouteden (1923, p. 91), by monotypy. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 7); Drake (1956c, p. 63). Synonym: Galeotingis. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (4), Oriental (1). Number of species: 5. Belenus Distant (1909a, p. 116). Type of species: Monanthia dentatus Fieber (1844, p. 71, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1909a, p. 116), by original designation. Later citations: Distant (1910a, p. 115, fig. (type species)); Monte (1947, p. 7 (dentata credited to Distant instead of Fieber)); Drake (1957b, p. 31). Note: For a discussion of nomenclatorial changes and history of the genera Belenus, Sakuntala, Ammianus, and Phyllontocheila, see Drake (1957b, pp. 31-32). 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vol. 112 Distribution of species: Ethiopian (3), Oriental (8). Number of species: 6. Berotingis Drake (1956b, p. 113). Type species: Berotingis rugiana Drake (1956b, p. 113, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1956b, p. 113), by original designation. Distribution of species: Oceanic. Number of species: 3. Birabena Drake and Hurd (1945, p. 127). Type species: Birabena birabent Drake and Hurd (1945; p. 128, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Hurd (1945, p. 128), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 7). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 4. Birgitta Lindberg (1927, p. 18). Synonym of Leploypha. Type species: Tingis (Birgitla) wuerontaust Lindberg (1927, p. 18, fig.). Fixation: Lindberg (1927, p. 18), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 7). Synonymy: See Leptoypha. Synonymized by Drake and Maa (1953, p. 94). Note: Founded as a subgenus of Tingis; synonymized with genus Leptoypha by Drake and Maa (1953, p. 94). Biskria Puton (1874b, p. 440). Type species: Dictyonota (Biskria) gracilicornis Puton (1874b, p. 440). Fixation: Puton (1874, p. 440), by monotypy. Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 43); Monte (1947, p. 7). Note: Founded as subgenus of Dictyonota, raised to generic level by Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 10). Distribution of species: Palearctic. Number of species: 5. Bredenbachius Distant (1903a, p. 50). Synonym of Cysteochila. Type species: Bredenbachius pictus Distant (1903a, p. 50). Fixation: Distant (1903a, p. 50), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1903c, p. 139), fig. (type species); Drake and Poor (1937b, p. 6, discussion) ; Monte (1947, p. 8). Synonymy: See Cysteochila. Synonymized by Bergroth (1921, p. 104). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 4] Buna. Error for Bunia. Bunia Schouteden (1955, p. 167). Type species: Bunia ituriensis Schouteden, 1955, p. 167. Fixation: Schouteden (1955, p. 167), by monotypy. Variant spelling: Buna (Zool. Record, 1955, p. 483). Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Bunotingis Drake (1948d, p. 152). Type species: Cysteochila camelina Hacker (1927, p. 24, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1948d, p. 153), by monotypy and original designation. Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 1. Cadamustus Distant (1903a, p. 47). Synonym of Stephanitis. Type species: Cadamustus typicus Distant (1903a, p. 47). Fixation: Distant (1903c, p. 132), by subsequent designation, fig. 95 (type species). Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 216); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); China (19438, p. 246); Monte (1947, p. 8). Synonymy: See Stephanitis. Synonymized by Horvaéth (1906a, p. 34). Cadmilos Distant (1909a, p. 113). Synonym of Galeatus. Type species: Cadmilos retiarius Distant (1909a, p. 114). Fixation: Distant (1909a, p. 114), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1910a, p. 107, fig., type species); Van Duzee (1917, p. 216); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 384); Monte (1947, p. 8). Synonymy: See Galeatus. Synonymized by Horvath (1911b, p. 337). Note: Distant (1911b, p. 271) questioned the synonymy of Cad- milos with Galeatus Curtis (1833), but made no counterchanges and thus did not restore the genus to its original status. Caenotingis Drake (1928b, p. 283). See Tingis (Caenotingis). Calliphanes Horvath (1906a, p. 34). Synonym of Stephanitis. Type species: Tingis mitratus Stal (1858, p. 64). Fixation: Horvath (1906a, p. 34), by original designation. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 8). 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 Synonymy: See Stephanitis. Synonymized by Drake and Maa (1953, p. 99). Note: Erected as new name for Stephanitis Champion (not Stal) (1898b, p. 58). Callithrincus Hervath (1925, p. 10). Type species: Callithrincus serratus Horvath (1925, p. 10, fig.). Fixation: Horvath (1925, p. 10), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 8). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 2. Caloloma Drake and Bruner (1924a, p. 152). Type species: Caloloma uhlert Drake and Bruner (1924a, p. 152). Fixation: Drake and Bruner (1924a, p. 152), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385); Monte (1941, p. 152; 1947, p. 8); Hurd (1946, p. 472). Note: Originally described by Drake and Bruner (1924a, p. 152) from 10 specimens, Antigua (San Juan), Lesser Antilles. During the past decade, three small lots of typical specimens of this species have been received from Queensland, Australia. The latter records prove that C. uhleri is an Australian indigene. And since no specimens of C. uhleri have subsequently been net- ted in the West Indies, there is some doubt relative to the prov- enance of the type specimens. The specimens from insular America probably represent either an incidental introduction or an accidental mislabeling. The type series is in the U.S. National Museum. Distribution of species: Australian (1), Neotropical (1, introduced) Number of species: 1. Calotingis Drake (1918, p. 86). Type species: Calotingis knighti Drake (1918, p. 87). Fixation: Drake (1918, p. 86), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a p. 385); Monte (1941, p. 152; 1947, p. 8); Hurd (1946, p. 454). Synonym: Neopachycysta. Distribution of species: Australian (1), Nearctic (1). Number of species: 2. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF A438 Campylosteira Fieber (1844, p. 42). Type species: Campylosteira falleni Fieber (1844, p. 43, fig.). Fixation: Oshanin (1912, p. 42), by subsequent designation. Later citations: China (1943, p. 245); Monte (1947, p. 8). Variant spelling: Campylostira, Fieber (1861, p. 131). Note: Monte (1947, p. 8) erroneously cited fallent as originally described in genus Tingis. Distribution of species: Palearctic (15), Ethiopian (2), Oriental (1). Number of species: 18. Campylostira. Variant spelling for Campylosteira. Campylotingis Drake and Bondar (1932, p. 89). Type species: Tigava mollicula Drake (1922a, p. 365). Fixation: Drake and Bondar (1932, p. 89), by original designation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385); Monte (1939, p. 66; 1941, p. 81; 1947, p. 8). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 14. Cantinona Distant (1913, p. 158). Type species: Cantinona praecellens Distant (1913, p. 159, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1913, p. 159), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 8). Distribution of species: Malagasy. Number of species: 1. Catoplatus Spinola (1837, p. 167). Type species: Tingis fabricia Stal (1868, p. 93). Fixation: International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature, Opinion 250, 1954. Previous selections: Oshanin (1912, p. 45); China (19438, p. 247); Monte (1947, p. 8). Synonym: Coscinopoea. Note: Opinion 250 set aside all prior selections of type species for the genus Catoplatus Spinola. Distribution of species: Palearctic (15), Oriental (2). Number of species: 16. Celantia Distant (1903¢c, p. 137). Type species: Leptodictya vagans Distant (1903a, p. 48). Fixation: Distant (1903c, p. 137). by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 8). 44. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL, 112 Distribution of species: Oriental (2), Fossil (1, Oligocene, Isle of Wight). Number of species: 3. Cetiocysta Drake and Poor (1939b, p. 205). Synonym of Penottus. (New synonymy.) Type species: Diplocysta nimia Drake (1927a, p. 54). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1939b, p. 205), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 9). Synonymy: See Penottus. Note: Drake and Maa (1953, p. 88; 1954, p. 115) described two new species in genus Penottus but failed to place Cetiocysta in synonymy. Cochlochila Stal (1873, p. 133). Type species: Monanthia (Cochlochila) bullita Stal (1873, p. 183). Fixation: Stal (18738, p. 133), by monotypy. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 9); Drake (1948c, p. 181). Synonym: Physodictyon. Note: Founded as a subgenus of Monanthia, raised to generic level by Horvath (1910, p. 67). Distribution of species: Hthiopian (8), Oriental (3), Palearctic (4). Number of species: 13. Codotingis Drake (1942a, p. 360). Type species: Codotingis recurva Drake (1942a, p. 361). Fixation: Drake (1942a, p. 361), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 9). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 1. Collinutius Distant (1903c, p. 134). Type species: Tingis alicollis Walker (1873, p. 182). Fixation: Distant (1903c, p. 134, fig. 98), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 9). Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Compseuta Stal (1873, p. 133). Type species: Tropidocheila ornatella Stal (1855a, p. 37). Fixation: Distant (1904, p. 433), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Distant (1910a, p. 105); Monte (1947, p. 9). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 45 Note: Founded as a subgenus of Monanthia, raised to generic level by Distant (1904, p. 433). Distribution of species: Ethiopian (16), Australian (1), Oriental (1), Palearctic (1). Number of species: 18. Conchochila Drake (1958b, p. 329). Lapsus for Conchotingis. (New synonymy.) Synonymy: See Conchotingis. Note: Through oversight, Drake (1958b, pp. 329-831) failed to change the generic name of two tingids from Madagascar (de- scribed by him as ‘‘Conchochila sundra, new species,” and “C. insulana, new species,”’) to Conchotingis Drake (1954, p. 71), al- though the generic description of Conchochila was deleted. The latter generic name is here suppressed as a synonym of Concho- tingis, and sundra and insulana are transferred to Conchotingis. Conchotingis Drake (1954b, p. 71). Type species: Xenotingis trepidantis Drake (1927b, p. 310). Fixation: Drake (1954b, p. 72), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Synonym: Conchochila. (New synonymy.) Distribution of species: Malagasy. Number of species: 3. Congochila Drake (1954d, p. 8). Type species: Congochila congoana Drake (1954d, p. 9). Fixation: Drake (1954d, p. 9), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Copium Thunberg (1822, p. 8). Type species: Copium cornutum Thunberg (1822, p. 8)=Cimex clavicornis Linnaeus (1758, p. 442). See plate 4, herein. Fixation: Thunberg (1822, p. 8), by monotypy. Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 45); Monte (1947, p.9). (Both as cornutum.) Synonyms: Hurycera, Laccometopus, Monanthia (new synonymy). Note: Copium cornutum Thunberg (1822, p. 8) is here suppressed as a synonym of C. clavicornis (Linnaeus) (1758, p. 442), the latter name having priority by 64 years. This new synonymy makes Monanthia a synonym of Copium. Of the many species formerly placed in Monanthia, the type species, M. clavicornis 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 112 (Linnaeus), belongs to Copium; M. rotundata (Herrich-Schaeffer) belongs to Octacysta, new genus; and the rest are all transferred herein to Dictyla Stal. Validity of Copium clavicornis (Linnaeus): Two centuries ago Linnaeus (1758, p. 442) characterized Cimex clavicornis in these words: clavicornis. 12. C. elytris abdomen occultantibus reticulato punctatis, antennis clavatis. Fn. Svec. 687. Habitat in Europa. The citation “Fn. Svec.” refers to “Fauna Svecica” by Linnaeus (1746, p. 121) and “687” refers to the description of a new Cimez without a specific name, the habitat of which is given as ‘in Uplandia. in Scania.’”’ Scania is the former name of a province in extreme southern Sweden. In the 12th edition of “Systema Naturae”’ Linnaeus (1767, p. 717) wrote: clavicornis. 16. C. coleoptratus, elytris nervoso-carinatis reticulato punctatis, antennis clavatis. Fn. Svec. 911. Reaum. ins. 3. t. 34. f. 1-4. Geoffr. paris. 1l.p. 461. n. 56. Habitat in Europa. By citing the two references above, Linnaeus (1767, p. 717) himself provided the incontestable evidence needed to identify positively his species Cimex clavicornis of Europe. Réaumur (1737, p. 427, pl. 34, figs.) gave a good discussion of a gall-making insect and its galls on ‘‘fleurs du camedrys,”’ including figures of both insect and galls. In the other reference Geoffroy (1762, p. 461) described the same insect and its galls on “chamedrys.”’ The last sentence of Geoffroy’s description reads: La larve de cette punaise habite l’intérieur des fleurs du chamaedrys, qui avant de s’ouvrir, paroissent plus grosses & plus gonflées qu’A lordinaire, lorsque cette larve y est renfermée. As Fabricius was a contemporary of Linnaeus and at times visited him, it is only natural to assume that he saw and studied the ‘Linnaean Collection.” It is evident, too, that they were in concurrence regarding the identity of clavicornis as can be perceived in the following excerpt from Fabricius (1794, p. 70): clavicornis. 10. A. elytris reticulato punctatis, antennis clavatis. Cimex clavicornis. Linn. Syst. nat. 2. 717.16. Fn. Svec. 911. Geoff. Ins. 1. 461. 56. Reaum. Ins. e. tab. 34. fig. 1-4. Fyesl. Helvet. 25. 480. Panz. Fn. Germ. 3. tab. 24. Habitat in Europae hortis.”’ Fieber (1844, p. 97, fig.) founded the genus Laccometopus to hold O. clavicornis Linnaeus and L. kollari, both gall-making species. Seventeen years later, this author (Fieber 1861, p. 119) again treated Linnaeus’ clavicornis as in 1844. The host plant as cited by the above and other authors of those times is Teucrio chamaedri (fide Fieber). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 47 The first and so far the only reviser of the Palearctic species of the genus Copium, Wagner (1954, pp. 200-209) correctly treated Monanthia clavicornis (Linnaeus) (1758) and Copium cornutum Thunberg (1822) as identical species but failed to relegate the latter to synonymy. As indicated under Copium and Monanthia, the type species of these two genera are con- specific, the latter being a junior synonym of the former. For information relative to this synonymy, suppressing of Copiwm cornutum with QC. clavicornis, and resurrection of Dictyla Stal from synonymy to hold almost all of the species included in Monanthia, see discussions under Copium, Dictyla, Monanthia, and Octacysta. Dr. W. E. China, in personal correspondence, states that there are two specimens of tingids under the name “Oimex clavicornis L.”’ in the Linnaean Collection at the Lin- naean Society of London, Burlington House, Picadilly, and that one, in Linnaeus’ handwriting, is labeled ‘‘Tingis cardwi Linn.” and the other (without label) is Acalypta carinata (Panzer). The specimen bearing the label with C. clavicornis L. is the thistle tingid that Linnaeus described as C. cardui and it agrees with the original description of cardui. These are plainly self- evident errors made by others in handling the Linnaean specimens during the past two centuries and need no further comments. Distribution of species: Palearctic (8), Oriental (1). Number of species: 9. Corinthus Distant (1920, p. 155). Type species: Corinthus typicus Distant (1920, p. 156). Fixation: Distant (1920, p. 156), by monotypy. Distribution of species: New Zealandian. Number of species: 1. Corycera Drake (1922a, p. 368). Type species: Corycera comptula Drake (1922a, p. 369, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1922a, p. 368), by original designation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385); Monte (1939, p. 66; 1941, p. 84; 1947, p. 9); Hurd (1946, p. 457). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 17. Corythaica Stal (1873, pp. 120, 128). Type species: Tingis monacha Stal (1858, p. 64). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 128), by monotypy. 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 817); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385); Monte (1939, p. 67; 1941, p. 86; 1947, p. 9); Hurd (1945, p. 80; 1946, p. 480). Synonyms: Dolichocysta, Leptotingis, Typonotus. Distribution of species: Neotropical (11), Nearctic (4). Number of species: 13. Corythauma Drake and Poor, 1939b, p. 206. Type species: Leptopharsa ayyart Drake (1933, p. 1016). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1939b, p. 206), by monotypy and original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 9). Distribution of species: Oriental (1), Ethiopian (1). Number of species: 1. Corythotingis Drake and Poor (19438, p. 195). Type species: Corythotingis zimmermani Drake and Poor (1943, p. 196, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1948, p. 196), by monotypy and original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 9). Distribution of species: Oceanic. Number of species: 1. Corythuca. Error for Corythucha. Corythucha Stal (1873, pp. 119, 122). Type species: Tingis fuscigera Stal (1862, p. 323). Fixation: Van Duzee (1916, p. 25), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 212); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385); Monte (1939, p. 67; 1941, p. 88; 1947, p. 9); Hurd (1946, p. 482). Variant spelling: Corythuca, many authors. Distribution of species: Nearctic (51), Neotropical (27). Number of species: 72. Coscinopoea Stal (1873, p. 128). Synonym of Catoplatus. Type species: Cimex carthusianus Goeze (1778, p. 268). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 128), by objective synonymy. Erroneous citation: Monte (1947, p. 9). See note below. Synonymy: See Catoplatus. Note: Stal (1873, p. 128) erected Coscinopoea as a subgenus of Catoplatus Spinola (1837) with two included species. Synon- nymized by Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 20) and so treated by LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 49 Horvath (1906c, p. 85), Oshanin (1912, p. 45), and Monte (1947, p. 9). This synonymization was overlooked by China (1943, p. 247). Horvaéth (1906c, p. 89) synonymized Tingis eryngu Latreille (1804, p. 253) with Catoplatus carthusianus (Goeze) and treated albidus (Herrich-Schaeffer) as a variety of Catoplatus carthusianus. Through oversight, Monte (1947, p. 9) also failed to note the above synonymy in designating ‘‘Monanthia (Coscino- poea) eryngii Latr.” as type species. Cottothucha Drake and Poor (1941, p. 162). Type species: Cottothucha oceanae Drake and Poor (1941, p. 163). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1941, p. 162), by monotypy and original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 10). Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Cromerus Distant (1902b, p. 355). Type species: Monanthia invaria Walker (1873, p. 196). Fixation: Distant (1902b, p. 356), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 10). Distribution of species: Oriental (6), Papuan (1), Australian (1), Oceanic (1). Number of species: 8. Cysteochila Stal (1873, pp. 121, 129). Type species: Monanthia ? tingoides Motschulsky (1863, p. 92). Fixation: Distant (1903c, p. 138), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1937b, p. 6); Monte (1947, p. 10). Erroneous citations: Bergroth (1921, p. 104); Horvath (1925, p. 3) (as Cysteochila sordida Stil). Synonym: Bredenbachius. Note: See Drake and Poor (1937b, pp. 6, 7) for discussion of synonymy. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (33), Oriental (34), Malagasy (11), Australian (4), Oceanic (2). Number of species: 83. Dasytingis Drake and Poor (1936b, p. 145). Type species: Dasytingis rudis Drake and Poor (1936b, p. 145, fig.)- Fixation: Drake and Poor (1936b, p. 145), by monotypy and origi- nal designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 10). 526988—60——4 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 2. Derephisia. Error for Derephysia. Derephysia Spinola (1837, p. 166). Type species: Tingis foliacea Fallén (1807, p. 39). Fixation: Oshanin (1912, p. 48), by subsequent designation. Later citations: China (1943, p. 246); Monte (1947, p. 10). Variant spelling: Derephisia (Monte, 1947, p. 10). Distribution of species: Palaearctic (7), Oriental (1). Number of species: 8. Dichocysta Champion (1898a, p. 33). Type species: Dichocysta pictipes Champion (1898a, p. 34, fig.). Fixation: Champion (1898a, p. 34), by monotypy. Later citations: Van Duzee (1916, p. 26; 1917, p. 221); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385); Monte (1941, p. 153; 1947, p. 10); Hurd (1946, p. 453). Variant spelling: Dichrocysta (Banks 1910, p. 56). Distribution of species: Neotropical (1), Nearctic (1). Number of species: 1. Diconocoris Mayr (1864, p. 442). Type species: Diconocoris javanus Mayr (1864, p. 442). Fixation: Mayr (1864, p. 442), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake (1937, p. 386, fig., type species); Monte (1947, p. 10). Synonym: Diplogomphus. Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 7. Dictiotingis. Error for Dictyotingis. Dichrocysta. Error for Dichocysta. Dictyla Stal (1874, p. 57). Type species: Monanthia platyoma Fieber (1861, p. 125). See plate 5, herein. Fixation: Stal (1874, p. 57), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385); China (1943, p. 248); Monte (1947, p. 10). Note: Stal (1874, p. 57) misspelled specific name as ‘“‘platyomia’’ ; others have perpetuated this error. Horvaéth (1906c, p. 97) LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 51 wrongly suppressed the genus Dictyla as a synonym of Monanthia. The present paper resurrects and restores Dictyla to the generic level. See Copium and Monanthia for a discussion of synonymy which led to this action. Species being transferred from Monan- thia to Dictyla are listed below under “new combinations.” Distribution of species: Ethiopian (19), Neotropical (14), Oriental (12), Palearctic (14), Nearctic (3), Australian (1), Fossil (3). Number of species: 63. New comBinatrons: In suppressing the genus Monanthia Le Peletier and Serville as a synonym of Copiwm, it becomes necessary to transfer the following species to the genus Dictyla Stal: abyssinica Drake, ainsliei Drake and Poor, amitina Horvath, aurigana Drake, aurigana subsp. discoris Drake, balli Drake, berryi Drake, cheriani Drake, e-nigrum Champion, collarti Schouteden, colo- radensis Drake, comes Drake, echii (Schrank), echit var. nigricans Hoberlandt, echiit var. rufina Seidenstiicker, ehrethiae Gibson, femoralis (Stal), figurata Drake, flavipes Signoret, formosa Drake, fulvescens Kirichenko, gerardi Schouteden, haitiensis Drake and Poor, humuli (Fabricius), imparis Drake, indigena (Wollaston), indigena var. bugioensis (China), labeculata Uhler, leporis Drake, leroyi Schouteden, loricata Distant, /wpuli Herrich-Schaeffer, lupata Drake and Poor, montandoni Horvath, montandoni var. rivalis Horvath, monotropidia (Stal), nassata Puton, nodipennis Horvath, parilis Drake, parmata Distant, patquiana Drake, picturata Distant, platyoma Fieber, pongana Drake, pucallpana Drake and Hambleton, putoni Montandon, putoni var. pulla Horvath, rasilis Drake and Maa, ruandae Schouteden, ruficeps Horvath, salicorum (Baba), sahlbergi Horvath, sauteri Drake, senta Drake and Hambleton, seorsa Drake and Poor, seorsa var. inflata Drake and Poor, sessoris Drake and Poor, sjostedti Horvath, subdola Horvath, suflata Drake and Poor, symphyti (Vallot), triconula Seidenstiicker, tuberosa Horvath, uichancoi Drake and Poor, vuleanorum Schouteden, uniseriata (Horvath), veterna Scudder, zavattarii Mancini, and the fossils wollastoni (Heer) and flexuosa (Novak). Dictyonota Curtis (1827, p. 154). Type species: Dictyonota strichnocera Fieber (1844, p. 95, fig.). Fixation: International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, Opinion 251, 1954. Previous selections: Oshanin (1912, p. 43); China (1943, p. 246) (as strichnocera). Invalid citations: Hurd (1946, p. 461); Monte (1947, p. 10). 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Valid subgenera: Dictyonota, Alcletha, Elina, Kalama. (Horvath (1906c, p. 39) divided the genus Dictyonota into these four subgenera.) Synonym: Scraulia. Synonymized with genus by Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241) and later delimited to subgenus Dictyonota (Dictyonota) by Horvath (1906c, p. 39). Note: Opinion 251 set aside all prior designations of type species for the nominal genus Dictyonota Curtis (1827). Hurd (1946, p.461) and Monte (1947, p. 10) both wrongly cited the type species as Dictyonota eryngii (Latreille) (described as Tingis), the same species incorrectly cited and designated by Curtis at the time he erected the genus Dictyonota. (Misidentified genotype.) Distribution of species: Palearctic (24), Oriental (2), Ethiopian (1), Nearctic (1, introduced). Number of species: 26. Dictyonota (Dictyonota) Curtis (1827, p. 154). Type species: Cited under the genus. Later citation: China (1948, p. 246). Synonym: Scraulia. Synonymized with subgenus by Horvath (1906¢, p. 39). Note: Oshanin (1912, p. 43) erroneously credited the subgenus Dictyonota (Dictyonota) to Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241). Distribution of species: Palearctic (7), Oriental (1), Ethiopian (1). Number of species: 9. Dictyonota (Alcletha) Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241). Type species: Acanthia tricornis Schrank (1801, p. 67). Fixation: Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241), by original designation. Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 43); China (1943, p. 246). Synonyms: Dictyonota of Stal (1874 p. 49) (not Curtis), synony- mized by Horvaéth (1906c, p. 40); Dictyonota of Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 7) (not Curtis). Note: Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241) proposed Alcletha as a new generic name for Dictyonota of Lethierry and Severin (1896, p 7) (not Curtis). Reduced to subgeneric level by Horvath (1906ce, p. 40). Distribution of species: Palearctic (5), Oriental (1), Nearctic (1, introduced). Number of species: 5. Dictyonota (Elina) Ferrari (1878, p. 84). Type species: Dictyonota beckeri Jakovlev (1871, p. 25). Fixation: Ferrari (1878, p. 84), by monotypy. Later citation: Oshanin (1912, p. 43). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 53 Distribution of species: Palearctic. Number of species: 7. Dictyonota (Kalama) Puton (1876, p. 34). Type species: Dictyonota (Kalama) coquereli Puton (1876, p. 34). Fixation: Oshanin (1912, p. 43), by subsequent designation. Distribution of species: Palearctic. Number of species: 5. Dictyonota of Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 7) (not Curtis). See Dictyonota (Alcletha). Dictyonota of Stal (1874, p. 49) (not Curtis). See Dictyonota (Alcletha). Dictyotingis Drake (1942b, p. 8). Type species: Dictyotingis gibberis Drake (1942b, p. 8). Fixation: Drake (1942b, p. 8), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 10). Variant spelling: Dictiotingis (Monte, 1947, p. 10). Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 2. Dicysta Champion (1897, p. 5). Type species: Dicysta vitrea Champion (1897, p. 5, fig.). Fixation: Champion (1897, p. 5), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385): Monte (1939, p. 68; 1941, p. 92; 1947, p. 10); Hurd (1946, p. 477). Distribution of species: Neotropical (10), Australian (2). Number of species: 12. Diplocysta Horvath (1925, p. 11). Type species: Diplocysta bilobata Horvath (1925, p. 12, fig.). Fixation: Horvath (1925, p. 12), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 10). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 3. Diplogomphus Horvath (1906b, p. 296). Synonym of Diconocoris. Type species: Diplogomphus capusi Horvath (1906b, p. 296, fig.). Fixation: Horvath (1906b, p. 296), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 11). Synonymy: See Diconocoris. Synonymized by Drake (1937, p. 386). 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Dolichocysta Champion (1898b, p. 56). Synonym of Corythaica. Type species: Dolichocysta venusta Champion (1898b, p. 57, fig.). Fixation: Champion (1898b, p. 57), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385); Monte (1947, Desk). Synonymy: See Corythaica. Synonymized by Hurd (1945, p. 80). Drakella Bergroth (1922, p. 152). Synonym of Acalypta. Type species: Fenestrella ovata Osborn and Drake (1916, p. 223, fig.). Fixation: Bergroth (1922, p. 152), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 385); Monte (1947, Drikt). Synonymy: See Acalypta. Synonymized by Drake (1928d, p. 2). Note: Bergroth (1922, p. 152) proposed Drakella as new name for Fenestrella. Dulinius Distant (1903a, p. 48). Type species: Dulinius conchatus Distant (1903a, p. 48). Fixation: Distant (1903a, p. 48), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1903c, p. 133, fig., type snecies); Monte (194%, p. 11). Synonym: Sankisia. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (6), Malagasy (1), Oriental (1). Number of species: 8. Dyspharsa Drake and Hambleton (1944, p. 127). Type species: Leptopharsa myerst Drake (1926, p. 87). Fixation: Drake and Hambleton (1944, p. 128), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 11); Hurd (1946, p. 467). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 1. Elasmognathus Fieber (1844, p. 90). Type species: Hlasmognathus helferi Fieber (1844, p. 91, fig.). Fixation: Fieber (1844, p. 90), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1903c, p. 141); Monte (1947, p. 11). Note: The three species (Ethiopian) described by Schouteden (1953, pp. 167-169) are not members of the genus Hlasmognathus and will be treated elsewhere. Distribution of species: Oriental (1), Ethiopian (1). Number of species: 2. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 55 Elasmotropis Stal (1874, p. 54). Type species: Monanthia echinopsidis Fieber (1844, p. 62, fig.)= Tingis testacea Herrich-Schaeffer (1830, Heft 118, Tab. 23). Fixation: Stal (1874, p. 54), by monotypy. Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 44); Monte (1947, p. 11). Note: Monte (1947, p. 11) wrongly treated Elasmotropis Stal as a synonym of Phyllontochila Fieber. Distribution of species: Palearctic. Number of species: 3. Elina Ferrari (1878, p. 84). See Dictyonota (Elina). Engynoma Drake (1942a, p. 362). Type species: Perissonemia tasmaniae Drake and Poor (1937c, p. 402). Fixation: Drake (1942a, p. 362), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 11). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 6. Eotingis Scudder (1890, p. 359). Type species: Hotingis antennata Scudder (1890, p. 360, fig.). Fixation: Scudder (1890, p. 360), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 386); Monte (1941, p. 153; 1947, p. 11); Hurd (1946, p. 455). Distribution of species: Nearctic (fossil, Florissant, Colorado; Tertiary). Number of species: 1. Epimixia Kirkaldy (1908a, p. 779). (New status.) Type species: Hpimixia alitophrosyne Kirkaldy (1908a, p. 780). Fixation: Kirkaldy (1908a, p. 780), by monotypy. Later citations: Horvath (1925, p. 16); Monte (1947, p. 5). Note: Transferred herein to subfamily Tinginae from subfamily Agrammatinae. [An examination of the type of Agramma nigriceps Signoret (1881, p. L) from New Caledonia, which is in the Naturhistorisches Museum (Wien), shows that this species belongs to the Australian genus Hpimizia Stal, and it is here so transferred (new combination).] Distribution of species: Australian (6), New Zealandian (1). Number of species: 7. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Esocampylia Hacker (1929, p. 326). Type species: EHsocampylia incarinata Hacker (1929, p. 326, fig.). Fixation: Hacker (1929, p. 326), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 11). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 2. Eteoneus Distant (1903c, p. 129). Type species: Serenthia dilata Distant (1903a, p. 46). Fixation: Distant (1903c, p. 129), by monotypy and original desig- nation, fig. (type species). Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 11). Distribution of species: Oriental (9), Ethiopian (4), Oceanic (2). Number of species: 14. Euahanes Distant (191la, p. 42). Type species: Huahanes inflatus Distant (191la, p. 48, fig.). Fixation: Distant (191la, p. 43), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 12). Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Euaulana Drake (1945, p. 96). Type species: Huaulana ferritincta Drake (1945, p. 96). Fixation: Drake (1945, p. 96), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 12). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 2. Eurycera Laporte (1833, p. 49). Synonym of Copiwm. Type species: Eurycera nigricornis Laporte (1833, p. 49). Fixation: Laporte (1833, p. 49), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 12). Synonymy: See Copium. Synonymized by Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 15). Note: EL. nigricornis Laporte is a synonym of C. clavicornis (Lin- naeus), type species of Copiwm. Eurypharsa Stal (1873, pp. 122, 133). Type species: Tingis nobilis Guérin (1838, p. 349). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 133), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 386); Monte (1939, p. 69; 1941, p. 94; 1947, p. 12); Hurd (1946, p. 468). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 57 Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 5. Fenestrella Osborn and Drake (1916, p. 222). Synonym of Acalypta. Type species: Fenestrella ovata Osborn and Drake (1916, p. 223, fig.). Fixation: Osborn and Drake (1916, p. 223), by monotypy and original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 12). Synonymy: See Acalypta, Drakella. Note: As Fenestrella was preoccupied (Mollusca and Bryozoa), Bergroth (1922, p. 152) proposed Drakella as a new name for Fenestrella. Drake (1928d, p. 1) synonymized Drakella and Fenestrella with Acalypta. Froggattia Froggatt (1901, p. 1601). Type species: Froggattia olivinia Froggatt (1901, p. 1601, fig.). Fixation: Froggatt (1901, p. 1601), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 12) wrongly credited both genus and type species to Horvath (1902) as Froggattia olivina. Homonym: Froggattia Horvéth. (New homonymy.) Note: The olive tingid has heretofore been wrongly accredited to Horvath (1902) as Froggattia olivina, though the description and figure by Froggatt (1901) as Froggattia olivinia (wrongly attrib- uted by Froggatt himself to Horvath) has priority by almost one year. Under these circumstances the genus and species must be credited to Froggatt, and the spelling of the specific name should be olivinia and not olivina Horvaéth, which is a synonym. (New synonymy.) Distribution of species: Ethiopian (1), Australian (2). Number of species: 3. Froggattia Horvath (1902, p. 604). Homonym of Froggattia Froggatt. (New homonymy.) Type species: Froggattia olivina Horvath (1902, p. 605). Fixation: Horvath (1902, p. 605), by monotypy. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 12). Homonymy: See Froggattia Froggatt. Note: F. olivina Horv&th is a junior synonym of F. olwinia Frog- gatt. Furcilliger Horvath (1925, p. 3). Type species: Frucilliger asperulus Horvath (1925, p. 4, fig.). Fixation: Horvath (1925, p. 3), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 12). 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Distribution of species: Papuan (1), Australian (1). Number of species: 2. Gabirobius Schouteden (1955, p. 166). Type species: Gabirobius basilewskyz Schouteden (1955, p. 167). Fixation: Schouteden (1955, p. 167), by monotypy. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Galeatus Curtis (1833, p. 196). Type species: Tingis spinifrons Fallén (1807, p. 38). Fixation: Curtis (1833, p. 196), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1903c, p. 131; Oshanin (1912, p. 43); Van Duzee (1916, p. 25; 1917, p. 215); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 386); Monte (1941, p. 153; 1947, p. 12); Hurd (1946, p. 478). Synonym: Cadmilos. Distribution of species: Palearctic (11), Oriental (3), Nearctic (2). Number of species: 16. Galeotingis Drake (1947a, p. 1). Synonym of Bako. Type species: Galeotingis malayana Drake (1947a, p. 1). Fixation: Drake (1947a, p. 1), by original designation. Later citation: Drake (1956c, p. 63). Synonymy: See Bako. Synonymized by Drake (1954e, p. 8). Gargaphia Stal (1862, p. 324). Type species: Monanthia (Phyllontochila) patricia Stal (1862, p. 324). Fixation: Van Duzee (1916, p. 25), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 217); Hurd (1946, p. 479). Erroneous citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 386) and Monte (1939, p. 69; 1941, p. 95; 1947, p. 12) wrongly cited year as1873 instead of 1862. Note: Raised from a subgenus of Monanthia to generic level by Stal (1873, p. 124). Distribution of species: Neotropical (53), Nearctic (13). Number of species: 64. Gelchossa Kirkaldy (1904, p. 280). Synonym of Leptopharsa. Type species: Tingis oblonga Say (1825, p. 325). Fixation: Drake (1922a, p. 372), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 386); Monte (1947, p. 12). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 59 Synonymy: See Leptopharsa. Synonymized by Drake (1928, p. 21). Note: Kirkaldy (1904, p. 280) proposed Gelchossa to replace Lepto- styla Stal (1873, p. 125), which was preoccupied. Gitava Drake (1948d, p. 149). Type species: Tigava uganda Drake (1942b, p. 11). Fixation: Drake (1948d, p. 149), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (4), Malagasy (4). Number of species: 8. Gymnotingis Hacker (1928, p. 181). Type species: Gymnotingis serrulata Hacker (1928, p. 182, fig.). Fixation: Hacker (1928, p. 181), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 12). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 1. Habrochila Horvath (1912a, p. 353). Type species: Habrochila placida Horvath (1912a, p. 354). Fixation: Horvath (1912a, p. 354), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 12). Distribution of species: Ethiopian (7), Oriental (8), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 11. Haedus Distant (1904, p. 432). Type species: Haedus clypeatus Distant (1904, p. 432, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1904, p. 432), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 18). Synonym: Hormisdas. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (9), Oriental (4), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 14. Hanuala Kirkaldy (1905, p. 217). See Leptodictya (Hanuala). Hegesidemus Distant (1911b, p. 270). Type species: Hegesidemus eliyanus Distant (1911b, p. 270). Fixation: Distant (1911b, p. 270), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 13). Distribution of species: Oriental (3), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 4. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Henrikus Drake (1955b, p. 280). Type species: Henrikus schoutedent Drake (1955b, p. 282, fig.). Vixation: Drake (1955b, p. 281), by movotypy and original designation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Hesperotingis Parshley (1917, p. 21). Type species: LHesperotingis antennata Parshley (1917, p. 21, fig.). Fixation: Parshley (1917, p. 21), by original designation. Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 818); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 386); Monte (1941, p. 153; 1947, p. 13); Hurd (1946, p. 446). Distribution of species: Nearctic. Number of species: 7. Holophygdon Kirkaldy (1908b, p. 364). ‘Type species: /lolophygdon melanenca Kirkaldy (1908b, p. 364, fig.). Fixation: Kirkaldy (1908, p. 364), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 13). Distribution of species: Oceanic. Number of species: 1. Hormisdas Distant (1910b, p. 59). Synonym of Haedus. Type species: Hormisdas pictus Distant (1910b, p. 60, fig.). Vixation: Distant (1910b, p. 59), by monotypy and _ original designation, Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 13). Synonymy: See Haedus. Synonymized by Drake (1958b, p. 98). Hovatlas Schouteden (1957, p. 85). Type species: Hovatlas elegantulus Schouteden (1957, p. 85). Iixation: Schouteden (1957, p. 85), by monotypy. Distribution of species: Malagasy. Number of species: 1. Hurdchila Drake (1953b, p. 92). Type species: Jannaeus togularis Drake and Poor (19386e, p. 441). Fixation: Drake (1953b, p. 93), by original designation. Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 2. Hyalochiton Horvath (1905, p. 566). Type species: Galeatus komaroffi Jakovlev (1880, pp. 180, 1383). Fixation: Horvath (1905, p. 566), by monotypy. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 61 Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 43); Monte (1947, p. 13). Note: Created as a subgenus of Galeatus; raised to generic rank by Horvath (1906c, p. 48). Type species is sometimes spelled H. komarovi. Distribution of species: Palearctic. Number of species: 6. Hybopharsa Hurd (1946, p. 467). Type species: Leptostyla colubra Van Duzee (1907, p. 19). Fixation: Hurd (1946, p. 468), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 13); Hurd (1946, p. 467). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 1. Hypsipyrgias Kirkaldy (1908a, p. 779). Type species: Hypsipyrgias telamonides Kirkaldy (1908a, p. 779, fe). Fixation: Kirkaldy (1908a, p. 779), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 13). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 1. Idiocysta China (1930, p. 141). Type species: Idiocysta hackeri China (1930, p. 142, fig.). Fixation: China (1930, p. 141), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 13). Distribution of species: Oceanic. Number of species: 5. Idiostyla Drake (1945, p. 97). Type species: Tigava anonae Drake and Hambleton (1938a, p. 45). Fixation: Drake (1945, p. 98), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 13). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 2. Ildefonsus Distant (1910a, p. 110) Type species: Ildefonsus provorsus Distant (1910a, p. 110, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1910a, p. 110), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 13). 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Inoma Hacker (1927, p. 25). Type species: Inoma multispinosa Hacker (1927, p. 25, fig.). Fixation: Hacker (1927, p. 25), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 14). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 2. Inonemia Drake (1942a, p. 361). Type species: Inonemia mussiva Drake (1942a, p. 362). Fixation: Drake (1942a, p. 362), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 14). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 1. Ischnotingis Horvath (1925, p. 7). Type species: Ischnotingis proliza Horvath (1925, p. 8, fig.). Fixation: Horvath (1925, p. 8), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 14). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 4. Jannaeus Distant (1909a, p. 118). Synonym of Lasiacantha. Type species: Jannaeus cuneatus Distant (1909a, p. 118). Fixation: Distant (1909a, p. 118), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (1910a, p. 117, fig., type species); Monte (1947, p. 14). Synonymy: See Lasiacantha. Synonymized by Drake (1953b, p. 92). Kalama Puton (1876, p. 34). See Dictyonota (Kalama). Kapiriella Schouteden (1919, p. 138). Type species: Kapiriella leplaei Schouteden (1919, p. 139). Fixation: Schouteden (1919, p. 139), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 14); Drake (1957c, p. 206). Synonym: Lembella. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 10. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 63 Kitoko Schouteden (1923, p. 95). Synonym of Ammianus. Type species: Phyllontocheila (Kitoko) alberti Schouteden (1923, p. 96). Fixation: Schouteden (1923, p. 95), by monotypy. Synonymy: See Ammianus. Synonymized by Drake (1955d, p. 105) Variant spelling: Kotoko (Drake, 1955d, p. 105). Kotoko. Error for Kitoko. Laccometopus Fieber (1844, pp. 30, 96). Synonym of Copium. Type species: Cimezx clavicornis Linnaeus (1758, p. 442). Fixation: Present designation. Erroneus citation: Monte (1947, p. 14). Synonymy: See Copium. Synonymized by Horvath (1906c, p. 91). Note: Monte (1947, p. 14) designated ZL. costatus (Fabricius) as type species of Laccometopus, which is invalid since it was not included in the original generic description. Laccometopus was erected by Fieber to hold LZ. clavicornis (Linnaeus) and L. kollari Fieber. As no type species has heretofore been named, L. clavicornis (Linnaeus) is here so designated, thus fixing the synonymization by Horvath (1906c, p. 91), and others, with Copium. Lambella. Error for Lembella. Lasiacantha Stal (1873, p. 130). Type species: Tingis (Lasiacantha) hedenborgi St&l (1873, p. 130). Fixation: Oshanin (1912, p. 44), by subsequent designation. Later citations: China (1943, p. 246); Drake (1953b, p. 92). Erroneous citation: Monte (1947, p. 14) cited type species as L. odontostoma (Stal). Synonyms: Jannaeus, Myrmecotingis. Note: Stal (1874, p. 56) elevated Lasiacantha to generic rank from subgenus of Tingis. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (10), Palearctic (4), Australian (3), Oriental (2), Malagasy (2). Number of species: 21. Lasiotropis Stal (1874, p. 55). See Tingis (Lasiotropis). Lembella Schouteden (1919, p. 141). Synonym of Kapiriella. Type species: Lembella maynei Schouteden (1919, p. 142). Fixation: Schouteden (1919, p. 142), by monotypy and original designation. 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 14). Synonymy: See Kapiriella. Synonymized by Drake (1953b, p. 98). Variant spelling: Lambella (Drake, 1948e, p. 76). Leptobyrsa Stal (1873, pp. 119, 123). Type species: Tingis stent Stal (1858, p. 64). Fixation: Stl (1873, p. 123), by monotypy. Later citations: Van Duzee (1916, p. 25; 1917, p. 216); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 386); Monte (1939, p. 71; 1941, p. 101; 1947, p. 14). Note: Species of tingids included in Leptobyrsa by Banks (1910, p. 56), Van Duzee (1916, p. 25), and Osborn and Drake (1916, p. 240) belong to the genus Stephanitis. Van Duzee (1917, p. 216) wrongly treated Leptobyrsa Stal as a synonym of Stephanitis Stal. Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 8. Leptocysta Stal (1873: pp. 121, 127). Type species: Tingis sexnebulosa Stal (1858, p. 64). Fixation: Stal (18738, p. 127), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 386); Monte (1939, p. 71; 1941, p. 103; 1947, p. 14). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 4. Leptodicta. Error for Leptodictya. Leptodictya Stal (1873, pp. 121, 127). Type species: Monanthia ochropa Stal (1858, p. 62). Fixation: Oshanin (1912, p. 45), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Van Duzee (1916, p. 26; 1917, p. 218); Drake (1931, p. 120); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 387); Monte (1939, p. 71; 1941, p. 103; 1947, p. 15); Hurd (1946, p. 452). Valid subgenera: Leptodictya, Hanuala. Drake (1931, p. 119) divided the genus Leptodictya into these two subgenera, resur- recting the genus name Hanuala Kirkaldy as a subgenus. Variant spelling: Leptodicta, Van Duzee (1916, p. 26; 1917, p. 850). Distribution of species: Neotropical (49), Nearectic (5). Number of species: 52. Leptodictya (Leptodictya) Stal (18738, pp. 121, 127). Type species: Cited under genus. Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 1. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 65 Leptodictya (Hanuala) Kirkaldy (1905, p. 217). Type species: Hanuala leinahoni Kirkaldy (1905, p. 217). Fixation: Kirkaldy (1905, p. 217), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 386); Monte (1947, p. 13). Note: Drake (1931, p. 119) resurrected genus Hanuala Kirkaldy from synonymy and made it a subgenus of Leptodictya Stal. Distribution of species: Neotropical (48), Nearctic (5). Number of species: 51. Leptopharsa Stal (1873, pp. 122, 126). Type species: Leptopharsa elegantula Stal (1873, p. 126). Fixation: Drake (1922a, p. 370), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Drake (1928c, p. 21); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 387); Monte (1939, p. 72; 1941, p. 108; 1947, p. 15); Hurd (1946, p. 465). Synonyms: Leptostyla, Gelchossa. Distribution of species: Neotropical (93), Nearctic (5), Australian (2), Ethiopian (2), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 103. Leptostyla Stal (1873, pp. 120, 125). Synonym of Leptopharsa. Type species: Tingis oblonga Say (1825, p. 325). Fixation: Drake (1922a, p. 372), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 387); Monte (1947, p. 15). Synonymy: See Leptopharsa. Synonymized by Drake (1928c, p. 21). Note: As Leptostyla was preoccupied (Diptera), Kirkaldy (1904, p. 280) proposed the name Gelchossa to replace the hemipterous genus Leptostyla Stal. Leptotingis Monte (1938, p. 128). Synonym of Corythaica. Type species: Leptotingis umbrosa Monte (1938, p. 129). Fixation: Monte (1938, p. 129), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citations: Monte (1939, p. 75; 1941, p. 121; 1947, p. 15); Hurd (1945, p. 80). Synonymy: See Corythaica. Synonymized by Monte (1942; p. 104). Leptoypha Stal (1873, pp. 121, 129). Type species: Tingis mutica Say (1859, p. 349). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 129), by monotypy. Later citations: Van Duzee (1916, p. 26; 1917, p. 220); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 387); Monte (1941, p. 121; 1947, p. 15); Hurd (1946, p. 456). 526988—60-——_5 65 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Synonym: Dbirgitta. Distribution of species: Nearctic (8), Neotropical (4), Oriental (3), Australian (1), Palearctic (1). Number of species: 16. Lepturga Stal (1873, pp. 119, 124). Type species: Lepturga nigritarsis Stal (1873, p. 124). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 124), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 15). Distribution of species: Australian (3), Oriental (1). Number of species: 4. Liotingis Drake (1930, p. 270). Type species: Liotingis evidens Drake (1930, p. 271). (Emendation.) Fixation: Drake (1930, p. 270), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 387); Monte (1939, p. 76; 1941, p. 122; 1947, p. 15). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 4. Litadea China (1924, p. 438). Type species: Litadea delicatula China (1924, p. 439, fig.). Fixation: China (1924, p. 438), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 15). Distribution of species: Malagasy. Number of species: 1. Macrocorytha Stal (1873, p. 123). (New status.) Type species: Tingis rhomboptera Fieber (1844, p. 108, fig.). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 123), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 15). Note: Founded as a subgenus of Corythucha, raised herein to generic level. Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Macrotingis Champion (1897, p. 22). Type species: Macrotingis biseriata Champion (1897, p. 22, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 387), by subsequent designa- tion. Later citations: Monte (1941, p. 154; 1947, p. 15); Hurd (1946, p. 469). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 67 Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 3. Maecenas Kirkaldy (1904, p. 280). Synonym of Stephanitis. Type species: Acanthia pyri Fabricius (1775, p. 696). Fixation: Present designation. Synonymy: See Stephanitis. Synonymized by Horvath (1906a, p. 34). Note: Kirkaldy (1904, p. 280) proposed Maecenas as a new name for Tingis Lethierry and Severin (not Fabricius). Since the type species for this polytypic genus has not been named, Acanthia pyri Fabricius is here so designated. Mafa Hesse (1925, p. 88). (New status.) Type species: Mafa lanceolata Hesse (1925, p. 89, fig.). Fixation: Hesse (1925, p. 89), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 5). Note: Transferred herein to subfamily Tinginae from subfamily Agrammatinae. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Malandiola Horvath (1925, p. 13). Type species: MJalandiola simplex Horvath (1925, p. 14, fig.). Fixation: Horvath (1925, p. 14), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 16). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 3. Mecopharsa Drake (1953b, p. 96). Type species: Mecopharsa hackeri Drake (1953b, p. 97). Fixation: Drake (1953b, p. 97), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 1. Megalocysta Champion (1897, p. 5). Type species: Megalocysta pellucida Champion (1897, p. 6, fig.). Fixation: Champion (1897, p. 6), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 387); Monte (1941, p. 123; 1947, p. 16); Hurd (1946, p. 474). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 1. 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Melanorhopala Stal (1873, p. 130). Type species: Tingis (Melanorhopala) clavata Stal (1873, p. 130). Fixation: Van Duzee (1916, p. 26), by subsequent designation. Later citations: Van Duzee (1917, p. 220); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 387); Monte (1941, p. 154; 1947, p. 16); Hurd (1946, p. 446). Note: Founded as a subgenus of Tingis; raised to generic level by Horvath (1908, p. 564). Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 18) wrongly treated Melanorhopala as a synonym of Lasiacantha Stal (pro parte). Distribution of species: Nearctic. Number of species: 3. Menodora Horvath (1912b, p. 824). See Stephanitis (Mencdora). [Metatropis Breddin (1907, p. 94). Family Berytidae Note: Zoological Record (1907, p. 380) listed Metatropis as the family Tingitidae. Breddin correctly described it as a Berytidae.] Mokanna Distant (1910a, p. 111). Synonym of Stephanitis. Type species: Mokanna princeps Distant (1910a, p. 112, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1910a, p. 111), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citations: China (1943, p. 246); Monte (1947, p. 16). Synonymy: See Stephanitis. Synonymized by Horvath (1912b, p. 319). Monanthia Le Peletier and Serville (1828, p. 653). Synonym of Copium. (New synonymy.) Type species: Cimex clavicornis Linnaeus (1758, p. 442). Fixation: Westwood (1840, p. 121, synopsis), by subsequent desig- nation. (See note below). Later citation: China (1943, p. 248). Invalid fixations: (1) Monanthia echit (Schrank) (1782, p. 276): Distant (1903c, p. 144) and Monte (1947, p. 16) wrongly spelled the author’s name ‘‘Schranck.”’ (2) Monanthia rotundata (Herrich- Schaeffer) (1835, p. 59)=Tingis echit Fabricius (1803, p. 126): Kirkaldy (1904, p. 281); Oshanin (1912, p. 45); Van Duzee (1916, p. 26; 1917, p. 223); Monte (1939, p. 388; 1941, p. 123); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 388); Hurd (1946; p. 450). (3) Mon- anthia humuli (Fabricius) (1794, p. 77): China (1943, p. 248), in a discussion of possible type fixation, suggested that “Cimex clavicornis Linnaeus 1758= ? Acanthia humuli Fabricius LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 69 1794”; Horvéth (1906c, p. 102) treated clavicornis Linnaeus as a synonym of humuli but was in doubt to the extent that priority of Linnaeus’s species was disregarded. Synonymy: See Copium. Note: Opinion 71 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (1922, pp. 16-18) ruled ‘‘The species cited by West- wood, 1840 (An Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects, vol. 2, Synopsis, separate pagination, pages 1 to 158), as ‘typical species’ are to be accepted as definite designations of genotypes for the respective genera.” The genus Dictyla, for decades a synonym of Monanthia, is herein resurrected to hold almost all of the species now included in Monanthia. See the history and discussion of Copium clavicornis (Linnaeus), which revealed this synonymy with genus Copium (p. 46); list of species transferred to Dictyla (p. 51); and present generic position of M. rotundata (p. 97). Monosteira Costa (1860, p. 7). Type species: Monanthia unicostata Mulsant and Rey (1852, p. 134). Fixation: Costa (1860, p. 7, fig.), by monotypy. Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 46); Monte (1947, p. 16). Variant spelling: Monostira (various authors). Distribution of species: Palearctic (5), Ethiopian (1). Number of species: 5. Monostira. Error for Monosteira. Mummius Horvath (1910, p. 65). Type species: Mummius bicorniger Horvath (1910, p. 65). Fixation: Horvath (1910, p. 65), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 16). Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 2. Myrmecotingis Hacker (1928, p. 182). Synonym of Lasiacantha. Type species: Myrmecotingis leai Hacker (1928, p. 182, fig.). Fixation: Hacker (1928, p. 182), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 16). Synonymy: See Lasiacantha. Synonymized by Hacker (1929, p. 334). 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Nacochila Drake (1957d, p. 127). Type species: Cochlochila boxiana Drake (1953a, p. 214). Fixation: Drake (1957d, p. 128), by original designation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (5), Malagasy (2). Number of species: 6. Neopachycysta Hacker (1928, p. 183). Synonym of Calotingis. Type species: Neopachycysta subopaca Hacker, (1928, p. 184, fig.). Fixation: Hacker (1928, p. 183), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 388); Monte (1947, p. 16). Synonymy: See Calotingis. Synonymized by Hacker (1929, p. 334). Neotingis Drake (1922a, p. 366). Type species: Neotingis holland: Drake (1922a, p. 367, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1922a, p. 367), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 388); Monte (1941, p. 126; 1947, p. 16). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 1. Nesocypselas Kirkaldy (1908b, p. 364). Type species: Nesocypselas dicysta Kirkaldy (1908b, p. 365, fig.). Fixation: Kirkaldy (1908b, p. 365), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 16). Distribution of species: Oceanic. Number of species: 6. Nesocysta Kirkaldy (1908b, p. 365). Type species: Nesocysta rugata Kirkaldy (1908b, p. 366). Fixation: Kirkaldy (1908b, p. 366), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 17). Distribution of species: Oceanic. Number of species: 1. Nesotingis Drake (1957e, p. 402). Type species: Nesotingis paulian. Drake (1957e, p. 403). Fixation: Drake (1957e, p. 403), by original designation. Distribution of species: Malagasy. Number of species: 2. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 71 Nethersia Horvath (1925, p. 14). New status. Type species: Nethersia maculosa Horvath (1925, p. 15, fig.). Fixation: Horvath (1925, p. 15), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 5). Note: Transferred herein from subfamily Agrammatinae. Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 7. Nobarnus Distant (1920, p. 156). Type species: Nobarnus typicus Distant (1920, p. 157). Fixation: Distant (1920, p. 157), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 17). Note: Monte (1947, p. 17) listed genotype as “N. tipycus.’ Distribution of species: Australian (1), New Zealandian (2). Number of species: 3. ) Norba Hervath (1912b, p. 334). See Stephanitis (Norba). Nyctotingis Drake (1922a, p. 362). Type species: Nyctotingis osborni Drake (1922a, p. 363, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1922a, p. 363), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 388); Monte (1941, p. 126; 1947, p. 17). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 2. Octacysta, new genus (Plates 6, 7). Type species: Tingis rotundata Herrich-Schaeffer (1835, p. 59). Fixation: Present designation. Note: This genus is erected to hold rotundata (Herrich-Schaeffer), which for many years has been placed as a member of Monanthia. Suppressing Monanthia as a synonym of Copium and resurrecting Dictyla from synonymy (with M. platyoma as the type species) make it necessary to erect this new genus to hold rotundata (Herrich-Schaeffer). Octacysta, new genus, is separated from Dietyla by the eight inflated cysts (hood, each paranotum, hind process of pronontum, and two processes on discal part of each elytron). Description: Head short, very little produced in front of eyes, unarmed or provided with two to five spines; bucculae broad, areolate, with ends meeting in front, not produced beyond apex of clypeus. Labium moderately long; laminae wide, areolate, i2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 not meeting behind. Orifice of metathoracic scent glands indis- tinct. Antennae slender, moderately long, segments 1 and 11 short, m1 very long, tv moderately long. Pronotum tricarinate, lateral carinae short; hood rather small, inflated, not projecting anteriorly as far as eyes; paranota large, strongly reflexed, con- chate, inflated; posterior process inflated. Elytra divided into usual areas, with two tumid elevations in each elytron, one at middle of and one at apex of boundary separating discoidal and sutural areas; discoidal area extending slightly beyond middle of elytra in macropterous form, much further beyond in brachyptery. Metathoracic wings well developed in macropterous form, much reduced or absent in brachyptery. Hypocostal laminae long, uniseriate. Legs slender, moderately long. Specimens illus- trated are from Europe.) Distribution of species: Palearctic. Number of species: 1. Oedotingis Drake (1942b, p. 19). Type species: Australotingis williamsi Drake (1928a, p. 51). Fixation: Drake (1942b, p. 20), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 17). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 2. Ogygotingis Drake (1948d, p. 149). Type species: Teleonemia insularis China (1924, p. 436, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1948d, p. 149), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Distribution of species: Malagasy. Number of species: 1. Olastrida Schouteden (1956, p. 205). Type species: Olastrida oleae Schouteden (1956, p. 205). Fixation: Schouteden (1956, p. 205), by monotypy. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Omoplax Horvath (1912b, p. 336), See Stephanitis (OQmoplax). Oncochila Stal (1873, p. 121). Type species: Monanthia (Physatocheila) scapularis Fieber (1844, p. 80, fig.). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 121), by monotypy. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 73 Later citations: Oshanin (1912, p. 45); China (1943, p. 248); Monte 1947, p. 17). Note: Monte (1947, p. 17) erroneously synonymized Oncochila with Physatocheila, and in the same paragraph also wrongly made Oncochila a subgenus of Physatocheila. Distribution of species: Palearctic. Number of species: 2. Oncophysa Stal (1873, pp. 121, 129). Type species: Monanthia vesiculata Stal (1859, p. 259). Fixation: Stal (1873, p. 129), by monotypy. Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 3. Onymochila Drake (1948d, p. 152). Type species: Cysteochila dichopetali Horvath (1929, p. 324). Fixation: Drake (1948d, p. 152), by monotypy and original designa- tion. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. [Opisthochasis Berg (1884, p. 83). Family Miridae. Note: Berg wrongly founded Opisthochasis as a genus of Tingidae. Drake and Poor (1938, p. 103) properly referred it to the family Miridae.] Orotingis Drake and Poor (1941, p. 161). Type species: Orotingis muiri Drake and Poor (1941, p. 161). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1941, p. 161), by monotypy and original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 17). Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 1. Orthosteira Fieber (1844, p. 46). Synonym of Acalypta. Type species: Tingis carinata Panzer (1806, Heft 99, Tab. 20)= Tingis cassidea Fallén (1807, p. 37) = Tingis cervina Germar (1836, Fasc. 18, Tab. 22). Fixation: China (1941, p. 130), by subsequent designation. Later citation: China (1943, p. 245). Erroneous citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 388); Monte (1947, pout). Synonymy: See Acalypta. Synonymized by Horvath (1906c, p. 2A). 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Variant spelling: Orthostira Fieber (1861, p. 1380). Note: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 388) and also Monte (1947, p. 17) designated O. cassida (Fallén) as the type species and then erroneously treated cassida as a synonym of O. musci (Schrank). Orthostirva. Variant spelling for Orthosteira. Pachycysta Champion (1898b, p. 59). Type species: Pachycysta diaphana Champion (1898b, p. 59, fig.). Fixation: Champion (1898b, p. 59), by monotypy. Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 388); Monte (1941, p. 126; 1947, p. 17); Hurd (1946, p. 474). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 4. Palauelia Drake (1956b, p. 110). Type species: Palauella gressitti Drake (1956b, p. 112, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1956b, p. 111), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Distribution of species: Oceanic. Number of species: 1. Paracopium Distant (1902b, p. 354). Type species: Dictyonota cingalensis Walker (1873, p. 178). Fixation: Distant (1902b, p. 354), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 17). Distribution of species: Ethiopian (18), Malagasy (8), Oriental (5), Australian (4), Oceanic (1), Palearctic (1), New Zealandian (1). Number of species: 37. Parada Horvath (1925, p. 3). Type species: Cysteochila (Parada) taeniophora Horvath (1925) p: 2, fig). Fixation: Horvath (1925, p. 2), by original designation. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 18); Drake (1952, p. 148). Note: Created as a subgenus of Cysteochila; raised to generic rank by Drake (1942b, p. 4). Distribution of species: Australian. Number of species: 6. Paseala Schouteden (1923, p. 93). Type species: Paseala arnoldi Schouteden (1923, p. 94). Fixation: Schouteden (1923, p. 94), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 18). LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 75 Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Penottus Distant (1903b, p. 254). Type species: Penottus jalorensis Distant (1903b, p. 254, fig.)= Monanthia monticollis Walker (1873, p. 196). Fixation: Distant (1903b, p. 254), by monotypy (as jalorensis Distant, 1903b, p. 254=Monanthia monticollis Walker, 1873, p. 193). Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 18) (as galorensis). Synonym: Celiocysta. (New synonymy.) Note: Distant (1902b, p. 356) stated that the single specimen of Monanthia monticollis Walker was in very bad condition and that it somewhat resembled a species of Diconicoris. A study of this specimen (pl. 8, herein) shows that the hemelytron is identical with P. jalorensis Distant (1903b, p. 254) and by priority monti- collis must replace jalorensis as the correct name for the type species, Penottus monticollis (new combination). Distribution of species: Oriental. Number of species: 6. Perbrinckea Drake (1956a, p. 427). Type species: Perbrinckea brincki Drake (1956a, p. 427, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1956a, p. 427), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 1. Perissonemia Drake and Poer (1937b, p. 2). Type species: Perissonemia torquata Drake and Poor (1937b, p. 2, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1937b, p. 2), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 18). Distribution of species: Oriental (9), Ethiopian (4), Australian (1). Number of species: 14. Phaeochila Drake and Hambleton (1945, p. 358). Type species: Amblystira hirta Monte (1940b, p. 284, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Hambleton (1945, p. 358), by monotypy and original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 18). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number ofjspecies: 1. 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Phaenotropis Horvath (1906c, p. 106). Type species: Monanthia (Monosteira) parvula Signoret (1865, p. tir). Fixation: Oshanin (1912, p. 46), by subsequent designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 18). Note: Erected as a subgenus of Monosteira; raised to generic level by Drake (1957a, 415). Distribution of species: Palearctic (2), Ethiopian (1). Number of species: 2. Phyllochisme Kirkaldy (1904, p. 280). Synonym of Physatocheila. Type species: Acanthia costata Fabricius (1794, p. 77). Fixation: Present designation. Synonymy: See Physatocheila. Synonymized by Horvath (1906c, p. 94). Note: Kirkaldy proposed Phyllochisme as a new name for Physa- tochila of Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 21) (not Fieber). Phyllontocheila Fieber (1844, p. 59). Synonym of Jingis (in part). Type species: Monanthia ampliata Herrich Schaeffer (1839, p. 62). Fixation: Distant (1908c, p. 135), by subsequent designation. Distant wrongly credited ampliata to Fieber instead of Herrich- Schaeffer. Later citations: China (1943, p. 247) correctly credited Herrich- Schaeffer; Monte (1947, p. 18) erroneously gave credit of authorship of ampliata to Fieber. Synonymy: See Tingis (in part); Ammianus (in part). Variant spellings: Phyllontochila (Stal, 18738, pp. 120, 128 and others); Phyllotocheila (Monte, 1947, p. 19). Note: Fieber erected Phyllontocheila as a subgenus of Monanthia; Stal (1873, pp. 120, 128) raised it to generic status. Synony- mized with Tingis by Oshanin (1912, p. 44) and by China (1943, p. 247), and with Ammianus “as delimited by Horvaéth and Bergroth” (not Distant, 1903c, p. 135) by Drake (1955c, p. 5). Many species have been described and wrongly placed in the genus Phyllontocheila (or Phyllontochila) and these species have been recently transferred to the genus Ammanus. Phyllontochila. Variant spelling for Phyllontocheila. [Phyllotingis Walker (1873, p. 3). Family Aradidae. Note: Walker erroneously erected Phyllotingis as a genus of Tingidae. Champion (1898, p. 68) correctly transferred it to the family Aradidae.] LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF aE Phyllotocheila. Error for Phyllontocheila. Phymacysta Monte (1942, p. 106). Type species: Leptostyla tumida Champion (1897, p. 14, fig.). Fixation: Monte (1942, p. 107, figure of type species), by monotypy and original designation. Later citations: Monte (1947, p. 18); Hurd (1946, p. 476). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 7. Physatocheila Fieber (1844, p. 80). Type species: Acanthia quadrimaculata Wolff (1804, p. 133)= Acanthia costata Fabricius (1794, p. 77). Fixation: Oshanin (1912, p. 45), by subsequent designation (as quadrimaculata (Wolff) =costata (Fabricius)). Later citations: Van Duzee (1916, p. 26; 1917, p. 219); Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 388); Monte (1941, p. 154; 1947, p. 18); China (1943, p. 247); Hurd (1946, p. 451). (All as quadrimaculata.) Synonym: Phyllochisme. Variant spellings: Physatochila (Fieber 1861, p. 433); Physatochilae (Fieber 1861, p. 120). Note: An examination of the type of Acanthia costata Fabricius (1794, p. 77) from ‘‘Europa boreali’”’ shows (pl. 9, herein) that it is inseparable from Acanthia quadrimaculata Wolff (1804, p. 132, fig.). As the former name has priority by 10 years, costata is the valid name of the species, and thus is the type species of Physa- tocheila. New synonymy and new combination.) Distribution of species: Oriental (12), Palearctic (10), Ethiopian (8), Australian (5), Nearctic (5). Number of species: 39. Physatochila. Variant spelling for Physatocheila. Physatochila of Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 21). See Phyllochisme. Physatochilae. Variant spelling for Physatocheila. Physodictyon Lindberg (1927, p. 16). Synonym of Cochlochala. Type species: Physodictyon vesicarius Lindberg (1927, p. 17, fig.). Fixation: Lindberg (1927, p. 17), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 18). Synonymy: See Cochlochila. Synonymized by Drake (1948ce, p. 179). 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 Planibyrsa Drake and Poor (1937a, p. 164). Type species: Leptobyrsa splendida Drake (1922a, p. 374, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1937a, p. 164), by original designation. Later citations: Monte (1939, p. 77; 1941, p. 127; 1947, p. 18). Note: Type species misspelled in original generic description as “spendida.” Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 4. Platychila Puton (1879, p. 107). Synonym of Tingis. Type species: Cimex cardur Linnaeus (1758, p. 443). Fixation: China (1943, p. 247), by subsequent designation. Erroneous citation: Monte (1947, p. 19). Synonymy: See Tingis. Synonymized by Horvath (1906c, p.71). Note: Fieber (1861, p. 119) used Platychilae (plural form) appar- ently to replace the subgenus Phyllontocheila Ficber (1844, p. 59) (nomen nudum; sine species). Puton (1879, pp. 106-111) vali- dated Platychila (singular, correct form) as a subgenus of Monan- thia by use of key characters and the inclusion of 11 species, and thus became the author of the subgenus instead of Fieber. Heor- vdth (1906e, p. 71) suppressed Platychila as a synonym of sub- genus Tingis of genus Tingis. See China (1948, p. 247) for history and type designation. Lethierry and Severin (1896, p. 18) treated Platychila as a synonym of Lasiacanthia (pro parte). Monte (1947, p. 19) erroneously designated Platychila ampliata Fieber (= Phyllotochila ampliata Fieber) (sic) as the type species. Platychilae Fieber (1861, p. 119, nomen nudum). See Platychila. Note: Erected as nomen nudum, plural form, sine species. Dis- cussed under Platychala. Platytingis Drake (1925a, p. 107). Type species: Platytingis pediades Drake (1925a, p. 108, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1925a, p. 108), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 19). Distribution of species: Ethiopian (1), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 1. Plerochila Drake (1954b, p. 69). Type species: Teleonemia australis Distant (1904, p. 482, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1954b, p. 69), by original designation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (4), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 4. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF 79 Pleseobyrsa Drake and Poor (1937a, p. 165). Type species: Pleseobyrsa boliviana Drake and Poor (1937a, p. 165). Fixation: Drake and Poor (1937a, p. 165), by original designation. Later citations: Monte (1939, p. 77; 1941, p. 128; 1947, p. 19); Hurd (1946, p. 470). Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 10. Pliobyrsa Drake and Hambleten (1946a, p. 128). Type species: Leptopharsa inflerca Drake and Hambleton (1938b, p. 54, fig.). Fixation: Drake and Hambleton (1946a, p. 123), by original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 19). Note: Drake and Hambjeton (1946a, p. 123) wrongly spelled the specific name as inflata instead of inflexa. Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 6. Pogonostyla Drake (1953a, p. 221). Type species: Pogonostyla mntonsa Drake (19538a, p. 222). Fixation: Drake (1958a, p. 222), by original designation. Distribution of species: Ethiopian (4), Malagasy (2). Number of species: 6. Pontanus Distant (1902b, p. 354). Type species: Monanthia gibbiferus Walker (1873, p. 197). Fixation: Distant (1902b, p. 354), by monotypy. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 19). Synonym: Teratochila. Distribution of species: Australian (2), Oriental (1), Ethiopian (1). Number of species: 4. Prionostirina Schumacher (1913, p. 457). Synonym of Urentius. Type species: Prionostirina nana Schumacher (1918, p. 458). Fixation: Schumacher (1913, p. 458), by monotypy. ’ Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 19). Synonymy: See Urentius. Synonymized by Bergroth (1914, p. 183). Pseudacysta Blatchley (1926, p. 497). Type species: Acysta perseae Heidemann (1908, p. 103, fig.). Fixation: Blatchley (1926, p. 497), by monotypy and original desig- nation, refigured Heidemann’s figure. SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Later citations: Drake and Poor (1936a, p. 389); Monte (1941, p. 155; 1947, p. 19); Hurd (1946, p. 459). Distribution of species: Nearctic. Number of species: 1. Psilobyrsa Drake and Hambleten (1935, p. 148). Type species: Psilobyrsa aechemeae Drake and Hambleton (1935, p. 149). Fixation: Drake and Hambleton (1935, p. 149), by original desig- nation. Later citations: Monte (1941, p. 129; 1947, p. 19). Variant spelling: Psylobyrsa Monte, 1941, p. 129. Distribution of species: Neotropical. Number of species: 2. Psylobyrsa. Error for Psilobyrsa. Radinacantha Hacker (1929, p. 330). Type species: Radinacantha reticulata Hacker (1929, p. 330, fig.). Fixation: Hacker (1929, p. 330), by original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 19). Distribution of species: Australian (2), Malagasy (1). Number of species: 3. Renaudea Drake (1958b, p. 332). Type species: Renaudea pauliani Drake (1958b, p. 333, fig.). Fixation: Drake (1958, p. 333), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Distribution of species: Malagasy. Number of species: 1. Sakuntala Kirkaldy (1902, p. 298). Synonym of Ammianus. Type species: Sakuntala ravana Kirkaldy (1902, p. 299). Fixation: Kirkaldy (1902, p. 298), by monotypy and original desig- nation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 19). Synonymy. See Ammianus. Synonymized by Horvath (1910, p. 62). Note: Bergroth (1911, p. 186 pointed out that Sakuntala was pre- occupied by Coleoptera and that Belenus must be maintained. See Drake 1957b, pp. 31-32. LACE-BUG GENERA—DRAKE AND RUHOFF Sl Sanazarius Distant (1904, p. 431). Type species: Sanazarius cuneatus Distant (1904, p. 431, fig.). Fixation: Distant (1904, p. 431), by monotypy. Later citations: Distant (191la, p. 43); Monte (1947, p. 20). Distribution of species: Ethiopian. Number of species: 3. Sankisia Schouteden (1916, p. 263). Synonym of Dulinius. Type species: Sankisia pulchra Schouteden (1916, p. 294). Fixation: Schouteden (1916, p. 293), by monotypy and original designation. Later citation: Monte (1947, p. 20). Synonymy: See Dulinius. Synonymized by Drake (19538b, p. 95). Scraulia Stal (1874, p. 50). Synonym of Dictyonota. Type species: Dictyonota strichnocera Fieber (1844, p. 95, fig.). Fixation: Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241), by susequent designation. Synonymy: See Dictyonota. Synonymized with genus Dictyonota by Kirkaldy (1900, p. 241) (type species, D. eryngii Curtis (not Latreille)= - “f Mi by oe AD 4 Octacysta rotundata (I lerrich-Schaeffer); macropterous form. PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 Penottus monticollis (Walker). DRAKE AND RUHOFF, PLATE 8 The hemelytron is all that remains of the type specimen. DRAKE AND RUHOFF, PLATE 9 PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 -) 4 ' / / / / (ef CF ‘7 17 7 s 44 VN WN x x \ VX NEX VAN WN \ NNN NAN NN NaN aN N\ ERS SVE SS: BOOS? < = 2 UI Ot OU E 5 OS Sec os QS ee: ! ; dol : se 74 ene seca oa Bare hal i cade 5s 1 Se cepeteee TY [(_ 5 < 7 ee RRS a IE BE - C= /y as ly ee wet CORTE y iy 25 ot EN RC A fe 2 CR es Ss eK Pal ed. Ga and / mt / a7 tel 7 1\ \\ \ VN ASN NaN NN enel SH Illustration made from Fabricius’ type specimen. Physatocheila costata (Fabricius). Broceedings, of the United States National Museum ‘SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION + WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 112 1960 Number 3432 FLIES OF THE FAMILY CONOPIDAE FROM EASTERN ASIA By Smpney Camras This paper is based mainly on specimens in the U.S. National Museum, particularly the collections of D. C. Graham in Szechwan, and T. D. A. Cockerell in Eastern Siberia. Only a few species of Conopidae have been recorded from Szechwan and Western China, but the material from better collected areas has yielded many important records. It has therefore been deemed worth while to list all the specimens examined. This study has been especially aided by the interest and courtesy of C. W. Sabrosky, U.S. Department of Agriculture, who, besides arranging the loans of material, provided information on types in the Kréber Collection at the U.S. National Museum. Dr. R. Kano, Tokyo Medical and Dental University, has been most helpful by providing information and copies of Matsumura’s works, and also some Japanese Conopidae. Dr. C. H. Curran loaned a small collection of the American Museum of Natural History with some very significant specimens. 107 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 Genus Abrachyglossum Krober Abrachyglossum Kroéber, Arch. Naturg., vol. 83, Abt. A, Heft 7, p. 142, 1917. Abrachyglossum cockerelli, new species Female: Length 10 mm. (without antenna). Head yellow, dark brownish at ocellar tubercle and anterior half of front. Velvety black frontofacial mark. Antenna dark brown, dark yellow on ventral half of first segment, dark reddish on ventral half of second and third segments. Arista black. First antennal segment three times as long as wide. Second segment two times length of first. Third segment about 1% times length of first. Proboscis black, shorter than length of head. Occiput yellow behind vertex and below, blackish above at sides. Thorax black, faint white pollinose forming a distinct pleural stripe. Humeri and distal half of scutellum yellow. Metapleura reddish. Coxae black, white pollinose. Legs yellow, blackish in middle of femora forming a distinct black mark on dorsal apical half of hind femur. Tips of claws black. Wings yellowish hyaline, forming an_ indistinct brownish band between first and third veins and vena spuria. Calypters yellow. MHalteres yellow, dark brown at base. Abdomen black. Pale yellowish distal margin on first, second, | fifth, and sixth segments. Blackish yellow distal margin on third’ and fourth segments. Yellowish white pollinose band on distal | margin of second segment and sides of distal margin of first segment. Faint white pollinose on sixth and seventh segments. Theca tri-_ angular, about as long as wide. | Type: Holotype, female, USNM 64475, Kongaus, Siberia, August. 1923, Cockerell. This species is similar to A. capitatum, but has black on the femora. and lacks the yellow pollinose bands on the third and fourth abdominal segments, although the paler areas preceding these bands are present. | The frontofacial mark is very prominent in the new species, a character | which has not been mentioned in descriptions of capitatum. In six specimens of capitatum examined, this mark is absent in three, faint in two, and distinct but not as prominent as in A. cockerelli in one. | Abrachyglossum wui Ouchi, the only other Abrachyglossum described | for Asia, is here referred to Siniconops elegans (see below). Genus Conops Linné Conops Linné, Systema naturae, ed. 10, p. 604, 1758. Conops vesicularis Linné Conops vesicularis Linné, Fauna Suecica, p. 1903, 1761. This widely distributed ae species has been previously recorded in Asia only from “Siberia.” CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 109 Material examined: Korea: Suigen, June 3, 1927, T. R. Gardner, 1 female, USNM. Conops flavipes Linné Conops flavipes Linné, Fauna Suecica, p. 1904, 1761. The specimen from Suifu lacks the fourth abdominal tergite, but the fourth sternite is present beneath the third tergite. The Szechwan specimens have the scutellum mainly yellow, but otherwise the males agree with European specimens. In the female, the yellow band on the third abdominal segment is separated in the center. This suggest Conops licenti Chen, but there are some other differences in the description of licentt. Conops jozankeanus Matsumura also appears to be very similar, if not the same, as this species. Material examined: Siberia: Okeanskaya, August 1923, Cockerell, 1 male, author’s collection ex USNM; Smolenschina, Aug. 26, 1927, Cockerell, 1 male, USNM. Szechwan: Suifu, alt. 1,000-1,500 ft., June 1-21, 1928, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM; near Mupin, alt. 2-8,000 ft., July 1929, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM. Manchuria: Yalhenya, Pin-chang Province, July 1-10, 1939, M. I. Nikitin, 1 female, author’s collection, ex Steyskal. Conops thecoides, new species Male: Length 10 mm. Head yellow. Reddish brown vertical stripe on front, widening above and below, divided by a yellow vertical stripe in the center. Antennal prominence above, and most of the facial grooves and keel black. Cheeks reddish posteriorly. Vertex and adjacent occiput translucent yellow. Vestigial ocellar tubercle present. Side of occiput yellow laterally, blackish centrally. Antenna dark reddish brown, more blackish on third segment and arista. Moderately long process on second aristal segment. Proboscis black, nearly 1% times as long as head. Thorax black, faintly yellow pollinose on dorsum. Humeri and scutellum entirely bright yellow. Metapleura yellow. Pleura partly reddish, no pollinose stripe. Coxae mainly black, partly dark reddish. Legs dark yellow, reddish on the femora. Middle third of posterior femur diffusely blackish. Apical tarsal segments and tips of claws blackish. Calypters bright yellow. Halteres bright yellow, dark reddish brown at base. Wings hyaline, with dark brown band from costa to fifth vein. Submarginal cell paler apically. Pale mark at center of anterior margin of first posterior cell. Discal cell entirely dark. Abdomen black, indistinctly yellow pollinose. Orange yellow band on distal margins of first to fourth segments. This band is very narrow on the first segment except at the sides. Sternite 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 of fifth segment very large and prominent, resembling a female theca. Genitalia dark reddish black. Type: Holotype, male, USNM 64476, Uen Chuan, Szechwan, Aug. 7-14, 1924, D. C. Graham. This species belongs to the C. scutellatus group in having the scutellum entirely yellow, and, as in scutellatus, the first abdominal segment has a narrow yellow distal margin. It differs conspicuously from scutellatus by the wing pattern, in addition to the unique fifth sternite. Conops nigrifrons Kréber Conops nigrifrons Kréber, Arch. Naturg., vol. 81, Abt. A, Heft. 11, p. 55, 1915. Otherwise known only from the type male from Japan. This specimen agrees very well with Kréber’s description, except that the cheeks are entirely yellow. Material examined: Siberia: Okeanskaya, August 1923, Cockerell, 1 male, USNM. Conops quadrifasciatus DeGeer Conops quadrifasciatus DeGeer, Mémoires pour servir 4 l’histoire des insectes, vol. 6, p. 104, 1776. This widely distributed European species has not been previously recorded east of Asia Minor. This specimen has some blackish on the femora, a character occasionally possessed by European indi- viduals. Material Examined: Siberia: Smolenschina, Aug. 26, 1927, Cock- erell, 1 male, USNM. Subgenus Asiconops Chen Asiconops Chen, Notes d’entomologie chinoise, vol. 6, p. 170, 1939. This subgenus is characterized by having transverse grooves on the front, anterior to the vertex. In a few species the transverse grooves of the front are relatively indistinct. In addition I have found in the female a tooth-shaped process extending from the middle of the posterior margin of the sixth abdominal segment. Most of the species have a frontofacial mark. This subgenus dominates the Indo-Malayan representatives of the genus Conops. Type: Conops aureomaculatus Krober. Conops (Asiconops) kanoi, new species Male: Length 15 mm. Front brownish yellow, with longitudinal grooves radiating from the antennal prominence and a few transverse grooves in the middle. Vertex and face yellow; most of face and posterior orbit gold pollinose. Lower third of facial keel dark brown. Occiput black. Antenna dark brown. First segment four times as CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 111 long as wide. Second segment nearly twice as long as first. Third segment as long as first. Arista yellow at base of apical segment; process of second segment small. Proboscis 1% times length of head, reddish on distal half. Thorax black; dorsum faintly yellow pollinose, more distinct medial to the humeri, on metanotum, and on metapleura. Humeri dark reddish black. Pleura faintly white pollinose with indistinct pleural stripe. Coxae black, partly dark reddish. Femora black, rufous dorsally and on apical ventral third. Remainder of anterior and middle legs missing. Posterior tibia rufous. Posterior tarsus and tips of claws black. Remainder of claws and pulvilli yellow. Wings brownish yellow hyaline, darker between first and third veins and vena spuria, and along the fifth vein. Veins mainly black apically, yellowish basally. Calypters yellow. Halteres reddish yellow, dark reddish at base of stem. Abdomen entirely black. Faintly gold pollinose on sides of first to third segments and indistinct narrow distal margin of fourth and fifth segments. Sixth segment faintly yellowish white pollinose. Type: Holotype, male (author’s collection), Niijima, Tokyo, Japan, Aug. 30, 1953, R. Kano. This species is related to C. curtulus but is larger and darker, and differs conspicuously by the absence of the distinct abdominal bands, Conops (Asiconops) curtulus Coquillett Conops curtulus Coquillett, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 328, 1898. The type is a female according to Sabrosky. The brown punctures on the face and cheeks are at the insertions of small hairs and are more or less distinct in many species of Conops. Oonops kuriensis Ouchi is very suggestive of this species. Material Examined: Japan: Mitsukuri, 1 female paratype, USNM 4000, with second and third antennal segments missing. Conops (Asiconops) tristis Chen Conops (A.) tristis Chen, Notes d’entomologie chinoise, vol. 6, p. 180, 1939. The specimens listed are referred here although they are not as dark as the description of ¢ristis. The face is not largely infuscated in these specimens. The specimen from Szechwan has more pollen on the abdomen than the one from Foochow, but no pale bands of ground color, except slightly laterally on apex of fourth segment. Material examined: Fukien: Foochow, C. R. Kellogg, 1 female, USNM. Szechwan: Mount Omei, 5-11,000 ft., Aug. 24-27, D. C. Graham, 1 female, author’s collection ex USNM. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 112 Conops (Asiconops) kulinicus Chen Conops (A.) kulinicus Chen, Notes d’entomologie chinoise, vol. 6, p. 180, 1939. The specimen examined does not have the sixth abdominal segment gold pollinose, but it is rather ‘‘worn.”” The humerus is distinctly rufous, rather than a little reddish as described for kulinicus. Material examined: Szechwan: Near Mupin, 2-8,000 ft., July 1929, D.C. Graham, 1 female, USNM. Conops (Asiconops) chinensis, new species Male: Length 17 mm. Front and vertical swelling dark rufous. Sides of vertex and adjacent front blackish brown. Frontofacial mark velvety black. Upper part of antennal prominence black. Face yellow, gold pollinose except for antennal prominence. Black at junction of facial and oral keel. Occiput dark reddish, partly blackish centrally. Yellow pollinose posterior orbit extending across back of vertex. Antenna dark reddish to black, rufous on proximal half of third segment. First segment four times as long as wide. Second segment nearly two times length of first. Third segment as long as first. Second segment of arista without definite process. Third seement of arista nearly three times length of first and second com- bined. Proboscis black, reddish on distal ventral half, about 1% times length of head. Thorax black, faintly yellow pollinose including a pleural stripe. More distinct yellow pollinose areas medial to the humeri anterior to the transverse suture, above base of wings, anterior to scutellum, upper half of postnotum, and on the metapleura. Reddish on humeri, calli, and tip of scutellum. Anterior coxae mainly rufous, posterior mainly black. ‘Trochanters rufous. Anterior femur mainly rufous; middle femur blackish dorsally and on basal half; posterior femur black on basal two thirds. ‘Tibiae rufous, blackish basally. Tarsi black, rufous on first segment, especially on posterior tarsus. Pul- villi and claws, except black tips, yellow. Wings faint yellowish brown hyaline, brown between first and third vein and vena spuria, and along fifth vein. Costal and basal cells yellow. Calypters yellow. Halteres yellow, blackish on club and base. Abdomen black, very narrow reddish margin on third, fourth, and fifth segments and on the genitalia. Gold pollinose distal margins on all segments, the sixth nearly entirely gold pollinose. Type: Holotype, male, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Yenping, Fukien, June 14, 1917. This species is related to what I have identified as C. tristis, but the front is predominantly rufous, and the humeri, calli, and apex of scutellum are rufous. It agrees with tristis in having an entirely CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS Ls dark abodmen. It is also apparently related to C. hwangi and C. opimus, but these species have a partially reddish abdomen. Conops (Asiconops) grahami, new species Male: Length 16 mm. Front and occiput brownish yellow. Face yellow, gold pollinose except for antennal prominence. Gold pollinose on orbits covering the black frontofacial mark. Spot at center of junction of vertex and front gold pollinose. Occiput brownish yellow, black centrally. Antenna dark reddish brown, black on second segment and on base and apex of arista. Process of second segment of arista relatively small. Thorax black, humeri and most of scutellum rufous. Thorax faintly yellow pollinose, more distinct medial to the humeri, on the metanotum, and on the metapleura. Indistinct pollinose pleural stripe. Coxae mostly black, anterior coxa partly reddish and gold pollinose. Middle and posterior coxae white pollinose. Femora and tibiae entirely rufous. Tarsi and tips of claws black. Remainder of claws and pulvilli yellow. Wings brownish yellow hyaline with brown pattern between first and third veins and vena spuria, and along the fifth vein. Calypters yellow. MHalteres yellow, dark reddish brown at base. Abdomen black with distinct wide gold pollinose band on distal part of each segment. Sixth segment mostly gold pollinose. Second segment with the gold pollen forming a triangle on each side. Sixth _ segment rufous except for black spot at base on dorsum. Genitalia _ partly black, partly rufous. Type: Holotype, male, USNM 64477, Uen Chuan Shien, Suifu, _ Szechwan, Aug. 7-14, 1924, D. C. Graham. The ptilinum and lower front are inflated, but the specimen is not otherwise teneral. This species seems related to C. hwangi but has very distinct polli- nose abdominal bands. The pollen covering the frontofacial mark isa character not noted as yet in any other species. Conops (Asiconops) opimus Coquillett Conops opimus Coquillett, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 21, p. 329, 1898. The specimen from Japan has a black frontofacial mark as does the _ type according to Sabrosky. The type is also a female. The specimen from Kuliang is more rufous and thus varies toward C. rufifrons of Amboina. The specimens from China referred to _ rufifrons by Ouchi may be this form. Conops izuoshimensis Ouchi, based on a male, is close to this species if not identical. However the wing veins are described as pale yellowish for izwoshimensis. Conops flavonervosus Krober also has 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 | yellow wing veins and is closely related, but has the abdomen mainly reddish. Material examined: Japan: K. Miyushi, 1 female, USNM (arranged | as opimus, no type label, slightly grease stained). Fukien: Kuliang, | 1925, H. A. Jaynes, 1 female, USNM. Conops (Asiconops) rufomaculatus Kréber Conops rufomaculatus Kréber, Arch. Naturg., vol. 81, Abt. A, Heft 11, p. 44, 1915. | The specimen examined has the dorsum of the thorax black, except | for the humeri, sides, and scutellum. The first antennal segment is | dark yellow, although the species was described as having the antenna | black, third segment dark red brown. I do not find any significant differences between this species and | descriptions of aureomaculatus (=prielt). Material examined: Formosa: Kagi, 1 female cotype, Kréber coll lection No. 24283, USNM. Conops (Asiconops) szechwanensis, new species Female: Length13mm. Front dark reddish yellow, more yellowish — on the vertex. Indistinct rufous frontofacial mark. Face and grooves yellow, gold pollinose except for antennal prominence. | Blackish at base of facial keel. Posterior orbit yellow pollinose. Occiput dark yellow, blackish centrally. Antenna black, dark red- | dish black on third segment. First segment four times as long as | wide. Second segment less than twice as long as first. Third seg-— ment nearly as long as first. Process of second segment of arista small. Proboscis black, yellowish on apical half, about 1% times | length of head. Thorax black, faintly yellowish pollinose more distinct ‘ictal to the humeri, on the metanotum, and on the metapleura. No definite. pleural stripe. Humeri and apioal margin of scutellum rufous. | Coxae black, yellowish white pollinose. Trochanters black. Femora mainly black, partly rufous. Posteriorfemurrufous only at narrow base - and apical ventral third. Tibiaerufous. Tarsi and tips of claws black, - remainder of claws and pulvilli yellow. Wings dark yellowish hyaline | with darker pattern between first vein and third vein and vena spuria, — and along the fifth vein. Wing pattern yellowish at base, blackish | apically. Halteres bright yellow, dark reddish brown at ie i Abdomen mainly black, reddish on posterior margin of second to_ fifth segments, sides of third and sixth segments, and most of the seventh segment. Theca black, as long as wide. Genitalia black. Male: Length 14mm. Similar to the female. Rufous frontofacial | mark more distinct. Process on second segment of arista longer. | Gold pollen on second segment of abdomen more extensive laterally. CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 115 Types: Holotype, female, USNM 64478. Allotype, USNM, Suifu to Hongya, Szechwan, alt. 1,000-1,400 ft., June 15-21, 1929, D. C. Graham. Paratype: Szechwan: 1 male, author’s collection ex USNM, between Yachow and Suifu, 1-2,200 ft., May 27 to July 14, 1930, D. C. Graham. This species is similar to C. rufomaculatus and C. aureomaculatus, but is darker with the femora being mainly black. Conops (Asiconops) thecus, new species Female: Length 144% mm. Front dark reddish brown with distinct darker reddish brown frontofacial mark. Vertex more yellowish. Face and grooves yellow, gold pollinose except for antennal promi- nence. Black mark at junction of facila and oral keel. Occiput mainly black, dark reddish yellow laterally. Posterior orbit gold pollinose. First antennal segment rufous, four times as long as wide. Second segment less than twice the length of first, dark reddish black. Third segment as long as first, dark reddish basally. Arista black, process of second segment indistinct. Proboscis black, yellowish in the middle, about 1% times length of head. Thorax black, faintly yellowish pollinose. Humeri, posterior calli, and entire scutellum rufous. Coxae mainly black, partly reddish. Trochanters and narrow base of femora rufous. Apical dorsal third of femora reddish, apical ventral third rufous. Tibiae rufous. Tarsi yellowish proximally, black apically and on tips of claws. Remainder of claws rufous, pulvilli yellow. Wings pale yellow hyaline, darker between first and third veins and vena spuria, on anterior half of first basal cell, and along fifth and sixth veins. Calypters yellow. Halteres yellow, reddish on club and base of stem. Abdomen mainly black, rufous on apex of second to fifth segments, apical half of sixth, and nearly entire seventh segment. This color on the sides of the second segment extending basally. Yellow pollinose on apical margin of first segment, sides of second segment, most of sixth and seventh segments, and indistinctly on the theca. Theca black, very large, twice as long as wide. Genitalia shiny black, partly reddish. Type: Holotype, female, USNM 64479, Suifu, Szechwan, D. C. Graham. This species is related to C. opimus, but has a rufous frontofacial mark and yet is darker in general coloration. Superficially it re- sembles C. grahami very much, but differs in the size of the theca and in the color of wing, scutellum, calli, trochanters, and other structures. Conops (Asiconops) rufigaster, new species Male: Length 15 mm. Front entirely deep black. Vertex dark reddish in middle. Velvety black frontofacial mark. Face yellow, 534086—60——2 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 gold pollinose except for antennal prominence, black at junction of facial and oral keel and on adjacent facial grooves. Occiput black. Yellow pollinose postorbitals extending across back of occiput. Antenna entirely black, faintly reddish on ventral part of first and third segments. First segment four times as long as wide. Second segment nearly two times as long as first. Third segment as long as first. Process of second aristal segment indefinite. Proboscis black, over 1 times length of head. Thorax black, reddish only on apical half of scutellum, faintly yellow white pollinose. Coxae mainly rufous, partly black. Tro- chanters rufous. Femora black, rufous on narrow base and basal ventral third. Distal third of posterior femur entirely rufous. Tibiae black, reddish on basal two thirds of posterior tibia. Tarsi and apical third of claws black. Pulvilli and remainder of claws yellow. Wings brownish hyaline, brown pattern from costa to fourth vein and vena spuria, and along fifth vein. Brown pattern gradually fading into the hyaline area. Calypters dark yellow. MHalteres rufous, brown at base. Abdomen entirely rufous except for black basal half of first segment and parts of the genitalia. Irregular and indefinite blackish area on third to fifth segments. White pollinose on distal half of first seg- ment. Faintly yellow pollinose on apical part of sixth segment. Type: Holotype, male, USNM 64480, Biliran Island, Philippines, Baker. This species is related to some of the species of the C. nubeculosus group, having the abdomen almost entirely rufous. However, the antennae are mainly black. Conops (Asiconops) nubeculosus Bigot Conops nubeculosus Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 7, vol. 6, p. 36, 1887. The specimen from Malaya lacks a dorsal stripe as in the variety indicus, but has the wing entirety dark as in the variety bigoti (=orna- tus). The specimen from the Philippines has three dark dorsal stripes and the tibia is white pollinose as in variety bigoti, but the wing is normally patterned. Material examined: Malaya: Kepong, Selangor, August 1949, 1 male, author’s collection ex USNM. Philippines: La Carlota, central Negros Occidental, Sept. 13, 1930, F. P. Goseca, 1 male, USNM. Conops nigriventris Brunetti Conops nigriventris Brunetti, in Fauna of British India . .. , Diptera, vol. 3, p. 346, 1923. This species has previously been known only from the description of two males from Assam. CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 117 The specimen examined has a slight elevation within a very slightly depressed area on the vertex. Such a change occurs in a few other species of Conops (s.s.), and represents a vestigial ocellar tubercle. Krober in adding to the description of the type (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 11, vol. 5, p. 229, 1940), states that there is a distinct ocellar swelling (tubercle) with two ocelli, and because of the spindle shaped abdomen, considers this species to be closely related to C. nigripes. However, this female shows that it is not at all related to nigripes, which belongs to Siniconops. The female has a small triangular theca with tip slightly hooked. The robust spindle shape of the abdomen is also entirely different from the long cylindrical abdomen of the female of nigripes. This species is very distinctive structurally by having robust bristles on the sides of the dorsum of the thorax, and on the sterno- pleura. There is also a prominence of fine bristles on the dorsum of the thorax and on the abdomen. Material examined: Siam: Chiengmai, Oct. 23, 1920, 1 female, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Genus Siniconops Chen Siniconops Chen, Notes d’entomologie chinoise, vol. 6, p. 197, 1939. Similar to Conops, but having an ocellar tubercle, usually with two ocelli; and usually with a vertical swelling. The third and fourth abdominal segments are enlarged in both sexes so that the male abdomen is spindle shaped, and the female abdomen is elongated and cylindrical. The fifth, sixth, and seventh segments are relatively small in the female, but the theca is proportionately large and tooth- shaped. Type: Sinoconops elegans Chen. I am using the term vertical swelling (i.e., swelling of the vertex) after Kréber, instead of ocellar vesicle as used by Séguy and Chen. Since ocellar vesicle is apt to be confused with ocellar swelling which Krober and I have used for the ocellar tubercle, it is best to drop both of these terms. The ocellar tubercle is the small swelling within the ocelli (if present), at the anterior angle of the vertical swelling. The vertical swelling may be triangular and distinct from the vertex, or it may coincide with the vertex. In addition to the species recorded here, Physoconops microvalvus Krober belongs to this genus, although the base of the abdomen is relatively narrow. Siniconops maculifrons (Kréber) Conops maculifrons Kréber, Arch. Naturg. vol. 81, Abt. A, Heft 11, p. 41, 1915. The frontofacial mark is weak, but present in the specimen from Manchuria. It is absent in the specimen from Siberia. 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Material examined: Manchuria: Yalhenya, Pin-chang Province, Aug. 7-12, 1939, M. I. Nitkin, 1 female, author’s collection ex Stey- skal. Siberia: Kongaus, August 1923, Cockerell, 1 female, USNM. Siniconops elegans Chen Siniconops elegans Chen, Notes d’entomologie chinoise, vol. 6, p. 198, 1939. Abrachyglossum wui Ouchi, Journ. Shanghai Sci. Inst., sec. 3, vol. 4 (1939) p. 195, 1940. The males of this species differ from the males of the other species examined by having the apical abdominal segment more elongated dorsally, and more pointed (see illustration of wut Ouchi, ibid., pl. 17). Material examined: Fukien: Amoy, 1 male, USNM; Yenping, July 19-Sept. 11, 1917, 2 males and 5 females, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. and author’s collection. Siniconops curtirostris (Kréber) Conops celebensis (Meijere) Kréber, Arch. Naturg., vol. 81, Abt. A, Heft 7, p. 52, 1915 (C. curtirostris Kréber cited as manuscript name on p. 538, under cele- bensis). Conops curtirostris Kréber; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. 5, p. 219, 233, 1940 (previously misidentified as celebensis). This species is very close to S. elegans, but the front is almost entirely black, and the abdomen has less yellow. Material examined: Sikkim, 1 female, USNM, labeled celebensis Kroéber, determined 1914 (=cotype Conops curtirostris). Siniconops nigripes (Kréber) Conops nigripes Kréber, Ent. Mitt. Berlin, vol. 2, p. 278, 1913. Similar to S. elegans but paler, wing more diffusely yellowish, and humeri and scutellum rufous. Material examined: Formosa, Sauter, 5 males and 5 females, author’s collection ex Hungarian Mus. Siniconops species The specimen examined is badly crushed and not suitable as the basis of a new species. Superficially it is very similar to S. nigripes, but the wing is less yellowish and the general coloration averages darker. The genitalia are mainly black, and the third antennal seg- ment is proportionately longer. The junction between the subcostal and first vein (se-r) is distal to the anterior crossvein (r-m). Material examined: Szechwan: Near Mupin, 2-8,000 ft., June 28, 1929, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM. Siniconops splendens, new species Male: Length 16 mm. Front dark reddish, surrounded by velvety black. Vertex dark reddish and shiny. Ocellar tubercle blackish with CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 119 two distinct yellow ocelli. Face dark reddish yellow at anterior orbit and in facial grooves. Posterior cheeks and median band in facial grooves velvety black. Occiput dark yellow with narrow velvety black posterior orbit and stripes from sides of vertex to neck. Antenna black, rufous on medioventral surface. First segment about two times as long as wide. Second segment three times as long as first. Third segment a little longer than first. Process on second segment of arista small. Third segment of arista three times as long as first and second combined. Proboscis as long as head, black, rufous basally. Thorax velvety black, reddish on apex of scutellum and parts of pleura. Indistinct yellow pollen on thorax especially at metanotum, metapleura, and forming a diffuse pleural stripe. Coxae black, partly rufous on the anterior coxa. Anterior femur mainly rufous, a little blackish ventrally. Middle femur rufous above, blackish below. Posterior femur mainly blackish with a rufous longitudinal stripe, and rufous at apical ventral third. Tibiae dark yellowish, blackish apically on posterior tibia. Tarsi dark yellowish. Pilvilli and claws, except black tips, yellow. Wings grayish yellow hyaline, more yellowish basally between first and fourth vein, but no definite wing pattern. Junction of subcostal and first vein slightly proximal to anterior cross- vein. Calypters blackish. Halteres yellow, black at base. Abdomen dull black on first and third segments. Reddish and then golden yellow on apical margin of second segment, apical half of third segment, and almost all of fourth segment. Fifth and sixth segments and genitalia entirely golden yellow. Narrow reddish distal margin on first segment. Type: Holotype, male, USNM 64481, Yachow, Szechwan, Aug. 16, 1928, D. C. Graham. Related to nigripes, but very distinct by having the black areas velvety, and the apical half of the abdomen mainly orange and gold pollinose. Siniconops grandens, new species Male: Length 20.5 mm. Front and vertex yellow, slightly darker near back of antennal prominence and anterior to vertex. Vertical swelling and part of ocellar tubercle darker. Small velvety black frontofacial mark. Face yellow, cheeks blackish. Junction of facial and oral keel dark reddish. Posterior orbit and upper occiput yellow, remainder of occiput black. Antenna black, partly reddish on third antennal segment. First antennal segment two times as long as great- est width. Second segment three times as long as first. Third segment slightly longer than first. Process of second segment of arista is small but distinct. Third aristal segment short, hardly longer than first and second combined. Proboscis as long as head, black. 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Thorax black, dark reddish yellow on humeri, most of scutellum, and parts of the pleura. Faint yellowish pattern on pleura forming indefinite pleural stripe. Coxae dark reddish. Femora reddish anteriorly, blackish posteriorly. Tibiae mainly dark rufous, partly black. Tarsi and tips of claws black. Pulvilli and remainder of claws dark reddish yellow. Wings dark yellowish hyaline. Dark brownish band between first and third veins and vena spuria, gradu- ally diffusing with the hyaline area. Costal and basal cells more yellowish. Anterior cross-vein proximal to junction of subcostal and first vein. Calypters dark blackish red. Halteres yellow, partly rufous, brown at base. Abdomen black on first segment, midline and anterior margin of second segment, most of third segment, sides of remaining segments and on the genitalia. Golden yellow pollinose on distal margin of first to third segments, sides of second segment, and most of remaining segments. Type: Holotype, male, USNM 64482, Yachow, Szechwan, 2,200- 5,000 ft., Aug. 21-25, 1930, D.C. Graham. This very distinctive species is related to S. maculifrons, and S. philippinensis in having the second abdominal segment yellow with a black midline. Siniconops philippinensis (Kréber) Conops philippinensis Krober, Philippine Journ. Sci., vol. 34, p. 340, 1927. The front of the specimen examined is predominantly black, although basically the front is yellow with a large black area in the center and velvety black laterally and dorsally. The black at the lower lateral margin forms a distinct frontofacial mark. These differ- ences from the description of the type (male) are within the variation seen in Siniconops nigripes and Siniconops microvalvus (formerly placed in Physoconops). Material examined: Philippines, Mount Makiling, Luzon Island, Baker, 1 female, USNM. Genus Archiconops Krober Archiconops Kréber, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. 4, p. 381, 1939. Archiconops erythrocephalus (Fabricius) Conops erythrocephalus Fabricius, Entemologica systemica .. . , vol. 4, p. 392, 1805. Conops niponensis Vollenhoven, Versl. Meded. Akad. Wet., vol. 15, p. 10, 1863. Conops nigricans Matsumura, Thousand insects of Japan, Additamenta 2, p. 262, 1916. The specimen from Siam is more shiny and violaceous than the specimens from China and Japan. The specimens from China have a CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 121 variable amount of hyaline at the base of the wing, but not as much as the Japanese specimen. This variation is seen in the closely related Archiconops morosus, and it seems best at present to unite erythrocephalus and niponensis. Conops nigricans Matsumura also appears to be this species. Material examined: Siam: ‘7-6-1928,’ Hugh Smith collection, 1 male, USNM. Chekiang: Hangchow, July 19, 1925, T. P. Chao, 1 female, author’s collection ex USNM; Hangchow, July 11, 1927, C. Y. Wong, 1 female, USNM. Kiangsu: Penniu, July 17, 1926, W. Shien, 1 male, USNM. Japan: Mitsukuri, 1 male, USNM, determined niponensis by Coquillett. Genus Physocephala Schiner Physocephala Schiner, Wiener Ent. Monatschr., vol. 5, p. 137, 1861. Physocephala rufifrons, new species Female: Length 17 mm. Front and vertex dark rufous, blackish above antenna extending on each side in a line to upper part of face. Face and lateral margin of front yellow. Upper half of keel black. Cheeks brown. Occiput black, lower half of posterior orbit rufous Antenna predominantly dark reddish brown, brighter ventrally and medially. First segment two times as long as wide. Second segment over 2% times length of first. Third segment two times length of first. Arista black. Process of second segment of arista very long, as long as distal segment. Proboscis black, nearly two times length of head. Thorax mainly black, rufous on humeri and scutellum, reddish on sides of thorax and parts of pleura. Coxae black. Legs rufous. Posterior femur blackish, rufous at apex and base. Apical tarsi and tips of claws blackish. Pulvilli very dark. Wing dark brownish from costa to fifth vein. Costal cell slightly paler. Hyaline areas in submarginal cell, first posterior cell, and apical half of discal cell. Calypters dark brown. MHalteres dark brown, yellowish on pedicel. Abdomen reddish. First segment black except for sides. Second segment with a pair of large black marks on basal half. Dorsum of third segment mainly black. Basal half of fourth and fifth seg- ments black. Paired marks at base of sixth and seventh segments black. Genitalia shiny black. Theca folded under abdomen. Type: Holotype, female, USNM 64483, Ningyuenfu, Szechwan, 6,000-10,800 ft., July 24-26, 1928, D. C. Graham. This species belongs to the P. vittata group, but has the front rufous. 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 Physocephala ammophiliformis Kréber Physocephala ammophiliformis Kroéber, Arch. Naturg., vol. 81, Abt. A, Heft 4, p. 122, 1915. There is a variable amount of yellow on the lower lateral part of the front, so that the specimen from Mount Omei approaches having a black ‘‘T’’ pattern on the front. Another specimen is more reddish, with some black at the base of the hind femur, but no black ring. Compared with a male and female of P. gigas from Java, which Kroéber thinks may be synonymous, gigas differs by having barely a trace of reddish brown on the second abdominal segment. Also the legs are darker, but a black ring is distinguishable near the base of the hind femur, and the pedicle of the abdomen is more slender in gigas. Material examined: Szechwan: Shin Kai Si Mount Omei, 3—-5,000 ft., July-August 1923, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM; Kuanshien, 3,000 ft., Apr. 5-May 8, 1930, D. C. Graham, 2 males, USNM and author’s collection. Physocephala nigra (DeGeer) Conops nigra DeGeer, Memoires pour servir 4 l’histoire des insectes, vol. 6, p. 105, 1776. The abdomen of the specimen examined is grease stained so that the pollinose bands are not distinct. This species has not previously been recorded east of Turkestan. Material examined: Manchuria: Tsingtao, July 1938, Weymarn, D. G. Hall collection, 1 female, USNM. Physocephala obscura Kréber Physocephala obscura Kréber, Arch. Naturg., vol. 80, Abt. A, Heft 10, p. 53, 1914. | The first four specimens listed agree with the original description but are smaller, 12-15 mm. The cotype agrees with the description | of the female, but may represent another species. It is more robust, yellow pollinose, and more extensively rufous; and most of the front | is reddish, not forming a midline. Material examined: Siberia: Kongaus, August 1923, Cockerell, 2 males, USNM and author’s collection; Okeanskaya, August 1923, © Cockerell, 2 males, USNM and author’s collection; ‘‘Wladiwastock,” | 1 male, cotype, USNM. Physocephala chrysorrhoea (Meigen) Conops chrysorrhoea Meigen, Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten Euro- | piischen zweifliigeligen Insekten, vol. 4, p. 128, 1824. The specimen examined belongs to the variety P. truncata; but the related new species described below, from the same locality, has the wing of the typical form. CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 123 Material examined: Hopeh: Chao Yang, July 13, 1921, A. P. Jacot, 1 female, USNM. Physocephala theca, new species Female: Length 10 mm. Front, face, and cheeks yellow; blackish on apex of vertex, at base of antenna, and in the middle of facial grooves. Vertex translucent dark yellow. Occiput black. Posterior orbit white pollinose above, yellow pollinose below. Antenna dark reddish brown, blackish above. First segment three times as long as wide. Second segment three times length of first. Third segment nearly one and one half times length of first. Process of proximal segment of arista moderate, nearly as long as apical segment of arista. Proboscis blackish, reddish in the middle, nearly two times length of head. Thorax black. Distinct yellow pollinose pleural stripe. Yellow pollinose areas present adjacent to humeri, on metathorax and on postnotum. Humeri rufous, scutellum entirely black. Coxae dark reddish black, partially yellow pollinose. Legs bright rufous, darker on apex of posterior tibiae and on tarsi. Claws blackish, pulvilli yellow. Wings dark brownish from first to fifth vein. Costal and subcostal cells yellowish. Apical half of first basal cell hyaline. Apical half of first posterior cell abruptly hyaline. Apical two thirds of discal cell hyaline except for posterior margin. Calypters yellow. Halteres rufous, dark brownish at base, Abdomen mainly black, rufous at junction of second and third segments. Dark reddish at base of seventh segment and on the theca. Gold pollinose at distal margin of first to fifth segments and diffusely on parts of sixth and seventh segments. Theca very large, twice as long as wide. Posterior black serrate area slightly longer than wide, rufous proximally. Male: 9 mm. Similar to the female, but front entirely black. Abdomen grease stained, rufous on most of second and third segments and at apical half of sixth segment. Types: Holotype, female, USNM 64484, Chao Yang, Hopeh, July 9, 1921, A. P. Jacot. Allotype, Chao Yang, Hopeh, July 20, 1921, A. P. Jacot, author’s collection ex USNM. This species is very close to P. chrysorrhoea differing by the very large theca. There are no good characters for distinguishing the male. P. vaginalis of Southern Europe, differs by having the theca light reddish brown, and the wing pattern extending only to the third vein. | 124 PROCEEDINGS. OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Physocephala pusilla (Meigen) Conops pusilla Meigen, Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten Europ- dischen zweifliigeligen Insekten, vol. 4, p. 131, 1824. The second specimen listed is questionably referred here because it is very dark and there is a trace of an apical spot on the wing. However it is too small and slender for P. sinensis. Material examined: Shantung: Tsinan, May 27, 1922, A. P. Jacot, 1 female, USNM. Hopeh: Chao Yang, Aug. 10, 1923, A. P. Jacot, 1 female, author’s collection ex USNM. Physocephala melana, new species Female: Length 8 mm. Front and vertex dark yellowish. Black. ish in middle of front, and at groove at anterior margin of vertex- Face and cheeks yellow. Upper two thirds of facial groove and keel black. Occiput black, paler below. Posterior orbit white pol- linose. Antenna dark reddish yellow, blacker dorsally. First seg- ment two and one half times as long as wide. Second antennal segment three times length of first. Third segment one and one half times length of first. Process on proximal segment of arista moder- ate, as long as apical segment of arista. Proboscis dark, reddish in middle, nearly two times length of head. Thorax black. Yellow pollinose pleural stripe. Yellow pollinose areas near humeri on metapleura and on postnotum. Humeri and narrow margin of posterior calli rufous. Scutellum entirely black. Coxae dark reddish brown, yellow pollinose. Legs rufous, darker on tarsi. Distal three fifths of posterior femur, except apex, black. Claws black, pulvilli yellow. Calypters dark brownish yellow. Halteres rufous, dark brown at base. Abdomen short and robust, mainly black. Narrow dark reddish areas at junction of second and third segments and apical margins of third to sixth segments. Faint white pollinose in part, with gold pollinose areas on apical margin of third to sixth segments. Theca shorter than wide. Type: Holotype, female, USNM 64485, Trang Bom, 30 miles northwest of Saigon, Cochin China, Aug. 8, 1932, M. Poilane. This species is very close to P. limbipennis in coloration, but structurally it is quite distinct. The abdomen is relatively short and robust, and the theca is very short and wide. This short wide abdomen is one of the characters of Pseudophysocephala, but the head in this species is normal. Physocephala sinensis Kréber Physocephala sinensis Kréber, Ark. Zool., vol. 26, p. 15, 1933. This species does not have any specific color character to dis- tinguish it from P. pusilla, as the apical spot on the wing is not always CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 125 present. However, this series is larger and more robust, and the abdomen is more club shaped, so that the specimens are readily separable from pusilla. Material examined: Szechwan: Suifu, 1,000—1,500 ft., June 1-21, 1928, July 1929, D. C. Graham, 1 with abdomen missing, 1 male, USNM and author’s collection; Suifu to Hongya, 1,000-1,450 ft., June 15-21, 1929, D. C. Graham, 1 male, 1 female, USNM; Chung- king, 1—2,000 ft., May 6-27, 1930, D. C. Graham, 1 male, author’s collection ex USNM; Yao-Gi, 4-8,000 ft., July 3, 1929, D. C. Graham, 1 male, author’s collection ex USNM. Hupeh: Hsiang Shan, 1 female, USNM. Chekiang: Hangchow, June 27, 1927, July 15, 1927, C. Y. Wong, 2 females, USNM and author’s collection. Kiangsu: Penniu, Aug. 15, 1925, C. Y. Wong, 1 male, USNM. Hopeh: Peking, August 1921, 1 male, Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. Physocephala bipartita (Doleschall) Conops bipartita Doleschall, Natuurk. Tijdschr. Nederland. Indié, vol. 17 (1858~ 59), p. 100, 1858. This species has previously been recorded from Java, Sumatra, Philippines, Molluccas, and Celebes. Material examined: Malaya: 16 miles north of Kuala Lumpur, Selangor, Malaya, March 1949, R. Traub, B. Insoll, 1 female, USNM. Physocephala elongata, new species Male: Length 9% mm. Vertex, front, and face dark yellow. Blackish in middle at junction of vertex and front. Black on front forming an indistinct midline. Black above base of antenna extend- ing indistinctly to upper part of face. Large black mark in middle of facial grooves including that part of the keel. Occiput yellowish black, paler below. Postorbitals yellowish white pollinose. An- tenna nearly blackish on ventral and medial surfaces. First segment four times as long as wide. Second segment nearly 2% times the length of first. Third segment nearly 1 times length of first. Arista with elongated process on proximal segment as long as distal segment. Proboscis mainly yellowish, 2% times length of head. Head nearly twice as high as long. Shiny triangular area at posterior margin of eye large and prominent. Thorax dull black. Humeri and parts of pleura dark yellow. Yellow white pollinose pleural stripe, and pollinose area medial to humeri and on postnotum. Coxae reddish black, white pollinose. Legs dark yellow. Blackish above on femora, forming an indistinct subbasal ring. Tarsi darker. Pulvilli and claws, except black tips, dark yellow. Wing with dark pattern from costa to third vein extending to apex. Basal half of first posterior cell dark, remainder 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 abruptly hyaline. Dark margin along sixth vein. Calypters dark yellowish brown. Halteres bright yellow, blackish at base. Abdomen black. Second segment and basal half of third segment dark yellowish. Narrow distal margin on third, fourth, and fifth segments dark reddish yellow. Apical half of sixth segment and genitalia mainly dark reddish yellow. Pedicle of abdomen longer than club of abdomen. Type: Holotype, male, USNM 64486, Ulu Gombak, Selangor, Malaya, Dec. 25, 1947, W. H. Lange. This species is very close to P. bipartita in coloration, the differences being mainly structural. The abdomen is relatively long and slender and the head is relatively short (flattened), with a large triangular polished area on the posterior margin of the eye. The head charac- ters are that of Pseudophysocephala, and Kréber did include one | species with an elongated (instead of short) abdomen. However, the new species Physocephala melana is an intergrade, and there are | species with a rounded head but large triangular eye area; so that at — present I do not believe that Pseudophysocephala can be maintained. | Physocephala pielina Chen Physocephala pielina Chen, Notes d’entomologie chinoise, vol. 6, p. 190, 1939. The specimen examined agrees with the description, but is more | brownish, less blackish; and the first basal cell is more hyaline. Material examined: Fukien: Foochow, May 1924, C. R. Kellogg, 1 female, USNM. Physocephala aterrima Kroéber Physocephala aterrima Krober, Arch. Naturg., vol. 81, Abt. A, Heft 4, p. 122, | 1915. The specimen examined agrees very well with the original descrip- tion, although the pollinose pleural stripe is relatively indistinct. — Size: 12 mm. This species has been previously recorded only from Sikkim and | Chekiang, China. Material examined: Indochina: Luang Prabang, 1,000 ft., June — 30, 1929, Kelly-Roosevelt Expedition, 1 female, Chi. Nat. Hist. | Mus. Genus Myopa Fabricius Myopa Fabricius, Systema entomologiae ..., p. 798, 1775. Myopa picta Panzer Myopa picta Panzer, Faunae insectorum Germaniae initia, vol. 59, p. 22, 1798. Myopa chusanensis Ouchi, Journ. Shanghai Sci. Inst., sec. 3, vol. 4 (1939), p. | 205, 1940. Kroéber incorrectly describes the third antennal segment as being about as long as the second. However, his illustrations show the | CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 127 correct proportion. The other differences given by Ouchi for chus- sanensis fall into the range of variation. European specimens average darker and more distinctively colored, but the differences do not warrent a separate name. Material examined: Shantung: Tsinan, Apr. 7, 1928, Apr. 8, 1930, A. P. Jacot, 2 males, author’s collection and USNM. Kiangsu, Soochow, 1 male, USNM. Szechwan, Kuanshien, 3,000 ft., Apr. 5 to May 8, 1930, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM; Szechwan, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM. Chekiang; Hangchow, Apr. 10, 1926, T. P. Chao, 1 male, author’s collection and USNM. Myopa buccata (Linné) Conops buccata Linné, Fauna Suecica, p. 1905, 1761. Myopa sinensis Chen, Notes d’entomologie chinoise, vol. 6, p. 215, 1939. In describing sinensis, Chen apparently misinterpreted Kréber’s use of the term ‘“‘wulst.”” Myopa buccata does not have any spots on the face, but does have some on the occipital swelling behind the face. As in the previous species, European specimens average darker with more contrast between light and dark areas. Material examined: Shantung: Tsinan, Mar. 18 to Apr. 25, 1922, 1931, A. P. Jacot, 7 males, 1 female, USNM and author’s collection. Szechwan: Kuanshien, 3,000 ft., Apr. 5-May 8, 1930, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM;; no locality, D. C. Graham, 1 female, USNM. Che- kiang: Hangchow, Mar. 20, 1930, 1 female, USNM; Hangchow, Mar. 27—Apr. 24, 1926, T. P. Chao, 3 males, USNM and author’s collection. Myopa curtirostris Kréber Myopa curtirostris Kréber, Arch. Naturg., vol. 81, Abt. A, Heft 7, p. 32, 1915. This species has previously been known only from the type female from Amur. Material Examined: Manchuria: Tsingtao, July 1938, Weymarn, D. G. Hall collection, 1 female, USNM. Myopa fasciata Meigen Myopa fasciata Meigen, Klassifikazion und Beschreibung ..., vol. 1, p. 286, 1804. Material examined: Manchuria: Tsingtao, July 1938, Weymarn, D. G. Hall collection, 3 females, USNM and author’s collection. Myopa testacea (Linné) Conops testacea Linné, Systema naturae, ed. 10, vol. 2, p. 1006, 1759. Material examined: Shantung: Tsinan, Mar. 31-Apr. 18, 1922- 1931, A. P. Jacot, 6 males, 2 females, 1 with abdomen missing, USNM and author’s collection. Korea: Suigen, June 16, 1927, T. R. Gardner, 1 male, USNM. 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Genus Melanosoma Robineau-Desvoidy Melanosoma Robineau-Desvoidy, Bull. Soc. Sci. Yonne, vol. 7, pp. 92, 122, 1853. Melanosoma pallipes (Wiedemann) Myopa pallipes Wiedemann, in Meigen, Systematische Beschreibung der bekann- ten Europaischen zweiflugeligen Insekten, vol. 4, p. 149, 1824. This species has been previously known from Europe to Central Asia. Material examined: Shantung: Tsinan, Apr. 18, 1922, A. P. Jacot, 1 male, USNM. Genus Sicus Scopoli Sicus Scopoli, Entomologia carniolica . .., p. 369, 1763. Sicus abdominalis Kroéber Sicus ferrugineus var. abdominalis Kréber, Arch. Naturg., vol. 81, Abt. A, Heft 1, p. 88, 1915. This species differs from S. ferrugineus by having a shorter and wider abdomen, and by having a larger distinct theca in the female. I feel certain that Kréber’s type is a specimen having the abdomen flexed so that difference of the theca from ferrugineus is not apparent. The illustrations by Ouchi (Journ. Shanghai Sci. Inst., sec. 3, vol. 4 (1939), p. 211, 1940) show the differences between this and the other species. This species is shown as S. fusenensis var. a and var. b. The difference between variety a and b is simply that in variety a the abdomen is extended, and in variety b the abdomen is flexed. In this species, when viewed from above, the second abdominal segment is as long or somewhat longer than wide, and the third abdominal segment is wider than long. In ferrugineus, the second abdominal segment is much longer than wide, and the third abdominal segment is as long or longer than wide. In the female sex the abdomen is even more elongated in ferrugineus, and the differences between the two species are greater. The series from Szechwan differs from the specimens from Siberia and Manchuria by averaging smaller, and by being paler and more pollinose. Also the latter have a pair of curved black marks on the second abdominal segment. These black marks, however, are present or absent in my series of ferrugineus from Europe, which includes a very dark male with the femora predominantly blackish. Occemyia ogumae Matsumura (Thousand insects of Japan, Addit- amenta 2, p. 273, 1916) may be this species. The illustration shows the black marks on the second abdominal segment. Material examined: Szechwan: Suifu, D. C. Graham, 3 males, 1 female, USNM and author’s collection; Suifu, 1,000-1,500 ft., June Te ee CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 129 1-21, 1928, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM; Muping, 4,000-7,000 ft., July 1929, D. C. Graham, 1 male, author’s collection ex USNM; O-Er, 26 miles north of Li Fan, 9,000 ft., 1933, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM;; Wei Chow, 65 miles northwest of Chengtu, 9,000—12,500 ft., Aug. 15-21, 1933, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM. China-Tibet border: Yu-Long-Gong, 14,000 ft., Aug. 14. 1930, D. C. Graham, 1 female, USNM. Manchuria: Kaolingtze, July 15, 1941, V. N. Alin, 1 female, author’s collection. Siberia: Kongaus, August 1923, Cockerell, 1 male, USNM; Kudia R., Amagu, July 1923, Cockerell, 1 male, author’s collection ex USNM. Sicus nigricans Kroéber Sicus ferrugineus var. nigricans Kréber, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. 4, p. 370, 1939. This species is similar to S. abdominalis in the shape of the abdomen, but differs in being predominantly dark, particularly on the dorsum of the thorax and second abdominal segment. While it might be considered a dark form of abdominalis, there are no intermediates in this series, and both occur at Kongaus. Occemyia nishitapensis Matsumura (Thousand insects of Japan, Additamenta 2, p. 272, 1916) may be this species. Material examined: Siberia: Kongaus, August 1923, Cockerell, 2 females, USNM. Japan: Tsuruga, June 29, Cockerell, 1 male, USNM;; Senjogahara, Nikko, Aug. 9, 1953, R. Kano, 2 females, author’s collection. Sicus fusenensis Ouchi Sicus fusenensis Ouchi, Journ. Shanghai Sci. Inst., sec. 3, vol. 4 (1939), p. 209, 1940. This species is otherwise known only from the type female from | Northern Korea. It is very similar to S. ferrugineus, and although the abdomen is not quite as elongated as ferrugineus, the third ab- dominal segment is much longer than wide. The male is unknown, but will probably prove to be very similar to, if not indistinguishable from the male of ferrugineus. I have not _ seen any specimens of ferrugineus from Asia, and it is possible that such records may belong to fusenensis. Material examined: China-Tibet border: Yu-Long-Gong, 14,000 ft., Aug. 14, 1930, D. C. Graham, 2 females, USNM and author’s collection. Genus Thecophora Rondani Thecophora Rondani, Nuovi Aun. Sci. Nat. (Bologna), ser. 2, vol. 3, p. 15, 1845. Occemya Robineau-Desvoidy, Bull. Soc. Sci. Yonne, vol. 7, p. 130, 1853. 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 112 Thecophora atra (Fabricius) Myopa atra Fabricius, Species insectorum . . ., vol. 2, p. 469, 1781. Each of the specimens examined differ from each other and from the typical European form. However additional material would be necessary to decide if any of these should be named. The specimen from Siberia has more yellow on the anterior femora | than the typical form, but this condition is matched by one or two | specimens of a series from Cyprus in my collection. The specimen from Yangchow has the pollen yellowish gray and | the femora mainly yellowish and thus approaches T. sauteri of Formosa. | However, it is paler than sautert having the antennae and front mainly | yellowish, and the wings are also yellowish. One of the two cotype males of sautert sent by USNM for comparison has the abdominal | pollen more grayish than yellowish. The specimen from Szechwan has all of the femora almost entirely | yellow, and the antennae are mainly yellowish. This species has not been previously recorded from Siberia. Material examined: Siberia: Ust Balei, July 1927, Cockerell, 1 male, i USNM. Kiangsu: Yangchow, Aug. 18, 1924, C. Y. Wong, 1 male, | USNM. Szechwan: Behluhdin, 6,000 ft., July 25-Sept. 1, 1936, D. C. Graham, 1 male, USNM. Thecophora philippinensis, new species Male: Length 4 mm. Vertex and front black. Narrow margin above base of antennae dark reddish. Face and facial grooves | reddish-yellow. Posterior half of cheeks blackish. Occiput black. Antennae reddish-yellow, black on lateral surface and distal half of | medial surface of third segment. Arista black. First segment as | long as wide. Second segment four times length of first. Third | segment 2% times length of first. Proboscis missing beyond palpi. Thorax black, with faint white pollinose areas leaving three indis- tinct black lines on dorsum. Legs black, basal two-fifths of posterior | femur yellow. Base of tibiae, basal tarsi, pulvilli, and claws except black tips yellow. Wings hyaline. Calypters brownish. Halteres bright yellow, blackish at base. Abdomen black, relatively distinct grayish yellow pollinose distal band on second, third, fourth, and fifth segments. Sixth segment indistinctly grayish yellow pollinose. Fifth sternite very prominent, resembling a theca. Variation (in paratype): Length 4% mm. No black on cheeks. Antennal proportions 1:3:2. Each of distal segments of proboscis about equal to length of head. Theca less prominent (abdomen flexed). CONOPID FLIES—CAMRAS 131 Types: Holotype, male, USNM 64487, Panal, Benguet, Luzon Island, Philippines, April 30, F. Rivera. Paratype: Philippines: 1 _male, author’s collection ex USNM, “Haight’s Pl.,” Benguet, Luzon Island, April 30, F. Rivera. This species is related to 7. atra, but is distinguished by the yel- lowish gray pollinose bands giving the abdomen an annulate appear- ance. The head is also characteristically dark, and although the legs _ are mainly black, the basal two-fifths of the hind femur is yellow. Thecophora simillima (de Meijere) (Bijdr. tot de Dierkunde, vol. 18, afl. 17, p. 103, 1904) of Java, is described as similar to 7’. atra, but the white pollinose abdominal bands are very narrow and limited, and the second and third antennal segments are equal. Genus Dalmannia Robineau-Desvoidy Dalmannia Robineau-Desvoidy, Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst. France, vol. 2, p. 248, 1830. Dalmannia affinis Chen _ Dalmannia affinis Chen, Notes d’entomologie chinoise, vol. 6, p. 228, 1939. Previously known only from the type series, 2 males and 2 females from Kiangsu. Material examined: Shantung: Tsinan, Apr. 8, 1922, A. P. Jacot, 2 females, USNM and author’s collection. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1960 Proceedings of the United States National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION + WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 112 1960 Number 3433 FIREFLIES OF THE GENUS PYRACTONEMA (COLEOPTERA: LAMPYRIDAE) By Frank A. McDermortrT Introduction Solier (1849) described nine new species of Lampyridae from Chile and placed them in a new genus, Pyractonema. Fairmaire and Germain (1862) described as Lucidota three new species that were subsequently removed to Pyractonema, and Gemminger and Harold (1869) changed the specific trivial name of Solier’s P. compressi- cornis to depressicornis, the former being preoccupied in Lucidota. The first species referred to in the literature belonging in this genus is P. obscura (G. A. Olivier, 1790) from Tierra del Fuego. To this species E. Olivier (1907, 1910) referred four of Solier’s species and also two others; P. bardelli (le Guillou, 1844) and P. bioculata (Blanchard, 1853.) He also referred Solier’s P. rhododera to this species, but rhododera is herein reestablished as a valid species. Since E. Olivier (1907, p. 6) had access to the collections of his grand- father, G. A. Olivier, and of Fairmaire (although he remarks, p. 62, that the latter is in “inextricable disorder’), it must be assumed that he made the comparisons necessary to convince him of this synonymy. Thus, of the 15 described species, E. Olivier (1907, 1910) recognized only 9. No other species definitely referrable to this genus appears to have been described since those of Fairmaire and Germain. E. Olivier (1902) described three Japanese species but subsequently transferred them to Lwcidina. 133 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM It is noted that E. Olivier’s (1907) generic description does not entirely agree with Solier’s. Nor do the latter’s descriptions of the species exactly meet his generic characters, a condition which my examination of the specimens at hand confirms. Barber (1951, p. 16) designated P. depressicornis Gemminger (compressicornis Solier) as the type species. From the standpoint of being typical of the genus, this species, with wide pale elytral borders, is perhaps less satisfactory than say, P. obscura, although it is the first in Solier’s descriptions. POSITION OF PYRACTONEMA AMONG THE LAMPYRIDAE E. Olivier (1907, 1910) placed Pyractonema in his subfamily Lucidotinae. As was noted above, Fairmaire and Germain called their species Lucidota, and there is, indeed, very little in the published descriptions to differentiate Pyractonema from many of the species commonly called Lucidota, the principal difference being the very de- pressed body of most species of Pyractonema. However, the large genus Lucidota, with over 100 species, is obviously composite and probably includes a considerable number that are properly Kllychnia and Pyropyga. As was also mentioned, E. Olivier (1902) originally described three Japanese species as Pyractonema but subsequently removed them to Lucidina (Gorham, 1883). The chief distinguishing character of the latter genus is the deeply cleft tarsal claw resulting in a 3-clawed appearance, but in the writer’s experience this condition is not con- stant in all claws of species of Lucidina. Occasional specimens of Chilean Pyractonema have some claws so divided. Thus, aside from the widely different geographic distribution, only the described long, apically attenuate pronotum of JLwucidina distinguishes it from Pyractonema. SOURCES OF MATERIAL STUDIED I received from Luis E. Pefia, of Santiago, Chile, a large series of Chilean lampyrids, the majority being of the P. nigripennis group, which must be very abundant, together with several larvae of at least two types. A rather striking feature of this collection is the great general similarity of the species, although they range from 5 to 24 mm. long. A few specimens of Chilean cantharids also resemble the lampyrids in their black elytra and reddish or black-striped red pronota. Apparently the adults are not appreciably luminous, if at all so, and the majority seem to be diurnal. If present, the luminous organs are rudimentary, frequently merely minute pale scales, or sometimes distinct red spots, occasionally centrally yellow, on the 8th ventral segment, where the residual larval luminous organs are situ- ated in other lampyrids. Although Pefia states that he has never ————_-—-—-- -- FIREFLY GENUS PYRACTONEMA—McDERMOTT 135 seen a luminous firefly in Chile, he mentioned that one species, P. depressicornis, was only taken after sunset. In this species, the male has luminous organs nearly as large as in some species of Diphotus, though in the two females seen, these organs were very small. Most of the specimens were collected in December, January, and _ February at altitudes from 600 to 1,700 meters, and between latitudes 33° and 38° S. yes pes! *aeoQtony/ i067. 14 9 12 514... bis 6. 4 3 3 3 ee 4 4 6 6 : 2 5 Bony 2 a ‘4’ is missing. b “3” is missing. oe ‘*3"’ is missing. It is characteristic that la in the posterior row of the terga is situated anteriorly to the other setae of the row (fig. 47); also charac- teristic are the setae missing in the anterior and posterior rows of the terga. The s VIII has two posterior setae. Ewing drew t VII and made a point of the next to lateral seta in the anterior row being situated ‘‘in front of and out of line with the other setae of the row.” He did not realize, however, that the next to lateral seta in t VII is No. 4, while in the first six terga it is No. 3, which as usual is situated out of line, but behind the other setae of the row. The drawings of the chaetotaxy were made from two specimens determined by Bonet with the label Luray Cavern, Virginia, June 4, 1948, KE. W. Baker and F. Bonet collectors. The anterior apodeme is only slightly branched, not as much as shown by Ewing. The comb on abd. VIII (fig. 51) has about 10 equally long teeth. There is no other comb or row of teeth either on abd. V or VIII-X. The mouth parts of the holotype are drawn in figure 52. A short labrum is present, a mandible with a small split, pointed maxilla lobes, and a rather slender maxillary palpus. The whole as seen from the side and showing the chaetotaxy is drawn in figure 53 by Bonet. The filamento di sostegno is shown in figure 54 from the holotype and therefore from the side; it is short and without remarkable features. Because of the shape of the maxillary palpus (3-segmented, accord- ing to Berlese, i.e., without a limit between the outermost segment and the tusk of hairs on its tip) and the very small labrum, we are inclined to put the species in the genus Acerentulus without, however, having made up our minds as to the justification of keeping Acerentulus and Acerentomon apart, or even perhaps dividing them into more genera. In extreme cases there seems to be no doubt that the species belongs to one or the other genus, but some cases are doubtful. Therefore, for the present, the species should be called Acerentulus americanus (Ewing). 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 __ 0.01 mm. Ficures 50-55.—Acerentomon americanum Ewing: 50, sterna of abd. VII—XII, specimen from Luray Caverns; 51, comb on abd. VIII, holotype; 52, foremost part of head with “Jabrum” (Lbr) and mouth parts of holotype; Mdb= mandible; Mx= maxilla; 53, chaeto- taxy of head, holotype, drawn by Bonet; 54, filamento di sostegno, holotype. Acerentomon _ andrei Ewing: 55, foretarsus, exterior side, holotype. | EWING’S PROTURAN SPECIES—BONET AND TUXEN 287 Acerentomon conurus Ewing Acerentomon conurus Ewing, 1921b, p. 197.—Ewing, 1940, p. 541. There are several slides determined by Ewing as conurus, among them the holotype, with the label, Takoma Park, Maryland, in decaying leaves and twigs, April 10, 1921, H. E. Ewing collector. The holotype specimen lies on this slide in such a way that the fore- tarsus appears to be very greatly shortened. The mutual size and placement of the sensillae therefore look different from those of Acerentulus americanus. It would be misleading to print the drawing of this foretarsus, as in fact there is no difference between the fore- tarsus of the other specimens of conurus and americanus. ‘They are alike in every feature. The chaetotaxy, the comb of abd. VIII, the shape of the head, and the filamento di sostegno are also the same in every respect as they are in americanus. A small difference might be found in the placement of the two small setae anteriorly and posteriorly to the pseudoculus. In americanus the distance of the two setae from the pseudoculus is the same; in conurus the postocular seta is nearer to the pseudoculus than the preocular one. We should not like to make this difference, which might even be subject to individual variation, a specific character, however, and so we feel justified in stating that Acerentomon conurus Ewing is a synonym of Acerentulus americanus (Ewing), the latter name having priority. Acerentomon andrei Ewing Fiaures 55-65 Acerentomon andret Ewing, 1940, p. 537. The holotype female is the only specimen present, with the label, Utah, Salt Lake, dead leaves, Aug. 3, 1937, F. Andre collector. On the foretarus (figs. 55-56), t 1 has a curious shape, clavate but pointed; d:p=99:34(=3.0); t3islong, lancetlike. All sensillae are long, including probably also d, which is broken; b and ¢ are of the samel ength; f is much longer than g; f reaches halfway out on the claw. The a’, b’, and c’ are also very long. The empodium is short; e:u= 10:45(=0.2). The chaetotaxy (figs. 57-62) schematically is as follows: Abd.I IL-IIE Iv-v VI vil Ix x

\ 6 A + a5 r waned a Tne 7m pe i. ; ‘ =e a A igor! | a | aba, aires gue furans oe « nw Bh Aree emma n: yohdel ed Sirae Mei? & wane Mis bla’ “er Proceedings of fhe mire a. o tates National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION + WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 112 1960 Number 3438 STUDIES IN NEOTROPICAL MALLOPHAGA, XVII: A NEW FAMILY (TROCHILIPHAGIDAE) AND A NEW GENUS OF THE LICE OF HUMMINGBIRDS By M. A. Carriker, Jr. I wish to express my thanks to Dr. J. F. Gates Clarke and other members of the Division of Entomology of the U.S. National Museum for having reviewed a preliminary draft of parts of the present paper. My thanks are also due to Colonel K. C. Emerson for the loan of material and other assistance. All measurements are in millimeters. I drew all illustrations accurately to scale by means of an eye-piece micrometer with a No. 10 eye piece, Nos. 16 and 4 objectives. On the basis of the nomenclature now currently applied to the Mallophaga of the Trochilidae, two genera of the suborder Amblycera are normally but not abundantly found on the Trochilidae: Tro- chiloecetes and Ricinus. The former are known only from the Tro- chilidae, but the latter are common parasites of many species of passer- ine birds. Any other genus of Mallophaga which may have been recorded from the hummingbirds are patently stragglers and should be disregarded. The genus Trochiloecetes is the more abundant of the two. I have specimens of it from 32 species of hosts ranging from Mexico to Bolivia, whereas I have taken Ricinus-like forms from only 20 species of hosts. Only 4 species of hummingbirds have yielded both genera of lice, and only once have both genera been taken on the 307 540744—60——1 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 same individual host. Specimens of the males of both genera are extremely rare. There are in my collection only 7 species of Tro- chiloecetes represented by males, and only 1 species of the Ricinus-like form, it being represented by two males (from Selasphorus flammula). Generally speaking, Trochiloecetes and Ricinus are not strikingly different in appearance, except in the shape of the head and pro- thorax, and in the male genitalia. In overall appearance the species of Ricinus which parasitize the hummingbirds resemble closely a few species of the genus found on other families of hosts. The mouth parts, however, are entirely different and resemble those of Trochaloecetes. The first species of Trochiloecetes to be described was prominens, under the old generic term of Physostomum, from Calypte costae. In 1903 doratophorus was described by the present author from Selaspho- rus flammula. In 1913 Paine and Mann described a third species, emiliae, and placed it in the new genus Trochiloecetes. They desig- nated Physostomum prominens Kellogg and Chapman the type of this new genus. A fourth species, ochoterenai, was described by Zavaleta in 1943, from Selasphorus rufus of Mexico, but the status of this species is in doubt, as will be explained below. Meanwhile, none of the various authors who had worked with the genus seem to have noted that the mouth parts were entirely different from those of all other Mallophaga. In 1949 Clay published a short article which briefly described the differences and showed that the mandibles are not of the ordinary chewing type, but of a piercing character.1. This condition would seem to be ample proof that this insect feeds on blood instead of feathers and scales of skin; however, the theory was further substantiated by the presence of a long, slender tube lying between the mandibles, the tube apparently used for sucking blood from the punctures or scarifications made by the pointed mandibles (see fig. la). Clay has elaborated somewhat on the details of these structures and has advanced theories as to their origin. As stated above, the species of Ricinus (auct.) found on the Tro- chilidae possess mouth parts similar to those of Trochiloecetes (see fig. 1f), but quite different from those of the species of Ricinus (auct.) found on other families of birds. These mouth parts are of a somewhat different type than those of other genera of Amblycera, the differences being in the type of articulation and in the absence of “teeth”? on the inner side of the mandibles in Ricinus. Some forms of Ricinus (auct.) have mandibles that are exceedingly minute (Dysthamnus mentalis, fig. 1b), but not more so than in some other genera of Amblycera, and others (Phlegopsis n. nigromaculatus, 1 Nature, vol. 164, p. 617, Oct. 8, 1949, f 1 1) t , f | | LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 309 Ficure 1—a, f, Mouth parts and supporting framework of: a, Trochilocoetes sauli; f, Trociliphagus lazulus. b-e, Mandibles of Ricinus sp. from: b, Dysthamnus mentalts cumbreanus; c, Phlegopsis n. nigromaculatus; d, Myiospiza aurifrons; e, R. subangulatus (Carriker), from Thraupis virens diaconus. Abbreviations: p, stylet; s, sheath; c, collar; m, mandible, pal, palpi. 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 fig. le and Thraupis virens episcopus, fig. 1e) have fairly large mandibles, but none possess the serrated inner surfaces. In Trochiloecetes the mandibles are without visible condyles. The anterior portion, at the angle of the ‘‘L,” is fused with a small pro- jection on the inner side of the marginal carina, just in front of the palpi. The long, posterior tip seems to be without support; it moves transversely along ashort band projecting from the premarginal nodus, but it probably has a muscular attachment to the band, a condition that would allow a forward and backward movement of the pointed, anterior portion of the ‘L.” In species of Ricinus (auct.) the mandibular condyles differ greatly in the amount of their development. Those from Phlegopsis have well developed articulations (see fig. le), especially of the anterior condyle, while those from Dysthamnus (typical of the small mandible type) have the articulation rudimentary, but nevertheless present. In all the species of Trochiloecetes that I have examined there is a great similarity in the shape and situation of the mandibles, as may be seen from the figures of the species described on succeeding pages. Although Clay asserts that the tip of the left mandible is bipartite, I have not been able to confirm this statement. It is true that the tip of the left mandible in Ricinus (auct.) is bipartite, but apparently it is not in Trochiloecetes. Clay states further: ‘There are three closely associated stylet- like structures, almost certainly of hypopharyngeal origin, which are joined by a common membrane, only the distal ends being free.” Actually, the median stylet is the sucking tube, while the two lateral ones form the sheath that supports and shields it. This structure is not always clearly visible, but in some specimens all details are clearly defined. There is considerable variation in the details of these struc- tures, but generally speaking the same pattern is found throughout the genus. Clay mentions the outgrowths from the dorsal wall of the preoral cavity as forming a groove to hold and guide the hypopharyngeal apparatus, but this is slightly misleading. These outgrowths are the anchorages to which are fused the sides of the collarlike structure, and it is through this structure that the hypopharyngeal apparatus is protruded and retracted. Clay also states: ‘“The mandibles are lightly sclerotized and the piercing blades lie parallel to the median structure.”” The long, posterior portion of the mandibles does lie parallel to the sucking apparatus, but the actual piercing blades are at the anterior end, pointing inward, at right angles to the median structure. The mandibles are L-shaped, the long arm pointing back- ward and the short, piercing blade pointing inward. LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 311 Undoubtedly the genus Ricinus is the progenitor of the abnormal, Ricinus-like form found on the Trochilidae, as well as the more dis- similar Trochiloecetes, since both of these forms are unquestionably blood-sucking parasites and hence degenerates. Further support for this theory is found in the presence of Ricinus on such a large and varied number of hosts, while the blood-sucking degenerates are found only on the Trochilidae. In my own collection I have specimens of Ricinus from 16 passerine families embracing 101 genera and 136 species. Three records from nonpasserine hosts have been discarded as being probable stragglers. The original Ricinus-like form must bave been parasitic on the progenitor of the hummingbirds at a very early stage of its existence, and, not finding their type of feathers suitable food, must have gradu- ally developed the present type of piercing mandibles and the very complicated sucking apparatus, an evolutionary process which must have been extremely slow. Such a difference in the most basic anatomical character of these insects certainly entitles the group to special nomenclatural distinction. I therefore propose a new family for the two groups parasitic on the Trochilidae, viz., the genus Trichiloecetes and those species which are now called (incorrectly) Ricinus but which should be given generic distinction. Suborder Amblycera Kellogg, 1896 Family Trochiliphagidae, new family Type genus: Trochiloecetes Paine and Mann. The outstanding characters of this family are the minute, more or less fixed, piercing or scarifying mandibles and the complicated sucking apparatus lying between them. ‘The mandibles of Tvo- chiloecetes are L-shaped, with their attachment at the angle of the L, the short piercing arm pointing inward and the long arm backward (for further details see under the genus, below). The mandibles of the new genus, Trochiliphagus are minute, roughly cone-shaped, with irregular outline and usually blunt points and with bases fused to the nodi, to which are attached the palpi (see also fig. 2). The sucking apparatus is supported by a very complicated frame- work, differing considerably from species to species. The sucking portion consists of a needlelike tube, tapering slightly to a slender point and lying within a sheath open at the apical end. The sheath is composed of two portions separated distally and ending in very slender tips, so that there seems to be three stylets. The sucking apparatus bears a certain resemblance to that found in Anoplura. In the new family, however, the sucking apparatus lies completely within the head, is accompanied by a pair of piercing 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 — ) ein Ficure 2.—Right hand mandible of 16 species of Trochilophagus: a, species not described from Haplophoedia a. aurelia; b, species not described from Aglaiocercus kingi mocoa; c, T. irazuensisus; d, T. mexicanus; e, T.latitemporalis; f, species not described from Leucippus fallax cervina; g, T. brevicephalus; h, T. oenonae; i, species not described from Amazilia fimbriata nigricauda; j, species not described from Amazilia lactea bartletti; k, T. abdomi- nalis; 1, T. peruanus; m, T. mellivorus; n, species not described from Lepidopyga lumt- nosa; 0, species not described from Thalurania furcata jelskii; p, T. multicarinae. mandibles, and is entirely retractile (see fig. la showing muscular attachments). The oesophageal sclerite and accompanying glands are absent. Genus Trochiloecetes Paine and Mann, 1913 Trochiloecetes Paine and Mann, Psyche, vol. 20, p. 21, 1913. Type species: Physostomum prominens Kellogg and Chapman, 1899. Key to the Species of Trochiloecetes MALES Body length 1.60 or less4. Pe ieak Sal 4 aoe LO. Peal . tsectionak Body length-1.70 to 1.80 61.0... cagel. aries} anes sud isigee pSection Bs Body length: more than 1.90% 0045, oa ve, aqiecty ai biay slincenstae ) = apes eoeCulOm ae SECTION A a. Sides of frons angulated; sides of temples slightly convex and with eye promi- nent; occipital margin strongly sinuate; prothorax not extending under the head and with posterior margin flatly rounded; frontal carina wide medi- ally, with large, circular aperture; abdominal submarginal carinae narrow, with prominent articulations... . . . agilaeacti Sides of frons rounded; frontal carina narrow Aa with iain aperture; sides of temples strongly convex; eye not prominent; occipital margin uniformly concave, with slight median angle; prothorax extending far under occiput; abdominal submarginal carinae wide, with articulations scarcely swollen. quibdoensis SECTION B a. Frons concave. b. Frons narrow (0.30); temples angulated at eye; occipital margin strongly sinuate; submarginal transverse carina across frontal region faintly pig- mented, as well as preantennary carinae; temples with posterior portion LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 313 bluntly angulated; prothorax extending under head; body 1.72; head O:47K O50) cy tag Shee . . . Coartatia b’. Frons broad (0.37); ereraaicial eS carina ros fant largely pitchy black, as well as posterior portion of preantennal carinae; temples uni- formly rounded; sides of prothorax extending far under head in form of lateral black points; body 1.78; head 0.50*0.55. . . . . . malvasae a’, Frons transverse. b. A concave, submarginal line across frons, with area between it and margin hyaline; sides of temples uniformly convex; sides of pterothorax almost straight; prominent median and lateral sternites in pterothorax (see fig. 3f); body 1.74; head 0.490.538... .. . . . simplex b’, Frontal area uniformly colored; sides of temples iit angnietion at eye; sides of pterothorax strongly convex, with no visible sternal plates; length 1.70; head 0.48X0.55......4. 4... .. . . latitemporis SECTION C a. Body length 1.97. b. Frons wide (0.40) and deeply concave; head 0.52 0.63; temples strongly convex, with prominent eye; occipital margin sinuate, angulated medi- ally; prothorax large and extending under occiput, and with prominent pitchy black lateral, submarginal carinae; prominent median prosternal plate and lateral metasternal sclerites. . . . j4u6 grandior b’. Frons narrow (0.33), with uniformly rounded Ged a slightly concave anterior margin; head 0.49X0.55; prothorax small (0.29 0.43); pterothorax small, with pi Be lateral carinae broken and mostly submarginal. ..... . . . . . Vhodopis a’. Body length 2.27. Frons tainly, concave; eye Stain sides of temples with irregular margin; numerous short, pace setae on head, prothorax, and: legs; head .0.600.65 26 645, sso nd es ee [ce Columbianus FEMALES Body length less than,2.00 (1.80 to 1.95)..,... . ... +... © « « s,¢ Section A Body length more than 2.05 (2.08 to 2.25). ... . ... ...:.. . . Section B Body, length more than 2.35. (2.37 £02.57). sicns » «: siviey s ssj)i eta, « Section C SECTION A a. Frons slightly coneave and wide (0.34), with sides only slightly convex; sucking apparatus very slender, with both basal prongs and main stylet, also very long (0.24); length 1.82; head 0.49X0.56 . . ... . . coartatia Frons transverse and narrow (0.15), with sides strongly divergent to ends of submarginal, transverse carina, where it is 0.29 wide; stylet of sucking apparatus extremely slender, with basal portion thickened, and total lengthonly 0.20......... ... 4angustifrons and prominens SECTION B a. Frons noticeably concave. b. Sides of frons bluntly angulated. ce. Occipital margin angulated medially; sucking apparatus with apical half very slender and basal portion much thickened; prosternum long, ex- tending under head; a large, entire, prosternal plate in posterior por- tion of segment; piercing points of mandibles short. Length 2.25; head 0.57 X 0.68; :frons’ 0:43.96 gaunt iii . ase) olgrandior 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 ce’. Occipital margin not angulated medially; sucking apparatus thickened, with only short tip slender and with basal prongs bifurcated; proster- num short, not reaching to occiput; a large median pterothoracic sternite of more or less horse-shoe shape; abdomen very large Get SG106) st Facog! . . . . abdominalis b’. Sides of frons strongly rounded: femnoles expanded laterally; occipital margin strongly sinuate; Sica apparatus slender, tapering from base to tip and with basal prongs very slender but Wade ning distally. c. Head larger (0.57X0.63); eye obsolete; propulsion sclerite short and thickened; prosternum short, with sides uniformly convex; ptero- thorax short (0.37), with sides constricted medially; numerous short, stout setae onlegs ... . . Pinguis Head small (0.55 X0.61); eye barowinone: propulsion aéleritie long and slender; prosternum long, with sides constricted medially; pterothorax long (0.43), with sides strongly and uniformly convex. doratophorum a’. Frons transverse, or almost so. b. Anterior portion of head, anterior to transverse carina, more or less uni- formly colored, with no concave line across front (see (fig. 8a); eye prominent. c. Frons narrow, not more than 0.32; sucking apparatus long and very slender, with slender supporting filaments from sides of basal prongs extending almost to tip of stylet; no sternal setae in gular area. d. Temples wide (0.58), strongly swollen laterally; occipital margin strongly sinuate; head 0.03 longer at occiput than at temples; prothorax not extending under head . . .... . . complexus d’. Temples narrow (0.54), very slightly swollen laterally, and with a slight constriction at eye; prothorax extending far under head; occipital margin less sinuate; less than 0.01 difference between length of head at temples and occiput ... . . . . bolivianus ce’. Frons wide (0.34 to 0.35); sucking apparatus short and _ heavy, especially posterior half; a row of 4 to 5 short setae on each side of gular area; prothorax scarcely extending beneath head. d. Heavy, deeply colored temporal carinae, curving backward from in front of eye almost to prosternum, where they are fused to base of selerite which extends to basal prongs of sucking apparatus Ch. (see fig. (8a) 4 2 6. 4 A ... . . fasciatus d'. No temporal carinae, Sere meena carinae, broken by eye. oenonae b’. Anterior portion of head, in front of transverse carina, with a strongly concave line across frons, the area in front of which is almost hyaline, behind it strongly pigmented (see fig. 3f); median mesothoracic and lateral metathoracic sternites; temples uniformly convex; eye obsolete; length 2.25; head 0.49 0.53; frons 0.338... . . «.. » «,«. «, simplex SECTION C a. Frons deeply concave, with rounded lateral angles and without submarginal, concave transverse line; line of five setae on each side of gular area. b. Size large, body 2.54; head 0.61 0.63; frons 0.44; transverse carina wide, deeply colored and extending to lateral margins of head; prominent submarginal, transverse, sinuate, occipital carina, deeply colored; heavy lateral, submarginal carinae on prothorax and heavy marginal carinae on pterothorax; mandibles short and thickened; joints of sub- marginal, abdominal carinae scarcely swollen . . . . . multicarinae LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 315 b’. Size small. Body 2.44; head short and wide (0.550.65); frons 0.43. Transverse frontal carina slender and composed of two narrow bands not reaching to lateral margins of head; no submarginal transverse carina across occipital region; carinae of prothorax and pterothorax more slender; mandibles longer, less thickened; joints of lateral, abdomi- nal carinae maueh swollen. ... ov. | albomani a’. Frons very slightly concave, not peauby ede, aml monaien sides. b. Area anterior to transverse carina of frons more or less uniformly colored, without submarginal concave line, sides of temples with strongly irregular margins; eye prominent. c. Size large, body more than 2.50 (body 2.57; head 0.60 0.67; frons 0.46). A heavy, submarginal, strongly sinuate carina across occiput; extensile muscles that push forward the sucking apparatus are longer; head longer at temples than at occiput; pterothorax longer (0.78), with straight, slightly undulating sides; sucking apparatus very heavy, with short slender tip ..... ee Sauls c’. No submarginal occipital carina; aieking npperetnel lane and slender, with long, slender basal prongs; propulsion sclerite also long and slender; numerous short, stout, pustulated setae scattered over head, pterothorax, and legs; Pyee nd short (0.350.78) and with sides uniformly convex .. . . . . . columbianus b’. A submarginal, concave line across nea, with area anterior to it almost hyaline. Head short and wide, with shorter body (2.37); head 0.53 0.64; frons 0.42; temples strongly expanded laterally, line of margins broken at prominent eye; sucking apparatus heavy basally, with thickened basal prongs; propulsion sclerite short and _ thickened; sides of pterothorax slightly concave medially .. . . mandibularis Trochiloecetes prominens' (Kellogg and Chapman), 1899 Physostomum prominens Kellogg and Chapman, Occ. Pap. California Acad. Sci., vol. 6, p. 137, pl. 9, fig. 5, 1899. Host: Calypte costae (Bourcier). With a transverse frons and length of 2.00, this species falls in the key between sections A and B, and could be included in either. Placed under section A, it would go with angustifrons under a’, but it differs decidedly from that species in the much wider frons, the sides of which are rounded, not divergent; temples moderately convex laterally, occiput only slightly sinuate. I have examined the type, which is almost adult, but recently molted. The authors attribute the fading out of the submarginal, abdominal carinae posteriorly to immaturity, but this assumption is incorrect, the fading out being a universal character. Trochiloecetes doratophorus (Carriker), 1903 Physostomum doratophorum Carriker, Univ. Nebraska Studies, vol. 3, p. 165, pl. 5, fig. 4, 1903. Host: Selasphorus flammula Salvin. There is little to be added to the original description. The frons is concave; eye prominent; sides of temples strongly convex; stylet 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 of sucking apparatus, with basal support, measures 0.26; head at temples 0.520.61; frons 0.40. The type, a female, is in the collec- tion of the author; also 1 2 paratype. When this species was de- scribed, the author remarked that it was being provisionally placed in the genus Physostomum, since a closely related species (prominens) had been placed there by Dr. Kellogg, but in the opinion of the author, further collecting from hummingbirds would produce addi- tional species upon which a new genus could be safely erected. Ten years later this new genus was described by Paine and Mann. Trochiloecetes emiliae Paine and Mann, 1913 Trochiloecetes emiliae Paine and Mann, Psyche, vol. 20, p. 21, fig. 5, 1913. Host: Thalurania (furcata) furcatoides Gould. Without seeing the type it is difficult to place this species in the key. However, it falls into Section B, ¢’, with doratophorum, but has a smaller head than this species (0.520.56 against 0.55 0.61). The head is longer at the occiput than at the temples; the transverse frontal carina is very short (if the figure given is correct) ; it falls far short of the lateral margins of the head (a very unusual condition if true). The author gives incorrect measurements for doratophorum, perhaps because he compared emiliae with some species wrongly identified as that form. Trochiloecetes ochoterenai Zavaleta, 1943 Trochiloecetes ochoternai Zavaleta, Tesis Univ. Mexico, Fac. Sci., Dept. Biol., p. 54, pl. 5, fig. ec, 1943. Host: Selasphorus rufus (Gmelin). I have been unable to secure a copy of the description of this species. Colonel Emerson sent me from its host a pair of specimens that he supposed were the Trochiloecetes in question, but unfortu- nately they proved to be species of the Ricinus-like genus described on succeeding pages of this paper. It is not impossible that both Trochiloecetes and Trochilophagus (the new genus) would be found on the same host, since I have them both from Selasphorus flammula. Until further information can be secured concerning the species, it may be provisionally left in Trochiloecetes. Trochiloecetes aglaeacti, new species FIGURE 3,a—-b Type, male adult, from Aglaeactis c. cupripennis (Bourcier), col- lected by the author at Malvasdé, Dep. Cauca, Colombia, Jan. 22, 1957, in the collection of the author. Represented by a single o’, the holo- type. LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 317 Ficure 3.—a-b, Trochiloecetes aglaiacti o': a, head, thorax, and abdominal segment I; b, genitalia. c-e, T. quibdoensis @: c, head, thorax, and abdominal segment I; d, tip of abdomen; e, genitalia. f-h, T. simplex: f, 9 , head and thorax; g, 2 , tip of abdomen; h, o, genitalia. 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 The distinguishing characters for the species may be found in the preceding key. Measurements follow the next species. Trochiloecetes quibdoensis, new species FIGURE 3,c—e Types, male and female adults, from Amazilia t. tzactl (de la Llave), collected by the author at Quibdé, Dep. Chocé, Colombia, Mar. 11, 1918, in the collection of the author. The species is represented by the o holotype, 2 allotype, 1 @ and 1 2 paratypes, and 1 2 from the type host collected by the author at Villa Felisa, Dep. Norte de Santander, Colombia, Nov. 1, 1947. For descriptive characters, see the key. The measurements (in mm.) of TJ. aglaeacti and T. quibdoensis are as follows: T. aglaeacti T. quibdoensis Male a Male Female Length Width Length Width Length Width Body 1. 56 a 1. 57 ay 1. 95 = frons =a 0. 30 ae 0. 30 = 0. 33 Head; temples . 45 . 50 . 44 . AT soil . 52 occiput . 45 ae . 42 ay . 52 a Prothorax . 25 35 mead, soo . 26 . 42 Pterothorax 28 Oe - 28 . 49 . 25 . 67 Abdomen (Ao) . 63 = 16 . 67 1. 08 . 85 Basal plate . 34 . 09 . 30 . 09 Parameres 307 dl =e eee Endomeral sac . 09 . 13 . 08 . 14 Trochiloecetes simplex, new species Fiaure 3,f-h Types, male and female adults, from Amazilia amazilia caeruleigu- laris Carriker, collected by the author at Nazca, Peru, Mar. 28, 1931, in the collection of the author. Represented by the o& holotype, 9 allotype, and 3 2 paratypes. Distinguished by the transverse frons, with a concave, submarginal line across front, with area between it and margin hyaline. Measure- ments follow the next species. Trochiloecetes latitemporis, new species FicuRE 4,a-b Type, male adult, from Colibri c. coruscans (Gould), collected by the author at Buenos Aires, Dep. Norte de Santander, Colombia, Sept. 16, 1945, in the collection of the author. Species represented by holotype only. Similar to the preceding species except that the frontal area is uniformly colored, with no submarginal, concave line crossing it. es LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 319 Figure 4.—a-b, Trochiloecetes latitemporis d': a, entire body; b, genitalia. c—e, T. coartatia: ¢, d', entire body; d, 9, tip of abdomen; e, o, genitalia. 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 The measurements (in mm.) of 7. simplex and T. latitemporis are as follows : T. simpler T. latitemporis Male Female Male Length Width Length Width Length Width Body 1. 74 ee 2S oe OF 17 aS frons Be Ooo =“ 0. 37 i 0. 33 Head, temples . 49 . 53 . 54 . 58 . 48 . 55 occiput . 48 =e . 53 ae 47 ce Prothorax +26 . 39 Hoe -47 . 28 . 43 Pterothorax 29 nl Gites . 80 . 30 . 65 Abdomen . 85 208 128 . 93 . 84 .19 Basal plate . 29 . 10 oD . 09 (distal end) Parameres . 10 . 16 - LO . 16 Endomeral sac . 10 lil Lo » Trochiloecetes coartatia, new species FIGureE 4,c-e Types, male and female adults, from Ocreatus u. underwoodi (Lesson); &@ holotype collected by the author at La Bodega, Dep. Antioquia, Colombia, June 13, 1951; the @ allotype at Las Ventanas, Dep. Norte de Santander, Colombia, Sept. 21, 1916; 0 USNM 64883 and 2 in the collection of the author. Species repre- sented by the types only. Measurements follows the next species. See the key for dis- tinguishing features. Trochiloecetes malvasae, new species FicurE 5,a-b Type, male adult, from Coeligena lutetiae (De Lattre and Bourcier), collected by the author at Malvasdé, Dep. Cauca, Colombia, Jan. 24, 1957, in the collection of the author. Represented by o& holotype, only. Distinguished by unusually broad concave frons (0.37) and pitchy black color of certain head markings. The measurements (in mm.) for 7. coartatia and T. malvasae are as follows : T. coartatia T. malvasae Male Female Male Length Width Length Width Length Width Body 1. 72 a 1. 82 ae 1. 78 oie frons as 0. 30 ae 0. 34 pe 0. 37 Head; temples . 46 . 50 . 48 . 56 . 50 . 55 occiput 47 aR . 49 et . 50 ae Prothorax . 26 TAL sors . 46 . 29 . 43 Pterothorax 5B +50 . 29 . 66 . 00 tS Abdomen . 83 Sco 1. 00 79 . 84 SD Basal plate . 35 . 09 . 42 . 08 Parameres ae =e su. . 16 Endomeral sac eZ Belg: » 12 . 16 LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 321 Figure 5.—a-—b, Trochiloecetes malvasae o': a, head, thorax, and abdominal segment I; b, genitalia. c-e, T. grandior: c, 2, head and thorax; d, 9, three apical segments of abdomen; ¢, o, genitalia. f—g, T. rhodopis &: f, head and thorax; g, genitalia. oo PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Trochiloecetes grandior, new species FicureE 5,c-e Types, male and female adults, from Phaethornis guy corcuscus Bangs collected by the author on the Volcén Turrialba, Costa Rica, April 1903, in the collection of the author. Species represented by the 9 holotype, @ allotype, and 2 9 paratypes. Distinguished by large size, wide frons, large prothorax extending far under head, and by pitchy-black submarginal carinae of prothorax. The measurements (in mm.) for T. grandior are as follows: T. grandior Male Female Length Width Length Width Body 1. 95 eae 2223 ae frons et 0. 39 ae 0. 43 Head; temples . 52 . 61 . 55 G7 occiput . 54 sis . 56 sats Prothorax < On . 48 s00 252 Pterothorax . 22 . 50 . 26 . 59 Abdomen 1. 00 . 93 128 . 96 Basal plate . 35 oS Parameres ee . 28 Endomeral sac 13 . 26 Trochiloecetes rhodopis, new species Fieure 5,f-g Type, male adult, from Rhodopis v. vesper (Lesson), collected by the author at Hudncano, Dep. Ica, Peru, Mar. 6, 1921, in the collection of the author. Species represented by co holotype only. Distinguished by large size, narrow, slightly concave frons with rounded sides, and small thoracic segments. Measurements follow the next species. Trochiloecetes columbianus, new species FIGuRE 6,a-c Types, male and female adults, from Heliothriz barroti (Bourcier). Female holotype collected by the author at Rio Esmeralda, upper Rio Sint, May 12, 1949 and male allotype by author at Simiti, Dep. Bolivar, Colombia, Apr. 11, 1947, USNM 64884. Represented by the 2 holotype, & allotype, 1 @ and 2 Q paratypes from Rio Esmeraldas, and 1 9 from type host taken at El Tambo, Dep. Chocé, Colombia, Apr. 1, 1918. Species distinguished by numerous short, spinelike setae on head, pterothorax, and legs; also large size (&'=2.27). LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 323 Ficure 6.—a-c, T. columbianus: a, 9 , head, thorax, legs, and abdominal segment I; b, 2 , apical segments of abdomen; c, o, genitalia. d-e, T. angustifrons 9: d, head, thorax, and abdominal segment I; ¢, apical segments of abdomen. f—g, T. abdominalis 9 : f, head, thorax, legs, and abdominal segments I-III; g, apical segments of abdomen. 540744—60—_—-2 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 The measurements (in mm.) for T. rhodopis and T. columbianus are as follows: T. rhodopis T. columbianus Male Male Female Length Width Length Width Length Width Body 1. 98 ae 2a a 2, 53 a frons LL . 0. 33 ae 0. 43 ae 0. 41 Head; temples . 49 . 55 . 60 . 65 . oT . 65 occiput 49 a . 59 me ~ OU es Prothorax . 29 . 43 HOD . 50 oG . 50 Pterothorax OD Elio AL KO2 woo . 78 Abdomen 1. 08 . 87 Liz, . 98 1.55 ly Basal plate . 24 . 11 (distal) . 41 . 14 (distal) Parameres . 09 . 16 . 12 721 Endomeral sac els . 16 3 19 Trochiloecetes angustifrons, new species F1IGuRE 6,d-e Type, female adult, from Thalurania furcata colombica (Bourcier); collected by the author at Hacienda, Las Vegas, Dep. Magdalena, Colombia, May 18, 1913, in the collection of the author. Represented by the @ holotype only. Distinguished by smail size, very narrow, transverse frons, with strongly divergent sides; sucking apparatus with thickened basal portion and very slender stylet. Measurements follow the next species. Trochiloecetes abdominalis, new species FIGuRE 6,f—g Type, female adult, from Florisuga m. mellivora (Linné), collected by the author at Bellavista, Dep. Norte de Santander, Colombia, July 10, 1943, in the collection of the author. Known from the ? holotype only. Distinguished by concave frons and sides bluntly angulated prothorax not extending under occiput—and by very large abdomen. The measurements (in mm.) for 7. angustifrons and T. abdominalis are as follows: T. angustifrons T. abdominalis Female Female Length Width Length Width Body 1. 90 ae 2. 19 = frons = 0. 29 ee 0. 29 ea emp . 46 . 63 . 54 . 63 occiput . 48 ao 199 t Prothorax . 29 . 46 too . 48 Pterothorax 30 snl 32 82 Abdomen 1. 06 . 83 1.19 1. 06 LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 325 Trochiloecetes pinguis, new species Figure 7,a Type, female adult, from Chalybura buffoni micans Bangs and Barbour, collected by the author at Socarré, upper Rio Sint, Colom- bia, Mar. 31, 1949, USNM 64885. Represented by the ? holo- type only. Characterized by the concave frons, with strongly rounded sides; sinuate occipital margin and very slender sucking apparatus, with propulsion sclerite short and thickened. Measurements follow the next species. Trochiloecetes complexus, new species Figures 7,b-c Type, female adult, from Glaucis hirsuta affinis Lawrence, collected by the author at Sapaséa, Dep. San Martin, Peru, Nov. 1, 1933, in the collection of the author. Known from 9? holotype only. Recognized by the narrow, transverse frons (0.32); frontal area uniformly colored; sucking apparatus long and very slender; and no sternal gular setae. The measurements (in mm.) for 7. pinguis and T. complexus are as follows: T. pinguis T.complerus Female Female Length Width Length Width Body 2. 14 ar 2. 16 a frons a 0. 42 se 0. 33 Head, temples sols . 63 47 . 58 occiput . 58 ae . 50 a Prothorax Blot, 5459 . 30 . 46 Pterothorax Wai SP So me Abdomen 1. 08 1. 04 eels . 91 Trochiloecetes belivianus, new species FIGURE 7,d—e Type, female adult, from Ocreatus underwoodi addae (Bourcier), collected by the author at Calabatéa, Dep. La Paz, Bolivia, Nov. 10, 1934, in the collection of the author. Known from 2 holotype only. Characterized by narrow, transverse frons (0.32) uniformly colored; temples narrow (0.54); and prothorax extending far under occiput. Measurements follow the next species. 540744—60——_3 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 Ficure 7.—a, Trochiloecetes pinguis 9, complete body. b-c, T. complexus 9: b, head, thorax, portion of legs, and abdominal segment I; ¢, apical segments of abdomen. d-e, T. bolivianus 9: d, head, thorax, and first abdominal segment; e, apical segments of abdomen. LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 327 Trochiloecetes fasciatus, new species Ficure 8,a-c Type, female adult, from Lesbia nuna pallidiventris (Simon), col- lected by the author at Cajabamba, Dep. Cajabamba, Peru, Apr. 22, 1933, in the collection of the author. Known from 2 holotype only. Frons transverse and uniformly colored; frons wider (0.34 to 0.35); sucking apparatus short and heavy; 4 to 5 short setae on each side of gular area; heavy, deeply colored temporal carinae, curving back- ward from near eye almost to prosternum. The measurements (in mm.) for 7. bolivianus and T. fasciatus are as follows: T. bolivianus T. fasciatus Female Female Length Width Length Width Body 2. 08 ei 2E2o Me frons Ex 0. 32 ae 0. 35 Head; temples .47 . 54 . 50 . 58 occiput . 48 ees . 49 Be Prothorax oo . 46 woo . 47 Pterothorax . 30 07 . 00 . 78 Abdomen 1. 16 . 82 1. 40 . 98 Trochiloecetes oenonae, new species Fiaure 8,d-e Type, female adult, from Chrysuronia oenona longirostris Berlepsch, collected by the author at Convencién, Dep. Norte de Santander, Co- lombia, Jan. 20, 1948, in the collection of the author. Known from a single 9 the holotype. Similar in many ways to fasciatus, but without temporal carinae, merely marginal carinae, broken by eye. Measurements follow 7. allumani. Trochiloecetes multicarinae, new species Figure 8,f-g Type, female adult, from Boissoneaua f. flavescens (Loddiges), collected by the author at Buenos Aires, Dep. Norte de Santander, Colombia, Oct. 2, 1946, in the collection of the author. Known from a single 9, the holotype. Distinguished by large size (2.54); frons deeply concave, uni- formly colored and with rounded sides; 5 setae on each side of gular area; transverse, frontal carinae wide and deeply colored; heavy, deeply colored marginal and submarginal carinae on thoracic seg- ments. Measurements follow the next species. 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Figure 8.—a-c, Trochiloecetes fasciatus 9 : a, head, thorax, and adbominal segments I-I]; b, apical segments of abdomen; c, antennary fossa, with antennae. d-e, T. oenonae 9: d, head, thorax, legs, and abdominal segments I-II; ¢, apical segments of abdomen. f-g, T. multicarinae 9 : f, head, thorax, portion of legs, and abdominal segment I; g, apical four segments of abdomen, LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 329 Trochiloecetes illumani, new species Figure 9,a—b Type, female adult, from Pterophanes cyanoptera peruvianus Boucard, collected by the author at Hichuléma, Dep. La Paz, Bolivia, Dec. 30, 1934, in the collection of the author. Represented by the 2 holotype and 1 2 paratype. Slightly smaller than previous species, with head shorter and wider (0.55 X 0.65); transverse frontal carina slender and composed of two narrow bands; joints of abdominal carinae much swollen; carinae of thorax slenderer. The measurements (in mm.) for 7. oenonae, T. multicarinae, and T. illumani are as follows: T’.. oenonae T. multicarinae T. illumani Female Female Female Length Width Length Width Length Width Body 2. 18 ae 2. 54 = 2. 44 ae frons = 0. 33 os 0. 44 re 0. 43 Head; temples OL . 60 . 59 . 63 . 55 . 65 occiput . 04 Be . 61 Ae . o4 EZ Prothorax .33 AT . 40 . 52 . 36 . 54 Pterothorax . 38 tS . 40 . 82 . 43 . 76 Abdomen 1, 20 1. 05 1. 41 1. 02 Pol . 95 Trochiloecetes sauli, new species FIGcuRE 9,c-d Type, female adult, from Lafresnaya |. lafresnayi (Boissoneau), collected by the author at Tijeras, Moscopin, Dep. Cauca, Colombia, Mar. 8, 1954, in the collection of the author. Known from 9 holotype only. Frons very slightly concave, with rounded sides; frontal area uniformaly colored; margins of temples irregular; size large (2.57); a heavy, submarginal, strongly sinuate carina across occiput; sucking apparatus very heavy, with short, slender tip. Measurements follow the next species. Trochiloecetes mandibularis, new species FicureE 9,e-f Type, female adult, from Threnetes leucurus rufigastra Cory, col- lected by the author at Sapaséa, Dep. San Martin, Peru, Nov. 4, 1933, in the collection of the author. Species represented by the 9 holo- type only. 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Ficure 9.—a-b, Trochiloecetes illumani @ : a, head, thorax, portion of legs, and abdominal segments I-II; b, apical segments of abdomen. c-d, T. sauli 9: ¢, head, thorax, and abdominal segments I-II; d, apical three segments of abdomen. e-f, T. mandibularis Q : ¢, head and thorax; f, apical three segments of abdomen. g, Trochiliphagus lazulus Q , entire body. A, T. mexicanus 9 , entire body. LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 331 Similar to sawli but differs from it in having a concave, submarginal line across frons; head short and wide, 0.53 0.64; frons 0.42; temples strongly expanded laterally with line of margin broken at prominent eye; sucking apparatus heavy basally, with thickened basal prongs; propulsion sclerite short and thickened. The measurements (in mm.) for 7. sauli and T. mandibularis are as follows: T. sauli T. mandibularis Female Female Length Width Length Width Body 2D os 2. 37 ~s frons ae 0. 46 ee 0. 42 Head{ temples . 60 . 67 . 53 . 64 occiput . o9 ~2 . 52 se Prothorax . 40 - 00 soo S51 Pterothorax . 41 ne . 35 ~t2 Abdomen 1. 40 tls 3h 1. 04 Trochiliphagus, new genus Type species: Trochiliphagus lazulus, new species. Diagnosis: Similar to certain species of Ricinus in general shape and structure of the head, thorax, and abdomen, but with the same type of sucking mouth parts as in Trochiloecetes. ‘The mandibles, instead of being L-shaped, as in Tvochiloecetes, consist of minute, tapering sclerites, often of irregular shape and with the distal end varying between a point and a rounded tip. Their bases are attached to the inner edge of the premarginal carinae, the attachment apparently being flexible (see figs. 1f and 2). The sucking apparatus is smaller than in Tvrochiloecetes and with certain differences in structure clearly illustrated in figure 1, a and f. There is a generic conformity in the general shape of the head and in the absence of darker markings, following the type of Ricinus micro- cephalum Kellogg, except that the head is longer and usually narrower at the temples. The thoracic and abdominal structure is similiar to the genus Ricinus. I have two males of this genus from Selasphorus flammula, the same individual host from which was taken the type of T’rochiloe- cetes doratophorus. These genitalia are very similiar to those of Trochiloecetes columbianus, and not at all like those of Ricinus, of which I have examined numerous specimens, and of which a figure is presented (see fig. 12c-e). The labral lobes are always well developed, often enormously ex- panded, curving forward to the line of the frons. Even those of lesser development protrude noticeably beyond the lateral margins of the head. 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Key to the species of Trochiliphagus Body length less than 2.80... Non ee. ee eee SE CULOM EAL Body length not less than 3.00 or more chant 3. 40 Ee oe ah SO Sechion ts Bodydength-moresthani3:50 sise. 7 loa J AON. St Lakes ataectionr ©. SECTION A Body length 2.57; head 0.63 0.64; frons 0.29 (female). Frons uniformly cir- cular; transverse, frontal, and preantennary carinae narrow; propulsion sclerite of sucking apparatus long and narrow; gular setae very long; sides of prothorax straight; submarginal, abdominal carinae narrow, with small articulations; pleurites very wide, extending considerably beyond spiracles . . . irazuensis SECTION B a. Frons uniformly rounded, with or without a slight median emargination. b. Frons with a slight, median emargination. Body 3.29; head 0.78 0.65; frons 0.38. Sides of prothorax straight; abdomen slender (1.08); sub- marginal, abdominal carinae narrow, with prominent articulations; pleurites wide and strongly pigmented . ... . . . . mexicanus b’. Frons without median emargination; gular setae well ie veloved! 5 to 6. c. Head wide, both at frons (0.387) and temples (0.68); prothorax with prominent, rounded anterlateral angles, bearing a spine and 1 long seta, and with concave sides; preantennary carinae with a branch extending backward from median portion to antennary fossae. grandior Head narrow, frons 0.82; temples 0.63; prothorax without anterior angles and without setae except in posterolateral portion, and with sides convex and undulating; preantennary carinae without branch to antennary fossae, but they bend inward in anterior portion to base of mandibles . ... . . peruanus Frons flatly convex, or fence aie tae Slight protuberentes: ptero- thorax with concave sides and definite anterior angles. b. Frons flatly convex. c. Head small (0.69% 0.60; frons 0.34); sides of prothorax undulating; pleurites wide, with submarginal carinae in their median portion. jimenezi Head large (0.76 < 0.63; frons 0.37) ; sides of prothorax straight; pleurites very narrow, not reaching to submarginal carinac; basal propulsion sclerite of sucking apparatus short and thick .. .. . mellivorus b’. Frons transverse (a slight protuberance) in center of lateral half; frontal, transverse carina wide, deeply and uniformly colored; sides of prothorax undulating; pleurites very wide, extending inward beyond spiracles. brevicephalus Ce a’. Ci. SECTION C a. Frons uniformly rounded. Size smaller (body 3.56; head 0.80 0.67; frons 0.37); sides of prothorax slightly concave; pterothorax constricted, slightly forward of middle; pleurites extending inward only to inner edge of sub- marginal carinae .. . . . . lazulus a’, Frons uniformly rounded. size. foe nodes 3. 75 3. 80; headl 0.73 to 0.80 in width at temples. LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 333 b. Head large (0.89%0.80; frons 0.40); sides of prothorax undulating; pleurites extending beyond inner margin of abdominal carinae; anterior sclerite of sucking apparatus, bearing stylet, very short and without basal prongs; abdomen narrow (1.17)... . . . . latitemporalis b’. Head narrow (0.90 0.73; frons 0.39); sides of protharas slightly concave, as wide as temples; Preteen narrow, not reaching to subm: peaieal carinae; anterior sclerite of sucking apparatus long and slender, with well developed basal prongs; abdomen very wide (1.52) . abdominalis Trochiliphagus lazulus, new species FIGureE 9,g Type, female adult, from Campylopterus falcatus (Swainson), col- lected by the author at La Africa, Sierra Perijé, Colombia, June 8, 1942, USNM 64886. Represented by the 2 holotype and 4 9 para- types (type is the right-hand specimen on slide containing 2 9). Measurements follow the next species. Trochiliphagus mexicanus, new species FiGcureE 9,h Type, female adult, from Phaethornis superciliosus veracrucis Ridgway, collected by fie author at Cerro Tuxtla, Veracruz, Mexico, May 10, 1940, USNM 64887. Represented se the 9 holeee pe, 1 adult 2 paratype, and 1 nymph paratype. The measurements (in mm.) for 7. lazulus and T. mexicanus are as follows: T. lazulus T. mexicanus Female Female Length Width Length Width Body 3. 56 hus 3. 29 oe frons ae OF 37 Lo 0. 38 Head{ temples . 80 “160 . 78 . 65 occiput Ae ak be . 68 ah Prothorax - 52 Ce . 49 . 68 Pterothorax BOL 92 . 59 . 90 Abdomen 1. 74 eT 1. 80 1. 09 Trochiliphagus mellivorus, new species Fiaure 10,a Type, female adult, from Florisuga mellivora (Linné), collected by the author at Huanay, Rio Bépi, Bolivia, Aug. 13, 1934, in the col- lection of the author. Represented by the 2 holotype only. Diagnosis: Frons flatly convex; sides of prothorax — straight; pleurites very narrow, not reaching to submarginal carinae; basal propulsion sclerite of sucking apparatus short and thick. Measure- ments follow the next species. 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Ficure 10.—a, Trochiliphagus mellivorus 9 , head, thorax, Ist segment of abdomen, and Ist leg. b-c, T. irazuensis: b, 9, head, thorax, and abdominal segments I-III; c, o, genitalia. LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 335 Trochiliphagus irazuensis, new species Ficure 10,b-c Types, male and female adults, from Selasphorus flammula Salvin, collected by the author on Volcan Irazti, Costa Rica, February 1902, in the collection of the author. Species represented by 2 holotype, o' allotype, and @ paratype. Diagnosis: Recognized by its small size (length 2.57, 9); frons uniformly circular; cephalic carinae narrow; propulsion sclerite of sucking apparatus long and narrow; sides of prothorax straight; abdominal carinae narrow and pleurites very wide and deeply pigmented. The measurements (in mm.) for 7’. mellivorus and T. irazuensis are as follows: T. mellivorus T. irazuensis Female Male Female Length Width Length Width Length Width Body Se a 2. 36 =a 2: O71 es frons Bai 0) Sis OP (0433 Le 0. 29 Head temples 76 63 162 ©. 56 . 63 . 64 occiput wid a> . 59 2 . 58 ae Prothorax . 50 . 68 42) = 700 . 46 . 62 Pterothorax - o8 . 89 41 |. 70 . 43 . 81 Abdomen E76 1204 12 8 1. 39 . 96 Basal plate .28 .09 (distal end) Endomeral sac Ae le Trochiliphagus grandior, new species FicureE l1l,a Type, female adult, from Boissonneaua f. flavescens (Loddiges) col- lected by the author at Buenos Aires, Dep. Norte de Santander, Colombia, Sept. 14, 1946, in the collection of the author. Species represented by 9 holotype and 2 9 paratypes. Diagnosis: Frons uniformly rounded; head wide, both at frons (0.37) and temples (0.68); prothorax with prominent, rounded anterolateral angles, bearing a spine and 1 long seta, and with concave sides; preantennary carinae with a branch extending backward from median portion to antennary fossae. Measurements follow the next species. Trochiliphagus brevicephalus, new species Ficure 11,6 Type, female adult, from Phaethornis a. augusti (Bourcier), collected by the author at Ocafia, Norte de Santander, Colombia, Nov. 3, 1946, in the collection of the author. Represented by the 2 holotype only. 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Ficure 11.—a, Trochiliphagus grandior 2 , head, thorax, and abdominal segments I-II. b, T. brevicephalus 2 , head, thorax, and abdominal segments I-II. c, T. peruanus ?, head, thorax, and abdominal segments I-III. LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 337 Diagnosis: Frons transverse, with two slight, median protuber- ances; frontal, transverse carinae wide and deeply and uniformly colored; sides of prothorax undulating; pleurites very wide, extending inward beyond spiracles. The measurements (in mm.) for 7. grandior and T. brevicephalus are as follows: T. grandior T. brevicephalus Pg) Memaieic, +t Female Length Width Length Width Body 3. 40 — SHo8 = frons 2 OF 37 Ui 0. 38 Head; temples . 82 . 68 ae . 67 occiput 75 ee Ste! 2 os Prothorax . 46 . 70 . 54 . 67 Pterothorax . 65 1. 00 . 61 . 96 Abdomen 1. 76 1. 22 1. 81 eel i Trochiliphagus jimenezi (Carriker), 1903 Physostomum jimenezi Carriker, Univ. Nebraska Studies, vol. 3, p. 163, pl. 5, fig. 1, 1903. Host: Amazilia t. tzacatl (Delallave), Juan Vifias, Costa Rica, March 1902. Represented by the 9 holotype and 1 @ paratype, in the collection of the author. Diagnosis: Frons flatly convex; pterothorax with concave sides and definite anterior angles; head small (0.76 0.63; frons 0.37); sides of prothorax undulating; pleurites wide, with submarginal carinae across their median portion. Measurements follow the next species. Trochiliphagus peruanus, new species Fiaure 11,c Type, female adult, from Adelomyia melanogenys inornata (Gould), collected by the author at Santo Domingo, Peru, June 30, 1931, in the collection of the author. Known from the 2 holotype only. Diagnosis: Frons uniformly rounded; gular setae well developed (5-6); head rather narrow, frons 0.32; temples 0.63; prothorax without anterior angles and with undulating, convex sides; anterior portion of preantennary carinae bent inward to join base of mandibles. The measurements (in mm.) for 7. jimenezi and T. peruanus are as follows: T. jimenezi T. peruanus Female Female Length Width Length Width Body 3. 00 e 3. 03 ee frons ae 0. 34 ras 0. 32 Head, temples . 69 . 60 ea Ciall . 63 occiput . 65 a . 69 Zt Prothorax . 45 . 63 .48 . 12 Pterothorax 55 . 78 59 91 Abdomen 1. 65 . 90 1, 62 1. 13 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Trochiliphagus latitemporalis, new species FigurE 12,a Type, female adult, from FEutozeres aquila munda Griscom, col- lected by the author at Rio Jurubiddé, Dep. Chocé, Colombia, Mar. 28, 1951, USNM 64888. Represented by the 9 holotype only. Diagnosis: Size large (body 3.75; head 0.89X0.80; frons 0.40); frons uniformly rounded; sides of prothorax undulating; pleurites extending beyond inner edge of abdominal carinae; anterior sclerite of sucking apparatus, bearing stylet, very short and without basal prongs; abdomen narrow (1.17). Measurements follow the next species. Trochiliphagus abdominalis, new species Figure 12,b Type, female adult, from Anthrocothorazx nigricollis iridescens (Gould), collected by the author at Villa Felisa, Norte de Santander Colombia, Oct. 22, 1947, in the collection of the author. Known from 2 holotype only. Diagnosis: Frons uniformly rounded; size large (length 3.80; head 0.90 0.73); sides of prothorax slightly concave, same width as temples; pleurites narrow, not reaching to submarginal carinae; anterior sclerite of sucking apparatus long and slender, with well-developed basal prongs; abdomen very wide (1.52). The measurements (in mm.) for 7. latitemporalis and T. abdominalis are as follows: T. latitemporalis T. abdominalis Female Female Length Width Length Width Body 3: 5D a 3. 80 a frons zt. 0. 40 oct 0. 39 Head} temples . 89 . 80 . 90 . 73 occiput . 82 2 . 83 ae Prothorax . 54 216 . 54 AG Pterothorax . 61 . 96 . 56 1, 22 Abdomen 2. i110 1. 7 2. 00 1. 52 Trochiliphagus (?) ochoterenai (Zavaleta), 1943 Trochiloecetes ochoterenai Zavaleta, Tesis Univ. Mexico Fac. Cien., Dep. Biol., p. 54, pl. 5, fig. c, 1948. Host: Selasphorus rufus (Gmelin). I have examined two females of a Trochiliphagus from Selasphorus rufus from the collection of Col. Emerson. One is fully adult, the other slightly immature. They are extremely close to 7. irazuensis (Carriker), from S. flammula, the actual differences being too small to merit nomenclatural recognition. LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 339 Ficure 12.—a, Trochiliphagus latitemporalis 2 , head, thorax, legs, and abdominal segments I-II. 6, T. abdominalis 2 ,head thorax, portion of legs, and abdominal segments I-II. c-e, Genitalia from Ricinus species: c, R. leptosomus (Carriker); d, not described from Synallaxis albescens australis, Bolivia; ¢, not described from Elaenia o. obscura, Peru. 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Body length 2.54 against 2.57; head (temples) 0.620.58 against 0.63 X0.64; frons 0.29 against 0.29; prothorax 0.40X0.58 against 0.36 0.62; pterothorax 0.483X0.78 against 0.430.80; abdomen 1.320.91 against 1.39X0.95. There are but two differences of any importance—viz, width of head at temples (0.58 against 0.64) and the prothorax, which is longer and narrower. The details of the sucking apparatus are not clearly defined either in the type of trazuensis or in the specimens from S. rufus, but those visible seem to be identical, as well as the transverse, frontal carina, the pleurites, and the submarginal abdominal carinae. The two hosts are closely related, and it would serve no useful purpose to attempt their separation. The uncertainty surrounding the generic position of 7. ochoterenai makes it impossible for me to allocate that species generically. I have not been able to see a copy of the description, and while the species was placed under Trochiloecetes in the 1952 ‘Checklist of Genera and Species of Mallophaga”’ (Hopkins and Clay); there is some doubt of its correctness. If it is actually a Trochiloecetes, it may well be a synonym of 7. doratophorum (Carriker), from Selasphorus flammula, since the species of Trochiliphagus from these two hosts are practically the same. If it is a Trochiliphagus, it would then probably be a synonym of 7. crazuensis (Carriker) Physostomum lineatum Osborn, 1896 Physostomum lineatum Osborn, Bull. U.S. Bur. Ent., n.s., p. 248, 1896. Host: Trochilus colubris Linné. This species was placed under the genus Ricinus in Hopkins’ and Clay’s 1952 checklist. Dr. Osborn says that three specimens were sent to him for identification from Cornell University. I communi- cated with Dr. Dietrich, Curator of Entomology of the Museum of Zoology at Cornell, and he informed me that he has not been able to find any of Osborn’s types described in the 1896 paper, and has no idea where they may be located. Osborn stated that the specimens had been returned to Cornell. A careful scrutiny of Osborn’s description of this species shows that it could not have been a Trochiloecetes and that it was either a T7o- chiliphagus or else a true Ricinus, with a wrongly labelled host. He says: “Front rounded, with a few short hairs; palettes small; lateral angles of temples produced; prothorax widening a little behind and posterior margin concave.’ None of these characters would apply to Trochiloecetes. 1 suggest that it was a Trochiliphagus, since no mention was made of any darker markings on the sides of the head, a common character in many species of Ricinus. LOUSE FAMILY TROCHILIPHAGIDAE—CARRIKER 341 Hosts and Parasites Treated in this Paper Hosts: Calypte costae (Bourcier): Selasphorus flammula Salvin: Thalurania (furcata) furcatoides Gould: Selasphorus rufus (Gmelin) : Aglaiactis cupripennis (Bourcier) : Amazilia t. tzactl (de la LLave): Amazilia amazilia caeruleigularis Car- riker: Colibri c. coruscans (Gould): Ocreatus u. underwoodi (Lesson): Ocreatus underwoodi addae (Burcier) : Coeligena lutetiae (de Lattre and Bourcier) : Phaethornis guy coruscus Bangs: Phaethornis superciliosus veracrucis Ridgway: Phaethornis a. augusti (Bourcier): Rhodopis v. vesper (Lesson): Heliothriz barrott (Bourcier): Thalurania furcata colombica (Bour- cier): Florisuga mellivora (Linné): Chalybura buffoni micans Bangs and Barbour: Glaucis hirsuta affinis Lawrence: Lesbia nuna pallidiventris (Simon): Chrysuronia oenona longirostris Ber- lepsch: Boissonneaua f. flavescens (Loddiges): Pterophanes Boucard: Lafresnaya l. lafresnayi (Boisson): Threnetes leucurus rufigaster Cory: Campylopterus falcatus (Swainson): Adelomyia melanogenia inornata (Gould): Eutoxeres aquila munda Griscom: cyanoptera peruvianus Anthrocothorax irridescens (Gould): Trochilus colubris Linne: nigricollis Parasites: Trochiloeceltes prominens (Kellogg and Chapman) Trochiloecetes doratophorus (Carriker) Trochiliphagus trazuensis new species Trochiloecetes emiliae Paine and Mann Trochiloecetes ochoterenai Zavaleta Trochiloccetes aglaiactt new species Trochiloecetes quibdoensis new species Trochiliphagus jimenezi (Carriker) Trochiloecetes simplex new species Trochiloecetes latitemporis new species Trochiloecetes coartatia new species Trochiloecetes bolivianus new species Trochiloecetes malvasae new species Trochiloecetes grandior new species Trochiliphagus mexicanus new species Trochiliphagus brevicephalus new species Trochiloecetes rhodopis new species Trochiloecetes columbianus new species Trochiloecetes angustifrons new species Trochiloecetes abdominalis new species Trochiliphagus mellivorus new species Trochiloecetes pinguis new species Trochiloecetes complezus new species Trochiloecetes fasciatus new species Trochiloecetes oenonae new species Trochiloecetes multicarinae new species Trochiliphagus grandior new species Trochiloecetes illumani new species Trochiloecetes sauli new species Trochiloecetes mandibularis new species Trochiliphagus lazulus new species Trochiliphagus peruanus new species Trochiliphagus latitemporalis new species Trochiliphagus abdominalis new species Trochiliphagus lineatus (Osborn) 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM In the author’s collection but not included in this® paper are speci- mens of Trochiloecetes from the following list of hosts (it would be impossible to illustrate some of them with any degree of accuracy because of their poor condition): Acestrura heliodor astreans Bangs, 9 , Hacienda, Cincinnati, Magdalena, Colombia. Aglaiocercus emmae caudata (Berlepsch), 9 , La Palmita, Dep. Norte de Santander, Colombia. Aglaiocercus kingi mocoa (DeLattre and Bourcier), 9°, Belén Dep., Huila, Colombia. Amazilia fimbriata apicalis (Gould), 29 2 9, San Felix, Rio Orinoco, Venezuela. Amazilia fimbriata nigricauda (Elliot), 9, Todos Santos, Bolivia. Amazilia lactea bartlett? (Gould), 9, Perené, Chanchamayo, Peru. Amazilia tobacit caurensis (Berlepsch and Hartert), @ 9, Ciudad Bolivar, Vene- muela. Archilochus colubris (Linné), 9, Voledin Irazti, Costa Rica. This specimen could not possibly represent Physostomum lineatum Osborn, from the same host. It is a typical Trochiloecetes, but is not in sufficiently good condi- tion to be described and figured. Calliphlor amethystina (Boddaert), 9° , San German, Venezuela. Chalybura melanorrhoa (Salvin), 9 9°, El Hogar, Costa Rica. Chrusuronia oenone josephinae (Bourcier and Mulsant), 92, Calabatea, La Paz, Bolivia. Damophila julie julie (Bourcier), ° , Volador, Dep. Bolivar, Colombia. Haplophaedia a. aureliae (Bourcier and Mulsant), 2 2 2, Belén, Dep. Huila, Colombia. Haplophoedia aureliae caucensis (Simon), °, Frontino, Dep. Antioquia, Colombia. Lepidopyga l. luminosa (Lawrence), 2, La Raya, Rio Cauca, Colombia. Leucippus failax cervina (Gould), 2, Nazaret, La Goajira, Colombia. Metallura theresiae Simon, °, Atuen, Peru. Polyonomus caroli (Bourcier), 2, Yanaec, Peru. Talaphorus taczanowskii (Sclater), 9 9, Yuramarca, Peru. Thalurania furcata fannyi (DeLattre and Boureier), 9 9, Andagéya, Chocd, Colombia. Thalurania furcata jelskii Taczanowski, 9, Chifiri, Rfo Beni, Bolivia. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1960 Proceedings of the United States National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION + WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 112 1960 Number 3439 THE PELAGIC AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO (HYPERIIDEA : HYPERITDAE) IN THE NORTH PACIFIC AND ADJACENT ARCTIC OCEAN By Tuomas E. BowMan Among the marine planktonic Crustacea, the amphipods frequently play an important role in the economy of the sea. In general they rank third in numerical abundance; they are far exceeded by the cope- pods and euphausiids. In tropical and subtropical regions pelagic amphipods are not usually found in large numbers, but in the cooler parts of the oceans they are often extremely abundant. Members of the genus Parathemisto (= Themisto auct.) overwhelmingly dominate the cool-water epipelagic amphipod fauna, and their importance in the north Atlantic (including the Arctic Atlantic) has been pointed out by Bigelow (1926), Bigelow and Sears (1939), Stephensen (1923, 1924), and Dunbar (1946, 1957). Only cursory attention has been given to north Pacific representatives. The present paper is an at- tempt to fill in a few gaps in our knowledge of the distribution and life history of species of Parathemisto in the north Pacific and the Arctic Ocean north of Alaska and western Canada. The amphipods upon which this report is based were obtained from plankton collections from several sources: (1) Off the Pacific coast of the United States from the latitude of the Columbia River to that of Punta Eugenia in middle Baja California, in connection with the California Cooperative Oceanic Fisheries Investigation (CCOFI). (2) 343 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 The Northern Holiday Expedition of the Scripps Institution of Ocean- ography, August and September 1951. (3) Cruises of the United States Fisheries steamer Albatross in the northern Pacific. (4) Cruises of the U.S.S. Burton Island to the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas during August 1950 and August and September 1951, and to Amundsen Gulf and Prince of Wales Strait during August 1953. (5) Northern Pacific stations of cruise VII of the Carnegie, 1928-29. (6) Samples from Japanese waters, sent to me by Dr. Sigeru Motoda and Mr. Zinziro Nakai. (7) Samples from Korean waters provided by Mr. Won Tack Yang. Five species of Parathemisto were obtained from these collections. Each species is considered separately below with respect to its tax- onomy, distribution, and ecology. P7>P6; dactyls not pectinate. Posterior margin of P1 pro~ podus bearing several long setae. Maxilliped without a distal row of setae on basal plate .. . soe a abyssorum Boeck In length P6>P7>P5; dactvls of P5- 6 Reet rat base. Posterior margin of Pl propodus aeirets but without setae on distal ae ee with distal row of long setae on basal plate .. . fren 2. Antennae 1 and 2 of female subequal. Length of adult 4, 5 8.5 5 mm. pacifica Stebbing Antenna 2 longer than antenna 1. Length of adult 9-17 mm. japonica Bovallius Parathemisto (Parathemisto) pacifica Stebbing FicuREs 1; 2,a,j-k; 3,a—e; 4-10 Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing, 1888, pp, 1420-1423 [no figures].—Bovallius, 1889, p. 263. Parathemisto oblivia (Kréyer), Holmes, 1904, p. 233. Themisto abyssorum (Boeck), Shoemaker, 1930, pp. 132-133 [specimens from Nanaimo, British Columbia only].—Wailes, 1929, p. 5. 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 Parathemisto abyssorum (Boeck), Thorsteinson, 1941, pp. 90-91. Parathemisto japonica Bovallius, Hurley, 1956, pp. 15-16.—Vinogradov, 1956, pp. 211-212. Draenosts: Total length of adult 9, excluding antennae, 4.5-8.5 mm. Body more chunky in appearance than in most species of Parathemisto. Dorsal to antennal groove head is less roundly pro- duced in lateral view than in P. abyssorum, 1.e., slope of this part of head is directed more posteriad than in P. abyssorum. Pleonites with a few minute teeth along ventral margins, posterior lateral corners produced into small points. Female antenna 2 about as long as antenna 1, slightly shorter than head plus first 2 pereonites. Molar process of mandible about twice as long as incisor process. Max- illiped with row of long spines at distal end of basal plate. Propodus of P1 serrate but not spinous on posterior margin. In length P6>P7>P5. Posterior distal corners of carpus of P6-7, but not of P5, with conspicuous spines. Dactyls of P5-6 pectinate at base. Peduncle of uropod 3 from 2 to 2.5 times as long as telson. Remarks: K. H. Barnard (1930, p. 419) suggested that Stebbing’s P. pacifica was a synonym of P. japonica. Barnard did not have specimens of either species, and his conclusion was a reasonable one to draw from a comparison of the descriptions by Bovallius and Stebbing. I suspect that Stebbing would have reached the same conclusion, for at the time he described P. pacifica, Bovallius had published only a brief, unillustrated description of P. japonica. If Bovallius’ more detailed and illustrated description published in 1889 had been available to Stebbing, he might not have described P. pa- cifica as a separate species, for the differences emphasized by Stebbing and listed below are actually not valid for distinguishing the two species: 1. The propodus of P3 of P. pacifica is longer than the carpus and is pectinate rather than smooth on the posterior margin. While Bovallius (1889) states that the propodus is a little shorter than the carpus, he also says that the propodus is finely pectinated, and in his figure 35, plate 12, it is shown as pectinate and slightly longer than the carpus. 2. In P. pacifica, the outer ramus of uropod 3 is shorter than the inner ramus. Although Bovallius (1889) states that the two rami are of equal length in P. japonica, his figure 43, plate 12, shows the outer one to be slightly shorter. Stebbing does not say how much shorter the outer ramus of P. pacifica is, and provides no figures. In my specimens of P. japonica and P. pacifica, the outer ramus is slightly shorter. Although the above criteria are worthless for distinguishing between P. pacifica and P. japonica, I nevertheless consider them as distinct ee ——— AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 347 Ficure 1.—Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing: a, Lateral view of female, 5.0 mm. in length; b» head and antennae, lateral view; c, labrum, male; d, left mandible, male; e¢, maxilliped> posterior surface; f, maxilliped, lateral view; g, h, pereopod 1, female; 1, pereopod 2, fe- male. Scales various. 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOu, 112 Sa ay be ) Yr ae > & £ 2 N 1.0 Spr o i we ( 7 SN / =< / a Sy ul es ; A —<—<——<$ e Ficure 2.—Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing: 4, Antenna 1, adult male, off California. Para- themisto japonica Bovallius, b, ¢, f, g, 2, from adult female, 11.0 mm. in length, southern Sea of Okhotsk: b, Pereopod 2; ¢, pereopod 3; d, pereopod 4, slightly smaller female; é, pereopod 6, juvenile female, 6.7 mm., off Cape Esan, Japan; f, pereopod 5; g, pereopod 6; h, pereopod 7, dactyl broken, undamaged dactyl drawn from slightly smaller speci- men, same locality; i, pereopod 6, ovigerous female, 9.5 mm., off Cape Esan, Para- themisto pacifica Stebbing, pereopod 6: j, Ovigerous female, 7.0 mm., off Cape Esan; k, adolescent female, 6.7 mm., Bering Sea. Scale same for c-k; enlargement 3.8 times greater in 4, and 1.5 times greater in b. AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 349 0.5 mm. Figure 3.—Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing: a, Three stages in the development of male an- tenna 1, from specimens 3.8, 4.5, and 5.0 mm. in length, off California; b, antennae 1 and 2 of very young female; c, same of very young male; d, four stages in the develop- ment of oostegites (unshaded outline) showing size relative to gills (shaded outline); ¢, dorsal (above) and dorsolateral views of portion of digestive system, showing origin of digestive caecae from anterior part of midgut. Parathemisto japonica Bovallius: f, La- bium; g, maxilla 1; A, palp of maxilla 1, flattened; 7, maxilla 2; 7, maxilliped, inner plate and left outer plate omitted; &, uropods and telson; /, uropod 3, distal end. Scale ap- plies to f-j. 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 but very closely related species, which may be told apart by the larger size, greater development of the pereopodal setae, and unequal anten- nae of P. japonica. In addition to the small morphological differ- ences, the two species have different geographical distributions. P. japonica occurs in the Japan and Okhotsk Seas and in a limited region east of Japan and the southern Kuriles; P. pacifica inhabits sub- arctic water in the rest of the Pacific. The type material of P. pacifica consisted of 7 specimens, 3 females and 4 males, taken at the surface at Challenger station 240 (32°20’ N., 153°39’ K.). Stebbing’s description was based on a male which seems not to be extant, for I am informed by Dr. Isabella Gordon (in litt.) that the collections of the British Museum (Natural History) contain 3 females and 3 males but no dissected male. Through her kindness I have been able to examine a male and a female with ova from the Challenger material. The female, 6.7 mm. in length, has fully devel- oped oostegites and subequal antennae 1 and 2. The male, measur- ing 6.5 mm., is not fully mature, for the antennae are only shghtly longer than the height of the head. Since Stebbing did not select a holotype, the Challenger specimens are all syntypes. The above ma- ture female is herewith designated as the lectotype of P. pacifica. Couor: Eyes red, with black centers. General body color purplish red due to rather large, dark-red chromatophores, which are visible through the transparent cuticle. The chromatophores are most abun- dant on the pereon, and make it quite dark. Food in the gut may add to the darkness of the pereon. On the pleon the chromatophores occur slightly less than halfway down the sides of the pleonites and on the middle of the dorsal surface of the third and sometimes also the second pleonite. One or two chromatophores are located on the dorsal surface of the peduncle of uropod 3. The mouthparts have a reddish appearance. P1-—2 have a few chromatophores, and P34 may have chromatophores at the distal end of the basipods. P5-7 are without chromatophores. DistriBuTIon: The distribution of P. pacifica will be considered in three sections: (1) in the area surveyed by CCOFI, off the coasts of California and Baja California; (2) in the northwestern Pacific Ocean adjacent to Japan and the Kurile Islands; (3) in the north Pacific Ocean as a whole. 1. CCOFI Area: Figures 4 to 7 show the distribution of P. pacifica encountered during four CCOFI cruises. At the stations shown, ob- lique hauls of 20 minutes duration were made with one-meter plankton nets from a depth of about 70 m. (140 m. in cruise 20 except for the northernmost line of stations) to the surface. Details of net construc- tion and methods by which the hauls were made are given by Ahlstrom (1948, 1952). The volume of water strained during a haul was meas- AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 351 © DAY STA. @ NIGHT STA NOS. / 1000 CUM. CAPE MENDOCINO Oo <1000 lol — 500 ©) 500 — 1000 SAN FRANCISCO 71000 Figure 4.—Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing, distribution in March 1949, CCOFI cruise 1. ured with an Atlas-type current meter fastened in the center of the mouth of the net. This measure has been used to correct the counts of the numbers of amphipods in the samples studied to numbers per 1,000 cubic m. of water. In the CCOFI area P. pacifica is by far the most abundant amphi- pod. The southern extent of its range lies within the CCOFI area, and by comparing the southern boundaries with the superimposed isotherms at a depth of 30 m., it is possible to estimate the limiting temperatures. In cruise 1 this temperature is estimated to be about 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 120 Ws Hi Ole SEE LORS Se NO. POS. STA.| AV./ POS. STA. io AN9° ODAY STA. 32 444.2 @NIGHT STA Si0 444.9 67 444.6 NOS. / tOOO Cu. © < 100 © 101-500 ©) 500- 1000 SAN FRANCISCO Cs 1000 Ficure 5.—Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing, distribution in July 1949, CCOFI cruise 5. ° C.,and for cruises 5 and 9 about 17°. The data of cruise 20 are very limited, but here the 18° isotherm may be limiting. The numbers found at the different stations of a cruise vary con- siderably. Near the southern limits the numbers decrease somewhat, but elsewhere the variation appears to be random and not related to available measurements of oceanographic conditions. An unsuccess- ful attempt was made to determine the causes behind this variation in numbers in cruise 5. Using the northern four lines of stations in order to eliminate the limiting effect of higher temperatures to the AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 353 6 D COLUMBIA R \ NO. POS. STA.| AV POS. STA. | ° \ 45 Be | a 42 0 DAY STA. 3l 32.0 45 a. SP al fee Nero 00 e@00 @o © ' | @ NIGHT STA 30 lOSiG . e na wits TOTAL 6 67.3 | ne 122 z ~ z 7 ol eo? Teh es over Ws NOS. / 1000 CU.M. | 172 1g o< 100 re o@ Pt ‘CAPE MENDOCINO “ pO OM il O \01- 500 4 ’ NES ae \ se \ 33 } 16° ~saeeidsor VA 23834 ; Srauey Qo Sal | ol 5 \N = 30 '5 é Oo \ “pee 0,0", 35 35 \ ,@ ~~ BAS POINT CONCEPTION ate tee | See Bs NN 'S t..@--_ x \ 38 hws @ f 18° Be peo! Rae 8 SAN DIEGO Ss == Se ONS sar SNR Ov onion ~ | SS | ————————— a ——— — ———— ae On e: = “w « Ow Oo J a a QZ “ni o S wn A Ww QP z nn zz oad z a a QO ° 25 anes a =e et , 25 _F20 | 20 | EEE — SS —— == _ SS = 135 130 125 120 nS no Ficure 6.—Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing, distribution in November 1949, CCOFI cruise 9. south, it was not possible to find any relation between the numbers taken at a station and the temperature, salinity, depth of haul, depth of thermocline, or the percent of the haul which was made below the thermocline. The seasonal variation in numbers is of considerable interest. The average number per 1,000 cubic m. at the positive stations in 1949 increased from 165 in March to 445 in July, and then decreased to only 67 in November. Part of the March—July increase may be at- 354. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 "COLUMBIA R. O. POS. STA.| AV. / POS. STA. | O DAY STA. ‘CAPE MENDOCINO At” SAN FRANCISCO Na @ - Figure 7.—Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing, distribution in November 1950, CCOFI cruise 20. tributed to the fact that in March the four northernmost lines of sta- tions were not occupied, and the average number is more heavily affected by the small numbers in the southernmost lines. But even if we consider only lines 5-8 of cruise 1, the mean number per station is increased only to 229, which still falls far short of the mean number for July, 445, or the mean number for lines 5-8 in July, 404. In No- vember not only is there a notable decrease in numbers, but the range is slightly more restricted because of the higher temperatures of off- shore waters. AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 355 Part of the variation in numbers may be caused by seasonal changes in the intensity of breeding. However, females with ova or embryos in the brood pouch were abundant at all but the southernmost sta- tions on all three cruises. Juveniles which had recently left the brood pouch were also widespread, and it is apparent that breeding goes on during most if not all of the year. Another possible explanation for the seasonal change in catch is that the population inhabited deeper water in March and November than in July. Some evidence for this is found in a comparison of day and night hauls. In both March and November the mean number per positive haul was much greater for the night hauls than for the day hauls, nearly five times as great in March and more than three times as great in November. These differences suggest that diurnal vertical movements were occurring during these months, and that during the day part of the population was below the level of the net hauls. In July, however, there was almost no difference between the mean num- ber per station for the day hauls and that for the night hauls. Here diurnal vertical migrations were very limited or lacking, and probably at least most of the populations were living at depths not greater than 70 meters. 2. Northwestern Pacific: I have been able to examine a limited number of plankton samples from the northwestern Pacific. In addi- tion to Albatross samples, principally from the Sea of Japan, I have studied specimens from Carnegie stations, material sent to me by Motoda, Nakai, and Yang, and a few specimens from salmon stomachs forwarded to me by William Aaron of the University of Washington. All the samples from the Japan and Okhotsk Seas contained P. japonica. In addition P. japonica was found at Albatross stations 4805 (east of Iturup Island, Kuriles) and 4806 (east of Cape Yerimo, Hokkaido), and in one of Motoda’s samples from east of Cape Esan, Hokkaido. In these latter three samples P. pacifica also occurred, but in much smaller numbers than P. japonica. Further east only P. pacifica occurs. Detailed planktonic surveys are needed to establish the eastern boundary of P. japonica. P. paci- fica extends to Japanese coastal waters, but does not occur in the Japan Sea and probably not in the Sea of Okhotsk, where it is replaced by the larger P. japonica. In 1948 Irie reported on the distribution of a number of pelagic amphipods in waters adjacent to Japan, including a species of Para- themisto which was listed as “Parathemisto sp. A.’ In a later paper (1957b) this species is illustrated under the name Themisto gracilipes Norman, but the illustrations are clearly of Parathemisto japonica. Probably both P. japonica and P. pacifica were present in Irie’s col- lections, and possibly P. gracilipes in the stations south of Japan. 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 In figure 8 I have plotted the distribution of Parathemisto in the vicinity of Japan from Irie’s data. To these data I have added some Albatross and Carnegie stations as well as the localities reported by Nakai (1955). While the occurrences in the Japan and Okhotsk Seas are undoubtedly P. japonica, those east of Japan probably include both P. japonica and P. pacifica. Since the temperatures limiting south- ward penetration are similar for P. japonica in the Japan Sea (see p. 366) and for P. pacifica along the California coast, Irie’s data on the occur- rence of Parathemisto east of Japan can be applied to both P. japonica and P. pacifica. His data show that these species are most abundant north of Japan. Irie (1948) states that Parathemisto is abundant between 40° and 50° N., common between 35° and 40° N., but very rare between 25° and 35° N. Figure 8 indicates that the southern boundary falls at about 36° N. P. pacifica inhabits cold water, and the extent of its southern pene- tration along the eastern coast of Japan must depend on the relative influences of the Kuroshio and the Oyashio. The warm Kuroshio leaves the coast of Japan and turns east or northeast at Cape Inubozaki (35°40’ N.), with a variable amount of north-south meandering (Masuzawa, 1955). Koizumi (1953) reported on the temperature variations at 39° N., 158° E., a locality which is sometimes covered with water of Kuroshio origin, at other times with cold water of Oya- shio origin. Here the temperature at a depth of 25 m. in 1948 varied from 10.80° C. in March to 21.64° C. in September. Clearly the southern boundary of the Oyashio and of its inhabitants, including P. japonica and P. pacifica, is subject to fluctuation. In the region where the two current systems meet, the Oyashio may underlie the Kuroshio to a limited extent. Tanaka (1953) observed that in the waters near the Izu Peninsula the warm-water copepod species of the Kuroshio were confined to the upper 200 m., while the cold-water species of the Oyashio were obtained chiefly from below 200 m. Recently several Russian biologists of plankton have set up faunal zones and zoogeographic boundaries in the region east of Japan and southeast of the Kurile Islands. This work is summarized by Beklem- ishev and Semina (1956) and by Bogorov (1958). P. japonica (=P. japonica + P. pacifica) is listed by Bogorov and Vinogradov (1955) as an inhabitant of their boreal epipelagic zone, extending south to about 40-42° N. and having surface temperatures of from 9-15° C. This zone is also characterized by the copepods Calanus tonsus and the chaetognaths Sagitta elegans and Eukrohnia hamata. Brodsky (1955a) refers to it as the “Calanus tonsus Zone,” and it undoubtedly corre- sponds to Hida’s (1957) “Subarctic Zone” in the mid-Pacific. AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 357 Ficure 8.—Distribution of Parathemisto pacifica and P. japonica in the northwestern Pacific. Positive stations indicated by solid symbols, negative stations by open sym- bols. Circles, stations reported by Irie (1948). Squares, Albatross stations. Stars, stations reported by Nakai (1955). Triangles, Carnegie Stations. "The two southern- most stations reported by Irie probably had P. gracilipes. Only P. japonica was present at the Albatross stations in the Japan and Okhotsk Seas; both P. japonica and P. pacifica at the two Albatross stations east of Japan; only P. pacifica at the Carnegie stations. 3. North Pacific Ocean: In figure 9 I have attempted to show the probable limits of distribution of P. pacifica across the entire North Pacific. The approximate southern boundary east of about 160° W. is based not only on CCOFI material, but also on samples from cruise VII of the Carnegie and the Northern Holiday Expedition of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography. In the region between 170° E. and 160° W., no collections have been made available to me, but exten- sions of the boundaries in the CCOFI area and in the northwestern 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Ficure 9.—Distribution of Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing. Solid circles, positive sta- tions; open circles, negative stations. CCOFI area outlined by dashed line. Approx- imate southern limit of distribution shown by hachured line. Pacific gives us a boundary line in the north central Pacific between latitudes 42° and 43° N. On the basis of an analysis of the distribu- tion of chaetognaths and pteropods in about the same region (22°-50° N., 170° E.-145° W.), Hida (1957) established the Subarctic Zone, the southern limit of which was defined by the occurrence in abun- dance of the chaetognaths Sagitta elegans and Eukrohnia hamata. Hida found this boundary to lie between 43° and 45° N.; this finding agrees reasonably well with my suggested boundary for Parathemisto pacifica. It has already been mentioned that Bogorov and Vino- eradov (1955) cited P. japonica as well as the above-mentioned chaetognaths as characteristic species of a faunal zone corresponding to Hida’s Subarctic Zone. In Brodsky’s (1955b) scheme for dividing the north Pacific into zoogeographical provinces according to the copepod faunas, P. pacifica fits roughly into his epipelagic temperate province. However, P. pacifica extends somewhat farther south and not so far to the north, for Brodsky’s temperate province includes the southern part of the Chukchi Sea. The northern limits of the area inhabitated by P. pacifica are not known in detail. The species has not been reported from the Arctic Ocean, and I have not found it in any of the plankton samples which I have examined from the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas. Three investi- gators have reported it from the Bering Sea as P. japonica (Behning, 1939; Bulycheva, 1955, Vinogradov, 1956). Further collections in the AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 359 Bering Sea are needed to determine its northern boundary. The investigations of Johnson (1934, 1953, 1956) and Stepanova (1937) show that certain zooplanktonic species characteristic of the Bering Sea and north Pacific Ocean may be carried into the Chukchi Sea by the northward drift through the Bering Strait. P. pacifica does not seem to undergo such transport. The boundaries of the area inhabited by P. pacifica, described above and shown in figure 9, are in fairly close agreement with the boundaries of north Pacific Subarctic Water as described and illus- trated by Sverdrup et al (1946, p. 712, figures 202, 209a). It is apparent that P. pacifica, like Sagitta elegans and Eukrohnia hamata, is by virtue of its temperature requirements an inhabitant of sub- Arctic Water, and like these chaetognaths can serve as a biological indicator of this cold water of low salinity. However, its distribution differs from that Sagitta elegans, recently charted by Bieri (1959), in that it penetrates farther to the south and does not enter the Arctic Ocean, where S. elegans is common. The euphausiid, Luphausia pacifica Hansen, judging from the details given by Boden, Johnson, and Brinton (1955), has a distribution more nearly like that of P. pacifica than does S. elegans. TEMPERATURE AND BODY SIZE: It is well known that the size of marine poikilotherms is related to the temperature of the water in which they develop (Sverdrup et al., 1946, pp. 855-857; Marshall and Orr, 1955, pp. 81-89). This relationship has been investigated for P. pacifica, and is summarized in figure 10. The mean length of the adult females was determined for each station and plotted against the temperature at a depth of 30 meters. The results show a slight trend toward greater size at lower tem- peratures. Coefficients of correlation for cruises 1, 5, and 9 are respectively —0.526, —0.571 and —0.582. For the numbers of pairs of observations, 14, 20, and 19, the values of 7 required at the 5 percent level of significance are 0.532, 0.444, and 0.456. On this basis the correlation between Parathemisto body length and 30-meter temperature is significant for cruises 5 and 9, and nearly significant for cruise 1. It can be seen from figure 10 that in July (cruise 5) Parathemisto averaged somewhat larger than in March or November. The mean length of adult female Parathemisto from all stations of a cruise was 5.07 mm. in March, 6.22 mm. in July, and 5.25 mm. in November. Several explanations are possible for this seasonable variation in length: 1. The Parathemisto populations sampled during the three cruises may belong to successive generations, the July generation having developed under conditions which resulted in greater size at maturity 540580—60——2 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 than the March or November generations. If this explanation is correct, it means that several generations are produced each year, with each generation living only a few months or less. In contrast, Dunbar (1957) proposes a life cycle of 18 months to 2 years for P. libellula in the eastern Canadian Arctic, and Bogorov (1940) gives evi- dence for a 2-year life cycle for P. abyssorum in the Barents Sea. GO (MM.) BsO OFY “EFE SN IG Taht LEMPE RAT OR Et 20567 aot 30M. Ficure 10.—Parathemisto pacifica Stebbing, relation between body length and tempera- ture at a depth of 30 meters. Plus signs, cruise 1, March 1949; circles, cruise 5, July, 1949; triangles, cruise 9, November 1949. Each symbol represents the average length ot the adult females from one station. However, there is considerable evidence, much of it summarized by Dunbar, that marine poikilotherms from warm water grow to maturity more rapidly than do those from cold water. It is reasonable to suppose that P. pacifica passes through its life cycle more quickly than its Arctic relatives. 2. The Parathemisto population sampled in July may be older, hence larger individuals of the generation sampled in March. The November population, composed of smaller individuals than the July population, must represent a different generation. This interpretation requires that an individual breed more than once during its lifetime. Dunbar concluded that P. libellula breeds only once and then dies, but AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 361 this finding is not necessarily true for P. pacifica. On the contrary, examination of the ovaries of females with eggs or young in the brood pouch provides strong evidence that more than one generation of offspring is produced by the individual female. The ovaries can be readily seen through the transparent ventral body wall of the pereon; they le on either side of the posterior midgut and anterior hindgut, above and in close association with the digestive diverticulae. In the ovigerous females that I examined, I saw new groups of eggs developing in the ovaries. The presence of a second group of eggs indicated that another clutch of eggs would be laid. The above evidence indicates that the individual P. pacifica, in con- trast to P. libellula, produces at least two and perhaps more sets of offspring during its lifetime. It is therefore possible that the July- breeding females are the older and larger members of the generation sampled in March, and that they have already produced one or more litters. 3. Because of a seasonal difference in vertical distribution, larger specimens, which lived in deeper water in March, were within the range of the nets in July. Earlier in this paper it was deduced from a comparison of day and night hauls that the Parathemisto population lives nearer the surface in July than in March or September. This habit would account for the larger average length as well as the larger numbers of the specimens collected in July. It is well established that in most, but not all zooplankters, the adults live at greater depths than the juveniles, and adults from deeper water average larger than those nearer the surface. Bogorov (1940) found that the young of P. abyssorum in the Barents Sea prefer the upper water layers, but accord- ing to Dunbar (1946), P. libellula has a marked phototropism and stays near the surface, especially on sunny days. In the Gulf of Maine the young P. gaudichaudii are most numerous near the surface, while adults occur mainly in net hauls made below the surface (Bigelow, 1926, p. 163). 4. The larger individuals collected in July lived in colder waters to the north in March and were carried south by the California Current. This hypothesis would not account for the smaller size of the November specimens, which would have to belong to a different generation. The California Current is slow and meandering, and has numerous eddies. It seems unlikely that any considerable segment of the Parathemisto population that inhabits the California Current is unable to maintain itself latitudinally against the southward flow. I regard this explanation as highly improbable. It is improbable that any of the above explanations can, by itself, fully account for the observed seasonal variation in size of P. pacifica. The cruises from which I have studied material are too widely sepa- 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 rated in time to provide the details needed for a satisfactory explanation. DEVELOPMENT: As in almost all amphipods, the eggs and early juveniles are carried loosely in the marsupium between the ventral wall of the pereon and the oostegites. Counts made of the number of eggs ranged from 20 to 60, with an average number of about 35. Behning (1939) found up to 200 eggs per female in the much larger (8.5-17 mm.) P. japonica. When the young leave the marsupium there is almost no difference between the sexes. The young are miniature editions of the adults, except that there are fewer setae on the pereopods, and the flagella of antennae 1 and 2 are unisegmental in both sexes. Of course the oostegites are entirely absent from the female. Even at this early stage it is possible to distinguish males from females in almost all cases by the shapes of the antennal flagellae, especially those of antennae 1. In the early juvenile male the flagellum of antenna 1 is longer and broader; the portion distal to the sensory filaments, which in the female is shorter and sharply pointed, tapers more gradually and is half the length of the whole flagellum. The flagellum of antenna 2 is also longer and heavier in the male. As development proceeds, the male flagellum becomes segmented. In males about to molt, the segmentation which the flagellum will have during the following instar can be seen through the cuticle. Consequently it has been possible to estimate the number of instars from the last stage characterized by a unisegmental flagellum to the adult male stage. The instars may be defined as follows: 1. Flagellum of antenna 1 short, unisegmental. . Flagellum slightly shorter than height of head, 8-10 segmented. 3. Flagellum about as long as pereonites 1-5 combined, 11-12 segmented. 4. Adult male, flagellum about as long as pereon, 13-15 segmented. bo The additional segments are added from the distal end of the long first flagellar segment. In the male about to molt, it can be seen that two or three segments are formed here. The segments distal to the first one apparently do not divide further after being formed. This method of forming additional segments differs from that of the gammarids Pontoporeia affinis Lindstrém (Segerstrale, 1937) and Gammarus chevreuxt Sexton (Sexton, 1924). In Pontoporeia males, new segments are formed, as in Parathemisto, by division of the proximal segment. At first this is the only method, but later the remaining segments begin to divide into two, after which they do not divide again. In the female the distal segments do not divide, and the process is essentially similar to that in Parathemisto. In AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 363 Gammarus new segments are formed by division of the two (or three in older animals) proximal flagellar segments with the result that two (or three) new segments are added at each molt. Segerstrale found that the antennal segments of the male Pontoporeia become greatly lengthened at the last molt; lengthening at this time must also occur in Parathemisto (compare figs. 2a and 3a). It is apparent that after an unknown number of instars during which the antennal flagellum remains unisegmental, the male Para- themisto passes through a minimum of three additional instars. According to Mogk (1926), the male Phronima sedentaria (ForskAl) passes through five instars with an unsegmented flagellum. Segments first appear in the sixth instar, and the male reaches maturity in the seventh instar. In Phronima atlantica Guérin segmentation is also first apparent in the sixth instar, but the adult condition is not reached until the eighth instar. In the first stage after leaving the marsupium, the flagellum of antenna 1 of Gammarus chevreuxi Sexton (Sexton, 1924), G. fasciatus Say (Clemens, 1950), and Pontoporeia affinis Lindstrém (Segerstrale, 1937) consists of four segments. By the fourth stage the segments number 8 for G@. chevreuxi and 9 for G@. fasciatus; and in the fifth post- marsupial instar there are 10 and 9 segments, respectively. On the assumption that the first instar of P. pacifica with segmented flagella corresponds to the fourth or fifth instar of Gammarus, we can postulate that there are 3 or 4 postmarsupial instars of Parathemisto with unsegmented flagellae, or a total of 5 to 6 postmarsupial molts required to attain sexual maturity. In gammarideans which have been studied, from 7-14 molts are required (Sexton, 1924, 1928; Roux, 1933; Clemens, 1950; Kinne, 1953, 1959). Oostegites first appear in the female when sheis quitesmall (3.1mm. in the earliest stage illustrated). At this stage, the oostegites are very small lobes arising mediad to the gills and only about one-third the length of the gills. During subsequent molts the oostegites increase in size, and in the adult they are transparent, membranous and much larger than the gills. No marginal setae are present. Development of the oostegites in P. libellula is identical (Dunbar, 1957). The size at which maturity is reached varies widely. As an example, 382 females and 491 males from station 702, cruise 1, were examined for maturity, judged in the males by the elongate antennae and in the females by the presence of fully developed oostegites. The results are given in table 1. The males attain maturity at a slightly smaller size than the females, though not necessarily at a younger age. Foop: Reports of the food habits of P. gaudichaudii and P. libellula have been given by Bigelow (1926, p. 107) and Dunbar (1946) respec- 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 TABLE 1.—Length and maturity in Parathemisto pacifica. Length (mm.) ics era 3.6 S8 40° 42 LE WES. £8 50. 68 abe bbe 68 Females: Number examined] — b65reS2rsSiet 24 23296 62245220 te ast 7 Percent mature bi fe 0 3 0... 13 635, 48.% “834.90 (hi s82n5 100 Males: | Number examined | 165 55 60 63 51 26 26 20 6 tee Percent mature | 0 DLO {L EAL 74 9S a 8007 18R3 100? Sax tively. Both species are predominately carnivorous, sometimes can- nibalistic, but also ingest some vegetable matter. Ihave examined the midgut contents of a few specimens of P. pacifica. Consisting of minute greenish or brownish particles, much of the ma- terial was unrecognizable, but some fragments of diatoms and crusta- ceans were identified. The crustacean parts included copepod swim- ming legs and mouthparts (one mandible was recognizable), spines of undetermined origin, and crystalline cones from compound eyes. It seems reasonable to conclude that the food habits of P. pacifica are similar to those of P. gaudichaudii and P. libellula. ANATOMY OF DIGESTIVE TRACT: The structure of the alimentary canal of P. libellula is considered briefly by Dunbar (1946). He de- scribes an interesting “gastric apparatus” formed of dorsolateral and ventral sheets projecting backward in the midgut, which he compares with the peritrophic membrane of insects and onychophorans. Dun- bar also states that there are no caeca or diverticula of any kind. On this point my findings do not agree with his. In P. pacifica a pair of caecae arise laterally from the midgut near its anterior end. They extend posteriorly along the entire length of the pereon and run along in close association with the lateral parts of the midgut and with the gonads which lie dorsal to them. The caecae usually have a coarsely vesicular appearance; in section the vesicles are seen to be large vacuolate cells. The vacuoles are filled with an oily or fatty material, and vary greatly in size. In some individuals the vac- uolate cells are so large that the lumena of the caecae are nearly obliter- ated; in others the vacuoles are small and the lumena well defined. Contrary to Dunbar’s statement, a pair of caecae is also present in P. libellula. Because they are closely applied to and partially fused with the gut wall, their true nature is not obvious in dissected speci- mens, and if the lumen is sufficiently encroached on by the large AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 365 vacuolate cells, it may be difficult to interpret the caecae correctly in sectioned material. I have also found the same caecae in P. gaudi- chaudii from the Gulf of Maine, and they are probably characteristic of all species of Parathemisto. Although I have not made a detailed study of the histology of the digestive caecae, it seems reasonable to suppose that their principal function is the storage of reserve food supplies. The large fat cells can scarcely be interpreted otherwise. In some specimens of P. gaudi- chaudii which had been stored in alcohol for a long period, the caecae have the appearance of a foamy network, and must be made up almost completely of fat cells. I have found no structure in Parathemisto comparable to the fat body of gammarids, and the storage of reserve food in this genus is probably carried out by the digestive diverticula. It is interesting to note that Nakai (1955) found the crude fat content of P. japonica from Korean waters to be nearly 40 percent of the dry weight. Parathemisto (Parathemisto) japonica Bovallius FicureEs 2,b-i; 3,f-l; 8; 16,c Parathemisto japonica Bovallius, 1887, p. 21; 1889, pp. 258-263, pl. 12, figs. 17-43.— Behning, 1939, pp. 362-363, fig. 1. Parathemisto sp. (11) Yamada, 1933, p. 7, pl. 2, fig. 10,a—g. Parathemisto sp. Nakai, 1955, pp. 14-15. Parathemisto sp. A. Irie, 1948, p. 36. Themisto gracilipes Norman, Irie, 1957b, p. 353, figs. 16-1, 16-2. Themisto japonica, Irie, 1959, pp. 20, ff. Draenosis: Total length of adult 9, excluding antennae, 9-17 mm. Identical with P. pacifica in almost all characters except size, but female antenna 2 much longer than antenna 1, slightly longer than head plus first 3 pereonites. Setae of pereopods more conspicuous, more numerous on gnathopods. Remarks: While I am not unalterably convinced that P. japonica and P. pacifica are distinct species, all the evidence at my disposal leads to this conclusion. Except for mutilated specimens, I have had almost no difficulty in assigning specimens to one or the other species. The geographic ranges are different, with some overlap east of northern Japan and the southern Kuriles. In the three samples where both species occurred, I have found no intergrades, and thus no evidence of interbreeding. Since the number of pereopodal setae increases with age in some species of hyperiids (unpublished observation), it may be argued that P. japonica is an older and larger form of P. pacifica. However, it is possible to distinguish the young stages of the two species. Antenna 2 is longer than antenna 1 even in very young specimens of P. japonica. The difference in the development of setae on pereopod 6, 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 especially on the posterior margin of the propodus, is shown in figure 27 of a 7.0 mm. adult female P. pacifica and figure 2e of a 6.7 mm. juvenile P. japonicus, both of which were taken in the same net tow off Cape Esan, Hokkaido, Japan. The correlation between temperature and body length in P. pacifica raises the possibility that the large size of P. japonica is attributable to the low temperatures at which it lives. P. pacifica is abundant in the Gulf of Alaska, where adult females commonly measure 6.0-7.0 mm. in length. This size is much smaller than the size of P. japonica, and yet surface temperatures in the Gulf of Alaska are similar to those in the colder parts of the Sea of Japan (compare Robinson, 1957, fig. 18, and Uda, 1934, figs. 5 and 9). With this evidence, the best course is to treat P. japonica and P. pacifica as closely related, but distinct, species. If intensive collec- tions from the region of overlapping distributions should reveal exten- sive intergradation, it would then be necessary to reduce their status to that of subspecies. In the limited number of samples at my disposal, however, there is no indication of such intergradation. The Japanese zoologist Zinziro Nakai believes that the hyperiid which I have described as P. japonica Bovallius is an undescribed species of Parathemisto. He has assigned to it the Japanese name ‘“Usumurasaki-uminomi” (light purple sea flea) and intends to describe it as a new species (Nakai, 1955). Nakaistates (in litt., Oct. 23, 1954) that his decision is based on many discrepancies between Bovallius’ descriptions and the structure of specimens from Japanese waters, and on Boyallius’ statement (1889) that P. zaponica occurs in the sub- tropical region as well as in the northern temperate region of the Pacific. Nakai believes that P. japonica is distributed south of Japan and has not been discovered since Bovallius’ description of 1889, while ‘‘usumu- rasaki-uminomi” is the common species found north of Japan. In my opinion, Nakai places too much confidence in the detailed accuracy of Bovallius’ descriptions and illustrations. I believe the differences that Nakai finds between Bovallius’ account of P. japonica and “usumurasaki-uminomi” can be explained as inaccuracies of Bovallius or as variations in the structure of P. japonica. Distrinution: Okhotsk Sea, Sea of Japan, western north Pacific off the east coasts of northern Japan and the southern Kuriles. East of Japan and the southern Kuriles, P. japonica, like P. pacifica, inhabits Subarctic Water and penetrates about as far south along the Japanese coast as the cold Oyashio. The extent of its eastward distribution is unknown, but at some distance it is replaced by P. pacifica. In the Sea of Japan the scattered records from Albatross stations show that P. japonica extends south nearly to the Straits of Korea. AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 367 The findings of Yamada (1933) are more instructive. In his report on plankton collected from a series of stations off both coasts of Korea, he found P. japonica present off the east coast south to nearly 38°, but absent from the Tusima Straits and the Yellow Sea. This distribution correlates well with the hydrography of the Sea of Japan. As Uda (1934) has shown, the water on the Asiatic mainland side is much colder than that on the Japanese side. The cold water flows south along the mainland coast (Liman Current) to the latitude of about 36°-38° N. and forms several counterclockwise eddies asit flows. Only a small amount of mixing occurs between this cold water, presumably formed by excessive cooling in winter, and the warm, north-flowing water of the Tusima Current, a branch of the Kuroshio. Yamada’s findings suggest that P. japonica is distributed in the Sea of Japan according to the extent of the cold water, as Tokioka (1940) found for the chaetognath, Sagitta elegans. ‘The occurrence of P. japonica at Albatross stations along the west coast of Honshu makes this hypothesis improbable. Uda’s (1934) isotherm charts show that in June most of the Sea of Japan is characterized by temperatures at least as low as those of the southern boundary of the Oyashio. The Oyashio boundary temperatures in Uda’s charts are 17°-19° C. at the surface and at 25 m., about 17° at 50 m., and about 15° at 100 m. Most of the water of the Sea of Japan at these depths is as cold or colder, while the water of the southward-flowing current in the west is considerably colder. Hence a wide distribution of P. japonica in the Sea of Japan is to be expected from our knowledge of its distribution off the east coast of Japan. It is reasonable to believe that P. japonica evolved from P. pacifica or from a common ancestor of both species as a result of geographical isolation. The current patterns in the Japan Sea provide little oppor- tunity for P. pacifica to enter from the Pacific Ocean. Almost all the water entering the Sea of Japan is warm water derived from the Kuro- shio; only a very small quantity of cold water enters through Tartary Strait between the Asiatic coast and Sakhalin Island. Water leaves the Japan Sea by way of the Straits of Soya (La Pérouse) and Tsugaru, north and south of Hokkaido, respectively. Information concerning water movements in the Okhotsk Sea is still scanty. According to Bruns (1958) there is some exchange of water with the Pacific Ocean through the Kuriles. The very limited collections available to me indicate that this exchange of water has been insufficient to allow P. pacifica to become established in the Okhotsk Sea. Actually, therefore, the P. japonica population in the Okhotsk Sea and especially in the Sea of Japan is effectively isolated from extensive gene flow from the P. pacifica population. The three northwestern Pacific occurrences of P. japonica reported in this paper may be ex- 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 plained as being derived from the Japan or Okhotsk Seas. For some as yet unknown reason, P. japonica has not been able to extend its range far beyond the immediate vicinity of its site of origin. Parathemisto (Parathemisto) abyssorum Boeck Figure 11,j-k; 12-13 Parathemisto abyssorum Boeck, 1870, p. 87(7).—Barnard, 1959, pp. 125-127, Is. 17-19. enn abyssorum (Boeck), Stephensen, 1923, pp. 20-24, chart 4; 1924, pp. 95-97, figs. 36-38; 1944, p. 12—Shoemaker, 1930, pp. 132-133; 1955, p. 72. Driacnosis: Length of adult 10-21 mm. Larger and more slender than P. pacifica, and head more roundly produced. Maxilliped with- out a distal row of setae on the basal plate. P1—4 with more surface setae than in P. pacifica; posterior margin of propodus of P1 serrate and bearing several long setae. Carpal process of P2 with long end spine. In length P5>P7>P6; no long spines at posterior distal corners of carpi; dactyls not pectinate. Peduncle of uropod 3 about 3 times as long as telson. DistriputTion: Ekman (1953, p. 340) mentions P. abyssorum as an example of an ‘‘arctic-bathy-subarctic”’ species. In this category he includes plankters which live primarily in Arctic waters, but are also found in deep water in lower latitudes. A detailed discussion of the distribution of P. abyssorum in the Atlantic is given by Stephensen (1923, pp. 22-24, chart 4). Found throughout the Arctic and Sub- Arctic Atlantic, it is very common in the vicinity of Greenland and between Norway and Iceland. Stephensen believes that Bonnier’s (1896) record of 9mm. ovigerous P. oblivia taken at a depth of 950 m. in the Bay of Biscay should be referred to this species. On the western side of the Atlantic it occurs occasionally in the Gulf of Maine (Bigelow, 1926) and is widely distributed in and around the Gulf of St. Lawrence (Shoemaker, 1930; Bousfield, 1951). Bousfield believes that the permanent deep layer of very cold water in the Gulf of St. Lawrence enables the species to breed there successfully, as evidenced by the large numbers of young and immature stages taken near the surface. I have not found P. abyssorum in any plankton collections from the Pacific Ocean. It was, however, the most commonly collected amphi- pod during the 1950 and 1951 expeditions of the Burton Island to the Beaufort Sea and in the 1953 expedition to Amundsen Gulf and Prince of Wales Strait. Station positions and locality records for P. abys- sorum are shown in figure 12. Plankton hauls were made vertically with a one-half-meter Nansen type plankton net. In 1950 the hauls were made from various depths, usually 100-0 m., and in 1951 all AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 369 ese AEH tse. = ~~ Ficure 11.—Parathemisto gracilipes (Norman), Eastern Sea, west of Kyusyu, Japan: a, Head, female; b, head, male; c, pereopod 1, male; d, pereopod 2, male; ¢, pereopod 3; male; f, pereopod 5, female; g, pereopod 5, male; h, uropod 3 and telson, female; 1, dis- tal end of uropod 3, female. Parathemisto abyssorum Boeck, juvenile female, Beaufort Sea, west of Banks Island, U.S.S. Burton Island 1950 cruise, station 44: 7, Pereopod 1; k, pereopod 3. Scale same for a—b, c—e, and f-g. 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 hauls were 100-0 m. except where the depth of the water was less than 100 m. In 1953 hauls were made from the bottom (usually less than 100 m.) to the surface. In both 1950 and 1951 P. abyssorum occurred at about half the sta- tions occupied and in about the same numbers. The average number per station (adjusted to 100 m. vertical tow) was 2.3 in 1950 and 2.6 in 1951. Distribution in the Beaufort Sea appeared not to be associated with variations in temperature or salinity. P. abyssorum was somewhat less numerous in the 1953 Burton Island samples, and was captured at only 4 of the 25 stations in the Prince of a Ficure 12.—Parathemisto abyssorum Boeck, distribution in the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas, U.S.S. Burton Island 1950 and 1951 cruises combined. Solid circles, positive stations; open circles, negative stations. Wales Strait. The average number per station was 0.75; the average number per positive station, 1.50. All the specimens of P. abyssorum collected on the Burton Island cruises were juvenile, with the exception of one ovigerous female, 14 mm. in length, taken at station 3, off Cape Parry, in a tow from 420 m. to the surface, August 8, 1953. Little is known about the life history of P. abyssorum. Bogorov (1940) studied the life cycle in the Barents Sea and concluded that Spawning occurs in “the second half of the winter season (about Febru- ary).”’ He further concluded that the individual requires 2 years to grow to maturity, breeds once, and dies. The breeding season appears to be more prolonged than indicated by Bogorov, since at least some breeding occurs in the Beaufort Sea in August (see above), and Stephensen (1933) reported ovigerous females taken June 12 and AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—-BOWMAN 371 July 14 in waters west of Greenland. In the collections of the U.S. National Museum is a lot consisting of three adult males, 13, 14, and 14.5 mm. in length, and a female 14.8 mm., with fully developed ooste- gites, taken on May 18, 1902, between the Shetland and Faroe Islands. Several records of P. abyssorum or P. oblivia in the Pacific Ocean are probably erroneous, since the authors almost certainly had P. pacifica or P. japonica. ‘These include the records of Shoemaker (1930) and Thorsteinson (1941) from near Nanaimo, British Columbia, and that of Holmes (1904) from Humboldt Bay, Popof Island, Alaska (about 55° N., 161° W.). Possibly the specimens of ‘P. oblivia’”’ from stations 13 and 14 of the Canadian Arctic Expedition (Shoe- maker, 1920) were P. japonica, and those from stations 21 and 27 were P. abyssorum. Irie’s (1957a) record from the Tusima Straits is probably P. japonica. The puzzling thing about the distribution of P. abyssorum is that it has not been able to establish itself in the Pacific (fig. 13). This absence cannot be simply a matter of temperature, since the Okhotsk Sea and the western Bering Sea are regions of very low temperatures. In fact P. lébellula, an Arctic species which does not penetrate as far to the south in the Atlantic as P. abyssorum, occurs in the Bering and Okhotsk Seas. Three possible explanations may be given for the absence of P. abyssorum from the Pacific: 1. The current flow through the Bering Strait has made it mechani- cally impossible for P. abyssorum to enter the Pacific Ocean. The hydrographic evidence for a northward flow of water from the Bering Sea into the Chukchi Sea (Barnes and Thompson, 1938; LaFond and Pritchard, 1952) is corroborated by Johnson’s (1956) report of the presence of characteristic Bering Sea copepods in the Chukchi Sea (Eucalanus bung bungit Johnson, Metridia lucens Boeck). While the penetration of Arctic plankters into the Pacific would be retarded by this northward current, it is unreasonable to suppose that it would be completely inhibited. On the extreme west of Bering Strait there appears to be some movement of water southward, and Sewell (1948, pp. 399-401) believes that this movement has carried certain Arctic planktonic copepods into the north Pacific. 2. P. abyssorum is unable to compete successfully with the closely related north Pacifie species, P. japonica and P. pacifica. All three species are very similar in structure and probably occupy similar if not identical ecologic niches. Possibly the Pacific species evolved during a time of isolation of the Pacific from the Arctic by emergence of Bering Strait. Bering Strait has been above sea level during much of geologic history. Hopkins (1959) has recently reviewed the Cenozoic history of the Bering Land Bridge. Evidence of the VOL. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 372 ‘rayem daap wouy ore JesniJ0g Jo Iso pue PUL[>IT JO YINOS spsOdaI aYT, “UONNqIsIp pom “Yo0g wnsosskqv ojsrtmsyjwsvg—¢] aun Up Y YY eG 209! -08! 09! sort oz! 00! AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 373 interchange of land mammals strongly suggests that the bridge was submerged during middle Eocene time (Simpson, 1947a, 1947b), although physical evidence in support of this submergence has not yet been found in Alaska or the islands of the Bering Sea. During most of the remainder of the Tertiary Period the bridge was above sea level. After middle Pleiocene time but before the beginning of the Pleisto- cene epoch, the bridge was again submerged. The bridge emerged during each glacial interval and submerged during each interglacial interval of the Pleistocene; it sank below sea level for the last time between 11,000 and 12,000 years ago. There has thus been ample opportunity for the evolution of species in the north Pacific differing from their arctic relatives. If the northward flow of the current in the Bering Strait severely limits the numbers of P. abyssorum entering the Bering Sea, it is evident that this species would be markedly handi- capped in establishing itself in competition with the abundant P. pacifica. 3. P. abyssorum avoids shallow water, hence does not enter the shallow Bering Strait. As suggested by the specific name, P. abys- sorum, according to Stephensen (1923, p. 23), is found, as a rule, where the depth of the sea is considerable, 400-3,127 meters. It occurs in shallower water, as in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, where Bousfield (1951) reports it from stations where the water was less than 100 m. deep, though it was rare in the shallow water inside the Belle Isle Strait. Curiousty, Bousfield found that P. abyssorwm was an indica- tor of the relatively warm Gulf of St. Lawrence water, rather than, as might be expected of an Arctic species, of the cold water of the Labrador Current, which enters the gulf on the north side of the Belle Isle Strait. It is most abundant at the deep water stations of the gulf, which do not happen to be in the region influenced by the Labrador Current. It probably enters the gulf through Cabot Strait, rather than through the shallow Belle Isle Strait; this entrance also accounts for the larger numbers at the stations in the southern part of the gulf. The depths of the sea at the stations in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas occupied by the U.S.S. Burton Island ranged from 18 to 4,050 m. The depths at which P. abyssorum occurred are summarized in table 2. The shallowest station at which P. abyssorum was taken was 53 m. The entire Bering Strait is less than 50 m. deep, much of it considerably less, and this shallowness may be an important factor in preventing P. abyssorum from gaining entrance to the Pacific Ocean. The com- parative scarcity of P. abyssorum in the Prince of Wales Strait may be related to the shallowness of the water there; the deepest station was 150 m., and only five stations were more than 100 m, 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Probably none of the three explanations given above can by itself account for the absence of P. abyssorum from the Pacific Ocean. A combination of them may, however, be effective, the shallowness of the Bering Strait and the northward set of the currents preventing all but a small number from entering the Bering Sea, while competition with P. pacifica prevents those that do enter from establishing themselves, TaBLE 2.—Depth of the water and occurrence of Parathemisto abyssorum in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas, 1950 and 1951 Burton Island Cruises combined. Depth (meters) Stations 0-100 101-200 201-500 600 Number occupied 23 18 20 44 Number positive 5 rG 8 28 Percent positive 21% 38. 9 40. 0 63. 6 Subgenus Euthemisto Bovallius Dorsal spines present or absent. Flagellum of female antenna 1 curved, heavier than in subgenus Parathemisto (except in P. (E.) libel- lula). Carpus of P3-4 usually more expanded than in subgenus Parathemisto. P5 much longer than P6—7 (except in some females of P. (E.) gracilipes). Peduncle of uropod 3 only slightly produced at inner distal end. Key to the Species of the Subgenus Euthemisto (Modified from Barnard, 1930) 1. Female antenna 1 slender, straight. Dactyls of P5-7 pectinate at base. libellula Lichtenstein Female antenna 1 stouter, hooked. Dactyls of Pi-7 unarmed at base . . 2 2. Inner ramus of uropod 8 serrate only on outer margin. gaudichaudii (Guérin) Inner ramus of uropod 3 serrate on both margins’ 2)... 6 Se 3 3. Inner margin of uropod 3 peduncle smooth throughout. gracilipes (Norman) Inner margin of uropod 3 peduncle distally serrulate. australis (Stebbing) Hurley (1955) discusses in detail the difficulties in distinguishing between australis, gracilipes, and gaudichaudii in collections from New Zealand waters. The three species show clear differences in general appearances, but these are very difficult to set down in words. Hurley notes that P. australis is shorter and stockier than the other species, AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 375 with no sign of dorsal spines, and with coarse serrations on the inner ramus of uropod 3. P. gaudichaudii is characterized by larger size (up to 18 mm.), very distinct dorsal spination in adults, and the lack of serration along the inner margin of uropod 3 inner ramus and peduncle. In P. gracilipes the peduncle of uropod 3 of the very largest specimens appears serrulate when viewed under very high power, but is not at all comparable to that of P. australis. The serration of uropod 3 inner ramus is poorly developed in the female of P. gracilipes. Parathemisto (Euthemisto) gracilipes (Norman) FicurREs 11,a-7; 14-15; 16,6 Hyperia gracilipes and (?) H. oblivia Norman, 1869, p. 287. Themisto gracilipes (Norman), Stephensen, 1924, pp. 97-103, figs. 39-42 [lit. and syn.J; 1949, p. 54.—Pirlot, 1929, p. 128.—Candeias, 1934, pp. 4-5, fig. 4. Parathemisto (Euthemisto) gracilipes (Norman), Barnard, 1930, p. 421.—Hurley, 1955, pp. 153-161, figs. 133, 158, 176, 178. [?] Parathemisto sp. (12), Yamada, 1933, p. 8, pl. 2, fig. 12a-e. Diaenosis: Total length of adult, excluding antennae, 4-7 mm., rarely up to 9 mm. (Stephensen, Mediterranean and Atlantic speci- mens); 6.5-14 mm. (Hurley, New Zealand specimens); 4.1—5.6 mm. (specimens from Tusima Straits and Eastern Sea). Only slight ten- dency to dorsal spination. Carpus of P2 extends about two-thirds along propodus, has one stout end spine. Uropod 3, inner ramus pectinate on both margins; inner margin of peduncle finely toothed in male (teeth very inconspicuous or absent in female). Remarks: The above diagnosis is based largely on that of Hurley (1955, p. 153), who has studied abundant material of P. gracilipes, P. gaudichaudvi, and P. australis from New Zealand waters. I have had at my disposal a limited number of specimens from two surface- plankton tows—one made in Tusima Straits (34°20.7’ N., 130°47.3’ EK.) and the other in the East China Sea west of Kyusyu, Japan (32°06.4’ N., 128°57.0’ E.), kindly sent to me by Zinziro Nakai. In addition, Won Tack Yang sent me three lots from off the southern coast of Korea. The characters which Hurley regards as diagnostic for P. gracilipes are found in these specimens. The Japanese speci- mens are small; two adult females measure 4.8 and 5.4 mm., and eight adult males range in length from 4.1—5.6 mm. and average 4.9 mm. The setal armature of the pereopods resembles Stephensen’s (1924, figs. 39-41) rather than Hurley’s drawings (1955, text-figs. 8-9). This fact may be attributed to the larger size of the New Zealand specimens. In the Japanese specimens the serrulations of the inner margin of the male and female uropod 3 peduncle are barely discernible under high (440) magnification, even less evident than that figured by 540580—60 9 —. 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 LO mm. Ficure 14.—Parathemtsto gracilipes (Norman), “long-legged” form, adult female from Yellow Sea, west of Mok Po, Korea: a, Pereopod 3; b, pereopod 4. Hurley. This near absence of serrulations is also probably due to the small size of the Japanese specimens. As in Hurley’s description, the inner margin of uropod 3 inner ramus is more finely serrate in the fe- male than in the male. In the female P5 and P7 are subequal, slightly longer than P6. In the male, P35 is relatively longer; the distal end of P6 propodus reaches about three-fourths to the distal end of P5 propodus. The Korean specimens agree in general with the Japanese ones, which appear to represent Stephensen’s (1924) ‘‘short-legged’”’ form, but one lot collected west of Mok Po (34°30’ N., 125°0’ E.), consisting of an adult female and a juvenile, agrees with Stephensen’s “long- legged” form, except in the shape of the carpus of P3-4. In the adult female, P6 extends one-fourth the distance down the propodus of P5 AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN Ain and has a high comb of setae on its anterior margin. P3-4 carpus (fig. 6) are of the form typical for P. gaudichaudii forma bispinosa (=antarctica), in which the carpus is wide proximally and narrows distally; the posterior margin is convex in the proximal part and be- comes straight or slightly concave distally. A tendency toward this form is evident in the New Zealand specimens illustrated by Hurley (1955, text-fig. 9, Nos. 155-156). According to Stephensen, there are no fine teeth along the posterior margin between the long setae in the female, but these are present in both the New Zealand and Korean specimens. Yamada (1933) illustrates a ““Parathemisto sp. (12)? which he found to be widely distributed in the Yellow Sea. Although he did not identify it specifically, he stated that using Barnard’s key (1930) the specimens keyed out to P. gaudichaudii. This statement implies that the inner margin of the inner ramus of uropod 3 appeared smooth to him. In my Korean “long-legged”’ P. gracilipes, the serrations of this margin are quite weak, and it is possible that they escaped Yamada’s notice. If so, his “‘Parathemisto sp. (12)”’ is P. gracilipes rather than P. gaudichaudit, for in other respects “Parathemisto sp. (12)” agrees reasonably well with my“ long-legged”’ P. gracilipes. Yamada’s speci- mens attained a length of 7-8 mm.; this length is short for P. gaud7- chaudii, but about right for P. gracilipes. Moreover, on the basis of the temperatures at which they live in other regions, P. gracilipes, rather than P. gaudichaudii, would be expected to occur in the East China and Yellow Seas. Although it thus seems probable that Yamada’s “Parathemisto sp. (12)” is P. gracilipes, the possibility remains that his tentative identi- fication of it as P. gaudichaudii was correct. This problem cannot be solved until extensive collections from the Yellow Sea are available. Disrripution: Figure 15 shows the known distribution of P. graci- lipes. It is evident that much remains to be learned about its distri- bution, especially in the southern hemisphere. The record of Stewart (1913) from off Brazil is probably erroneous, since members of the genus Parathemisto are not known to inhabit tropical waters. Steph- ensen (1949) regarded his identification of specimens from Tristan da Cunha as doubtful. The collections of the U.S. National Museum contain 7 specimens of P. gracilipes collected in the vicinity of the Juan Fernandez Islands by the yacht Vagabondia. Comparable in size to Hurley’s New Zea- land specimens, these specimens range from 7.9-8.5 mm. in length and agree well with Hurley’s description. P. gracilipes lives in warmer water than P. gaudichaudii. This preference is clearly shown in the distribution of the two species in the north Atlantic (see figs. 15 and 17; see also Stephensen, 1923 and 540580 —60——4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 378 “UOTINIISIP P]JOM ‘(URWION) Sagupt943 ofstmayvsVg— S| AUNSIA AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 379 1924 and Pirlot, 1939). Bary (1959) showed a similar difference in tem- perature preference in southern New Zealand waters. The absence of P. gracilipes from the Atlantic coast of the United States results from the rapid change of temperature over the range inhabited by P. gracilipes so that it literally has no living room. Hurley (1955) pointed out that P. gracilipes inhabits more neritic water than P. gaudichaudii in the New Zealand area, and Bary’s (1959) detailed analysis confirms this view. In the north Pacific the occurrence of P. gracilipes in the east China and Yellow Seas may reflect its pref- erence for coastal waters. Both of these seas are shallow and subject to much runoff from rivers. In the vicinity of Plymouth, England, P. gracilipes undergoes a diurnal vertical migration; it moves close to the surface at night and descends during the day (Russell, 1925). Bary’s data show evidence of a similar migration in New Zealand waters. Parathemisto (Euthemisto) gaudichaudii (Guérin) FiaurEs 16,a; 17 Themisto gaudichaudii Guérin, 1825, p. 774. Themisto compressa Goés, Stephensen, 1924, pp. 103-110, figs. 43-49. Euthemisto compressa (Goés), Chevreux, 1935, pp. 191-192. Euthemisto bispinosa Boeck, Chevreux, 1935, p. 191. Themisto gaudichaudit Guérin, Stephensen, 1933, pp. 63-64; 1944, pp. 10-12; 1947, pp. 76-77; 1949, p. 54.—Pirlot, 1939, p. 39. Parathemisto (Euthemisto) gaudichaudii (Guérin), Barnard, 1930, p. 420; 1932, pp. 280-282 (synonomy).—Hurley, 1955, pp. 161-164, figs. 159-174. [?] Parathemisto sp. (12) Yamada, 1933, p. 8, pl. 2, fig. 12, a-e. Euthemisto antarctica (Dana), Ealey and Chittleborough, 1956, p. 22. DIAGNOSIS (SLIGHTLY ALTERED FROM HURLEY, 1955): Length of adult, 7-25mm. Strong dorsal spines in animals of more than 10 mm, total length. Carpus of P2 extends three-fourths along propodus. P3 male carpus widest proximally, width nearly one-half the length; like P. gracilipes, but rather more spines on surface and margin; carpus and propodus subequal. P4 male carpus oblong-ovate, width slightly more than one-half the length, fringe of small even bristles on posterior margin; about 12 strong spines. Uropod 2 outer ramus about three-fifths length of inner. Uropod 3 outer ramus two-thirds length of inner; inner ramus with smooth inner margin; inner margin of peduncle entirely smooth. P3 female carpus oblong-ovate and widest proximally, width about two-thirds the length; numerous fine surface spines, 10 marginal spines, marginal bristles throughout. P4 female has about 18 surface spines on carpus. Remarks: As Hurley has pointed out, the most dependable cri- terion by which P. gaudichaudii can be identified is the completely smooth inner margins of the peduncle and inner ramus of uropod 3. 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yon. 112 2.0 mm Ficure 16.—Parathemisto gaudichaudii (Guérin), Gulf of Maine: a, Pereopod 2, carpal proc- ess, seen from above. Parathemisto gracilipes (Norman), west of Kyusyu, Japan: 3, Same. Parathemisto japonica Bovallius, off Cape Esan, Japan: c, Head and antennae female. Parathemisto libellula (Lichtenstein), Point Barrow, Alaska: d, Same; e¢, pereopod 2, carpal process, seen from above; f, same, lateral view; g, antenna 1, lateral view; A, mandibular palp; 7, maxilla 1, palp; 7, maxilliped, inner plate and right outer plate omitted; k, pereopod 1; /, pereopod 3; m, pereopod 4; n, pereopod 5; 0, distal end of uropod 3. Scale same for a—-b, e-f, i-j7, and L-m. 381 AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN ‘uleyiaoun aie aloydstwoy usJoy}NOs dy ul syuI] premazod oyJ, “UOTININSIP pjIOM “(ULIgNd) wupnoYNpNDs Ojs1mMsYyJOLVg— J] TANI 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vor. 112 Some care must be exercised, since Hurley observed that some female P. gracilipes have nearly smooth inner margins on the inner rami of uropod 3; these margins are nearly smooth in North Pacific specimens also. According to Hurley’s diagnoses, the carpal process of P. gaudi- chaudii P2 has several end spines, while that of P. gracilipes has one stout end spine. The carpal processes of these species are shown in figures 16a—6, looking down on the concave surface. Each has one large, stout spine inserted near the distal end, and a series of shorter, more slender spines distributed along the margins. The carpal process of the large specimen of P. gaudichaudwi has about twice as many marginal spines as that of the small P. gracilipes, and the process is longer in relation to its breadth. I have not seen any specimens of P. gaudichaudi from the North Pacific, and it is included in this paper because of the possibility, discussed under P. gracilipes, that Yamada’s ‘“‘Parathemisto sp. (12)” may belong here. Disrripution: As shown in figure 17, P. gaudichaudii is widely distributed in the cooler part of the north Atlantic with a few scattered records from warm water. Records in the southern hemisphere are less complete than in the north Atlantic, but it probably occurs throughout the Antarctic Ocean; i.e., the area between the Antarctic Continent and the Antarctic Convergence (Sverdrup, Johnson, and Fleming, 1942). Parathemisto (Euthemisto) libellula (Lichtenstein) Fiaures 16, d—o; 18; 19 Gammarus libellula Lichtenstein, in Mandt, 1822, p. 32. Themisto libellula (Mandt), Stephensen, 1923, pp. 24-26, chart 5 [distribution].— Shoemaker, 1926, p. 4; 1955, p. 72.—Dunbar, 1946; 1957 [biology]. Euthemisto libellula (Mandt), Bovallius, 1889, pp. 281-283, pl. 12, figs. 1-31.— Sars, 1895, pp. 13-14, pl. 6, fig. 1—Shoemaker, 1920, pp. 23-24, 28. Parathemisto libellula (Mandt), Vinogradov, 1956, p. 211, fig. 10 [distribution].— Barnard, 1959, pp. 123, 125, pls. 22-23. Diaenosis: The largest species of Parathemisto, reaching a length of 60 mm. Body segments not produced into spines dorsally. Fe- male antennae 1 and 2 subequal; antenna 1 slender, straight, lower margin of flagellum serrate. First segment of mandibular palp setiferous. Maxilliped with distal row of long setae on basal plate and several long setae on lateral margins of outer plates. Carpal process of P2 with short end-spine and rounded lobes behind the spines on the lateral margins. P5 much longer than P6; P7 slightly shorter than P6; dactyls of P5-7 strongly pectinate at their bases. Inner ramus of uropod 3 serrate on both margins; peduncle strongly produced at inner distal corner. AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 383 Remarks: The straight antenna 1 and the produced inner distal corner of uropod 3 are characteristic of subgenus Parathemisto, but the elongate P5 places P. libellula in subgenus Euthemisto. The species is easily recognized by the pectinate dactyls of P5-7. Although Mandt has always been cited as the author of this species, Mandt expressly states that the name and description were prepared by Lichtenstein. The name ‘‘Uibellula’’ must therefore be attributed to Lichtenstein rather than to Mandt. DISTRIBUTION (FIGURES 18, 19): Circumpolar in the Arctic Ocean. Its distribution in the eastern part of the north Atlantic is given in detail by Stephensen (1923). He reports it from many localities near Greenland and Iceland. In the Norwegian Sea it is not found below 70° N. In the western North Atlantic the southernmost records are from the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the east coast of Newfoundland. In the Pacific Ocean Behning (1939) records it from the Bering Sea and from the Okhotsk Sea as far south as about 46° N. (southeast of Sakhalin Island). Bulycheva (1955) also reports it from the Bering and Okhotsk Seas. I have identified specimens taken in September 1958 at four stations in the vicinity of Afognak Island, Alaska, by the University of Washington M/V Brown Bear. No other records from the Gulf of Alaska are known to me. Vinogradov (1956) sum- marizes the known distributional records in his figure 10. Aside from P. abyssorum, P. libellula was the only commonly collected amphipod in the 1950, 1951, and 1953 expeditions of the Burton Island. In 1950 it occurred at about one-third and in 1951 at about one-fifth of the stations occupied. The average number per station (100 m. vertical tow) was 0.66 in 1950 and 0.30 in 1951. The average number per positive station was 2.2 in 1950 and 1.5 in 1951. No correlation with variations in temperature or salinity was found. P. libellula was taken at 5 of the 25 Burton Island stations in the Prince of Wales Strait in 1953. The average number per station was 1.13; the average number per positive station was 1.80. Lire History: The life history has been studied in some detail by Dunbar (1946, 1957), who points out the importance of P. libellula in the ecology of the eastern Canadian Arctic. It is fed on heavily by the Arctic char and especially by the ringed seal. Dunbar postulates a life cycle of 2 years, with spawning beginning in Sep- tember of the second year and extending through the winter until some time in May or June. The individual is believed to breed once and then to die. If this alternating or 2-phase breeding cycle remained undisturbed, adjacent year classes would be repro- ductively isolated. There is evidence that a few juveniles of each year breed the following winter, so reproductive isolation of the two coexisting year classes is not complete. S54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 All the specimens taken im the net-tow collections of the Burton Island were juveniles rangmg im Jencth from 45 t0 215 mm. None of the jemales had even rudimentary oostesites. The 1950 and 1953 collections were made m August, but the 1951 collections were made from August 12 io September 21. Thus the Burion Island collections give no evidence ior breedmg m August or September, although they may not be truly representative of the P. libelulla population. Dunbar (1957) found maturme females m rmged seal stomachs m August 1953 and July 1954, but a 2-meter stramm nei hauled at 3 knots failed to collect maturmg females durme these months. yee 7 | \ | jo o = a te | 2 oP : D . € 2. | = 2 7 = = i OF Oo; Oo ~ a | | | = OD S ~ e ec 9° o | t 3 D 0) 2 2 5 | | Ae o 8 . | | go — ree oo | oo o e ; | |_f AL AA KAS Fisure 18—Paraihemisio lipeliula (Lachtenstem), distribution in the Chukchi and Beau- fort Seas, U.S.8. Burton Island 1950 and 1951 cruises combined. Solid circles, positive stations; open circles, negative stations. Shoemaker (1955) reports a collection of about 1,000 specimens washed ashore at Pomt Barrow, Alaska, September 12,1949. I have examined and measured 100 specimens from this lot. They vary in length from 19 to 29 mm., with a mode of 24mm. Most of the females have minute oostegites less than half the size of those figured by Dunbar (1957, fig. 9) to illustrate the “adolescent” female stage. The males are juveniles with segmented antennae only slightly longer than the head im the largest individuals. Some males as large as 25 mm. had unsegmented antennae. Apparently the breeding season had not arrived. Several small lots of P. libellula from the Bering Sea are present in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, mostly Albatross collections made in early August 1893. Juveniles, adolescents, and AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 385 Ficure 19.—Parathemisto libellula (Lichtenstein), world distribution. 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yOL. 112 maturing females are all present, and at Station 3518 (60°22’ N.., 171°42’ W., August 3, 1893) an ovigerous female, 30 mm. in length, was collected. Evidently some breeding takes place during early August in the Bering Sea. Dunbar’s work on the life history of P. libellula and his proposed breeding cycle are of considerable interest. Much additional col- lecting, especially in the winter months, is needed before the validity of his conclusions can be adequately assessed. ee Literature Cited AuLsTROM, Expert H. 1948. A record of pilchard eggs and larvae collected during surveys made in 1939 to 1941. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Spec. Sci. Rep., Fisheries, no. 54, pp. 1-76. 1952. Pilchard eggs and larvae and other fish larvae, Pacific Coast, 1950. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Spee. Sci. Rep., Fisheries, no. 80, pp. 1-58. BARNARD, J. LAURENS 1959. Epipelagic and under-ice Amphipoda of the central Arctic basin. Geophys. Res. Pap. no. 63, Scientific Studies at Fletcher’s Ice Island, T—3, 1952-1955, vol. 1, pp. 115-152, pls. 1-23. BARNARD, K. H. 1930. Crustacea. Part XI. Amphipoda. British Antarctic (Terra Nova) Expedition 1910, Nat. Hist. Rep., Zool., vol. 8, no. 4, pp. 307-454. 1932. Amphipoda. Discovery reports, vol. 5, pp. 1-326, figs. 1-174 in text, pl. 1 (in color). Barnes, C. A., and Tuompson, T. G. 1938. Physical and chemical investigations in Bering Sea and portions of the North Pacific Ocean. Univ. Washington Publ. Oceanog., vol. 3, no. 2, pp. 35-79. Bary, B. M. 1959. Ecology and distribution of some pelagic Hyperiidea (Crustacea, Am- phipoda) from New Zealand waters. Pacific Science, vol. 13, no. 4, pp. 317-334. BEHNING, A. 1939. Die Amphipoda-Hyperiidea der den Fernen Osten der Ud. SSR um- grenzenden Meere. Intern. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr., vol. 38, pp. 353-367, figs. 1-6. BEKLEMISHEV, K. V., and Semina, G. L. 1956. On the structure of the biogeographical boundary between the boreal and tropical regions in the pelagial of the northwestern Pacific Ocean. Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR, vol. 108, no. 6, pp. 1057- 1060 (in Russian, translation by W. G. Van Campen). Brert, RoBert 1959. The distribution of the planktonic Chaetognatha in the Pacific and their relationship to the water masses. Limnol. and Oceanogr., vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 1-28. BiaEetow, H. B. 1926. Plankton of the offshore waters of the Gulf of Maine. Bull. U.S. Bureau of Fisheries, vol. 40 (1924), pt. 2, pp. 1-509. Bicreiow, H. B., and Sears, Mary 1939. Studies of the waters of the Continental Shelf, Cape Cod to Chesa- peake Bay, III. A volumetric study of the zooplankton. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 76, pp. 429-581. 387 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 BopEN, Brian P., JoHNSON, MARTIN W., and Brinton, Epwarp 1955. The Euphausiacea (Crustacea) of the North Pacific. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr. Univ. California, vol. 6, no. 8, pp. 287-400. Boeck, AXEL. 1870. Crustacea Amphipoda borealia et arctica. Vidensk. Selsk. Forh., pp. 81-200. Bocoroy, B. G. 1940. Longevity and ecological characteristics of Themisto abyssorum in the Barents Sea. Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR, vol. 27, no. 1, pp. 68-70. 1958. Biogeographical regions of the plankton of the north-western Pacific Ocean and their influence on the deep sea. Deep-Sea Research, vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 149-161. Bocorov, B. G., and Vinocrapov, M. E. 1955. On zooplankton of the northwestern part of the Pacifie Ocean. Dok- lady Akademii Nauk SSSR, vol. 102, no. 5, pp. 835-838 (in Russian). BonnikER, JULES 1896. ‘‘Edriophthalmes.’’ Résultats scientifiques de la campagne du “Caudan” dans le Golfe de Gascogne, Aotit-Septembre, 1895. Ann. Univ. Lyon, vol. 26, pp. 527-689. BousFIELD, E. L. 1951. Pelagic Amphipoda of the Belle Isle Strait region. Journ. Fish. Res. Board Canada, vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 134-163. Bovauuius, CARL 1887. Systematical list of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 11, no. 16, pp. 1-50. 1889. Contributions to a monograph of the Amphipoda Hyperiidea. Pt. I, 2. The families Cyllopodidae, Paraphronimidae, Thaumatopsi- dae, Mimonectidae, Hyperiidae, Phronimidae, and Anchylomeridae. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 22, pp. 1-434, pls. 1-18. Bropsky, K. A. 1955a. On the distribution of plankton in the northwestern part of the Pa- cific Ocean. Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR, vol. 101, no. 5, pp. 961-964 (in Russian). 1955b. Zoogeographical provinces of the pelagial of far eastern seas and the northern part of the Pacific Ocean. Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR, vol. 102, no. 3, pp. 649-652 (in Russian). Bruns, Ericu 1958. Ozeanologie. Band I. Einfiithrung in die Ozeanologie. Ozeano- graphie, Berlin, pp. 1-420. Butycueva, A. I. 1955. Hyperiids (Amphipoda-Hyperiidea) of the northwestern part of the Pacific Ocean. Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR, vol. 102, no. 5, pp. 1047-1050 (in Russian). CANDEIAS, A. 1934. Crustdceos planctdénicos das Costas de Portugal. Mem. Mus. Zool. Univ. Coimbra, ser. 1, no. 75, pp. 1-8. CHEVREUX, HDOUARD 1935. Amphipodes provenant des campagnes scientifiques du Prince Albert Ier de Monaco. Résultats des campagnes scientifiques accomplies sur son yacht par Albert Ier, Prince Souverain de Monaco, Fasc. 90, pp. 1-214, pls. 1-16. ee AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 389 CLEMENS, Howarp P. 1950. Life cycle and ecology of Gammarus fasciatus Say. Franz Theodore Stone Institute of Hydrobiology, Ohio State Univ., Contrib. no. 12, pp. 1-63. DunBaR, M. J. 1946. On Themisto libellula in Baffin Land coastal waters. Journ. Fish. Res. Board Canada, vol. 6, no.6, pp. 419-434. 1957. The determinants of production in northern seas: A study of the biology of Themisto libellula Mandt. ‘‘Calanus’’ series no 14. Canadian Journ. Zool., vol. 35, no. 6, pp. 797-819. Eazy, E. H. M., and CuHITrLEBoROUGH, R.G. 1956. Plankton, hydrology and marine fouling at Heard Island. Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions Interim Reports, no. 15, pp. 1-81. EKMAN, SVEN 1953. Zoogeography of the sea, London, Sidgwick and Jackson, xii+ 417 pp. Guirin, F. E. 1825. Encyclopédie méthodique histoire naturelle. Entomologie ou his- toire naturelle des crustacés, des arachnides et des insects. Tome dixitme, par MM. Latreille, Le Peletier de Saint-Fargeau, Ser- ville, et Guérin, Paris. Hipa, Tuomas 8. 1957. Chaetognaths and pteropods as biological indicators in the North Pacific. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Spec. Sci. Rep., Fisheries, no. 215, pp. 1-13. Houtmes, SAMUEL J. 1904. Amphipod crustaceans of the expedition. Harriman Alaska Expedi- tion, vol. 10, pp. 233-246. Hopkins, Davin M. 1959. Cenozoic history of the Bering land bridge. Science, vol. 129, no. 3362, pp. 1519-1528. Huriry, Desmonp E. 1955. Pelagic amphipods of the sub-order Hyperiidea in New Zealand waters. 1. Systematics. Trans. Roy. Soc. New Zealand, vol. 33, pt. 1, pp. 119-194. 1956. Bathypelagie and other Hyperiidea from California waters. Occ. Pap. Allan Hancock Foundation, no. 18, pp. 1-25. Irtn, HARUHIKO 1948. Preliminary report on pelagic amphipods in the adjacent seas of Japan. Journ. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Univ., vol. 9, no. 1, pp. 33-40. 1957a. Pelagic amphipods in the western seas of Kyusyu. Bull. Fac. Fish. Nagasaki Univ., no. 5, pp. 41-52. 1957b. 25 species of pelagic amphipods, Hyperiidea, in the adjacent seas of Japan, Suisangaku Shusei, March 1957, Tokyo Univ. Press, pp. 345-355. 1959. Studies on pelagic amphipods in the adjacent seas of Japan. Bull. Fac. Fish. Nagasaki Univ., no. 8, pp. 20—42. Jounson, Martin W. 1934. The production and distribution of zooplankton in the surface waters of Bering Sea and Bering Strait, pt. II, 7m Report of oceanographic cruise U.S. Coast Guard Cutter Chelan, 1934, pp. 45-82 (mimeographed). 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 JoHNson, Martin W. 1953. Studies on plankton of the Bering and Chukchi Seas and adjacent areas. Proc. 7th Pacific Sci. Congress (1949), vol. 4, Zoology, pp. 480-500. 1956. The plankton of the Beaufort and Chukchi Sea areas of the Arctic and its relation to the hydrography. Arctic Inst. North America Tech. Pap. no. 1, pp. 1-32. KINNE, OTTO 1953. Zur Biologie und Physiologie von Gammarus duebeni Lillj., I. Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., vol. 157, pp. 427-491. 1959. Ecological data on the amphipod Gammarus duebent. Monograph, Veroff. Inst. Meeresforschung Bremerhaven, vol. 6, pp. 177-202. Koizumi, MAsAmI 1953. On the annual variation in oceanographical elements at a fixed point (39° N, 153° E) in the Pacific Ocean. Rec. Oceanogr. Works Japan, n.s., vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 36-43. Laronp, E. C., and Pritcuarp, D.W. 1952. Physical oceanographic investigations in the eastern Bering and Chukchi Seas during the summer of 1947. Journ. Marine Res., vol. 11, no. 1, pp. 69-86. Manpt, Martin W. 1822. Observationes in historium naturalem et anatomiam comparatum in itinere Groenlandico factae, Dissertatio inauguralis, Berlin, viii-++ 40 pp. MARSHALL, SHEINA M., and Orr, A. P. 1955. The biology of a marine copepod, Calanus finmarchicus (Gunnerus), London, Oliver and Boyd, viii + 186 pp. MaAsuzAWA, JOTARO 1955. Preliminary report on the Kuroshio in the Eastern Sea of Japan (currents and water masses of the Kuroshio system III). Rec. Oceanogr. Works Japan, n.s., vol. 2, no. 1, pp. 132-140. Mogk, H. 1926. Versuch einer Formanalyze bei Hyperiden. (Zugleich ein Beitrag zu einer neuer Methode der Artbeschreibung). I. Vorarbeiten an der Gattung Phronima. Intern. Rev. Ges. Hydrobiol. Hydrogr., vol. 14, pp. 276-311. NAKAI, ZINZIRO 1955. The chemical composition, volume, weight, and size of the important marine plankton. ‘Tokai Regional Fisheries Research Laboratory, Spec. Publ. no. 5, pp. 12-24. Norman, A. M. 1869. Last report on dredging among the Shetland Isles. Pt.2. Crustacea. Rep. British Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1868, pp. 247-336. Prruot, JEAN M. 1929. Résultats zoologiques de la croisiére Atlantique de 1’ Armauer Hansen (Mai-Juin 1922). 1. Les amphipodes hypérides. Travaux de Institut Université de Liége, fasc. 1., pp. 1-196. [Memoires de la Societé royale des Sciences de Liége 3° série, tome 15, fasc. 2]. 1939. Sur des amphipodes hypérides provenant des croisiéres du Prince Albert Iet der Monaco. Résultats des campagnes scientifiques accomplies sur son yacht par Albert Ier, Prince Souverain de Mon- aco, fase. 102, pp. 1-63, pls. 1-2. ' AMPHIPOD GENUS PARATHEMISTO—BOWMAN 391 RoBINSON, MARGARET K., 1957. Sea temperature in the Gulf of Alaska and in the northeast Pacific Ocean, 1941-1952. Bull. Scripps Inst. Oceanogr., vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 1-98, figs. 1-61, 1 chart. Rovx, M. L. le, 1933. Recherches sur la sexualité des gammariens. Croissance, reproduc- tion, determinisme des caractéres sexuels secondaires. Bull. Biol. France Belg. Supp. no. 16, pp. 1-138. RvussE 1, F. S. 1925. Sars, G. O. 1895. The vertical distribution of marine macroplankton. An observation of diurnal changes. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., n.s., vol. 12, no. 4, pp. 769-809. An account of the Crustacea of Norway, vol. 1, Amphipoda, pp. 1-711, pls. 1-240, suppl. pls. 1-8. SEGERSTRALE, SVEN G. 1937. Studien iiber die Bodentierwelt in siidfinnlindischen Kiistengewassern III. Zur Morphologie und Biologie des Amphipoden Pontoporeia affinis, nebst einer Revision der Pontoporeia-Systematik. Soc. Sci. Fennica Commentationes Biol., vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 1-183, pls. 1-19. SEWELL, R. B. SEyMour 1948. The free-swimming planktonic Copepoda, geographical distribution. John Murray Exped., Sci. Rep., vol. 8, no. 3, pp. 317-592, 2 charts. Sexton, E. W. 1924. The moulting and growth stages of Gammarus, with descriptions of the normals and intersexes of G. chevreuzi. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., n.s., vol. 13, pp. 340-397, pls. 1-21. 1928. On the rearing and breeding of Gammarus in laboratory conditions. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc., n.s., vol. 15, pp. 33-55. SHOEMAKER, CLARENCE R. 1920. Crustacea. Part E: Amphipods. Rep. Canadian Arctic Exped. 1913- 1926. 1930. 1955. 18, vol. 7, pp. 1-30. Report on the marine amphipods collected in Hudson and James Bays by Fritz Johansen in the summer of 1920. Contrib. Canadian Biol. and Fish., vol. 3, no. 1, pp. 1-11. The amphipods of the Cheticamp Expedition of 1917. Contrib. Canadian Biol. and Fish., vol. 5, no. 10, pp. 221-359. Amphipoda collected at the Arctic Laboratory, Office of Naval Re- search, Point Barrow, Alaska, by G. E. MacGinitie. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 128, no. 1, pp. 1-78. Simpson, GEORGE GAYLORD 1947a. Evolution, interchange, and resemblance of the North American and Eurasian Cenozoic mammalian faunas. Evolution, vol. 1, no. 3, pp. 213-220. 1947b. Holarctic mammalian faunas and continental relationships during the Cenozoic. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 58, pp. 613-687. STEBBING, T. R. R. 1888. Report on the Amphipoda collected by H. M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Rep. Sci. Res. Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Zool., vol. 29, pt. 67, xxiv-+1737 pp., 210 pls., 1 map. 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Strepanova, V. 1937. Biologische Zeichnungen der Stromungen im Nordischen Teil des Bering und im Sudlichen Teil des Tschuktschen Meeres. Publ. Hydrol. Inst. Lenningrad, no. 5, pp. 176-216. STEPHENSEN, K. 1923. Crustacea Malacostraca V (Amphipoda I). The Danish Ingolf Exped., vol. 3, pt. 8, pp. 1-100, figs. 1-22. 1924. Hyperiidea—Amphipoda (pt. 2: Paraphronimidae, Hyperiidae, Dai- rellidae, Phronimidae, Anchylomeridae). Rep. Danish Oceano- graphic Exped. 1908-1910 to the Mediterranean and adjacent seas, vol. 2, D. 4, pp. 71-149. 1933. Amphipoda. The Godthaab Expedition 1928. Medd. Grgnland, vol. 79, no. 7, pp. 1-88. 1944. Amphipoda. Zoology of East Greenland. Medd. om Grgnland, vol. 121, no. 14, pp. 1-165. 1947. Tanaidacea, Isopoda, Amphipoda, and Pyenogonida. Sci. Res. Nor- wegian Antarctic Exped. 1927-1928 et seq., no. 27, pp. 1-90. 1949. The Amphipoda of Tristan da Cunha. Res. Norwegian Sci. Exped. to Tristan da Cunha 1937-1938, no. 19, pp. 1-61. Stewart, DortHy 1913. A report on the Extra-Antarctic Amphipoda Hyperiidea collected by the Discovery. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 12, pp. 245-265, pls. 4-7. Sverprup, H. U.; Jounson, Martin W.; AnD FLEMING, RicHarp H. 1946. The oceans, their physics, chemistry, and general biology, x + 1087 pp., 7 charts. Tanaka, OTOHIKO 1953. The pelagic copepods of the Izuregion. Rec. Oceanogr. Works Japan, n.s., vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 126-137. THORSTEINSON, Etsa D. 1941. New or noteworthy amphipods from the North Pacific coast. Univ. Washington Publ. Oceanogr., vol. 4, pp. 50-94. Toxioxa, TAKAsI 1940. The chaetognath fauna of the waters of western Japan. Rec. Ocean- ogr. Works Japan, vol. 12, no. 1, pp. 1-22, charts 1-3. Upa, Mitiraka 1934. Hydrographical studies based on simultaneous oceanographical sur- veys made in the Japan Sea and in its adjacent waters during May and June, 1932. Rec. Oceanogr. Works Japan, vol. 6, no. 1, pp. 19-107. Vinocrapov, M. E. 1956. Hyperiids (Amphipoda-Hyperiidea) of the western Bering Sea. Zool. Journ. Acad. Nauk SSSR, vol. 35, fase. 2, pp. 194-218 (in Russian). Waltues, G. H. 1929. Marine zoo-plankton of British Columbia. Museum and Art Notes, Vancouver, vol. 4, pp. 1-9. Yamapa, TETUO 1933. Report on the distributions of the plankton in the neighboring seas of Tyosen in June, 1932. Ann. Rep. Hydrographical Observations, Fishery Experiment Station, Government General of Tyosen, no. 7, appendix (in Japanese). U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1960 Proceedings of the United States National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION + WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 112 1960 Number 3440 ASSASSIN BUGS OF THE GENUS GHILIANELLA IN THE AMERICAS (HEMIPTERA, REDUVITDAE, EMESINAE) By J. Matponapo-CapriLes' This paper brings together and summarizes available data on the genus Ghilianella in the Americas. Descriptions of the genus and subgenera are given, as well as a checklist of the 88 known species. The keys differentiate the 80 species of which specimens were available for study; they are expansions of those published in 1925 by McAtee and Malloch (the fine work of these authors has aided me greatly in the completion of this paper). Among the species treated in the following pages, 15 are described as new, 1 is redescribed, and the ‘‘hypotypes”’ of 7 others are described. For 32 previously described species, notes are given on specimens examined, and the paper closes with notes on the 8 species not included in the keys. In the illustra- tions (see pp. 407-421) I have tried to keep together similar structures from the various species so that a comparison of them could be made. In this paper, the term ‘“‘hypotype” is used to refer to a specimen herein described and belonging to the opposite sex of the corresponding holotype described by another author. Additional specimens of the hypotype are called “‘parahypotypes.”’ Thus, I have followed the terminology suggested by Frizzell (1933). 1College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Mayagiiez, Puerto Rico, 393 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM voL. 112 Thanks to the cooperation of the entomologists listed below, I was able to see many types and received many specimens for study and identification. To all I am greatly indebted: Dr. J. Carayon, Museum National D’Histoire Naturelle (MNHN), Paris. Dr. Mont. A. Cazier, American Museum of Natural History (AMNH), New York City. Dr. P. J. Darlington, Museum of Comparative Zoology (MCZ), Harvard, Cambridge, Massachusetts. Dr. Thomas H. Farr, Institute of Jamaica (IJ), Kingston, Jamiaca, West Indies. Dr. Theodore H. Hubbell, Museum of the University of Michigan (MUM), Ann Arbor, Michigan. Dr. John Miller, Chicago Natural History Museum (CNHM). Dr. Edward 8. Ross, California Academy of Science (CAS), San Francisco. Dr. Reece I. Sailer, U.S. Department of Agriculture, especially for loaning unidentified material and permitting me to examine the type material deposited in the U.S. National Museum (USNM), and for his detailed review of the manuscript of this paper. Dr. George Wallace, Carnigie Museum (CM) at Pittsburgh, Pennyslvania. Dr. Petr Wygodzinsky (PW), Instituto de Medicina Regional, Universidad Nacional, Tucumén, Argentina, especially for loaning me abundant material from his collection and other material under his temporary care, especially that from the Vienna Museum (VM). Genus Ghilianella Spinola Ghilianella Spinola, 1850, p. 102. The following descriptions are abstracted from McAtee and Malloch (1925): Genus Ghilianella Spinola: foretarsi without distinguishable seg- mentation under the highest power (even when cleared), consisting of but one heavily chitinized segment, with an unequal pair of claws, a single claw, or without distinct claws. Foretarsus with two longi- tudinal series of angularly deflected spines, which under high power appear like elongate knifelike teeth on its ventral surface. Head with a more or less pronounced spine or tubercle between bases of antenna, labrum closely adherent to base of rostrum, not projecting spine-like. Adults never winged. Head and thorax more or less granulate, the former with a profound constriction anterior of eyes. Mesothorax and metathorax each tricarinate or with a median carina and lateral rows of tubercles above and usually unicarinate below. GHILIANELLA ASSASSIN BUGS—-MALDONADO-CAPRILES 395 Abdomen more or less carinate or keeled below. Front tibia with a patch of short pale golden hairs on inner side apically and a tuft of longer ones at the apex inferiorly. Middle and hind legs and antenna much longer than body. When the legs have pale markings, they are almost invariably as follows: middle and hind femora with two postmedian bands and a subapical spot, and tibiae with a sub- basal spot; in the pale species, dark markings tend to appear at these same places; frontal and femoral spines mostly pale. Subgenus Ghilianella Spinola, 1850: claws of foretarsi two, the inner short, closely applied to the base of outer. Subgenus Ploeodonyx McAtee and Malloch, 1925: claw of foretarsus single; claw separated from tarsus by a suture; forefemur rather slender as a whole, but notably thicker near base than at first strong spine. Subgenus Lissonyr McAtee and Malloch, 1925: claw of foretarsus single; claw entirely fused with tarsus; forefemur rather stout, little if any thicker at base than at first strong spine. Table I, below, is the checklist of the known species of Ghilianella in the Americas. Included are 88 species of which the males of 56 and the females of 60 are known. The origin of the holotype is also given. The keys to both sexes follow the table. TABLE 1.—Checklist of species of Ghilianella, origin of the holotype, and the sexes known Known sexes Species } Male Female Origin of holotype aliena McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Venezuela alterata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Venezuela alveola McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Grenada amicula (Ploeodonyx) McAtee and Malloch, x French Guiana 1925 analis (Dohrn), 1860 x Dutch Guiana andersoni Brindley, 1931 British Guiana | angulata (Lissonyx) (Uhler), 1893 x x St. Vincent annectens McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Panama annulata (Dohrn), 1863 > South America apiculata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Dominican Republic approximata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Bolivia aracataca McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Colombia assanutriz Bergroth, 1906 x x Venezuela atabapo Maldonado, 1953 x Venezuela atriclava Bergroth, 1911 x French Guiana bethet Dohrn, 1863 x Colombia bicaudata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Cubs borincana, new species x Puerto Rico brasiliensis (Dohrn), 1860 x Brazil _ brevicornis Brindley, 1931 x British Guiana | See footnote at end of table. 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 TasBLE 1.—Checklist of species of Ghilianella, origin of the holotype, and the sexes known—Continued Known sexes Species 1 Male Female Origin of holotype bulbifera Champion, 1898 X Panama calva, new species x Colombia calymmata, new species x Colombia campulligaster, new species x Brazil clavellata, new species x British Guiana claviventris Bergroth, 1906 x Venezuela colona McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Colombia cuneata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x “ Panama fenestrata, new species x Costa Rica filiventris Spinola, 1850 x x) Brazil galapagensis Heidemann, 1901 x Galapagos gerstaeckert (Dohrn), 1860 x saiti gibberosa Piza, Jr. (see Toledo Piza), 1939 x Brazil gibbiventris Champion, 1898 x x Panama glabrata (Ploeodonyx) McAtee and Malloch, x British Guiana 1925 gladiator McAtee and Malloch, 1925 Xx x Trinidad globifera Bergroth, 1906 x x Venezuela globulata MecAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Guatemala granulata Champion, 1898 is ? British Honduras grapta, new species x x Venezuela haitiana, new species x x Haiti ica McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Peru ignorata Dohrn, 1860 x Venezuela imbecilla (Dohrn), 1860 iv i, Peru insidiatriz (Ploeodonyx) Bergroth, 1922 x x French Guiana lissa Maldonado, 1953 x Venezuela longula MeAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Cuba maculata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Cuba mariae Wygodzinsky, 1953 a x Peru megharpacta, new species x Peru minimula McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Brazil mirabilis McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x |, Brazil monense Maldonado, 1953 x x Mona Island nanna, new species x Argentina nebulosa (Dohrn), 1860 x Bolivia neivat Piza, Jr. (see Toledo Piza), 1939 x x, Brazil obesa, new species x Costa Rica pachitea MeAtee and Malloch, 1925 Xx Peru panamana, new species x Panama pascoet Bergroth, 1906 x x Venezuela patruela McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Costa Rica pendula McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Panama perigynium McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x. Pert persimilis McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Cuba personata MeAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Brazil peruviana McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Peru See footnote at end of table. GHILIANELLA ASSASSIN BUGS—MALDONADO-CAPRILES 397 TABLE 1.—Checklist of species of Ghilianella, origin of the holotype, and the sexes known—Continued Known seres Species! Male Female Origin of holotype perversa McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Colombia productilis Barber, 1914 x x Florida puncticauda Maldonado, 1953 xX x Venezuela recondita MeAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Colombia rhabdita, new species x Brazil semipallida Bergroth, 1906 x Venzuela servillei (Spinola), 1837 x x Brazil signata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Colombia signorett (Dohrn), 1860 x x Jamaica similata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Venezuela simillima MeAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Cuba sptnata, new species x x Jamaica spinicaudata, new species x Jamaica siptnolae Dohrn, 1860 Brazil stipitata MeAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Venezuela strigata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Costa Rica subglobulata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x x Venezuela succincta McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Brazil sulcata Maldonado, 1953 x Venezuela truncata McAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Panama uncinata MeAtee and Malloch, 1925 x Panama varicornis (Dohrn), 1860 x x Puerto Rico ! Unless otherwise noted, all species are of the subgenus Ghilianella. Keys to the Species of Ghilianella MALES 1 Mesothorax enero longer than prothorax; shape of abdomen WATIOUS ss uise ci ae Steet hoes Mesothorax little if any ioceee cae Drctocne brawn usually gradually widening from base. . . Se coi 2(1) Abdomen with an abrupt bulbous sw sian ene middle. ee es: Abdomen without bulbous swelling .. . etre ree nde . 3(2) Interantennal spine well developed, une fend ‘and prothorax usually distinctly granulose; claspers of hypopygium with upper and lower margins in most species without a rounded notch above or below; metathorax usually much attenuated anteriorly. 4 Interantennal spine not developed, a mere wart, blunt; head and prothorax but little granulose; claspers of hypopygium long, obtriangular with at least the upper margin notched... .. 19 4(3) Hypopygium with a large apical hooklike process which has an emargination or a on each side of hook, not entirely filled by claspers .. . <6) 5,.~.- aie Hypopygium with a eae ane weable ole pad ee magnifica- tion; the upper margin of hypopygium but little concave; the claspers entirely filling the space between the margin and the DEO CESSeete ea rektan eM ace ci cua che ZONE RED ASH fm] LENSES LENSES 7 VERTICAL SCALE HORIZONTAL SCALE Ficure 5.—Soil profile along N.-S. center line of house 1 in the Tanaka Site, Osatsu. CULTURAL SEQUENCES IN HOKKAIDO—MacCORD 495 ments of celts, 2 projectile points (plate 7d), 2 drills or reamers (plate 7,c,e), and 17 chipped scrapers (plate 7a—b). The majority of the chipped implements are made of obsidian, though the presence of a few chips of flint show that this material was used. The celt frag- ments are small chips of polished diorite, too small to indicate the dimensions of the tool. One lump of sponge iron (411643, plate 7/) found in the humus seems to be contemporary with the housepit, but no other evidence of iron working was found in the excavation. Two postmolds found in the subsoil outside the housepit were vertical, and do not appear to have been part of the house structure. Miscellaneous sherds from the trench outlining housepit 1 consist of the following: No. of Type Rims Body Basal vessels Yoichi 0 13 0 3 Nopporo (411633) 36 34 13 21 Ebetsu (411632) 12 13 0 2 Haji 3 15 0 2 Of the 13 bases, 12 are cordmarked and are 3 to 3% inches in di- ameter. The remaining one is plain, 3 inches in diameter. Vessel 1 (411637) is an incomplete, nonrestorable bowl made of sandy clay containing many fiber casts. The paste is yellow and buff. It is a straight-sided bowl with a rounded bottom. The vessel is cordmarked over the entire outer surface. Height of the bowl is in excess of 8 inches. Rim diameter is 9 inches, while the base is about 3 inches across. The rim is straight and pointed in cross-section. Short impressions of twisted cords are found on the inner edge of the rim. Perforations for repair are present on each side of a break in the side wall. Vessel 2 (411635) is a small vase-shaped cup 1% inches high. It is made of sandy clay and is unevenly fired. Basic color is a reddish orange, but black smoke clouding covers about one half of the sur- face. ‘The base is subconoidal. Sides flare outward to a maximum diameter of 1% inches at a height of 1 inch. At the shoulder thus formed, the sides narrow abruptly to a nearly vertical neck % inch high. Rim diameter is 1 inch. The cup appears to have been molded over a fingertip. The outer surface is plain, though the neck is decorated with two parallel incised lines, which cut across a zigzag line to form equilateral triangles between the shoulder and the rim. The rim is straight and rounded in cross-section. Vessel 3 (411638) is a restorable bowl 5 inches high bearing at least two crenelations 1 inch higher. The shape is that of a wide- mouthed bowl with a flat bottom and straight, sloping sides. The paste is a sandy clay of yellow and buff color. The entire outer sur- 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 face is cordmarked, as is the base and the upper % inch of the inner surface. The rim is straight and pointed in cross-section. The one crenelation present bears five rounded gashes. Rim diameter is 8% inches, and the base is 3 inches across. Perforations for repair are present. Vessel 4 (411639) is an incomplete, nonrestorable vase at least 12 inches high. Sides are straight and are nearly vertical. The oral diam- eter is 15 inches while the base is 4 inches across. The entire outer surface including the base is cord marked. The rim is straight and pointed in cross-section. No design is found, but the rim bears an unknown number of small (%-inch high) plain crenelations. Perfora- tions for repair are present. Vessel 5 (411634) (plate 8d) is an incomplete, nonrestorable vase of the type known to Japanese archeologists as ‘‘Satsumon.”’ Since the base is missing, the exact height and basal type cannot be deter- mined. Oral diameter is 10% inches, and the height is in excess of 10 inches. The vase shows coil joints indicating the method of manu- facture. The paste is sandy clay, well fired, and yellow, buff, and brown in color, with some soot encrustation. Outer surfaces are plain, but show marks of having been scraped vertically with a rough- edged scraper. Maximum body diameter is 7 inches, with a slight constriction to 6% inches in the neck. The rim flares outward and then upward to a vertical, rounded rim. Design is found in two areas: the shoulder and the outer edge of the rim. On the shoulder are two discontinuous incised lines 4 inch apart. Immediately below the lower line is a row of \% inch long gashes impressed into the clay at an angle of about 30 degrees from vertical, sloping from lower left to upper right. The design at the rim is a 1-inch band of three in- cised lines, spaced 4% inch apart with a row of gashes immediately below each line. The upper and lower gashes slope from lower left to upper right, while the center row slopes in opposite directions. Upon completion of the trench outlining the house, the house proper was completely cleared of ash and humus. As no trace was found of a doorway, the house must have been entered through the roof. A small burned area of the floor on the east side at the wall was un- doubtedly the hearth. It was connected with a collapsed structure of clay, which extended outside the housepit wall. The exact nature of this structure could not be determined, but it appears to have been either a smoke hole, or an air vent lined with clay. I found similar “chimneys” in house pits in the Anenuma-Ogawara area of Aomori Prefecture, Honshu (MacCord, 1955, pp. 150-151). Midway along the south wall, and 1 foot inside the edge of the house was a small rectangular pit of unknown use. It measured 10 by 18 inches, was 6 inches deep, and was lined with small marsh CULTURAL SEQUENCES IN HOKKAIDO—MacCORD 497 reeds (Japanese-Yoshi), which had been converted into charcoal. No sherds were found in or near this small pit. At many places around the sides of the house floor and at several places near the center were found charred wood representing fallen roof timbers. Four interior supporting posts for the roof were evi- denced by the postmolds equally spaced in the four corners of the pit. These molds were from 18 to 20 inches deep and were rounded on the bottom. The postholes were about 1 foot in diameter, while the actual post mold was only 5 to 6 inches thick. The location of the supporting posts and the orientation of the charred roof timbers indicate that the roof framing consisted of a square lintel connecting the tops of the four posts. The roof mem- bers were undoubtedly poles laid from the ground surface over the lintels and meeting in the center to form a four-sided pyramid. That this roof was covered with thatch is indicated by the presence of charred marsh reeds in quantity in the floor debris. Since so much of the roof structure has been converted to charcoal, it seems that the roof must have been covered with earth that smoth- ered the fire when the roof collapsed. The few Jomon Period sherds found in the pit fill could have come from the earth used on the roof. The earth had probably been scraped up from the immediate vicinity of the house. No trace of a prepared floor was found, nor were there any subfloor storage pits or additional hearths. Cultural material found in the fill of the housepit was not plentiful. Stone implements (411646) consist of three retouched flakes of obsidian, apparently used as scrapers. Two basal halves of vessels of the Haji type (411644), and nine miscellaneous sherds (411645) of the same type indicate the occupants of the house. Hight Jomon Period sherds of the Nopporo type were found scattered through the fill dirt. The two fragmentary Haji vessels are flat-bottomed vases with flaring sides. One base is 3 inches and the other 3% inches in diameter. Both are marked with the impressions of a bamboo leaf, possibly Sasa palmata (identification by Dr. F. A. McClure, Depart- ment of Botany, U.S. National Museum). Apparently in the manufacture of the vases, the molded base of moist clay was placed on a section of leaf, and as coils were added to build the sidewalls, the leaf was turned, thus serving as a turntable, and possibly in imitation of the potters’ wheel. The clay of the two fragmentary vases is a pale yellow with occasional blotches of red or brown, apparently representing firing inequalities. Temper in both vases is quartz sand. Both vases are plain, though they show ver- tical marks of scraping of exterior surfaces and similar horizontal marks on inner surfaces. A sample of the charcoal found on the floor of house 1 was collected for Carbon-14 dating. Dr. Meyer Rubin of the Low Level Radiation 544608—60—2 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Laboratory of the U.S. Geological Survey obtained the age of 1100 +160 years (W-419). A test trench 5 feet wide was dug from house 1 to house 2. This trench yielded no artifacts, but uncovering the subsoil revealed a shallow (24-inch deep) trench about halfway between the two houses, V-shaped in profile and running at right angles to the edge of the terrace. Due to insufficient time, this trench was not further ex- plored, but it appears to have been a drainage ditch designed to receive and carry away water running off the roofs of the houses, and possibly to lower the water table in the vicinity of the pit dwellings. The outlines of house 2 were traced by means of a trench similar to that around house 1. In the trench were found one triangular arrow- point of obsidian (411649), six retouched flakes of obsidian, one of flint, and one of chalcedony (411650). Sherds found show the follow- ing distribution and varieties: No. of Type Rims Body Basal vessels Yoichi — 3 2 2 Nopporo 3 6 1 3 Ebetsu 3 12 = 3 Satsumon 2 27 2 2 Haji J 33 2 2 One of the Satsumon rimsherds shows a support perforation just below the rim made before the pot was fired. House 2, like house 1, was roughly square but slightly larger. The sides measured 27.5, 28, 27.5, and 30 feet. The floor of the pit was 36 inches from the present surface. No trace of a prepared floor was found, and no entrance way was visible. The fireplace was located on the south side, just west of center, and a collapsed clay extension outside the housepit wall was probably the remains of either an air vent or a smokehole. Three postmolds were found in the corners, but the fourth, if it existed, was missed. These postmolds were about 1 foot in diameter and extended into the subsoil for 2 feet. No sub- floor pits or similar features were found. As in house 1, large quan- tities of charred roof members were found on the floor, and the floor showed reddening by fire in several large irregular areas. Artifacts found consisted of sherds and one obsidian flake scraper (411652). Sherds were found scattered throughout the fill, but one almost complete bowl was found at floor level only 2 feet from the hearth’s edge. This bowl was found articulated, but was struck by a workman’s shovel, and one piece was lost. Sherds of two other badly broken vessels were found concentrated in the southern half of the housepit, probably due to the proximity of the hearth. The miscellaneous sherds found in the housepit show the following distribution and variety: CULTURAL SEQUENCES IN HOKKAIDO—MacCORD 499 No. of Type Rims Body Basal vessels Nopporo J 25 3 3 Ebetsu 2 7 | 1 Satsumon 7 49 0 2 Vessel 1 from housepit 2 (411655) (plate 9) is an almost complete vase of Satsumon type. Since the base is missing, the exact height and base type cannot be determined. Overall height is in excess of 7 inches. The vase has expanding sides with a maximum diameter of 5% inches, and a constricted neck having a diameter of 4 inches. The rim is strongly flared with an oral diameter of 5 inches. The paste is ellow clay containing a temper of fine quartz sand and minute flakes of obsidian. The exterior is plain except for vertical marks of scraping. No design is found on this vessel. Vessel 2 (411654) (plate 10a) is a small, shallow bowl made on a potters’ wheel. The characteristic spiral striations on the base (plate 105) show the technique of severing with a cord the shaped bowl from the pedestal of clay from which the vessel was formed. The bowl is 2% inches high and has a flat base and straight, expanding sides. Oral diameter is 4% inches while the base is 1% inches across. The clay is yellow and red. Tempering is primarily quartz sand. The use of a high-firing temperature is indicated by the glazed surface area roughly % inch square on one side. Since other vessels at the site were made by the coiling method, the bowl is probably an impor- tation, though from what source is not known. Vessel 3 (411651) is an incomplete shallow bowl apparently hand- molded. Height is 1% inches, oral diameter is 4 inches, and basal diameter is 1% inches. The clay is yellow with some areas of black é clouding. The temper is quartz sand with some obsidian flakes. Miscellaneous Sites In addition to the excavations carried out at the Taniguchi, Uenae, and Tanaka Sites, surface collections were made at a number of other sites in the Ishikari Plain region of Hokkaido. These sites yielded materials representing most of the cultural periods of Hokkaido and supplementing the data obtained from the excavations. The fol- lowing brief descriptions of the sites and the materials collected at each are arranged according to a cultural sequence based on the excavations and on presumably parallel cultural evolution in other parts of Japan. Preceramic (?) Period One mile east of the city of Iwamizawa at a place called Higashi- Tonebetsu is a hilltop on which hundreds of obsidian and flint chips 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 112 were found, as well as occasional perfect or broken artifacts of stone. No pottery was found, either on the site or in its immediate vicinity. This lack of pottery indicates that the site is a preceramic horizon or that the site is a workshop without adjacent habitation sites. Collection from the site consists of: Item USNM No. Quantity Plate No, Projectile, triangular, obsidian 411685 1 lle Projectile, lanceolate, obsidian 411685 2 11f Projectile, elongate, tanged obsidian 411685 2 lld Projectile, stubby, tanged obsidian 411685 3 llc Scraper knife, flint 411684 1 11b Celts, broken and incomplete 411680 5 — Chisels, polished 411683 3 lla The celts and chisels are made from locally obtained boulders of glaucophane schist, or phyllite, both forms of metamorphosed shale (identified by Mr. James H. Benn, formerly of the U.S. National Museum). The obsidian is both of the speckled type and the plain type, which is translucent on thin edges. Early Jomon Period At Sunahama, located on the right bank of an abandoned channel of the Ishikari River, 1.8 miles west of Horomui, Ebetsu Township, is a small outcrop of cultural remains at a depth of 20 feet below the present surface of the flood plain. No excavations were undertaken, but a small collection consisting of sherds and two small triangular arrowpoints was made where these artifacts protruded from the deposit. The sherds appear to represent the cylindrical ware of the Early Jomon Period (Groot, 1951, p. 39). They are straight sided, flat bottomed, and cord marked over the entire outer surface. The paste is tempered with sand containing flakes of obsidian, and the ware is gritty to the touch. Designs occur only adjacent to the rim and consist of lines of pseudocord impressions parallel to and, rarely, at right angles to the lip. Rims are straight and rounded in cross- section, while six out of the seven rims show a notched rim top. Three sherds (411666) from this site are illustrated in plate 12a-c. The two arrowpoints found are of obsidian (411665). Middle Jomon Period One mile north of the town of Shimamatsu, on the road to Hiro- shima, is a small site lying on a hill just north of an unnamed creek that flows into the Shimamatsu River. Surface indications of occu- pancy occur over a 10-acre tract and consist of chips, artifacts, and an occasional sherd. All sherds are of the Yoichi type attributable to the Middle Jomon Period. Fragments of grooved mullers are plentiful. Artifacts collected are: CULTURAL SEQUENCES IN HOKKAIDO—MuacCORD 501 Item USNM No. Quantity Plate No. Celts, pecked, unfinished 411657 2 - Celts, polished 411657 2 - Chisel, double-ended 411663 1 13c Knives, tanged, flint 411661 11 13, a—b, d Serapers, flint flake 411660 J - Scrapers, obsidian flake 411660 I ~ Projectiles, lanceolate, obsidian 411658 2 ~ Projectiles, stemmed, flint 411662 1 13e On the property of Mr. Matsushima Saichi at the highest point of the hill mass just east of the town of Noboribetsu is a shellheap about 150 feet in diameter. According to Mr. Saichi, it is about 5 feet thick at the center and contains shells, bones, sherds, and earth mixed throughout. No excavation was undertaken, but a small surface collection was made. No sherds were collected, but the few seen appeared to be of the Middle Jomon Period. Stone artifacts collected are: Item USNM No. Quantity Plate No. Muller, grooved 411671 1 14 Knives, tanged, flint 411667 2 - Scraper, flint flake 411667 1 _ Projectile, stemmed, flint 411668 2 - Abrader, sandstone 411670 1 - Chisel, phyllite 411669 1 - The chisel collected is 3% inches long, 4 inch thick, and % inch wide. At Tsuishikari, 1 mile west of the town of Ebetsu is a sandy hill bordering the Toyohira River just south of its confluence with the Ishikari River. This sandy emminence is probably part of an ancient sand-dune system. On this hill Japanese archeologists excavated many Ainu graves. These graves were not old, some being as recent as the middle of the 19th century. The graves yielded human bones in excellent condition, accompanied by iron swords and kettles, glass beads, brass wire ornaments, and other trinkets obtained by the Ainu from trade with the Japanese. In the topsoil between the graves and in some instances included in the backfill of the graves were found Jomon Period sherds and stone artifacts. During the present investigations, a 10-foot square test was dug to hardpan, but no graves or other features were met. In the topsoil of the test square and on the surface of the site were found the following: Item USNM No. Quantity Muller, grooved 411691 1 Celt, perfect 411689 1 Celts, broken 411689 3 Abrader, sandstone 411690 1 Seraper, flint 411688 1 Projectile, triangular, obsidian 411687 i Sherd, base, Jomon Period 411686 1 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Later Jomon Period In the town of Hiroshima, east of Sapporo, is a rather large site on a hilltop north of the small stream that passes through the center of the town. In fields behind a large shrine and across from the town’s primary school is a portion of a site containing hundreds of sherds and numerous stone artifacts and chips. Recent Ainu graves intrusive to the site yield glass beads, iron swords, etc., of Japanese origin. No excavation was made at this site, but surface collecting produced the following: Item USNM No. Quantity Plate No Abrader, sandstone 411675 1 ~ Hammerstone, jasper nodule 411676 1 - Celt, broken 411674 1 - Drill, T-shaped, flint 411679 1 ~ Seraper, triangular, obsidian 411673 1 - Arrowpoints, triangular, obsidian 411678 ] ~ Arrowpoints, stemmed, obsidian 411678 1 - Arrowpoints, stemmed, flint 411673 1 - Sherds, rim, Nopporo type 411677 14 12d—h Sherds, body, Nopporo type 411672 2 - Sherds, basal, Nopporo type 411672 2 ~ Summary In summing up, I must first express the hope that the findings reported herein will stimulate and challenge others to enter the field of Japanese archeology. Additional research in this hitherto almost unexplored area will, no doubt, produce results that will contribute much to our knowledge of the prehistory of the entire Far East and north Pacific region, including the Bering Strait approaches to North America. The stratigraphic evidence and the Carbon-14 dates from the three excavation sites demonstrate that Hokkaido has been the setting since at least 2000 B.C. for a sequence of cultures almost identical to that of Honshu. The many similarities in ceramics, stone implements, pit houses, and the hint of iron working at the Tanaka Site, as com- pared with the Ogawara Pit House Culture of northern Honshu, permit the conclusion that the people responsible for both sites were identica! culturally and probably racially. Such a long time span with its numerous close parallels indicates frequent cultural contacts, if not actual migrations and intermarrying of the peoples of the two islands. The indications of a nonceramic period in Hokkaido, while not conclusive, hint of a far longer occupation there by man before 2000 B.C. How much longer is unknown at this time. Recent finds on Honshu prove a preceramic occupation there, and more thorough search of Hokkaido may demonstrate a similar situation in the northern island. CULTURAL SEQUENCES IN HOKKAIDO—MacCORD 5038 The stemmed arrowpoint illustrated in plate 13¢ is identical to many found in America, and Japanese archeologists refer to it as the “American Indian type.” Such stemmed points of flint are more frequent in collections of stone implements from Sakhalin than from Hokkaido, and they are almost never seen in Honshu collections. This distributional pattern indicates a probable dispersion from a source common both to America and Japan—probably northeastern Siberia. This problem must await further search on the mainland before it can be solved. The identity of the people responsible for the Jomon Period materials and for the protohistoric Tanaka Site materials remains problematical at this time. I suspect that the people were of the same racial stock as the modern Japanese, but I cannot now prove this assumption. The role of the modern Ainu and his ancestors in this archeological picture is also still too obscure for any positive statement. ‘The Ainu graves at Ebetsu and Hiroshima and those adjoining the Tanaka Site reportedly have yielded intact skeletal material and grave goods of such recency that they can with certainty be dated within the past century or so. During my explorations on Hokkaido I saw no archeological site that 1 could with certainty identify with prehistoric Ainu. Possibly the culture of the Ainu in early times was such that nothing but stone implements could survive. If so, this fact would account for the non- ceramic sites on Hokkaido. We must, however, await more thorough stratigraphical explorations of the shell mounds, caves, and other sites on Hokkaido for answers to this puzzling problem. Literature Cited Groot, Farner GERARD 1951. The prehistory of Japan, Columbia University Press, New York, Xvli+ 122 pp. MacCorp, Howarp A. 1955. Contributions to the archeology of northern Honshu, Part IJ, Oga- wara pit-house culture. American Antiquity, Salt Lake City, vol 21, No. 2, pp 149-61. Rusin, Meyer; and ALEXANDER, CoRINNE 1958. U.S. Geological Survey Radiocarbon Dates, IV. Science, vol 127, No. 3318, pp 1476-1487. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1960 = : iv y : yt notlge!s of) Be Ai os wie quit Vs firti “wor) weet i389 i ie aus oe He ‘te Unt wiodta , Pag £y daw Siguug ail lo ytineinbis ae 1 sei C ait 163 peihosiig Az ay Pn bie as ma) Ne Senyeue \ it arnt wily du Oh Gis ; hao caqotmeboncads es norsoroa iors pit ih edescine: en! bang midcom bor aw sald to alot oft YP duunivisie svitieng yun tol sdaly ood Une cele at etadoig | tio! per itetl) beta sdtodol ta ed¥eig | iz svad albattroges © hate = joey ino TO TINTS eiolqnd Sent yer Meo diby bimppck'9 pils si EA. oid Ip.8 ot i vie blogs aliataslt ak UMA AAT iC) fs a5 Le ESOL a % i a = a ‘ 1 BAULIE "hai 9 ey sayte PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 MACCORD—PLATE 1 Rim sherds of Yoichi type (Middle Jomon Period) from Taniguchi Site. USNM Nos.: a—b, 411582: c—d, 411573. PROG ULSTNAT. MUS. VOL. 112 MACCORD—PLATE 2 Rim sherds of Yoichi type (Middle Jomon Period) from Taniguchi Site. USNM Nos.: a, 411601; 5b, 411573: ¢, 4] 1606; d, 411596, PROC USS. NAT MUS. VOL. 112 Stone artifacts from Taniguchi Sit i—a, ceits: e-—/ 589: Gone. h 4 411 ives. USNM Nos:: a, d, 411571: | PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS VOL. 112 Obsidian artifacts from Taniguchi Site: a—c. chipped scrapers; d—i, | Nos.: a6. 411579; d, f Re 411590; &s 1, 411549; h, MACCORD yrojectile points. 411557. PLATE 4 20M | | | | | i } | USNM | | | | | PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 MACCORD—PLATE 5 Stone artifacts from Uenae Site: a, notched tang blade; o, pumice “arrow shaft ther; per: e-f, obsidian projectile pi ints USNM No.: ie yerforated pebble; i obsidian Scray I ; a-f, 411616. PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS VOL. 112 < MACCORD—PLATE 6 Pottery from Uenae Site: a-b, to Haji type. USNM Nos.: ‘oichi type; c-e and ¢ h, Nopporo ty pe; f, flat base related b, 411612; ¢, 411614: d-e and g-h, 411613; f, 411615, MACCORD—PLATE 7 PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 Stone artifacts and miscellaneous object trom the c and e. drills or reamers; d, projectile point; a—e, 411642; f, 411643. PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 MACCORD—PLATE 8 ‘ See ; ae PTT hae se a fast we | | / Pottery from house 1 of the Tanaka Site: a, I:betsu type; b, Satsumon vessel. USNM Nos.: a, 4] 1636: b, 411634. MACCORD—PLATE 9 PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 | | 26M 0 Satsumon vessel from house ite, USNM No. 411655. 2 of the Tanaka S PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL: 112 MACCORD—PLATE 10 O Ie ren Pottery vessel made on potter’s wheel from house 2 of the ‘I b, base of vessel 2 showing the scar of sey ering f potter’s wheel. USNM No.: a b, 411655. ‘anaka Site: a, side view of vessel 2: from the pedestal of clay on the MACCORD—PLATE 11 PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 Stone artifacts from near [wamizwa: a, polished chisel; 8, projectile points. USNM Nos.: a, 411683; b, 411684; c—f, 411685. flint scraper-knife; c—f, obsidiat PROG! U-S: NAT. MUS: VOL. 112 MACCORD—PLATE 12 Sherds from near Sunahama and Hiroshima Site: a-c, Early Jomon Period sherds from Sunahama; d-h, Nopporo type sherds from Hiroshima Site. USNM Nos.: a-c, 411666; d—-h, 411677. PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 MACCORD—PLATE 13 | 2CM Stone artifacts from Shimamatsu Site: a-b and d, tanged flint knives; c, polished double- ended chisel: ¢, stemmed flint projectile point. USNM Nos.: a-, d, 41 1661; c, 411663; e, 411662. PROC. U-S:. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 MACCORD—PLATE 14 [| Of cis e-6GM Grooved muller from a shell mound near Noboribetsu, USNM No. 411671. Proceedings of the ..U nate d. States National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION - WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 112 1960 Number 3444 NOCTUID MOTHS OF THE SCOPULEPES GROUP OF HEMEROPLANIS HUBNER By E. L. Topp! Three distinct species of the American genus Hemeroplanis Htibner (family Noctuidae) have been confused in the literature and in collec- tions for more than 50 years, the specimens being identified as Hemero- planis scopulepes (Haworth) or as one or another of its synonyms. Specific differences exist, however, in the legs and genitalia of the males and in the maculation of the wings of the females. ‘These differences are discussed and illustrated in this paper. The three species—H. scopulepes (Haworth) (=H. pyralis Hiibner, the only originally included species, and therefore the type of the genus), H. aurora (Walker), and H. zayasi, new species—are treated herein as the scopulepes group. The males of the species of this group have the tibiae of the hindlegs modified—each is decurved toward the apex and bears prominent dorsal hair tufts—while in the other species presently placed in the genus, the hindlegs are not so modified. In addition, in males of the scopulepes group (except males of the geometralis form of scopulepes) the coloration of the forewing basad of the postmedial line is some shade of yellow,? whereas in the other 1Entomology Research Division, Agricultural Research Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture. 2 The author has seen specimens indicating that at least in some specimens this color may be some oliva- ceous shade, which fades after the specimens are killed. 505 506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 species of Hemeroplanis the coloration of that portion of the forewing (or at least the median area of the wing) is some shade of brown or gray. Characters for group separation of the females, if existent, have not been recognized. Some of the females of the scopulepes group are colored as in the males, and may therefore be separated from females of other species of Hemeroplanis, but other females of this group are not so distinctly colored. Nothing is known of the immature stages or the larval food plants of either the scopulepes group or the other species presently placed in Hemeroplanis. A total of 127 specimens were available for study. Most were from the collections of the U.S. National Museum, but 25 specimens from the British Museum (Natural History) were sent by D. S. Fletcher, 1 specimen of aurora was loaned by J. G. Franclemont from the collec- tion of the Department of Entomology, Cornell University, and 2 specimens were received from the private collection of Fernando de Zayas Mufos of Havana, Cuba. Most of the line drawings were prepared by Arthur Cushman of the Entomology Research Division. The illustration of the genitalia of the type of aurora is presented through the courtesy of Mr. Fletcher. The adults illustrated on plate 1 were photographed by J. R. Foy, Photographic Service Section, Photograph Division, Office of Information, U.S. Department of Agriculture. Key to the Species of the scopulepes Group MALES 1. Middle tibia longer than basal segment of tarsus (fig. 3); a tuft of hairs present on lower surface of forewing in cell between bases of Cu, and Cup. scopulepes Middle tibia modified, distinctly shorter than basal segment of tarsus (figs. 1 and 2); lower surface of forewing lacking tuft of hairs as above .. . 2 2. Inner (posterior) spur of middle tibia very long, as long as basal segment of tarsus (fig. 2); basal segment of tarsus not distinctly enlarged (fig. 2); apex of femur of hindleg not bearing a dark tuft of scales (fig. 2); uncus of genitalia ae stout, somewhat sickle shaped in lateral view (fig. DO) an te eoee . . . aurora Inner Gaoatenienis spur vot middie nin Shore coaut one- hale as long as basal segment of tarsus (fig. 1); basal segment of tarsus enlarged, approxi- mately as broad as tibia (fig. 1); apex of femur of bindleg with a dark tuft of scales (fig. 1); uncus of genitalia more elongate, nearly straight, but slightly cygnate apically (fig. 4c) . . . . .« . «© » « + « «.s ». Zayasi MOTHS OF THE SCOPULEPES GROUP—TODD 507 FEMALES 3 1. Pale median line of postmedial band of upper surface of forewing bordered basally by a brown line or linear series of dark brown spots (plate 1, fig. 5); terminal black points usually present on upper surface of both the forewing and the hindwing (plate 1, fig. 5); lower surface of hindwing usually with three distinct transverse, serrate lines (plate 1, fig. 6). scopulepes Pale median line of postmedial band of upper surface of forewing usually not bordered basally by a brown line or linear series of dark brown spots (plate 1, figs. 2 and 8); dark terminal line or points of hindwing usually extremely vague or absent (plate 1, figs. 2 and 8); lower surface of hindwings usually with but two distinct transverse lines, the outer line (subterminal) vague or absent (plate 1, fig. 3) . ae ne 2 2. Postmedial band of upper surface of nadeie onie tt iadiented (olate 1, fig. 8); fringe of lower surface of wings darker than ground color of wings .. oes ENAULOLA Postmedial band of Sance mintece of inctente iets (inte 1, fig. 2); fringe of lower surface of wings concolorous with ground color of wings. . .zayasi Hemeroplanis scopulepes (Haworth) Ficurss 3, 6; Puats 1, Ficures 4-6 Phytometra scopulepes Haworth, 1810, Lepidoptera britannica, pt. 2, p. 260. Scopelopus scopulaepes (Haworth), Stephens, 1829, A systematic catalogue of British insects, pt. 2, p. 110; 1829 [1830 ?], Illustrations of British entomology, Haustellata, vol. 3, p. 124. Hemeroplanis scopulaepes (Haworth), Barnes and McDunnough, 1918, Contribu- tions to the natural history of the Lepidoptera of North America, vol. 4, No. 2, p. 122.—MeDunnough, 1938, Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America, pt. 1, Macrolepidoptera, Mem. Southern California Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 127.—Forbes, 1954, Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring States, pt. 3, Memoir 329, Cornell University Agric. Exp. Stat., p. 378. {[Hemeroplanis ?]* scopelopes Seitz [1940-46 ?], Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, vol. 7, pl. 94, row e, 8rd fig. from right side. Scopelopus inops Stephens, 1829 [1830 ?], Illustrations of British entomology, Haustellata, vol. 3, p. 124. Hemeroplanis pyralis Hiibner, 1818, Zutrige zur Sammlung exotischer Schmeit- tlinge [sic], Erste Hundert, p. 23, figs. 127-128. Heliothis pyralis (Hiibner), Walker, 1857, List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum, pt. 11, p. 687. Pleonectyptera pyralis (Hiibner), Grote, 1872, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, p. 23; 1874, Bull. Buffalo Soe. Nat. Sci., vol. 2, p. 44; 1876, Check list of the Noctuidae of America, north of Mexico, pt. 2, p. 42 [12]; 1880, Canadian Ent., vol. 12. p. 87.—Smith, 1891, List of the Lepidoptera of boreal America, p. 61; 1893, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 44, p. 362.—Holland, 1903, Moth book, p. 246, pl. 29, 3 The characters given will probably not separate all examples, but they are the best the author can offer at present. The characters utilized in the separation of aurora are based on a single female. ‘ As text is not available for the species illustrated on this plate and since specific names only are given for most of the species, it is presumed that Hemeroplanis probably would have been utilized. Plate 94 is one of several that were issued without text during or shortly after World War II. Seitz, the editor, is cited as author, since the individual or individuals responsible for the name scopelopes are unknown. 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 112 fig. 19.—Dyar, 1902, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 207.—Smith, 1907, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, p. 368, pl. 9, figs. 1-3; 1909, The insects of New Jersey, p. 472.—Grossbeck, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 37, p. 67.—Barnes and McDunnough, 1917, Check list of the Lepidoptera of boreal America, p. 88. Hemeroplanis pyraloides Hiibner, 1823, Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge [sic], p. 259.—Druce, 1890, Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta, Lepidop- tera, Heterocera, vol. 1, pt. 85, p. 412. [Hemeroplanis ?]*® pyraloides Hiibner, Seitz [1940-46 ?], Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, vol. 7, pl. 94, row e, last 2 figs. right side. Poaphila irrecta Walker, 1865, List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum, pt. 33, p. 993. Apicia denticulata Walker, 1866, List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum, pt. 35, p. 1544 [new synonymy]. Coptocnemia floccalis Zeller, 1872, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, vol. 22, p. 476, tab. 2, figs. 10a and b. Pleonectyptera geometralis Grote, 1872, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 4, p. 24; 1874, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. 2, p. 44; 1876, Check list of the Noctuidae of America, north of Mexico, pt. 2, p. 42 [12]—Smith, 1891, List of the Lepidoptera of boreal America, p. 61; 1893, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 44, p. 362.—Dyar, 1902, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 52, p. 207—Smith, 1907, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 33, p. 370; 1909, The insects of New Jersey, p. 472.—Grossbeck, 1917, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 37, p. 67. Pleonectyptera pyralis form geometralis Grote, Barnes and McDunnough, 1917, Check list of the Lepidoptera of boreal America, p. 88. Hemeroplanis scopulaepes form geometralis (Grote), McDunnough, 1938, Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America, pt. 1, Macrolepidoptera, Mem. Southern California Acad. Sci., vol. 1, p. 127. Hemeroplanis scopulaepes var. geometralis (Grote), Forbes, 1954, Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring States, pt. 3, Memoir 329, Cornell University Agric. Exp. Stat., p. 378. Discussion: This species is extremely variable in maculation, so it is not surprising that the other two species, H. aurora (Walker) and H. zayasi new species, have been confused with it in collections. Typically the ground color of the basal and median parts of the wings is some shade of yellow while the terminal part is brown, but the ground color of the entire wing may be yellowish or some shade of brown. The name geometralis Grote (=Poaphila irrecta Walker) has been applied commonly to those specimens in which the entire upper surfaces of the wings are more or less suffused with some shade of brown. For many years these dark specimens were treated as a distinct species, but more recently they have been considered to be but a form or variety (not geographical) of scopwlepes. It would ap- pear, judging from the dates on the labels of the specimens under examination, that the dark specimens represent the spring and/or winter (Florida) form. In the neotropical region this form appears to be uncommon, but it does occur occasionally. 5 See footnote 4, p. 507. MOTHS OF THE SCOPULEPES GROUP—TODD 509 Many of the specimens from the Antilles have the ground color entirely of some shade of yellow. ‘There is no evidence at present, however, to indicate whether these pale specimens represent another seasonal form. If so, they probably should be named, but for the present I prefer to refer to them as “the pale form.” Seitz ® applied the name ‘“‘pyraloides’”’ to two figures of the pale form on plate 94, row e of volume 7, Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde [1940-46 ?]. H. pyraloides Hiibner should apply only to the typical form of scopulepes. In addition to the characters indicated in the key, males of scopulepes may be recognized by the characteristic male genitalia (fig. 6). Length of forewing: Male 11 to 16 mm.; female 12 to 16 mm. Typr: The present location of the type of scopulepes is unknown. It has probably been lost. Haworth described the species from a single specimen, obviously a male, in the collection of W. E. Leach via the Portland Museum. As the material from both the Haworth and Leach collections is now in the British Museum (Natural History), the type of this species should be in that institution, but Fletcher has been unable to locate it in that collection. Typr Locatiry: Haworth listed the type as occurring in England, “Habitat in Anglia rarissime.” But he obviously believed that it was not a native species because he states in the description: ‘‘Antennae, pedesque desunt in exemplario D. Leach; at in peregrino (forte ex Americae Georgiad) pedes postici praesingulares, subtus hirsutissimi et exacte scopulaeformes” (Antennae and legs absent in the example of Mr. Leach; but in the exotic (probably from Georgia of America) the very remarkable posterior legs very hairy underneath and _ pre- cisely scopuliform). Franclemont (1951, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 58, No. 2, p. 66) discusses other American species of moths that were described by Haworth and recorded as English species. SYNONYMICAL NoTES: Hemeroplanis pyralis Hiibner, 1818: Type locality “‘Georgien in Florida.” The excellent illustrations (figs. 127— 128) leave no doubt as to the proper application of this name. Barnes and McDunnough (1918) were the first to place the name in the synonymy of scopulepes and I concur in that placement. The present location of the type of pyralis is unknown. It may be in the Natur- historisches Museum, Vienna, Austria. Hemeroplanis pyraloides Hiibner, 1823: Hiibner proposed this name as a substitute for pyralis without explanation. The type is therefore ipso facto the type of pyralis. Scopelopus inops Stephens, 1829: Proposed as a replacement name for scopulaepes without explanation. The type is ipso facto the type of scopulepes. ® See footnote 4, p. 507. 510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Poaphila irrecta Walker, 1865: Walker did not know the source or original locality of the specimen that he described under this name. Fletcher has examined the type in the British Museum (Natural History) and states in correspondence that it is a brown female of the form named geometralis by Grote. Therefore, if the brown form is to be recognized by the application of a form name, irrecta Walker would have priority. Smith (1893) treated this name as a synonym of pyralis Hiibner. Apicia denticulata Walker, 1866: Type locality “Georgia.” Fletcher has also examined the type of this species, likewise in the British Museum (Natural History) and has informed me that is it also a female of the brown form. I therefore place this name in the synonomy of scopulepes. Coptocnemia floccalis Zeller, 1872: Type locality “Texas.” De- scribed from a single male stated to be in the ‘“‘Cambridger Museum” (Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass.). It is clear from the original description and illustrations that his name is a synonym of scopulepes, and it was treated by Smith (1891) as a synonym of H. pyralis Htibner. Pleonectyptera geometralis Grote, 1872: Described from a single female from Central Alabama in June. Grote compared it with specimens of H. pyralis Hiibner taken at the same locality in July and stated that geometralis was “‘reddish fawn” to the postmedial lines. The type is in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences. MissPELLING: Stephens (1829) inserted an ‘‘a” after the ‘1’ and thus made the name “scopulaepes” and has been followed in this action by all subsequent writers. He did not discuss the change, but in any event I follow the original spelling, “‘scopulepes.”? On plate 94 of Seitz (1940-46?) the specific name is spelled ‘“‘scopelopes.’’ Since the text referrable to this plate has not been published, the name, if an original proposal, has no status. DIsTRIBUTION: This species is known to occur from North Carolina (Raleigh) and Arkansas (Carrol County), through Central America, the Caribbean, and South America, to Argentina (Misionés), but it has not been reported from Puerto Rico. It was not present in a large collection of Noctuidae from that island recently studied by the author. The apparent absence of the species in Puerto Rico suggests that the species reached Cuba, Jamaica, and Hispaniola from the north and the Lesser Antilles from the south. Hemeroplanis aurora (Walker) Ficures 2, 5; Puate 1, Fiaurss 7-8 Thermesia aurora Walker, 1865, List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum, pt. 33, p. 1039. PROC. U.S. NAT. MUS. VOL. 112 LODD—PEATE 4 \dults of species of the scopulepes group of Hemeroplanis: 1 and 3, dorsal and ventral views, holotype male of zayasi, Santiago, Cuba; 2, dorsal view, female of zayasi, Santiago, Cuba; 4 and 6, dorsal and ventral view, male, of scopulepes, Misantla, Mexico; 5, female of scopulepes, Matanzas, Cuba; 7 and 8, dorsal view, male and female of aurora, “St. Domingo.” MOTHS OF THE SCOPULEPES GROUP—TODD 511 SO 7 Ficurrs 1-4.—Hind and middle legs (figs. 1-3) and male and female genitalia (fig.4): 1, Hemeroplanis zayasi, new species; 2, H. aurora (Walker); 3, H. scopulepes (Haworth); 4, H. zayasi, new species: a, male genitalia, aedeagus removed; b, aedeagus; c, enlarged lateral view of uncus of male; d, female genitalia. 512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 C | \ r \ | \ 442 A 1 \/ I/ \// /} | | I {| | ~ SHAE ) | VA AZM || f { MEY A Ficures 5—-6.—Male and female genitalia: 5, Hemeroplanis aurora (Walker); 6, H. scopulepes (Haworth). a, Male genitalia, aedeagus removed; b, aedeagus; ¢, lateral view of uncus of male, enlarged; d, female genitalia. MOTHS OF THE SCOPULEPES GROUP—TODD 513 Discussion: H. aurora (Walker) superficially resembles scopulepes, but the tibia of the middle leg of the males of aurora are greatly reduced, and the undersurface of the forewing does not bear a tuft of hair as in scopulepes. Males of zayasi likewise differ in these two respects from scopulepes, but the basal tarsal segment of the middle leg is enlarged (nearly as wide as tibia) in zayasi and normal in aurora. ‘The inner (posterior) spur of the middle leg is very long and slender (as long as basal tarsal segment) in aurora but only about half as long as basal tarsal segment in zayasv. The three specimens of aurora that have been studied exhibit some differences in maculation of the wings from scopulepes and zayasi, but three specimens represent such a small sample that it is not known whether the differences are constant and accordingly charac- teristic of the species. In the males the dark terminal marking of the forewing is only slightly darker than the median part of the wing; the basal edge of the marking is diffuse and poorly defined. The sub- terminal series of dark points is well developed, the spots nearest the inner margin largest. The apical part of the hindwing distad of post- medial band is suffused with salmon pink and has a subterminal series of dark points present. The female appears to differ from females of the other two species in that the postmedial band of the hindwing is nearly obsolescent. In both sexes the reniform spot of the forewing is nearly obsolescent, while in the other species, especially scopulepes, it is usually well developed. Length of forewing: Male 12 to 13 mm.; female 13 mm. The characteristic male and female genitalia are illustrated (fig. 5). Type: In the British Museum (Natural History), London, England. Type Locauity: ‘St. Domingo.” MisIDENTIFICATION: This name was erroneously listed as a syn- onym of Hemeroplanis pyraloides Hiibner, one of the synonyms of H. scopulepes (Haworth) by Druce (1890, Biologia Centrali-Ameri- cana, Insecta, Lepidoptera, Heterocera, vol. 1, pt. 85, p. 412). DistriBution: Only five specimens of this species are known in collections, and they are all from Hispaniola. In addition to the type, there are three other specimens in the British Museum (Natural History), all with labels identical to those of the type. It has been possible, through the courtesy of Fletcher and the authorities of the British Museum (Natural History), to study a pair of these specimens. The other specimen of aurora, a male, is from Pétionville, Haiti, May-June 1930, O. Fulda, and is from the collection of the Depart- ment of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Remarks: The specimens illustrated (plate 1, figs. 7-8) are not so dark as the photographs indicate. The ground color is not darker 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 than most specimens of scopulepes, the apparent darker ground color being the result of different lighting and other photographic | techniques. Because of space limitations, the underside of the | wings of aurora have not been figured. In the single female the maculation of the underside is similar to that of zayasi, but the maculation of the underside of the hindwings in the males agrees more closely with that of scopulepes in regard to the development of | the transverse lines. Hemeroplanis zayasi, new species Fieurss 1, 4; Puate 1, Ficures 1-3 Description: Head with front only slightly exceeding eyes; front narrow, about equal in width to eye. Eyes moderately large, globoid, naked. Ocelli present. Antennae filiform, weakly ciliate ventrally. Labial palpi slightly oblique, nearly porrect, reaching about to middle of front, clothed with small, appressed salmon pink and dull brown, pale-tipped scales. Vestiture of front and patagia mostly of dull brown, pale-tipped scales, many bifid and hairlike. Vestiture of tegulae and thorax of yellow hairs over pale yellow scales. Abdomen yellow suffused with brown scaling. Large, white, lateral tufts of basal abdominal segment extending ventrad, covering abdominal sternites of basal segments. Legs of male with femora and tibiae conspicuously tufted (fig. 1), tufts mostly salmon pink except distal tuft of hind femur black. Tibia of middle leg short. Basal tarsal segment enlarged, densely scaled (fig. 1). Forewing about half again as long as wide (13:8); slightly falcate apically; termen weakly angulate at Cu,; venation of quadrifid type, areole present in forewing. Maculation of wings as illustrated (pl. 1, figs. 1-3). Ground color of wings of male basad of postmedial band pale lemon yellow irrorated with brown, area distad of postmedial band rust brown. Ground color of wings of female variable, orangish- yellow, olivaceous or salmon brown, darker distally. Subterminal spot between Cu, and anal vein of forewing of male black; anal spot of hindwing of male salmon; elements of transverse band (when present) reniform and orbicular spots dull brown. Underside colored about as upperside, except ordinary spots and lines darker brown, and terminal area paler. Male and female genitalia specifically distinct (fig. 4). Uncus of male genitalia (fig. 4c) shorter and stouter than that of scopulepes but longer than that of aurora; apex of uncus membranous ventrally. Processes of inner face of valve larger and more heavily sclerotized in zayasi than in the other two species (see figs. 4a, 5a, and 6a). The aedeagus of zayast shorter and stouter than that of scopulepes, longer MOTHS OF THE SCOPULEPES GROUP—TODD 515 than that of aurora, the vesical plate differently shaped in all three species (figs. 46, 5b, and 6b). Female genitalia with ductus bursae shorter than in scopulepes and aurora and lacking a noticeable sclero- tized area near the ostium (figs. 4d, 5d, and 6d). Length of forewing: Male 12 to 14 mm.; female 13 to 15 mm. Types. Holotype o’, Santiago (Santiago de Cuba), Cuba, USNM 64634; 1 o and 2 9 paratypes, same place, in USNM. 2 9 paratypes, Santiago (Santiago de Cuba), October 1902, W. Schaus; 1 o& paratype, Nassau, Bahamas, April 15, 1903, J. L. Bonhote; 2 o& paratypes, Mangrove Cay, Andros, Bahamas, January 11, 1902, J. L. Bonhote; 1 & paratype, Bahamas (Nassau ?), April 15, 1903, L. Bonhote; 1 9 paratype, same place and collector, September 3, 1902, in the British Museum (Natural History), London, England. 1 o@ paratype, La Brefia, Moa.-Ote., Cuba, June, 1954, Zayas and Alayo; 1 9 paratype, Sierra de Cristal, Oriente, Cuba, June 1956, F. de Zayas in the collec- tion of Ing. Fernando de Zayas Mufios, Havana, Cuba. Distrisution: Presently known only from Cuba and the Bahama Islands. Remarks: In addition to the characters presented in the key, the size and color of the subterminal spot between Cu, and anal vein in the forewing, the presence of the salmon-colored anal spot of the hindwing, and the more or less uniform ground color of the hindwing enable one to separate males of zayasi from males of the other known species of the scopulepes group. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1960 Preereeewri ss. Ot the United States National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION + WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 112 1960 Number 3445 LITHOGLYPTES SPINATUS, A BURROWING BARNACLE FROM JAMAICA By Jack T. TOMLINSON and Witu1AmM A. Newman! While in Jamaica in the spring of 1959, Stephen A. Wainwright of the Department of Zoology, University of California, collected spec- imens of the coral Acropora palmata containing the large burrowing barnacle, Lithotrya. At Berkeley we found associated with this bar- nacle a minute burrowing barnacle that has proved to be not only a new species, but a critical form in the taxonomic status of the families Chytraeidae and Berndtiidae of the order Acrothoracica. This Jamai- can acrothoracican has given us grounds for uniting these families with an older family, the Lithoglyptidae. The family Lithoglyptidae was established by Aurivillius in 1892 to accommodate three species of acrothoracicans: Lithoglyptes indicus, ampulla, and bicornis. Utinomi (1950b) established a family, the Chytraeidae, in which he placed Lithoglyptes ampulla and _ bicornis (under the genus Chytraea). This classification was made because an adhesive dise was not mentioned in Aurivillius’ description of these two species, and Utinomi believed that they attached to their burrows by means of their apertural hooks and spines. 1The former is 8 member of the Department of Biology, San Francisco State College, San Francisco, California; the latter is a member of the Department of Zoology, University of California, Berkeley, California. 517 518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 The species described here conforms to the diagnostic features of the family Lithoglyptidae, and except for certain specific differences it is very similar to ‘“Chytraea’”’ ampulla. This similarity extends to the details of the attachment area clearly illustrated by Aurivillius (1894) but disputed by Utinomi. The attachment disc in our form securely fastens the barnacle within its burrow. We therefore believe that Aurivillius did not place two barnacles without attachment discs in a genus and family that he described as having a dise whose function is attachment. ‘‘Chytraea”’ ampulla and bicornis clearly belong to the family Lithoglyptidae and to the genus Lithoglyptes as originally described. Utinomi (1950b) described the family Berndtiidae to accommodate a new species, Berndtia purpurea Utinomi (1950a). This barnacle is a burrower that attaches by an adhesive disc. The diagnostic features of the new family were such that it was necessary for him to include Lith- oglyptes indicus in it. Since no particular diagnostic differences sepa- rate the Berndtiidae from the Lithoglyptidae and since the latter was described first, there is no justification for the family Berndtiidae. Thus, Lithoglyptes indicus and Berndtia purpurea, along with Litho- glyptes ampulla, Lithoglyptes bicornis, and the species described here, constitute the family Lithoglyptidae. Weltneria spinosa Berndt (1907) is placed incertae sedis in this family on the basis of its five pairs of terminal cirri. It appears to resemble Berndtia; however, the descrip- tion is incomplete. Family Lithoglyptidae Aurivillius (emend.) Lithoglyptidae Aurivillius, 1892, p. 133. Berndtiidae Utinomi, 1950b, p. 457. Chytraeidae Utinomi, 1950b, p. 457. Mouth cirri well developed, on a 2-jointed pedicle. Four to five pairs of terminal cirri, but if only four pairs, caudal appendage present (four pairs in original description). No gut teeth or gizzard in di- gestive tract. Adhesive disc on mantle. Lateral bar absent. Bur- rows in coral or mollusc hard parts. Key to the Lithoglyptidae 1. Caudal appendages absent, five pairs of terminal cirri. . ........ 2 Caudal appendages present, four pairs of terminal cirri . . LirHoGLyPpTEs 3 2. Burrowing in coral. . ... . . . . . Berndtia purpurea Utinomi, 1950a Burrowing in Haliotis midae. . . . . . . Weltneria spinosa Berndt, 1907 3. Apertural hooks and spines absent, 64 mm. Lithoglyptes indicus Aurivillius, 1892 Apertural spines or hooks and spines present. ............. 4 4. Apertural spines present (no hooks), 2.51.5 mm. Lithoglyptes bicornis Aurivillius, 1892 Apertural hooks and spines present... .. «> « ..% « @ «6s «oe ss soe) oe Oo | BURROWING BARNACLE—TOMLINSON AND NEWMAN 519 5. Caudal appendage four articles, rami of mouth cirrus five and six articles, 4.52.5 mm., aperture one-fourth of mantle width. Lithoglyptes ampulla Aurivillius, 1892 Caudal appendage two articles, rami of mouth cirrus four and five articles, 1.91.3 mm., aperture one-half of mantle width. Lithoglyptes spinatus, new species Genus Lithoglyptes Aurivillius Lithoglyptes Aurivillius, 1892, p. 133 (emend.). Four pairs of terminal cirri on a 2-jointed pedicle with oblique sutures at first joints. Caudal appendage present. Mouth cirrus with two rami of four to six articles (five to six articles in original description). Lithoglyptes spinatus, new species Fiaures 1-10 Draanosts: Female (figs. 1-3 and 5-10): Aperture half greatest width of mantle, slightly arched, equipped with one pair of strong hooks and one pair of bristle-bearing spines. Anterior and posterior rami of mouth cirri with five and four articles, respectively. Caudal appendage with two distinct segments. Larvae retained until eyprid stage. Formalin-preserved specimens whitish with orange area sur- rounding aperture. Holotype 1.92 mm.X1.28 mm. About 40 barnacles associated with the thoracican Lithotrya in about 6 square inches of the dead algae-encrusted coral Acropora palmata from Salt Gut, Jamaica. The species is named for the presence of numerous spines and teeth around the mantle aperture. Type specimens: Holotype, USNM 103729. Paratypes, Califor- nia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California; Seto Marine Biological Station, Japan; Portobello Marine Station, New Zealand; Plymouth Laboratory, England; Muséum National d’Histoire Natu- relle, Paris. Description: Female: Lithoglyptes spinatus is obovate in lateral aspect (fig. 1). Twelve adults had an average height of 1.92 mm. (range 1.30 to 2.84 mm.) as measured from the basal end to the middle of the rounded apertural hooks. The average width of 1.28 mm. (range 0.94 to 1.86 mm.) was obtained by measurements from the muscle attachment knob to the opposite side of the mantle. The barnacles are flattened laterally and average about 0.28 mm. in thickness. The mantle is provided with superficial bands of striated muscle radiating from the attachment knob, and from the basal area. There is no apparent musculature in the area of the aperture. Numerous small T-shaped teeth and short, stout spinules are scattered on the 520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 STO 0.25 -AM Ficure 1.—Lithoglyptes spinatus, new species, holotype female, drawn from photographic enlargement and the specimen. Abbreviations: AK, attachment knob; AN, anus; ANT, antennule; BS, blood sinus; CG, cement gland; CGF, cement gland furrow; DG, digestive gland; E, esophagus; G, ganglion; HO, hook; M, muscle; MC, mouth cirrus; MO, mouth; MP, mouth parts; OV, ovary; PH, pharynx; RG, rectal gland; RS, renal space; SP, spine; STO, stomach; TC, terminal cirri; TO, tooth. Scale identical for figures 2-4, 5-7 and 8-9, Figures 2-10 made with the aid of a camera lucida. BURROWING BARNACLE—TOMLINSON AND NEWMAN 521 0.25MM Ficures 2-4.—Lithoglyptes spinatus: 2, 3, cross-sections through female in regions indicated in figure 1 at levels A and B; figure 3 includes male in pocket on right side of female; 4, male. For meaning of abbreviations see figure 1. 022 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 BURROWING BARNACLE—TOMLINSON AND NEWMAN 523 Ficures 8-10.—Lithoglyptes spinatus: 8, mouth cirrus; 9, fourth terminal cirrus and caudal appendage; 10, intermediate segments of outer ramus of fourth terminal cirrus. 524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM yOL. 112 surface of the mantle around the aperture and on the base of the hooks and spines. The remainder of the mantle is naked. The attachment disc adheres strongly to the burrow, and the barnacles are not readily removed until the coral is decalcified. From the base of a groove formed by the heavily reinforced ridges between the disc and the aperture, a small duct opens to the exterior from what is believed to be a cement gland. The average length of the slitlike aperture, based on 12 specimens, is 0.63 mm. Two large curved hooks are situated at the dorsal rim, and two large straight spines are situated near the ventral rim of the aperture. The hooks are essentially immovable while the spines, al- though not jointed along their length, have flexible basal attachments and can be opened outwardly in dead specimens from their usual position over the aperture. Comblike projections extend upward from both inside edges of the aperture and tend to occlude it. The pharynx leads dorsally from the mouth. The gut then bends posteriorly as an esophagus which leads to the long stomach. A supraesophageal ganglion is situated just dorsal to the esophagus. A pair of round digestive glands arise from the ventral side of the stomach and project anteriorly. An unpaired, thick-walled pocket near the anus may represent a rectal gland. The elongate anus opens between the paired terminal cirri on the dorsal side of the body. The mouth parts (figs. 5-7), composed of mandibles with palps and two pairs of maxillae, are typical for the genus. Each mandible has three strong, equally spaced teeth and numerous short spines and bristles on the cutting edge. The mandibular palp exceeds the mandible in length, and terminates in a tapering point; the edges bear a few long, soft bristles. Each first maxilla is armed with two strong teeth, numerous bristles and short teeth along the cutting edge, and is equipped with the usual apodeme. The second pair of maxillae are large and soft and have numerous flexible bristles distributed along their edges. These appendages are set close together and serve to cover the mouth field. The mouth cirri (fig. 8) have a 2-jointed pedicle upon which the two bristle-bearing rami articulate. They arise below the mouth parts and can extend up to the aperture of the mantle. They normally curve with the tips directed outward from the body. The anterior ramus has five segments, and the posterior ramus has four segments. All segments of the rami are equipped with numerous bristles arising with no particular symmetry. Many of the posterior bristles are hairy or feathery. There are four pairs of biramous, multisegmented terminal cirri. The articulations between the segments of the pedicles are slanted obliquely (fig. 9), a characteristic of the genus noted by Aurivillius (1892). The number of articles of the rami range from 30 to 50 BURROWING BARNACLE—TOMLINSON AND NEWMAN 525 (counts for one specimen), and increase in the posterior cirri. The rami are armed with long setae along their lesser curvature (fig. 10). The number and arrangement of these setae repeats itself on each article. A single seta occurs on every second to fifth articulation along the greater curvature of each terminal cirrus. The posterior end of the body supports a pair of uniramous caudal appendages of two distinct segments each (fig. 9). The proximal seg- ment bears a faint indentation suggesting a third articulation. The total length of the caudal appendage is about half the length of the pedicle of the posterior terminal cirrus. Male (fig. 4): The degenerate male appears as a small simple sac with antennules for attachment. It is unique in that it possesses a stalk, often long and attenuated, between the antennules and the body proper. The stalk arises from a T-shaped connection with the two normal-appearing antennules and terminates in an annulated attach- ment to the body. The presence of a penis could not be confirmed. The male attached to the holotype female measured 0.91 mm. in over- all length, and 0.34 mm. in body length. Usually one male was re- covered in or near a pocket on the right side of the female (fig. 3) although two males attached to a single female were observed. Puytoceny: Of the known forms of the Lithoglyptidae, Lithoglyptes spinatus from Jamaica is most closely related to Z. ampulla from the Java Sea. Both of these forms are superficially similar and both inhabit corals. LZ. spinatus can be separated from L. ampulla by its proportionately larger aperture, its more numerous small hooks and spinules on the surface of the mantle, and by the lesser number of articles composing the rami of the mouth cirri and the caudal append- ages. LL. ampulla is twice as large as L. spinatus. Armor in the form of large apertural hooks and spines would appear to be a primitive characteristic in the Acrothoracica. The arrange- ment of these structures occurs in a strikingly similar pattern in certain members of the Lithoglyptidae, Balanodytidae, and the Kochlorinidae. It is highly unlikely that such similar patterns could have arisen inde- pendently from the more naked members of these groups. Further- more the most specialized (reduced) acrothoracicans have the most specialized habitats (e.g., Trypetesa within snail shells). The ability to attach by a disc and cement gland is also probably a primitive trait. The location and nature of this gland as seen in Lithoglyptes spinatus makes it highly probable that it is homologous to the cement gland and method of attachment seen in the thoracican Ciripedia. Acrothoracica without this gland should thus be considered as more highly modified forms. It follows then that the Lithoglyptidae is the most primitive family of the Acrothoracica because of the heavy armament, the possession of cement glands, the large number of terminal cirri, and the caudal 526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 appendage seen in most species. In contrast to these primitive characters, members of the family Lithoglyptidae lack the specialized lateral bar, gizzard, and long labrum characteristic of the family Cryptophialidae and the degenerate uniramous terminal cirri of the family Trypetesidae. Finally, it is interesting to note that Lithoglyptes spinatus from the Caribbean was found some 11,000 miles from other members of the family in the Indo-Pacific. Literature Cited AURIVILLIUS, C. W. 8. 1892. Neue Cirripeden aus dem Atlantischen, Indischen, and Stiilen Ocean. Ofv. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Forh., vol. 49, No. 3, pp. 133-134. 1894. Studien iiber Cirripeden. Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl., ser. 4, vol. 26, No. 7, pp. 1-107. BeErRnopt, W. 1907. Uber das System der Acrothoracica. Arch. Naturg., vol. 73, No. 1, pp. 287-289. Utinomi, H. 1950a. A new remarkable coral-boring acrothoracican cirriped. Mem. Coll. Sci., Univ. Kycto, ser. B, vol. 19, No. 3, art. 18, pp. 1-8. 1950b. General account of Acrothcracica, in Professor Nakamura’s Some problems of modern biology, Osaka (In Japanese). U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1960 Proge cad ties) OF Phe wile t.etd:s.S tha tess Ws THSORSe SUA TV CON, SNGT ri National Museum SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION + WASHINGTON, D.C. Volume 112 1960 Number 3446 NOTES ON MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS OF THE GENUS LOPHOGASTER IN THE U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM By O. S. Tatrersat., D. Sc. The manuscript of U.S. National Museum Bulletin 201, “Review of the Mysidacea of the United States National Museum,” by W. M. Tattersall, was completed in 1939 but, owing to wartime restrictions, was not published until Oct. 4, 1951. During the intervening 12 years, literature containing references relevant to Tattersall’s work appeared and some systematic changes were introduced. The most important of these were contained in two beautiful ““Dana Reports”’ (Nos. 19, 23) on the Lophogastrida collected by the Dana Expeditions (Fage, 1941; 1942). Of these two, only the second deals with the genus Lophogaster. Interchange of literature at the time was impossible and, although Tattersall, who died in 1943, was aware that a 1940 publication by Fage contained preliminary diagnoses of certain new species of the genus Lophogaster, he never saw it or the subsequent Dana Reports. When literature once more became available, it was evident that many amendments would have to be made to Tattersall’s Bulletin 201 in order to bring it up to date with the time of its publication. 527 528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vor. 112 To this end Professor A. H. Banner (1954) of the University of Hawaii compiled a concise and very careful supplement enumerating addi- tional records of known species and noting the foundation of new ones. Doubts concerning the systematics of any species arising as a result of these records were indicated, but their resolution was left until actual reexamination of the material could be carried out. In the 1942 Dana Report, Fage established certain new criteria whereby species of the genus Lophogaster could be distinguished, and instituted a number of new species based on these specific characters. Tattersall had also founded new species in this genus but in his descrip- tions and figures had not mentioned the characters that Fage regarded as of specific significance. As both workers dealt in some cases with material from the same localities, it seemed probable that some of the new species were synonymous. The question could only be answered by a reexamina- tion of the material in the collections with which Tattersall had worked. This reexamination I was recently privileged to make at the U.S. National Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, in Wash- ington, D.C. I wish to express my very great gratitude to Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt and to Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., and his staff in the Division of Marine Invertebrates for all the help and kindness that they have given me during the course of this work and for all the facilities accorded me during my stay in Washington. By the great kindness of Dr. Elisabeth Deichmann, of the Museum of Comparative Zoélogy, Cambridge, Mass., I have been allowed to examine paratypes of Lophogaster longirostris Faxon and have illus- trated from them those characters set forward as specific by Fage. The illustrations supplement the original description of this species. I am greatly indebted to Mr. Vernon E. Brock, Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations, for very kindly sending me material from Hawaiian waters for comparison with specimens in the collections of the U.S. National Museum. As a result, I am able to comment on Fage’s species Lophogaster schmidti and to record it from the tropical central Pacific. It has not been possible to obtain the types of Lophogaster inter- medius Hansen, but I have examined specimens from the Mergui Archipelago, eastern Indian Ocean, which were referred to intermedius by Tattersall (1922), and have been able to compare them with the specimen from Albatross station 4944, referred doubtfully to this species by Tattersall (1951, p. 20). MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 529 Genus Lophogaster M. Sars Lophogaster M. Sars, 1857, p. 160. Ctenomysis Norman, 1862, p. 151. Remarks: The genus Lophogaster is so homogenous and its generic characters so clearly defined that it can readily be distinguished from closely related genera of the suborder. On the other hand, the separation of its species has always presented great difficulty to the taxonomist because of the slight differences in their specific characters and of individual variation that may occur. As a result, there has been much confusion in the records of members of this genus in the past. Differences between species lie not so much in the general form of the animals as in the degree of development of certain characters such as the length of the various spinous processes, the shape and relative length to breadth of the antennal scale and the number of denticles on its outer margin, the proportions and armature of the telson, and the amount of tuberculation or spinulation of the integument of the carapace. Fage (1942, p. 5) noted that in most species of the genus, noticeable sexual differences occurred in some of these characters. Frequently the rostrum and sometimes other spinous processes became more elongated in larger females than in the males and young individuals. There is also a tendency for the number of spines arming the lateral margins of the telson to be greater in males than in females of the same species and for any tuberculation or spinulation of the carapace to be more pronounced in males. Fage (1940, 1942), when reporting on the very rich collections of this genus made by the Dana, noted two characters which proved to be much more constant, and therefore much more useful as taxonomic guldes, than those hitherto used. These characters were (1) the form of what he termed the ‘‘antennular scale”! (the lamellar prolongation from the inner region of the distal margin of the third segment of the antennular peduncle) and (2) the dorsal profile, in lateral view, of the wings of the carapace together with the size and direction of the posterolateral or alar spines, when these were present. Specimens of Lophogaster have been recorded from various localities in all the tropical and warmer temperate waters of the world, including the Mediterranean and the Red Sea. Fage noted that animals show- ing a correspondence in the form of their spinous processes, and in his new characters, sufficient to justify placing them in separate 1 As this platelike prolongation is in no way homologous with the antennal scale (which is the modified exopod of the antenna), it is perhaps confusing to call this structure a ‘‘scale.’”? I have therefore used the word “lamina’’ for it throughout this work. 530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 species were almost invariably confined within circumscribed and isolated geographical regions. Investigation of the hydrography of these areas revealed that only very slight temperature variation occurred in them, and Fage sug- gested that this factor is the dominating one restricting the spread of the Lophogaster population. He advanced an interesting hypothesis to explain the sporadic distribution of the members of the genus and the restriction of each to its own isolated locality in the world today. He suggested that these isolated species represent the survivors from an ancestral form which in earlier epochs was widely spread throughout the world. Owing to an inability to tolerate changes of temperature, this early form died out in those regions in which, owing to geological changes, considerable variations in temperature occurred. Only in isolated areas where the temperature remained relatively stable did remnants of the old stock survive and in their enforced isolation evolve those combinations of small differences whereby they may be separated into species today. There is much to commend this hypothesis. Certainly the geo- graphical distribution is a most valuable guide for the identification of species, though one or two cases are known of more than one species occurring in the same area. The correlation of distribution with areas which have a small range of temperature is most striking. Where there is a horizontal spread in the range of a species, this spread is usually associated with the flow of warm or cooler ocean currents. At the present time the genus includes 15 species, but the present research has convinced me that 2 of them are synonymous with 2 previously described species. The 13 remaining species are distributed as follows: Atlantic and Western Indian Oceans 1. L. typicus M. Sars (1857): coastal waters of western Europe from southern Norway to the Bay of Biscay, west of Ireland; Mediterranean. L. subglaber Hansen (1927): south of Spain off Cadiz and Gibraltar. . L. spinosus Ortmann (1906): tropical midsouth Atlantic and off Puerto Rico, the Bahamas, and between the Bahamas and the coasts of the Carolinas. These regions have the highest tempera- tures in the Atlantic of the Northern Hemisphere. . L. longirostris Faxon (1896, = L. americanus W. M. Tattersall, 1951): Gulf of Mexico, West Indies, and along the path of the Gulf Stream to the waters off Massachusetts. 5. L. challengeri Fage (1941): coastal waters off South Africa from Cape Town to Angola in the path of the Benguela Current. 6. L. rotundatus Illig (1930): off the Saya da Malha Bank, Central Arabian Sea; Straits of Zanzibar and off the coast of southeast Africa to Durban and Port Elizabeth along the path of the warm southward flowing Mozambique Current. . L. affinis Colosi (1930): Red Sea, northern and central region. . L. erythraeus Colosi (1930): south of the Red Sea near Bab el Mandeb. wn nes on MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 531 Pacific Ocean 9. L. pacificus Fage (1940, = L. japonicus W. M. Tattersall, 1951): China Sea to north of Formosa and off the east and southeast coasts of Japan in the path of the warm Kuora-Shio Current, in habiting higher levels as the current flows northward. 10. L. hawaiensis Fage (1940): around Hawaii. 11. L. intermedius Hansen (1910): off the Moluccas, southeast of Celebes, off New Guinea, Mergui Archipelago, eastern Bay of Bengal. 12. L. multispinosus Fage (1940): off Fiji and Samoa. 13. L. schmidti Fage (1940): north of New Guinea, north of the Malucceas, south of Amboine, east of Ras Hafun. Lophogaster longirostris Faxon FIGURE 1 Lophogaster longirostris Faxon, 1896, p. 164.—W. M. Tattersall, 1937, p. 1.— Fage, 1940, p. 327; 1942, p. 21.—W. M. Tattersall, 1951, p. 21. Lophogaster typicus Ortmann, 1906, p. 23. Lophogaster americanus W. M. Tattersall, 1951, p. 17. Remarks: This species was founded by Faxon on 20 specimens captured by the U.S. Coast Survey Steamer Blake in the Gulf of Mexico at 119 fathoms. The description, which I quote in full, is very brief: ‘Similar to LZ. typicus Sars but different in the great length of the medium spine of the rostrum which far surpasses the antennular peduncle and almost attains the tips of the antennal scales. There are 6 teeth along the outer edge of the antennal scale. Length 27 mm.” The figure of the telson given by Faxon shows seven lateral spines on each lateral margin in addition to the long apical spine. Ortmann (1906), when reporting on collections of Lophogaster from nine stations in the western Atlantic (three from the Gulf of Mexico, three off Key West, and three from off the coasts of the Carolinas), commented on the length of the rostrum and the variation displayed in the number of teeth arming the outer margin of the antennal scale and of the spines on the lateral margins of the telson. Because of much individual variation in these characters, he decided that they had no specific value and referred ail the specimens to L. typicus. Tattersall (1951) separated the Lophogaster material of the western Atlantic into two species: (1) longzrostris, for those specimens occurring in the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico, and (2) a new species, americanus, for those taken off Key West and along the path of the Gulf Stream as far as the southern part of Massachusetts. In describ- ing his new species, he enumerated the characters distinguishing it from L. typicus and especially stressed the fact that the integument of the carapace was minutely spinulose, but he made no detailed comparison between it and longirostris. ban PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM you. 112 In reexamining the considerable numbers of specimens at pre- sent referred to these two species in the collections of the U.S. National Museum, I have failed to find any really constant characters upon which they can be separated. The form of the antennular lamina is almost precisely the same in all (fig. 1,a,f); the spinulation of the carapace is extremely difficult to make out and in a few instances does not correspond with the geographical distribution of the species as laid down by Tattersall. For instance, specimens from station wo a “ _ } Ficure 1.—a-b, Lophogaster longirostris Faxon, type: a, antennular lamina; 5, apex of telson. c-e, Lophogaster longirostris, paratypes: c, antennal scale; d, wing of carapace; e, telson. f-h, Lophogaster “‘americanus’’ from Albatross station 2403: f, antennular lam- ina; g, wing of carapace; h, apex of telson. (Identified by W. M. Tattersall.) MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 533 2403 (in the Gulf of Mexico) are spinulose; on the other hand, I have been unable to find any trace of spinules on the integument in speci- mens from station 2314 (between Charleston and Savannah) and station 2418 (between Cape Charles and Savannah). This character is not very satisfactory for specific purposes, for not only is it very difficult to see, but it varies with the size and maturity of the individual, the variance being more pronounced in the smaller forms. At some stations where several animals were taken in a haul, I found some spinulose and others apparently quite smooth. The variation in the armature of the telson throughout the collec- tions was most noticeable. Faxon’s type of longirostris has seven lateral spines including the subapical ones on each side. In the paratypes, I found usually four, but in two cases there was an addi- tional notch that might indicate a fifth spine lost or in the process of development. Tattersall’s type of americanus had five, but in material from other stations identified as americanus by Tattersall and as typicus by Ortmann there are almost invariably four on each side including the subapical one. After close examination of all the available material, I am of the opinion that there are insufficient grounds for the separation of americanus and that it should be regarded as a synonym of longirostris, whose description should be amplified as follows: Carapace, integument smooth or more or less sparsely beset with microscopic, forwardly directed spinules, especially in the dorsal anterior region; rostral plate broadly tridentate with the central spine produced into a long acute rostrum extending beyond the antennular peduncle (rarely slightly shorter) but not extending to the tips of the antennal scales; usually relatively longer in the female; posterolateral angles produced into rather short acute spines. Antennular lamina well developed with inner margin usually straight, armed with a close row of long, very fine setae and terminating in a strong tooth which extends very slightly beyond the apex; apex rounded, armed with a regular row of small spinules (fig. 1,a,f). Antennal scale of the rotundate type but less broad than in typicus; outer margin armed throughout its length with from 6-8 strong teeth; apex acutely pointed, straight or very slightly incurved (fig. 1c). Tergal spines from the last abdominal somite long and acutely pointed; from one-ninth to one-seventh as long as the telson. Telson with lateral margins armed with 4-7 slender spines including the subapical pair; apical spines very long (may be as much as one- fourth of the telson in length) flanking a small apical plate bearing 5-8 small spinules (fig. 1,b,e,h). 534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Lophogaster intermedius Hansen FIGuRE 2 Lophogaster intermedius Hansen, 1910, p. 14, figs —W. M. Tattersall, 1922, p. 448 (not W. M. Tattersall, 1951,p. 20, as L. intermedius ?). Remarks: This species was founded by Hansen on specimens captured by the Siboga Expedition in the waters of the Dutch East Indies. It has unfortunately not been possible to examine the types of the species. A number of specimens from the Mergui Archipelago referred to L. intermedius (Tattersall, 1922, p. 448), however, agree so closely with Hansen’s description and figures of this species that there can be little doubt as to the correctness of their identification. For the purpose of comparison, a figure showing the salient features of these specimens is given herewith (fig. 2.) Tattersall (1951, p. 20) doubtfully referred an adult ovigerous female from station 4944 off the south east of Japan to L. intermedius and pointed out at the same time its close resemblance to other specimens from Japanese waters. He added that it might be merely a variety of his new species L. japonicus (=L. pacificus Fage). With this suggestion I concur, and I discuss characters and individual differences below under ZL. pacificus (fig. 3). I have examined a single specimen from station 4101 off Kauai, Hawaiian Islands, and find that it conforms very closely with the description and figures of L. hawaiensis (especially in the form of the antennular lamina). I suggest that it should be referred to this species. If I am correct in my interpretation of the identity of these two specimens, it will mean that L. intermedius is not represented in the collections of the U.S. National Museum. Lophogaster pacificus Fage FIGURE 3 Lophogaster pacificus Fage, 1942, p. 29, figs. Lophogaster typicus, Ortmann, 1906, p. 25 (Japanese specimens only). Lophogaster japonicus W. M. Tattersall, 1951, p. 19, figs. 1b, 2a. Lophogaster intermedius ? W. M. Tattersall, 1951, p. 20, fig. 1c. REMARKS: Fage (1942, p. 29) founded the species LZ. pacificus on two nearly adult female specimens captured by the Dana in the China Seas to the north of Formosa. He mentioned that specimens from Japanese waters referred by Ortmann (1906) to Z. typicus agreed in all respects with this new species except that there were fewer teeth arming the outer margin of the antennal scale—only three compared with the five to six in his types of pacificus. One of the most outstanding characters of both pacificus and typicus is the presence of thickly scattered coarse tubercles on the carapace. In addition there is in typicus a strong, very noticeable, forwardly MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 535 pe, ae Figure 2.—Lophogaster intermedius Hansen, from Mergui Archipelago: a, anterior end in dorsal view; b, antennular lamina; c, antennal scale; d, wing of carapace; ¢, telson; f, apex of telson. 545818S—60——_2 536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 112 Ficure 3.—Lophogaster pacificus Fage: a, anterior end, dorsal view; b, antennular lamina; c, antennal scale; d, wing of carapace; e, telson; f, apex of telson. MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 537 directed spine on each side posterior to the eye and just in front of the cervical sulcus. In pacificus this spine is replaced by a thick blunt protuberance. Curiously, Ortmann made no reference to these characters when recording the Japanese specimens. A reexamination of his specimens reveals, however, that in these characters they agree precisely with L. pacificus, and Fage himself stated that they belong to this species. Tattersall (1951) founded a new species, L. japonicus, on specimens captured by the Albatross in 1906 off the south of Japan and, at the same time, expressed the opinion that the Japanese specimens referred by Ortmann (1906) to LZ. typicus should be referred to it. The types of japonicus agree in every detail with Ortmann’s material including the presence of only three teeth (or in one case only two) on the outer margin of the antennal scale. After very close examination of all the material of japonicus in the collections of the U.S. National Museum—amounting to 13 @ and 7 2 (3 ovigerous)—I can find no other constant point of difference between these specimens from Japanese waters and the description and figures given by Fage of his types of Z. pacificus. Since in other species of the genus the number of teeth arming the antennal scale is somewhat variable, I think that LZ. gaponicus should be referred to the synonymy of L. pacificus. In his description of L. pacificus, Fage did not mention any armature on the lobe from the anterior margin of the antennular peduncle. He simply stated, as one of the characters of the species, “‘écaile antennulaire largement déprimée au bord antérieur.”’ Lophogaster hawaiensis Fage Figure 4 Lophogaster hawatensis Fage, 1942, p. 30, figs. Lophogaster typicus, Ortmann, 1905, p. 967; 1906, p. 23 (Hawaiian specimens only). OccuRRENCE: Albatross stations 3847, 3857, 3858, 3884, and 4101 situated in coastal waters around the Hawaiian Islands; two specimens taken at 43 m. but the remainder around 250 m. in depth. Remarks: This species very closely resembles L. intermedius in the presence of minute scattered nodules or microscopic blunt spinules on the carapace, in the length and shape of the rostrum, and in the shape and armature of the telson. It can be distinguished from intermedius by its relatively broader antennal scale with its somewhat convex outer margin and much more convex inner margin, by the characteristic concave anterior margin of the antennular lamina, and, if the specimens from the Mergui Archipelago can be taken as true intermedius, by the shorter and stouter alar spines. 538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 It differs sharply from pacificus in lacking coarse tubercles on the carapace and in the complete absence of any postorbital spines or blunt processes, in the relatively shorter rostrum, in the shape of the anterior margin of the antennular lamina (figs. 3@ and 4a), in the smaller hori- zontal alar spines, and in the presence of only one pair of spines on the lateral margins of the telson in addition to the subapical and apical spines. In intermedius, pacificus, and hawaiensis the tergal spines from the last abdominal somite are almost obsolete. Ficure 4.—Lophogaster hawaiensis Fage, from Albatross station 4101: a, antennular lamina; b, antennal scale; c, wing of carapace; d, telson; ¢, apex of telson. MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 539 A specimen in the collection from station 4101 and labelled L. inter- medius resembles other specimens from this station so closely in all respects that it should be referred with them to L. hawaiensis. Most of the specimens in the collection are juvenile, but in those sufficiently mature for their sex to be ascertained, the rostrum is not invariably longer in the females than in the males. Possibly, this character develops only with maturity. Lophogaster schmidti Fage Fiaure 5 Lophogaster schmidti Fage, 1940, p. 324; 1942, p. 34, figs—O. S. Tattersall, 1955 pp. 44-45, figs. OccuRRENCE: Station 3: cruise 32 of U.S. Fish and Wildlife Re- search Vessel Hugh M. Smith, 21°0’ N., 157°54’ W., Feb. 2, 1956 (night); Jsaac-Kidd trawl, oblique haul approximately 500 m., 1 immature 9, 10 mm. Station 9: cruise 30 of R/V Hugh M. Smith, 26°09’ N., 167°17’ W., Aug. 19, 1955 (night); Jsaac-Kidd trawl, oblique haul approximately 550 m., 2 adult o, 20-25 mm., 1 imma- ture co’, 18.5 mm (damaged), 1 ovigerous ?, 15.5 mm., 2 immature 9, 14 and 15 mm. Remarks: These specimens agree remarkably closely with the published descriptions and figures of Z. schmidti as follows: The integument is quite smooth with no trace of spinules. The rostral plate is rather narrow with the central spine long and slender; it extends in the males beyond the anterior margin of the antennular lamina and in the females to the level of the distal tips of the antennal scale (fig. 5a). The eyes are comparatively small and are almost covered by the rostral plate in dorsal view exactly as in Fage’s figure (fig. 5a). The antennal scale is exactly similar in shape and proportions, but on the whole there are fewer teeth on the outer margin. One adult male and the ovigerous female had three—three and three—four respectively; one male had four-four; two immature females had four—five; and the small female from station 3 had five on one scale and six on the other. This character is evidently variable (fig. 5c.) The profile of the dorsal margins of the “wings” of the carapace is evenly concave; the alar spines are long and slender and only slightly, if at all, directed upward (fig. 5d). The tergal spines of the last abdominal somite are unusually long (fig. 5e). The telson is long and narrow, nearly five times as long as its greatest width. Each lateral margin bears three extremely small spines in addition to the subapical spines that are themselves very 540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM voL. 112 Ficure 5.—Lophogaster schmidti Fage, from Hawaiian waters: a, dorsal view of rostral plate (adult female); 6, antennular lamina; c, antennal scale; d, posterior region of carapace in lateral view; ¢, telson and posterior margin of last abdominal somite; f, apex of telson. MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 541 small and slender. Apical spines are long and strong. The apical plate is not produced at all and is armed with 9-13 spinules, which are usually uneven in size and consist of somewhat larger ones alter- nating with smaller ones in the spaces between them (fig. 5f). In some of the specimens the proximal spine on each lateral margin is so small that only by the slight indentation of the margin at the point of its origin can one be led to see it. Fage mentioned a similar condition in his description of the types of L. schmidti. These Hawaiian specimens are somewhat smaller than the types and paratypes collected by the Dana. The one ovigerous female in this collection was carrying advanced embryos, but it measures only 15 mm., whereas those of the Dana were from 17-20 mm. in length. Apart from this slight difference, the present specimens differ in only one character from the full description given by Fage (1942, p. 35)— the form of the lamina from the antennular peduncle. He made a strong point of the fact that in all his specimens the anterior margin of this lamina was evenly rounded and without teeth or spinules. The only armature he figured was a single slender simple seta in the middle of the apex. In all the Hawaiian specimens the inner margin ends in a strong tooth. The tooth is separated by a small concavity from the rounded apex, which extends only very slightly beyond it. From three to five very minute notches can be made out on the inner half of the apex, but the other half and the whole of the outer margin are completely smooth. In the immature specimens the inner margin and the inner half of the apex are adorned with a few regular very fine setae. It may be that the small notches seen on the margins of the older specimens indicate the positions from which setae had arisen and have subsequently been lost. Fage considered that the form of the antennular laminae was of specific importance but, though differing in this particular character, the present specimens agree so very closely with ZL. schmidti in all other characters that they should be referred to this species. It may be that they represent a geographical race of L. schmidti. If my diagnosis is correct, the geographical range of this species is considerably extended northward and eastward. The captures off Hawaii were made in precisely the same conditions as the captures from north and west of New Guinea (Fage) and the western Arabian Sea (O. S. Tattersall) —that is, the animals were pelagic in depths of not more than 550 m. from the surface over much greater depths. Possibly the species is widely distributed in similar conditions through- out the tropical Pacific. The adult female described below as Lophogaster sp. B closely re- sembles schmidti in the form of the rostral plate, the length of the alar spines, and the armature of the lateral margins of the telson. 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 It differs in the armature of the antennular lamina, the shape of the antennal scale, the upward inclination of the alar spines, the fewer spinules arming the apex of the telson, and above all in the short poorly developed tergal spines from the last abdominal somite (fig. Fj05f). Lophogasier sp. A Fiacure 6 Lophogaster sp. ? W. M. Tattersall, 1951, p. 20, fig. 1d. OccuRRENCE: Albatross station 4891, Ose Saki Light, Eastern Seas, 32°27’ N.,. 128934’ W., 1 co, 20 mm. Description: Tattersall (1951, p. 20) gave a brief description with a figure of the antennal scale of a single male specimen of Lophogaster captured by the Albatross off the south of Japan. The following supplementary description can now be given: Carapace with the three spines of the frontal plate equal in length, lateral ones shghtly incurved; posterolateral angles produced into short acute spines (fig. 6c). Antennular lamina well developed; extending forward almost to the level of the apex of the antennal scale; inner margin slightly convex, armed with fine plumose setae and terminating in a very small tooth; anterior margin rounded, extending noticeably beyond the level of the tooth; margin finely crenate (fig. 6,a,)). Tergal spines of the last abdominal somite very long and acutely pointed; about one-eighth of the telson in length (fig. 6d). Telson with lateral margins armed with four very small spines and a pair of long slender subapical spines. The tips of both apical spines are broken off, but from what is left it is evident that they must have been very long. Apical plate short and broad, armed with eight spinules of which the median pair are extremely minute; a fine plu- mose seta arises on each side between the outermost spinule and the next (figs. 6,d,e). Remarks: In the form of the frontal plate, the shape of the antennal seale and the armature of the telson, this specimen resembles L. typicus but can at once be distinguished from it by the absence of tubercles and postorbital spines on the carapace, by the form of the anterior margins of the antennular laminae, by the well developed alar spines, and by the very long acute spines of the last abdominal somite. It differs from the other Pacific species, pacificus, intermedius, and hawaiensis, in the shortness of the rostrum, in the rounded crenate anterior margin of the antennular lamina, in the small alar spines, in the long acute tergal spines; in the larger number of spines arming the lateral margins of the telson, and in the form and arrangement of the apical spinules (fig. 6e). TATTERSALL 543 MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS Ficure 6.—Lophogaster sp. A from Albatross station 4891, south of Japan: a, anterior end in dorsal view; 6, antennular lamina; c, wing of carapace in lateral view; d, telson; e, apex of telson. 544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 The specimen shows some points of resemblance to L. multispinosus but differs in the somewhat shorter rostrum, in the rounded apex of the antennular lamina and, principally, in the relatively shorter and broader telson with the fewer lateral spines, and in the long slender subapical spines. Fage does not mention the form of the apical plate, but in his figure there are six spinules of equal size which are longer than any of those in the present specimen. There seems to be no doubt that this specimen represents a new species; however, as it may not be fully mature and considerable changes may occur with growth, naming it would be unwise until more material is available. Lophogaster sp. B FIGure 7 OccurRENCE: Albatross station 3965, vicinity of Laysan Island, Hawaii, 1 adult @ with fully developed but empty brood sac, 27 mm. Description: Carapace with integument very sparsely beset with minute spinules; frontal plate rather broad; rostrum long, extending considerably beyond the antennular peduncle to the level of the tips of the antennal scales; wings with the ventral margin less convex than in other Pacific species; alar spines very long and acutely pointed, inclined obliquely upward in lateral view (fig. 7,a,d). Antennular lamina with inner margin slightly convex, setose and terminating in a short, strong tooth; anterior margin convex, its apex barely extending beyond the tooth; armed with a regular row of minute spinules; apophyses from dorsal surface of peduncle unequal in size (fig. 7b). Antennal scale twice as long as its greatest width, which occurs at about one-fifth of its length from its base and then tapers to a long acute apex; outer margin straight, armed with four teeth with a trace of a fifth (fig. 7c). Tergal spines of the last abdominal somite small but well developed, acutely pointed (fig. 7e). Telson less than three times as long as its greatest width; lateral margins armed with three small spines on each side in addition to the relatively small subapical spines; apical spines broken but appear from what remains to have been long and slender; apical plate not at all produced, armed with five regular spinules and two plumose setae (fig. 7,e,f). Remarks: This specimen was referred by Ortmann (1905; 1906) to L. typicus in company with a number of specimens from five other stations around Hawaii (3847, 3857, 3858, 3884, and 4101). Fage (1940) founded a new species, L. hawatensis, for these specimens, and W. M. Tattersall (1951, p. 252), not having access to Fage’s paper, briefly referred all specimens from Hawaiian waters to Fage’s species. He MYSIDACEAN CRUSTACEANS—TATTERSALL 545 Ficure 7.—Lophogaster sp B. from Albatross station 3965, from off Laysan Island, Hawaii: a, anterior end in dorsal view; 6, antennular lamina; c, antennal scale; d, wing of carapace in lateral view; ¢, telson and right uropod; f, apex of telson. 546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vou. 112 noted that further examination of the material should be made when Fage’s description became available. Critical examination proves that all the specimens in the collections of the U.S. National Museum from Hawaiian waters, with the excep- tion of the adult 2 from station 3965, can without question be referred to hawaiensis. In every case the form of the antennular lamina and antennal scale, the shape and size of the alar spines, the almost complete absence of tergal processes from the last abdominal somite, and the armature of the telson are most consistent. The specimen from station 3965, however, differs from hawaiensis as follows: The rostrum is relatively much longer, the alar spines are very considerably longer, and the tergal spines (which are practically obsolete in hawaiensis) are well developed, though small. The anterior margin of the antennular lamina has a tooth on its inner angle, separated by a small concavity from a rounded apex adorned with spinules, whereas in hawazensis this margin is deeply concave and unadorned with spinules. The antennal scale is longer and more slender and its outer margin is straight. The telson is armed with three small spines on each side and a very short subapical spine, while in hawazensis there is only one lateral spine in addition to the subapical one. I am therefore unable to place this specimen into any of the known species and consider that in all probability it represents a new form, but since the genus exhibits so much individual variation, it would be unwise to found a new species on a single imperfect individual. Literature Cited Banner, A. H. 1954. A supplement to W. M. Tattersall’s review of the Mysidacea of the United States National Museum. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 103, No. 3334, pp. 575-583. Cotos!, G. 1930. Lophogastridi nuovi. Bol. Zool., Anno 1, No. 4, pp. 119-125, 4 figs. Faar, L. 1940. Diagnoses préliminaires de quelques espéces nouvelles du genre Lophogaster. Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 12, pp. 323-328. 1941. Mysidacea. Lophogastrida—I. Dana Report, No. 19, 52 pp., 51 figs. 1942. Mysidacea. Lophogastrida—II. Dana Report, No. 23, 52 pp., 42 figs. Faxon, W. 1896. Reports on dredging . . . Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea . Supplementary notes on the Crustacea. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 30, pp. 153-166, 2 pls. Hansen, H. J. 1910. The Schizopoda of the Siboga Expedition. Szboga Reports, vol. 37, pp. 1-123, 17 pls., 3 figs. 1927. Sergestides et schizopodes. Expéd. Sci. du Travailleur et du Talisman, 1880-1883, 26 pp., 1 pl. Inu1e, G. 1930. Die Schizopoden der Deutschen Tiefsee Expedition. Wiss. Ergeb. Deutsch. Tiefsee Exped., vol. 22, pp. 400-625, 215 figs. Norman, A. M. 1862. Onthe Crustacea, Echinodermata, and zoophytes obtained in deep-sea dredging off the Shetland Isles in 1861. Rep. British Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 31, 1861, pp. 151, 152. OrTMANN, A. E. 1905. Schizopods of the Hawaiian Islands collected by the Albatross in 1902. Bull. U.S. Fish Commission, 1903, pt. 3, pp. 961-973. 1906. Sechizopod crustaceans in the U.S. National Museum. The families Lophogastridae and Eucopiidae. Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 31, pp. 23-54, 2 pls. Sars, MicHaen 1857. Omm 3 nye norske Krebsdyr. Forh. Skand. Naturf., vol. 7 (1856), pp. 160-175. TATTPRSALL, O. S. 1955. Mysidacea, Discovery Reports, vol. 28, pp. 1-190. TATTERSALL, W. M. 1922. Indian Mysidacea. Ree. Indian Mus., vol. 24, pp. 445-504, 28 figs. 1937. New species of mysidacid crustaceans. Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 91, No. 26, pp. 1-18, 10 figs. 1951. OL FI El -Ct ITs) 21) Ol Si WL, €L cl Te Ok 6. 8 25 9 SG F S10 rae sopoodsqns pues sopedg soroydojoyd [eure Jo JoquinNn shel uy JO Joquinu [ej0.J, snudtsjog fo savwadsqns pun savaeds sof papsovas syun0Q—9 AIAV J, 637 MARINE SILVER HATCHETFISHES—SCHULTZ 8% 10 9% 9% FH EF GS IZ OJ BI SI LI OI Sl FT EI ZI If OT| 8I 2t [810.1 9T SUE Sele Chel s OPs6 88 e[sue MOTE qore 4sIg WO siexeI [13 Jo JoqmmnN *91N} 19} {] ULOIJ UOYB} SJUNOD OUIOS wv 9 sUB BANGY RIE Jeli eles lel Ls ee alee oh eee seal ~ « ad019}8 snsoulds snsoutds usder souyddyiyg (sodA4 00) eTpelqisn'y 4afyquapyly snoipui pouninu snuidsiun snaiuodot 1aspaf 1DLDQNS}DUL $9p101998D sounydiy 8NJDUL9707 yjod sopeds -qns pus sojosdg VOL. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 638 edAj0[oR €9 8¢ o9 6€ LE 1g cee GFE | GPE 12% L193 | SE 6F% 8E6 | FES $29 $29 | 8I9 ¥g og 09 68S L193 | SSS #81 OLT | Z2LT FL IL PL 898 IfE | 8€& €F oF €F 48 ¥6 GL 16 66 18 crl O9L | 8&I 90T OI SII 6£9 819 | 0€9 o OF 288 L¥ sod Ajeleg enoipus cSt 002 98% 261 09g O21 OFZ 002 9¢ 09e OF 9T 96 89T Zor #99 oOI ed A4o[OHL snopuodpf OL 19 28 89 8g 6F co TZ ¥ LY 29 CoS GHG 916 896 £92 982 OIE 282 00€ 88% 682 682 OFZ SES 82S $SZ LUG OFS cog 6T 99g GPS o9g 609 OL OL 9L GL SL 89 LEG «BSS 20S 12S TFG = St L&T SPT IST 09T 8LT FL 86h (63) 92 OL Ts 6re =60E GE LTE 8cE 9g¢ 42 «&1 9I LI 61 1€ 6& 8% 9€ IP 0g ¥P OFT O&T 631 9€T TFL L0T 69T SéL 9ST 9&1 IS L01 SII 96 201 801 LIT cor 119 089 009 91S O19 < FH9 Gg ears Sy 69 9 $ SS sodAqeieg adAO[OHy IDsDQnsyDU ce so1oydoyoyd jo dnois [epnevoqns JO TIPIAy 6¢ se1oydojoyd Jo sdnoiz [epnevoqns puv [vue U98Mj0q BdUTISTC g1% UJSHO [vsiop 0} yndp90 £12 eseq uy [vUB Jo q4SUeT ZEST eseq Uy [esiop Jo qI3Ue'] #S¢ UISLIO [BSIOp 0} JNOUS Jo AT, 89 aoeds [e}1q1010}u, AUOg Sie Al’ [XU JO v9 07 nous Jo dry, e81 oA 16 qnoug SE ptoH &% surds efno1edoaid Jo q43ue'y CP sulds je10duie}jsod jo y43ueT o6 pay Jo q4Su9q [e}1G10}sOg LZ gpunpad [epnvo Jo q13ueT] €2T apounped [epneo Jo yydep Isve'T 699 Apoq Jo qydap 4sezveIH GS SIOJOUII [FUL UT ISU] PIVpULIS adsyeiwg | edAyojoR s19qjovIeygO ijod yjbua) punpunjs fo syypuvsnoy) ur passaidza ‘snudtAjog fo saivads urpjia9 Lof pap1ovas Spuouadnspapy— ) ATAV], MARINE SILVER HATCHETFISHES—SCHULTZ 639 Polyipnus laternatus Garman Figure 14 Polyipnus laternatus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 24, pp. 238, 399, 1899 (off Barbados).—Parr, Bull. Bingham Oceanogr, Coll., vol. 3, art. 7, p. 55, fig. 22, 1937 (West Indies).—Schultz, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, pp. 142-143, 1938 (West Indies). Polyipnus spinosus Brauer (in part), Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deutschen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer Valdina, vol. 15, pt. 1, p. 121, 1906 (Atlantic Ocean).—Rivero, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 41, No. 4, p. 56, 1936 (off Cuba). Srupy MATERIAL: Because of the large number of lots examined, they are summarized as follows: Caribbean Sea 8 lots with 17 specimens; off Panama in Atlantic 1 lot, 2 speci- mens; off Hispaniola in Atlantic Ocean 2 lots, 2 specimens; Straits of Florida, off Cuba 10 lots, 17 specimens; off Puerto Rico 1 lot, 6 specimens; off Northern Florida in Atlantic Ocean 1 lot, 1 specimen; Western Atlantic Ocean 10 lots, 17 specimens. Catalog numbers and number of specimens in parentheses are as follows: BOC 3755(1) and 3756(1). CNHM 64353(1), 64354(2), 64355(2), 64359(5), 64360(2), 64361(6), and 64362(2). MCZ (Ailantis stations) 2956(1), 2960(1), 2981C(1), 2981D(2), 2985(1), 3387(1), 3404(2), 3405(3), 3425(4), and 3434(1). UMML 2751(1). USFWS (Brunswick, Georgia) Combat station 450(1). USNM 157836(4). DIsTINCTIVE CHARACTERS: This species is close to asteroides, both having three supra-anal photophores; however, laternatus has 10 to 13 anal photophores instead of 8 to 10, as asteroides has, and the post- temporal spine is longer in Jaternatus, its length equal to the width of the last 4 to 7 anal photophores. The last few anal photophores of laternatus are smaller than are those of asteroides. Description: Counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Conor: The color pattern is shown in figure 14, p. 628. Rance: This species has been taken in the western Atlantic Ocean in the West Indies, Caribbean Sea, off Barbados, Cuba, and the north coast of Hispaniola at depths of from 240 to 1,200 fathoms. I have not seen it from the Gulf of Mexico. Specimens observed were be- tween 18 and 40 mm. in standard length. Remarks: Records in the literature referring to spinosus from the Atlantic actually refer to laternatus, as I am unable to find authentic specimens of spinosus from the Atlantic. 640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Polyipnus triphanos Schultz Fiaure 15 Pelyipnus triphanos Schultz, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, p. 140, fig. 45, 1938 (Phillippines, holotype USNM 103027, and 2 paratypes 103028). STUDY MATERIAL: USNM 135519, Philippines, off Pescador Island, 295 fathoms, Albatross station 5190, April 1, 1908, 1 specimen, 33 mm. The three type specimens were examined. DIstINCTIVE CHARACTERS: Little, except number of vertebrae, can be added to my 1938 description of this species as only one additional specimen is available. It is distinguished by having 11 or 12 dorsal rays and 9 to 12 gill rakers on lower part of first arch, fewer than occur in other species with 3 supra-anal photophores. Description: Counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Co tor: The color pattern is shown in figure 15, p. 629. Rance: Philippine Islands to a depth of 295 fathoms. Polyipnus asteroides Schultz Ficure 16 Polyipnus asteriodes Schultz, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, p. 138, fig. 44, 1938 (West Indies and Gulf of Mexico). Polyipnus laternatus Nichols and Breder, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 37, p. 21, 1924 (Gulf of Mexico).—Jespersen 7n Joubin, Faune ichthyologique de Atlantique nord, Paris, No. 15, fig., 1934 (on Norman, Atlantic).— Fowler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 70, No. 2, p. 1206, 1936 (Atlan- tic) —Marshall, Aspects of deep-sea biology, New York, pp. 111, 277, middle fig. V, 15, 1954 (Atlantic). STUDY MATERIAL: Because of the large number of lots examined, they are summarized as follows: Gulf of Mexico, 21 lots totaling 83 specimens; Caribbean Sea, 4 lots, 5 specimens; off Northern Florida in Atlantic Ocean, 2 lots, 3 specimens; Straits of Florida off Cuba, 3 lots, 18 specimens; off Puerto Rico, 4 lots, 25 specimens; Virgin Islands east of St. Croix, 1 lot, 2 specimens; off mouth of Orinoco River, 1 lot, 1 specimen; off British Guiana, 1 lot, 2 specimens; and Western Atlantic, 3 lots, 18 specimens. Catalogue numbers and number of specimens in parentheses are as follows: CNHM 45737(5), 46276(7), 46277(2), 64350(18), 64351(1), 64857(1), 64358(1), and 64368(3). MCZ (Atlantis stations) 2981(1), 2982(2), and 3424(16). UMML 1399(1), 1906(1), 2325(1), and 2331(2). USFWS (Brunswick, Ga.) 3 lots, 4 specimens. USNM_ 86131(1), 102978(4), 157901(15), 158080(2), 186016(5), 186017(3), 186018(1), 186019(4), 186020(4), 186022(5), 186023(1), 186024(1), 186025(2). DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERS: This species is best distinguished by having 3 supra-anal photophores in combination with 14 to 17 dorsal MARINE SILVER HATCHETFISHES—SCHULTZ 641 rays, 8 to 10 anal photophores, and a very short posttemporal spine, its length equal to width of only 1 or 2 anal photophores. Description: Counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Cotor: The color pattern is shown in figure 16, p. 629. RanGeE: This species is known from the Western Atlantic Ocean, off the eastern coast of Florida, Gulf of Mexico, Caribbean Sea, off Nicaragua, off Costa Rica, off Puerto Rico, off British Guiana and Trinidad at depths of 200 to 600 fathoms. Specimens observed are from 19 to 71 mm. in standard length. Remarks: Matsubara (Suisan Kenkiu-Shi, Japan, vol. 36, No. 1, p. 2, 1941; Japanese Journ. Ichthy., vol. 1, No.3, p. 192, fig. 3, 1950) reported P. asteroides from Japan, but when I examined his specimens, collected at a later date, I found them to differ from P. asteroides of the Western Atlantic; therefore, the Japanese specimens represent a distinct species, described immediately below. Polyipnus matsubarai, new species Figure 17 Polyipnus asteroides, Matsubara, Suisan Kenkiu-Shi, Japan, vol. 36, No. 1, p. 2, 1941 (near Kambara, Numazu Sizuoka Prefecture, Japan); Japanese Journ. Ichthy., vol. 1, No. 3, p. 192, figs. 3, 4B, 5B, 6, 1950 (Kambara, near Numazu). Polyipnus stereope, Kuroda, Botany and Zoology, vol. 3, No. 4, p. 831, 1935 (Suruga Bay, Japan).—Oshima, Hattore Hékokai Kenkiu Shéroku, No. 5, p. 283, 1938 (Sagami Bay). Hototyre: USNM 179793 collected by K. Suzuki at Kumanonada, Japan, standard length 64 mm. Paratypes: Collected with holotype and bearing same data, 3 specimens, standard lengths 45 to 59 mm., deposited at Kyoto Uni- versity, Maizuru, Japan. USNM 179794 collected with the holotype, standard length 51.5 mm. Description: Measurements made on the holotype and four paratypes are given in table 7, p. 638; the counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Cotor: The color pattern is shown in figure 17, p. 630. RANGE: This species has been found only in Japanese waters. Remarks: This species is most closely related to P. asteroides in having about the same number of anal photophores, anal rays, and gill rakers, but differs in having only 12 or 13 total dorsal rays instead of the 14 to 17 that occur in P. asteroides. In addition the color pat- tern of P. matsubarai differs from that of P. asteroides in the wedge shaped dark bar a little behind the head being narrow and reaching ventrally to the midlengthwise axis of body, whereas in P. asteroides this wedge shaped bar is broad and reaches only halfway to the mid- lengthwise axis of body. Behind this dark bar a light or white inter- 642 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 118 space reaches to the middorsal line on P. matsubarai but is absent on P. asteroides. From the other related species matsubarai may be distinguished by use of the key to the species of Polyipnus on p. 621. Dr. Tamotsu Iwai writes that all of the specimens used in Mat- subara’s 1941 and 1950 reports were destroyed by fire. Since the accounts of Kuroda and of Oshima are in Japanese, Dr. Matsubara has kindly translated them for me, as follows: Kuroda, N., 1935: On rare fishes contained in Suruga-Wan Marine Biological Laboratory. Botony and Zoology 3(4): 830-831. Polyipnus stereope Jordan and Starks Honen-eso (Japanese name) Sternoptychidae. This is the famous luminous fish and the body is roundish in outline. It also is called Honen-uo. Several specimens. Oshima, M., 1938: Preliminary report on the results of investigation of deep- sea fishes obtained from Suruga Bay. Hattori Hékokai Kenkiu Shéroku, (5): 281-285. Family Sternoptychidae Polyipnus sterope Jordan and Starks, Honen-eso Locality. Off Yaizu, Shizuoka, Pref., depth 100-200 m. The present species has been ascertained as the new species by Jordan and Starks based upon three specimens obtained from deep water of Sagami Bay. This species is very rare and generally is considered difficult to obtain. Only single specimens have been obtained together with luminous shrimps, but this is the new record from Suruga Bay. Oshima misspelled P. stereope Jordan and Starks. This new species is named matsubarai in honor of my esteemed col- league, Dr. Kiyomatsu Matsubara, who loaned the specimens for study. Polyipnus fraseri Fowler Ficure 18 Polyipnus frasert Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 85, p. 257, fig. 19, 1934 (holotype USNM 92324, lat. 12°56’24”’ N., long. 124°25/24” E., Albatross station 5476, and not as published by Fowler).—Schultz, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, pp. 142, 145, 1938 (Philippines). STUDY MATERIAL: Only known from the holotype. DisTINCTIVE CHARACTERS: This species, along with japonicus, has only four anal photophores, fewer than occur in any other species in the genus. The posttemporal spine is long and strong, with two shorter but strong spines arising basally, and the posterior bony edges of both supracleithrum and preopercle are serrated. Description: Counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Cotor: The color pattern is shown in figure 18, p. 630. Rance: This species is known from the Philippine Islands. MARINE SILVER HATCHETFISHES—SCHULTZ 643 Polyipnus japonicus, new species Fiaure 19 Ho.uoryre: SIO H53-367, Ki Strait, Japan, Oct. 23-24, 1953, midwater trawl by S. F. Baird, standard length 12.5 mm. Description: Measurements made on the holotype, the only known specimen, are given in table 7, p. 638; the counts made are given in table 6, p. 636. Cotor: The color pattern is shown in figure 19, p. 631. Rance: This species is known only from Japan. Remarks: This species along with P. fraseri is characterized by having only four anal photophores, fewer than any other species of Polyipnus. P. japonicus is most closely related to P. fraseri but differs from that species as follows: The posttemporal spine in P. japonicus is simple, very small, and without spines arising from its side or the base whereas the post- temporal spine in fraseri is long, strong, and has two strong basal spines; the posterior edge of both the supracleithrum and bony pre- opecle are serrated in fraseri whereas they are smooth in japonicus; the lower bony edge in both species is serrated. Although there are a few minor differences in body proportions between the two species, these might result: from the great differences in size. The length of the posttemporal spine, however, is usually proportionately longer in small specimens of Polyipnus than in the larger specimens of the same species; hence, I conclude that the spine of japonicus, only 16 thousandths of the standard length, is significantly shorter than that of fraseri, which is 160 thousandths. The first two pair of abdominal photophores in fraseri are out of line with the others, whereas in japonicus all abdominal photophores are in line, as is usual in Polyipnus. I presume the unusual arrange- ment of abdominal photophores in frasert may be an abnormality. Radiographs of this species did not show vertebrae clearly to enable me to make a count; therefore, this species is not included in table 1. The species is named japonicus in reference to the region where the holotype was collected. Polyipnus unispinus Schultz FiGurE 20 Polyipnus unispinus Schultz, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, p. 137, fig. 43, 1938 (Philippines). Stupy MATERIAL: Holotype, USNM 103153, Albatross station 5451, lat. 13°22’22’”" N., long. 124°00’48”” E., depth 380 fathoms, June 5, 1909, 20.5 mm. standard length. Paratypes, USNM 103029, same data as holotype, 5 specimens, 16 to 19 mm. Nontypes, 644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 USNM 135517, Albatross station 5287, lat. 13°37’40’’ N., long. 120°39’ E., depth 379 fathoms, July 20, 1908, 5 specimens, 26 to 31 mm. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERS: This species, without the group of supra- anal photophores but with 11 to 15 anal ones, has an unusually small number of gill rakers (a total of only 10 to 12 on the first arch); the posttemporal spine is long, slender, and simple and its length is always greater than the diameter of the pupil. The greatest depth is twice the standard length. Description: Counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Cotor: The color pattern is shown in figure 20, p. 631. Rance: This species is known from the Philippines at a depth of about 380 fathoms. Polyipnus nuttingi Gilbert FIGuRE 21 Polyipnus nuttingi Gilbert in Jordan and Starks, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1902, vol. 22, p. 581, 1904 (Hawaiian Islands).—Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. 1903, vol. 23, pt. 2, p. 609, pl. 73, 1905 (Holotype USNM 51599, Hawaiian Islands).—Jordan and Seale, Bull. U.S. Bur. Fish. 1905, vol. 25, p. 180, 1906 (Hawaii).—Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 59, p. 646, 1921) Hilo, Hawaii).—Jordan and Jordan, Mem. Carnegie Mus., vol. 10, No. 1, p. 9, 1922 (Hawaiian Islands)—Fowler, Mem. Bernice Pauahl Bishop Mus., vol. 10, p. 35, 1928 (Hawaiian Islands) ; Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, monogr. No. 2, p. 265, 1938 (Hawaiian Islands)—Schultz, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, p. 145, 1988 (USNM 51693 not 51593 as published, see remarks below).—Fowler, Mem. Bernice Pauahl Bishop Mus., vol. 12, No. 2, p. 42, 1949 (Hawaiian Islands).—Béhlke, Stanford Ichthy. Bull., vol. 5, p. 17, 1953 (list of paratypes).—Haig, Pacific Sci., vol. 9, p. 319, 1955 (Hawaiian Islands). Polyipnus spinosus (non Giinther), Gilbert and Cramer, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 19, p. 416, 1897 (USNM 47720, Hawaii). STuDY MATERIAL: USNM 51599, Hawaiian Islands, Pailolo Channel between Molokai and Maui, 297 to 306 fathoms, Albatross station 4088. USNM 47720, Hawaiian Islands, lat. 21°09’ N., long. 157°53’ W., depth 298 fathoms, standard length 41 mm. USNM 177912, Hawaiian Islands, Albatross station 1902, 2 specimens, 58 and 60 mm. SNHM 8518 (paratypes), Hawaiian Islands, Albatross stations 3867, 4077, 4090, and 4121, 6 specimens, 37 to 71 mm. DIsTINCTIVE CHARACTERS: This species lacks the group of supra- anal photophores and has a very short but strong posttemporal spine, its length shorter than the diameter of the pupil; the gill rakers on the first arch total 21 to 24, usually 22 or 23; anal photopores total 10 to 12, usually 11. Description: Counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. MARINE SILVER HATCHETFISHES—SCHULTZ 645 Cotor: The color pattern is shown in figure 21, p. 632. RanGeE: This species is known from the Hawaiian Islands; records in the literature from other areas are probably for other species. Remarks: In 1938 I published USNM 51593 with Albatross station No. 4102, an error as far as P. nuttingi is concerned because futher investigation of USNM 51593 shows that this number belongs to a specimen of Antigonia eos and that the correct USNM number is ac- tually 51693; this lot is labeled as cotypes of P. nuttingi in Gilbert’s handwriting in the jar. No Albatross station number, however, was found in the jar, and now it appears that when the cotypes were re- turned from Stanford University, those from Albatross stations 3867, 3920, 4089, 4090, 4091, 4097, 4121, and 4134 were all placed in one package. To each specimen is attached a small paper tag with a number, perhaps corresponding to Gilbert’s notes, which I have not seen. Later, 2 specimens from this lot were received from the Uni- versity of Iowa, and 6 were sent on exchange to the Chicago Natural History Museum, a total of 29 specimens now being left. Polyipnus indicus, new species FIGURE 22 Polyipnus nuttingi (non Gilbert), Norman, John Murray Expedition, 1933-34, Scientific reports, vol. 7, No. 1, p. 20, 1939 (Zanzibar Area). Hotoryre: BMNH 1939.5.24.403, station 115, John Murray Ex- pedition Zanzibar Area, depth 640 to 658 meters, standard length 47 mm. ParatyrpEes: BMNH 1939.5.24.404, same data as holotype, 1 specimen, 38.2. USNM 179897, same data as holotype, 1 specimen, 46.2 mm. Descrirtion: Measurements made on the holotype and two para- types are given in table 7, p. 638; counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Cotor: The color pattern is shown in figure 22, p. 632. Rance: This species is known only from the area off Zanzibar. Remarks: This species is most closely related to P. nuttingi of the Hawaiian Islands region. It differs in having only 20 gill rakers, whereas nuttingi has from 21 to 24, usually 22 or 23. Furthermore, the distance between the anal and subcaudal groups of photophores is notably greater than the width of the subcaudal photophores in nuttingt but shorter in indicus, as is indicated in the following tabula- tion: Width of subcaudal group of photophores divided into the distance between anal and subcaudal groups Wee De ee USe eer) Cael hl yd ee ee en nutlingt — — — — 1 1 — 4 — 2: indicus 2 — 1 — _— —_ —_ — —_ — 646 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Other differences may have significance too. The caudal peduncle is longer and more slender in nuttingi; its length is 160 to 213 thou- sandths of standard length, whereas in indicus, it ranges from 138 to 160. The posttemporal spine of nuttingi is shorter, 49 to 74 thou- sandths, whereas in indicus it is 75 to 94 thousandths. The distance from occiput to dorsal fin origin in nutting? is 262 to 300 thousandths of standard length, whereas in indicus it is 335 to 349. Polyipnus tridentifer McCulloch FictrRes 1, 23 Polyipnus tridentifer McCulloch, Zoological (-biological) results of the fishing experiments carried out by the F.I.S. Endeavour, 1909-1910, vol. 2., pt. 3. pp. 78, 87-89, fig. 4, pt. 5, pl. 16, 1914 (Great Australian Bight, long. 129°28’ E., 350-450 fathoms).—Waite, The fishes of South Australia, Adelaide, p. 64, fig., 1923 (Great Australian Bight) Barnard, Ann. South African Mus., vol. 21, pt. 1, p. 155, pl. 8, fig. 2, 1925 (Cape Morgan and Natal Coast, South Africa). —Whitley, A list of the fishes of Western Australia, Fisheries Dep., Western Australia, Fisheries Bull. No. 2, p. 11, 1948 (Australia) Munro, Handbook of Australian fishes, No. 7, p. 31, fig. 220, 1957 (on McCulloch). Polyipnus spinosus, Brauer (in part), Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der Deut- schen Tiefsee-Expedition auf dem Dampfer Valdivia, 1898-1899... ., vol. 1, pt. 1, p. 121, figs. 64-66, 1906 (between Borneo and Philippines, Andaman Sea, Sumatra); pt. 2, p. 30, pl. 24, figs. 9-15, 1908 (anatomy).— Fowler, Bull. Amer. Mus. Hist., vol. 70, pt. 1, p. 240, fig. 112, 1934 (on Brauer and on Weber and Beaufort).—Schultz (in part), Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, pp. 143-144, 1938 (Philippines, Moluccas, Celebes Sea, China Sea, Japan).—Matsubara, Suisan Kenkiu-Shi, Japan, vol. 36, No. 1, p. 2, 1941 (Japan); Japanese Journ. Ichthy. vol. 1, No. 3, p. 188, fig. 2, 1950 (Japan).—Okada and Suzuki, Pacific Sci., vol. 10, pp. 296-302, figs. 1-7, 1956 (Japan). SruDY MATERIAL: The following specimens (all USNM catalog numbers with the number of specimens given in parentheses) were examined: Andaman Sea: 44429(1). Celebes Sea: 103041(1), 103055(1), 103056(2), 103057(1). China Sea: 135523(4) and 135526(17). Japan: 102980(2), 102982(2), and 149520(1). Moluceas: 135537(17). Philippine Islands: 103033(1), 103034(1), 103035(1), 103036(2), 103039(1), 103040(1), 103042(1), 103043(11), 103044(1), 103045(1), 103046(3), 103047(1), 103048(1), 103049(1), 103050(1), 103051(3), 103054(1), 135514(4), 135515(17), 135518(1), 135521(3), 135524(5), 135525(1), 135527(4), 135528(11), 135529(81), 135530(75), 135531(17), 135532(6), 135533(1), 135534(8), 135535(38),135536(18). Through the courtesy of Dr. Gilbert Whitley and J. W. Evans, The Australian Museum, Sydney, I have examined 10 of the cotypes of Polyipnus tridentifer McCulloch, Australian Museum No. E.3543, one of which is 72 mm. standard length and is selected as the lectotype. Although these cotypes differ slightly from specimens taken in the MARINE SILVER HATCHETFISHES—SCHULTZ 647 Philippines and Japan, the differences observed do not appear great enough to consider them as more than somewhat distinct populations. This problem needs more material before a detailed study can be undertaken. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERS: This species lacks the group of supra- anal photophores; the posttemporal spine is long and slender and has 1 or 2 curved smaller basal spines; the dorsally located spine is always longer than diameter of the pupil; the anal photophores total 13 to 17, rarely 13; and the caudal vertebrae usually total 24. Description: Detailed measurements were made on 10 of the cotypes of P. tridentifer, kindly sent for my examination by the Australian Museum. The minimum and maximum range of these data are expressed in thousandths of the standard length. Standard lengths range from 40.3 to 73 mm.; greatest depth 592 to 682; least depth caudal peduncle 89 to 104; length of caudal peduncle between vertical lines through rear of anal base and base of midcaudal fin rays 159 to 191; length of postorbital spine 80 to 174 (this spine proportionately longer in small specimens than in larger ones); length of preopercular spine 46 to 84; length of head 318 to 362; diameter of eye 161 to 183; length from snout tip to rear of maxillary 236 to 268; width of bony interorbital 70 to 83; snout tip to dorsal origin 550 to 600; occiput to dorsal origin 277 to 320; length of dorsal fin base 164 to 239; length of anal fin base 233 to 283; distance between anal and caudal groups of photophores 4 to 10; width of group of caudal photophores. Counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Rance: This species has been recorded from the Great Australian Bight, Moluccas, Andaman Sea, Celebes Sea, Philippines, China Sea, Japan and off Cape Morgan and Natal, and South Africa at depths of from 37 to 450 fathoms; however, it has been taken most frequently at depths of from about 100 to 300 fathoms. Polyipnus spinosus spinosus Giinther Ficures 24, 266 Polyipnus spinosus Ginther, Report of the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during 1873-76, vol. 22, p. 170, pl. 51B, 1887 (type locality, between Philippine Islands and Borneo, station 200, depth 250 fathoms).—Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. 4, p. 398, 1889 (Bay of Bengal, on Giinther)—Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. 8, p. 126, 1891 (Bay of Bengal).—Aleock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal vol. 65, pt. 2, p. 331, 1896 (off Andaman Islands); A descriptive catalogue of the Indian deep-sea fishes in the Indian Museum. . ., Calcutta, p. 138, 1889 (on Giinther).— Weber, Die Fische der Siboga-Expedition, Lieden, vol. 57, p. 21, 1918 (East Indies).—Weber and Beaufort, The fishes of the Indo-Australian archipelago, vol. 2, p. 130, fig. 47, 1913 (East Indies). 648 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 —Roxas, Philippine Jour. Sci., vol. 55, No. 3, p. 286, 1934 (on Giinther). —Schultz (in part), Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, pp. 142-144, 1938 (Philippines and Celebes Sea) —Smith, The sea fishes of southern Africa, p. 106, fig. 159, 1949 (Natal to the Cape).—Harvey, Bioluminescence, New York, pp. 512, 540, 542, 1952 (light organs).—Koumans, Temminckia, Lieden, vol. 9, p. 185, 1953 (lat. 8°39’ S., 130°35’ E.). Stupy MATERIAL: The following specimens (all in USNM) were examined: Flores Sea: 103059(1). Moluccas: 103058(2) and 135522(2). Philippine Islands: 103037(1), 103038(1), 103052(2), 103053(1), 135516(1), 135520(3), 177892(1), 177893(2), 177894(1). Descriprion: Counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Cotor: The color pattern is shown in figure 24, p. 633. RancGE: This species is known from the Philippines, Celebes Sea, Flores Sea, Moluccas, East Indies, Andaman Islands, Bay of Bengal, and off Natal to Cape of Good Hope at a depth of from 100 to 303 fathoms. Remarks: There has been much confusion concerning the actual speciation and nomenclature of the Polyipnus spinosus complex (Schultz, 1938; pp. 141-145; and Okada and Suzuki, Pacific Sci., vol. 10, pp. 296-302, 1956). The latter authors have presented a clear case that two distinct species of Polyipnus occur in Japanese waters. These two species may be distinguished by one having a more robust body behind dorsal fin and a deeper caudal peduncle, more gill rakers, and more pectoral fin rays. This species is called by them P. stereope, whereas the other is referred to as P. spinosus. In the U.S. National Museum I have studied this complex of species again and now have a much larger series and more experience to call on than in 1938. I find that Okada and Suzuki are correct in that two species do occur in Japanese waters, but they have in- correctly applied the nomenclature. A study of Giinther’s drawing ot the holotype of P. spinosus indicates a species with a robust caudal peduncle and only 13 anal photophores. These two characters are present in all specimens from the Philippines having a short post- temporal spine like that illustrated for the type of P. spinosus by the late J. R. Norman and sent to me in a letter dated April 15, 1937, and herein reproduced as figure 26), p. 634. In studying the types of P. stereope Jordan and Starks, however, I find they too have a robust body, robust caudal peduncle, and only 13 anal photophores, along with a relatively short posttemporal spine. Thus, P. stereope and P. spinosus form a species complex and, by means of data presented by Okada and Suzuki along with additional data from specimens in the U.S. National Museum, I am able to MARINE SILVER HATCHETFISHES—SCHULTZ 649 distinguish two subspecies: P. spinosus spinosus of the Philippines and Celebes Sea and P. spinosus stereope of Japan; see also table 6, p. 636, which gives counts for these two subspecies. This leaves the other species in the complex, the one with a slen- der caudal peduncle and longer, more slender posttemporal spine, which was thought to be P. spinosus by Okada and Suzuki, but which is not that species. McCulloch (Zoological (-biological) results of the fishing experi- ments carried out by the F.I.S. Hndeavour, 1909-1910, vol. 2, pt. 3, pp. 78, 87-89, fig. 4, pt. 5, pl. 16, 1914) described P. tridentifer from off southern Australia. That species has a more slender caudal peduncle, 13 to 17 anal photophores, 15 to 18 anal rays, and 12 to 15 pectoral rays. ‘These characters are close to those of our large series of spec- imens from the Philippines and Celebes Sea and must be considered as the P. tridentifer complex. In table 6, the specimens from Japan and the Philippines appear not to differ from the Australian tri- dentifer sufficiently to indicate subspecific populations. The characters recorded by Okada and Suzuki (Pacific Sci., vol. 10, pp. 298-301, 1956) for their nominal species P. spinosus, such as 20 to 25 gill rakers, 12 to 14 pectoral rays, a more slender caudal peduncle, a long slender posttemporal spine, definitely are characters that identify their P. spinosus as actually P. tridentifer. Polyipnus spinosus stereope Jordan and Starks FraurE 25 Polyipnus stereope Jordan and Starks, Bull. U.S. Fish Comm. 1902, vol. 22, p. 581, 1904 (Sagami Bay, Japan, holotype USNM 51451, and paratype 177895).—Jordan, Tanaka and, Snyder, Journ. College Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, vol. 23, art. 1, p. 52, fig. 30, 1913 (Sagami Sea).—Haneda, Pacific Sci., vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 13-16, 1952 (Japan).—Okada and Suzuki, Pacifie Sci., vol. 10, pp. 296-302, figs. 1-7, 1956 (Japan). Polyipnus spinosus, Schultz (in part), Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, pp. 143-144, 1938 (Japan).—Kamohara, Reports Kochi Univ. Nat. Sci., No. 3, p. 17, 1952 (Tosa Providence, Japan). Srupy mMaTerrAL: USNM 51451 (holotype), off Manazuru Zaki, Honshu Island, Japan, Albatross station 3698, depth 153 fathoms. USNM 102981, Albatross station 4913, lat. 31°39’10’’ N., long. 129°22’30’’ E., off Japan, 2 specimens, 37 and 43 mm. SNHM 8392, 1 specimen, 42 mm. DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERS: This subspecies is distinguished from spinosus spinosus in the discussion of the latter beginning on p. 648. Cotor: The color pattern is shown in figure 25, p. 634. Description: Counts made are given in table 1, p. 591, and table 6, p. 636. Ranae: This species is known from Japan between depths of from 153 to 391 fathoms. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1961 INDEX (New genera, specie s, ete., are printed in ttalics. Page numbers of principal entries also in ztalics.) Abdastartus, 14, 31 muiri, 37 tyrianus, 31 abdominalis, Sicus, 728, 129 Sicus ferrugineus, 128 Frogniphagus, 312 (fig.), 333, 338, 339 (fig.), 341 Trochiloecetes, 314, 323 (fig.), 324, 341 Abrachyglossum, 108 capitatum, 108 cockerelli, 108 wui, 108, 118 Abrader, 501, 502 Abrasives, 487 abyssinica, Dictyla, 51 abyssorum, Parathemisto, 345, 346, 361, 868, 370, 372, 383 Themisto, 345, 368 Acalypta, 9, 14, 22, 31, 54, 57, 73 carinata, 47 nyctalis, 22 Acalyptini, 9, 31, 89 acalyptoides, Cyclotynaspis, 27 Acanthia costata, 3, 76, 77, 86 humuli, 68, 69 pyri, 67, 82 quadrimaculata, 77 tricornis, 52 Acanthocheila, 9, 14, 32 Acanthochila, 32 Acanthopolyipnus, 620 Acanthotingis, 14, 32 apicornis, 32 acanthurus, Arguropelecus, 608 Acentronus, 260 Acerentomon, 267, 285, 289, 304 americanum, 267, 283 (fig.), 284, 286 (fig.) andrei, 267, 287, 288 (fig.), 290 (fig.), 294 californicum, 267, 294, 295 christensoni, 267, 289, 290 (fig.), 291 (fig.) conurus, 267, 284, 287 floridanum, 267, 300 occidentalis, 267, 291 (fig.), 292, 293 (fig.), 295 Acerentuloides, 267, 299 bicolor, 267, 299 606901—62 Acerentulus, 267, 285, 292, 298, 304 americanus, 267, 284, 285, 287, 289, 292, 294, 299 aureitarsus, 267, 300, 303 (fig.) barberi, 266, 267, 295, 296 (fig.), 297 (fig.), 298, 299 barberi barberi, 295 barberi californicus, 294 bicolor, 267, 297 (fig.), 299 californicus, 267, 294, 295 cephalotes, 299 confinis, 292 floridanus, 267, 297 (fig.), 299, 300, 301 (fig.) oculatus, 267, 297 (fig.), 298 tenuiceps, 266, 267, 296 Acestrura heliodor astreans, 342 Aconchus, 14, 32 Acropora palmata, 517, 519 aculeatus, Argyropelecus, 591, 592, 593, 594, 596, 607, 626 (fig.) Acysta, 14, 32 brasiliensis, 87 integra, 32 perseae, 79 addae, Ocreatus underwoodi, 325, 341 Adelomyia melanogenys inornata, 337, 341 Adena people, Welcome Mound and effigy pipes of, 451-458 adhaerens, Hemicyclops, 159, 163, 164, 165, 172 (fig.), 176, 179 (fig.), 181, 182, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194 Lichomolgus, 176 aechemeae, Psilobyrsa, 80 Aepycysta, 14, 33 undosa, 33 affinis, Argyropelecus, 591, 592, 593, 596, 697, 598, 599, 600, 601, 623 (fig.) Dalmannia, 131 Glaucis hirsuta, 325, 341 Lophogaster, 530 Pontoporeia, 362, 363 Aframizxia, 14, 33, 89, 90 africana, Sabestena, 25 Agachila, 14, 34 biafrana, 34 Agaotingis, 14, 33 aglaeactt, Trochiloecetes, 312, 316, 317 (fig.), 318, 341 651 652 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Aglaeactis cupripennis, 341 cupripennis cupripennis, 316 Aglaiocercus emmae caudata, 342 kingi mocoa, 312, 342 Aglotingis, 14, 34 nimbana, 34 Agnus anoplus, 569 Agramma, 14, 21, 23, 24, 25, 26, 90 nigriceps, 55, 89 Agrammatinae, 9, 14, 21, 23, 35, 55, 67, 71, 89 Agrammidae, 23 Agramminae, 23, 89 agrayloides, Lauterborniella, 199 Aidoneus, 14, 34 dissimilis, 9, 34 Aidoneusaria, 9, 31, 34, 89 ainsliei, Dictyla, 51 Ainu people, Japan, 482, 483 alamedensis, Paralauterborniella, 203 alaticollis, Monanthia, 81 Phyllontocheila, 81 alberti, Phyllontocheila, 63 albescens, Phaenopsectra,® 208 Tanytarsus, 208 albidus, Catoplatus carthusianus, 49 albigutta, Cathetostoma, 576 Kathetostoma, 564, 565 (map), 566, 568, 576, 578 albiguttum, Kathetostoma, 576 albilatera, Tingis, 36 albimanus, Chironomus, 200 Paratendipes, 200 albinodus, Polypedilum, 206 albomarginata, Pyractonema, 136, 139, 140, 141, 143 (fig.), 155 Alcletha, 34, 52 alicollis, Tingis, 44 aliena, Ghilianella, 395, 405, 419 (fig.), 443 alitophrosyne, Epimixia, 55 Allocader, 14, 26 Alloiothucha, 14, 34 philippinensis, 34 Allotingis, 15, 35 alphaeus, Tendipes, 219 (fig.), 222 alterata, Ghilianella, 395, 404 (fig.), 443 alveola, Ghilianella, 395, 405 Alveotingis, 15, 35 grossocerata, 35 amabilis, Argyropelecus, 591, 592, 593, 596, 606, 625 (fig.) Sternoptychides, 594, 606, 608 amachaerus, Harnischia, 225 Tendipes, 225 Amaurosterphus, 35, 84 Amazilia amazilia caeruleigularis, 318, fimbriata apicalis, 342 fimbriata nigricauda, 342 lactea, bartletti, 312, 342 tobaci caurensis, 342 tzactl tzactl, 318, 341 Amblycera, 307, 308, 311 Amblycysta, 15, 36 VOL. 112 Amblystira, 15, 38 hirta, 75 americana, Dictyonota tricornis, 20 americanum, Acerentomon, 267, 283 (fig.), 284, 286 (fig.) americanus, Acerentulus, 267, 284, 285, 287, 289, 292, 294, 299 Hemicyclops, 159, 176, 177, 180 Lophogaster, 531, 532 (fig.), 533 Americia, 86, 84, 85 amethystina, Calliphlox, 342 amicula, Ghilianella, 395, 403, 419 (fig.), 443 amitina, Dictyla, 51 Ammianus, 15, 36, 39, 63, 76, 80, 81 ammophiliformis, Physocephala, 122 ampliata, Monanthia, 76 Phyllotochila, 78 Platychila, 78 ampulla, Chytraea, 518 Lithoglyptes, 517, 519, 525 analis, Emesa, 448 Ghilianella, 448 andersoni, Ghilianella, 395, 400 andrei, Acerentomon, 267, 287, 288 (fig.), 290 (fig.), 294 Angiocader, 14, 26 Angolotingis, 15, 87 vilhenai, 37 Angolusa, 15, 37 machadoi, 37 angulata, Enesa, 448 Ghilianella, 395, 400, 419 (fig.), 443, 448 angustata, Pyractonema, 135, 139, 140, 142, 148 (fig.), 148 angustifrons, Trochiloecetes, 313, 315, 323 (fig.), 324, 341 Animal teeth, buried with dead, 454 annulata, Emesa, 448 Ghilianella, 395, 448 annectens, Ghilianella, 395, 404, 417 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 443 anolophis, Astroscopus, 570, 572 Anolophus V. graecum, 570 anolopos, Uranoscopus, 569 Anomaliptera, 37 Anommotocoris minutissimus,"6 anonae, Tigava, 61 anoplos, Uranoscopus, 569 Anoplura, 311 anoplus, Agnus, 569 Astroscopus, 569, 570, 574 Anoura cultrata, 463, 464 geoffroyi, 464 antennata, Eotingis, 10, 11, 55 Hesperotingis, 60 Anthorhina, 460 anthracinus, Chironomus, 215 Tendipes, 216 Anthrocothorax nigricollis iridescens, 338, 341 antrorsospinus, Argyropelecus, 606 Apedilum subcinctum, 202 Apheloria montana, 235 INDEX Aphelotingis, 15, 37 Apicalis, Amazilia fimbriata, 342 Stymnonotus, 83 apicatum, Polypedilum, 205 Apicia denticulata, 508, 510 apicornis, Acanthotingis, 32 apiculata, Ghilianella, 395, 399 approximata, Ghilianella, 395, 398, 402, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 413 (fig.), 420, 421 (fig.), 443 aracataca, Ghilianella, 395, 399, 403, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 413 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 435, 444 Aradidae, 76 Archiconops, 120 erythrocephalus, 120 morosus, 121 Archilochus colubris, 342 Arenicola cristata, 188, 194 arenicolae, Hemicyclops, 159, 163, 164, 165, 176, 188, 191 (fig.), 193 (fig) argentinus, Lasiurus ega, 473 Argyropelacus lynehnus, 612 Argyropelecus, 590, 592, 593, 694, 595 (key), 598 acanthurus, 608 aculeatus, 591, 592, 593, 594, 596, 607, 626 (fig.) affinis, 591, 592, 593, 596, 597, 598, 599, 600, 601, 623 (fig.) amabilis, 591, 592, 593, 596, 606, 625 (fig.) (Sternoptychides) amabilis, 608 antrorsospinus, 606 boeagei, 594 caninus, 608 d’urvillei, 612 durvilli, 603 elongatus, 594 emigymnus, 601 gigas, 591, 592, 593, 596, 598, 600, 624 (fig.), 634 (fig.) heathi, 605 heathii, 603 hemigymnus, 591, 592, 593, 594, ee 596, 598, 601, 605, 610, 624 g. intermedius, 591, 592, 593, 596, 604, 605, 625 (fig.) lichnus, 612 lynchus, 591, 592, 612 lynchus hawaiensis, 591, 592, 593, 597, 613, 614, 615, 627 (fig.) lynchus lynchus, 591, 592, 593, 597, 612, 614, 615, 616, 627 (fig.) lynchus sladeni, 591, 592, 593, 597, 613, 614, 616 micracanthus, 606, 607 olfersi, 591, 592, 598, 597, 598, 606, 608, 609, 610, 612, 613, 626 (fig.) pacificus, 591, 592, 593, 596, 598, 699, 623 (fig.) sladeni, 612, 613, 614, 615 ariel, Tendipes, 219 (fig.), 221, 222 Aristobyrsa, 15, 37 653 armatum, Eosentomon, 270, 277 armatus, Cantacader, 27 armigera, Monanthia, 32 arnoldi, Paseala, 74 Arrowpoints, 487, 490, 492, 502 Artemia salina, 560 Artifacts, ceramic, 483 nonceramic, 483, 486 artifer, Chironomus, 207 Polypedilum, 207 Arushia, 15, 37 horvathi, 37 Asia, Flies of the family Conopidae from eastern, 107-131 Asiconops, 110 asperulus, Furcilliger, 57 aspidospermae, Stenocysta, 89 assanutrix, Ghilianella, 395, 399, 403, 419 (fig.), 444 Assassin bugs of the genus Ghilianella in the Americas (Hemiptera, Reduviidae, Emesinae), 393-450 asteroides, Polyipnus, 591, 621, 629 (fig.), 635, 636, 637, 639, 640, 641, 642 Astolphos, 14, 26 capitatus, 26 astreans, Acestrura heliodor, 342 Astroscopus, 669, 572 Astroscopus anolophus, 570, 572 anoplus, 569, 570, 574 guttatus, 563, 564, 566, 568, 570, 571, 572, 573 sexspinosus, 564 y-graecum, 563, 564, 565 (map), 566, 567, 569, 570, 573, 574 atabapo, Ghilianella, 395, 403 aterrima, Physocephala, 126 Atheas, 15, 38 nigricornis, 38 atlantica, Phronima, 363 atra, Lucidota, 136 Myopa, 130 Teleonemia, 31 Thecophora, 130, 131 atrella, Tendipes, 213 atricapilla, Serenthia, 25 atriclava, Ghilianella, 395, 398 atrus, Monanthia, 31 attenuatus, Chironomus, 212 Tendipes, 212 augusti, Phaethornis augusti, 335, 341 Aulotingis, 15, 38 moalae, 38 aureitarsus, Acerentulus, 267, 300, 303 g. aurelia, Haplophoedia aurelia, aureomaculatus, Conops, 110, aurifrons, Myiospiza, 309 (fig.) aurigana, Dictyla, 51 aurora, Hemeroplanis, 505, 506, 507, 610, 511 (fig.), 512 (fig.), 513, 514, 515 Thermesia, 510 312, 342 114, 115 654 australis, Hemicyclops, 169 Parathemisto, 374, 375 Synallaxis albescens, 339 Teleonemia, 78 Tingis, 34 Australotingis, 15, 38 franzeni, 38 williamsi, 72 aviceps, Polypedilum, 208 avitus, Cantacader, 11 Axiokersos, 15, 38 ovalis, 9, 38 Axiokersosaria, 9, 31, 38, 89 Ayrerus, 38, 88, 89 hystricellus, 89 Ayres Mound, New Liberty, tucky, 454 ayyari, Leptopharsa, 48 Azalea, 21 Bache, C., and Satterthwaite, L., in- formation from, 453 Baeochila, 15, 39 Baeotingis, 15, 39 ogloblini, 39 Baichila, 15, 39 capeneri, 39 Bako, 15, 39, 58 lebruni, 39 balli, Dictyla, 51 baltica, Phatnoma, 11 barberi, Acerentulus, 266, 267, 295, 296 (fig.), 297 (fig.), 298, 299 Acerentulus barberi, 295 bardelli, Lampyris, 153 Pyractonema, 133, 151, 152 barroti, Heliothrix, 322, 341 bartletti, Amazilia lactea, 312, 342 basilewskyi, Gabirobius, 58 Bats from Panama, descriptions of new, 459-479 beckeri, Dictyonota, 52 beesoni, Tingis, 85 Belenus, 15, 36, 39, 80 bennettii, Mimon, 460, 462 Benthoscopus laticeps, 580, 581 Berndtia purpurea, 518 Berndtiidae, 517, 518 Berotingis, 15, 40 rugiana, 40 Berry, Frederick H., and Anderson, Wil- liam W., Stargazer fishes from the Western North Atlantic (family Uranoscopidae), 563-586 berryl, Dictyla, 51 Berytidae, 68 bethei, Ghilianella, 395, 402, 417 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 435, 444 biafrana, Agachila, 34 bicaudata, Ghilianella, 395, 401, 406, 407 (fig.), 413 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 438 bicolor, Acerentuloides, 267, 299 Acerentulus, 267, 297 (fig.), 299 bicorniger, Mummius, 69 Ken- PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 bicornis, Chytraea, 518 Lythoglyptes, 517, 518 bifenestrata, Lucidota, 153 Pyractonema, 136, 139, 140, 143 (fig.), 150, 153 bigoti, Conops nubeculosus, 116 bilobata, Diplocysta, 53 binotata, Leptobyrsa, 35 Pyractonema, 150, 152, 153 bioculata, Chauliognathus, 153 Pyractonema, 133, 151, 152 bipartita, Conops, 125 Physocephala, 125, 126 Birabena, 15, 40 birabeni, 40 birabeni, Birabena, 40 Birgitta, 40, 66 biroi, Oranoma, 29 biseriata, Macrotingis, 66 Biskria, 15, 40 bispinosa, Euthemisto, 379 Parathemisto gaudichaudii, 377 blatchleyi, Stephanitis, 9 blossevillii, Lasiurus, 469 Lasiurus borealis, 469, 470 bocagei, Argyropelecus, 594 Boissoneaua flavescens flavescens, 327, 330, 341 boliviana, Pleseobyrsa, 79 bolivianus, Trocheiloecetes, 314, (fig.), 327, 341 bonariensis, Lasiurus, 469 Bonet, F., and Tuxen, 8. L.; Reexami- nation of species of Protura de- scribed by H. E. Ewing, 265-305 boneti, Eosentomon, 267, 270, 272 Boraria, 232, 260 borealis, Lasiurus, 469, 470, 473, 475 Lasiurus borealis, 470, 472 borincana, Ghilianella, 395, 399, 406, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 415 (fig.) bouclei, Montea, 28 Bowls, 495 Bowman, Thomas E.; The pelagic amphipod genus Parathemisto (Hyperiidea: Hyperiidae) in the North Pacific and adjacent Arctic Ocean, 343-392 boxiana, Cochlochila, 70 Branchinecta, 549, 556, 559, 560 campestris, 549, 550 (fig.), 551 (fig.), 552 (fig.), 553 (fig.), 554 (fig.) coloradensis, 556, 557 gaini, 556 lindahli, 556, 557 mackini, 555, 556, 557, 560 packardi, 556, 557 brasiliensis, Acysta, 87 Ghilianella, 395, 405 Bredenbachius, 40, 49 pictus, 40 brevicephalus, Trochiliphagus, 312 (fig.), 332, 335, 336 (fig.), 337, 341 brevicornis, Ghilianella, 395, 398 brevipennis, Pyractonema, 150, , 325, 326 151, INDEX brineki, Perbrinckea, 75 buceata, Conops, 127 Myopa, 127 bugioensis, Dictyla indigens, 51 bulbifera, Ghilianella, 396, 398, 435 bulliens, Malala, 28 bullita, Monanthia, 44 Buna, 41 bungii, Eucalanus bungii, 371 Bunia, 15, 41 ituriensis, 41 Bunotingis, 15, 41 Burial mound, 455 Cadamustus, 47, 82 typicus, 41 Cadmilos, 41, 58 retiarius, 41 eaducus, Microtendipes, 199 Caenotingis, 41, 85 Seer eas: Amazilia amazilia, 318, 41 Calanus tonsus, 356 ealifornicum, Acerentomon, 267, 294, 295 Polypedilum, 201 (fig.), 204 ealifornicus, Acerentulus, 267, 294, 295 Acerentulus barberi, 294 Chironomus, 218 Tendipes, 218 californiensis, Callianassa, 159, 160, 166, 175, 181, 184 Callianassa, 164, 176, 182, 188 ealiforniensis, 160, 161, 166, 175, 181, 184 gigas, 161, 166, 175 callianassae, Giardella, 174 Hemicyclops, 159, 165, 174, 175, 182, 184 Calliphanes, 41, 82, 83 Calliphlox amethystina, 342 Callithrincus, 15, 42 serratus, 42 Caloloma, 15, 42 uhleri, 20, 42 Calotingis, 15, 42, 70 knighti, 42 calva, Ghilianella, 396, 404, 41/0, 413 (fig.), 415, (fig.) 419 (fig.), 433 calymata, Ghilianella, 396, 403, 472, 413 (fig.), 417 (fig.) camelina, Cysteochila, 41 Calypte costae, 308, 315, 341 campestris, Branchinecta, 549, 550 (fig.), 551 (fig.), 552 (fig.), 553 (fig.), 554 (fig.) campulligaster, Ghilianella, 396, 400, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 414 Campylopterus faleatus, 333, 341 Campylosteira, 15, 43 falleni, 43 Campylostira, 43 Campylotingis, 15, 43 Camras, Sidney; Flies of the family Conopidae from eastern Asia, 107-131 655 caninus, Argyropelecus, 608 Cantacader, 10, 14, 22, 26, 27, 28, 30, 90 armatus, 27 avitus, 11 gounellei, 28 leai, 26 magnificus, 30 quinquecarinatus, 10, 11 Cantacaderaria, 8, 9, 26 Cantacaderinae, 9, 10, 11, 14, 21, 26, 34 Cantacaderini, 26 Canthacader, 26, 27 Cantinona, 15, 43 praecellens, 43 capeneri, Baichila, 39 capitatum, Abrachyglossum, 108 capitatus, Astolphos, 26 capusi, Diplogomphus, 53 ceardui, Cimex, 47, 78, 85 Tingis, 47 carectorum, Cyperobia, 27 earinata, Acalypta, 47 Tingis, 31, 73 earoli, Polyonomus, 342 Carriker, M. A., Jr.; Studies in neotrop- ical Mallophaga, XVII: A new family (Trochiliphagidae) and a new genus of the lice of humming- birds, 307-342 carthusianus, Catoplatus, 49 Cimex, 48 cassida, Orthosteira, 74 cassidea, Tingis, 73 castaneus, Lasiurus, 468, 470, 472 Cathetostoma albigutta, 576 Catoplatus, 15, 43, 48 carthusianus, 49 carthusianus albidus, 49 fabricii, 86 caucensis, Haplophoedia aureliae, 342 caudata, Aglaiocercus emmae, 342 caudatus, Lasiurus, 473 caurensis, Amazilia tobaci, 342 Caves, 483 Celantia, 10, 15, 22, 43 seposita, 11 celebensis, Conops, 118 Celts, 483, 487, 490, 492, 500, 502 cephalotes, Acerentulus, 299 ceramics, 486 Ceratinoderma, 14, 23 fornicata, 23 Ceratocader, 14, 27 Cercopidae, 11, 84 cervina, Leucippus fallax, 312, 342 Tingis, 73 Cetiocysta, 44, 75, 89 chaetoala, Tendipes, 219 (fig.), 220 challengeri, Lophogaster, 530 Chalybura buffoni micans, 325, 341 melanorrhoa, 342 chamaedri, Teucrio, 46 championi, Megalocysta, 36 Charcoal, 455, 496, 497 Chauliognathus bioculata, 153 cheriana, Dictyla, 51 656 Cherokia, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231 (fig.), 232, 233, 234, 235, 238, 239, 251, 256, 257, 260, 262 georgiana, 236, 238, 240 (key), 241, 246, 248, 249 (fig.), 250, 252, 255, 256, 257, 259, 260, 262 georgiana ducilla, 230, 231 (fig.), 240, 241 (fig.), 244 (fig.), 246, (fig.), 247, 248, 249 (fig.), 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 260, 261, 262 georgiana georgiana, 230, 231 (fig.), 238, 240, 241 (fig.), 244 (fig.), 246 (fig.), 249 (fig.), 252, 258, 260, 261, 262 georgiana latassa, 230, 240, 241 (fig.), 244 (fig.), 245, 252, 257, 261, 262 chevreuxi, Gammarus, 362, 363 China dishes, 483 chinensis, Conops, 112 Chiroderma, 465, 466 doriae, 466 dorsale, 466 gorgasi, 464, 466 isthmicum, 466 jesupi, 466 salvini, 465, 466 trinitatum, 465, 466 villosum, 465, 466 villosum jesupi, 466 villosum villosum, 466 Chironomid midges of California. I. Chironominae, exclusive of Tany- tarsini (=Calopsectrini), 197— 226 Chironomidae, 197, 198 Chironomini, 197 Chironomus albimanus, 200 anthracinus, 215 artifer, 207 attenuatus, 212 californicus, 218 colei, 211 curtilamellatus, 224 digitatus, 223 dorsalis, 216 flavipes, 210 frequens, 223 fulvus, 223 halteralis, 206 illinoensis, 207 labeculosum, 203 laetus, 207 lobiferus, 225 modestus, 218 monochronomus, 223 naevus, 208 nervosus, 220 riparius, 214 staegeri, 214 stigmaterus, 211 subaequalis, 200 taeniapennis, 211 tenuicaudatus, 224 tritus, 208 utahensis, 214 Chisels, 487, 500, 501 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 christensoni, Acerentomon, £67, 289, 290 (fig.), 291 (fig.) chrysorrhoea, Conops, 122 Physocephala, 122, 123 Chrysuronia oenone josephinae, 342 oenona longirostris, 327, 341 chusanensis, Myopa, 126 Chytraea, 517 ampulla, 518 bicornis, 518 Chytraeidae, 517, 518 Cimex, 46 eardui, 47, 78, 85 earthusianus, 48 clavicornis, 45, 46, 47, 63, 68, 69 Cimicomorpha, 6 cinctus, Stenochironomus, 210 cinereus, Lasiurus, 475 cingalensis, Dictyonota, 74 Cladopelma, 223 Clausidium, 164 clavata, Tingis, 68 clavellaia, Ghilianella, 396, 402, 413 (fig.), 418, 419 (fig.) clavicornis, Cimex, 45, 46, 47, 63, 68, 69 Copium, 45, 46, 47, 56, 69, 89 Laccometopus, 63, 90 Monanthia, 47, 90 claviventris, Ghilianella, 396, 398 Clunioninae, 197 clypeata, Spatula, 455 clypeatus, Haedus, 59 Cnemiandrus, 14, 27 typicus, 27 e-nigrum, Dictyla, 5i coartatia, Trochiloecetes, 313, 319 (fig.), 320, 341 Cochlochila, 15, 44, 77 boxiana, 70 cockerelli, Abrachyglossum, 108 Codotingis, 15, 44 recurva, 44 Coeligena lutetiae, 320, 341 Coffins, remains of, 484 colei, Chironomus, 211 Stenochironomus, 211 coleopterata, Vianaida, 6 Coleopterodes, 14, 21, 24, 25 fuscescens, 24 Colibri coruseans coruscans, 318, 341 collarti, Dictyla, 51 Collinutius, 15, 44 colombica, Thalurania fureata, 324, 341 colona, Ghilianella, 396, 399, 409 (fig.), 444 coloradensis, Branchinecta, 556, 557 Dictyla, 51 colubra, Leptostyla, 61 eolubris, Archilochus, 342 Trochilus, 340, 341 columbianus, Trochiloecetes, 313, 315, $22, 323 (fig.), 324, 331, 341 comes, Dictyla, 51 complerus, Trochiloecetes, 314, 325, 326 (fig.), 341 INDEX compressa, Euthemisto, 379 Themisto, 379 compressicornis, Pyractonema, 133, 134, 144 Compseuta, 15, 44 secunda, 83 comptula, Corycera, 47 conchatus, Dulinius, 54 Conchochila sundra, 45, 89 insulana, 45, 89 Conchotingis, 15, 45, 89 concolor, Felis, 454 confinis, Acerentulus, 292 congoana, Congochila, 45 Congochila, 15, 45, 89 congoana, 45 Conopidae, Flies of the family, from eastern Asia, 107-131 Conops, 108, 110, 117 aureomaculatus, 110, 114, 115 bipartita, 125 buccata, 127 celebensis, 118 chinensis, 112 chrysorrhoea, 122 curtirostris, 118 curtulus, 111 erythrocephalus, 120, 121 flavipes, 109 flavonervosus, 113 grahami, 113, 115 hwangi, 113 izuoshimensis, 115 jozankeanus, 109 kanoi, 110 kulinicus, 112 kuriensis, 111 licenti, 109 maculifrons, 117 nigricans, 120, 121 nigrifrons, 110 nigripes, 117, 118 nigriventris, 116 niponensis, 120, 121 nubeculosus, 116 nubeculosus bigoti, 116 nubeculosus indicus, 116 opimus, 113, 115 ornatus, 116 philippinensis, 120 pieli, 114 pusilla, 124 quadrifasciatus, 110 rufifrons, 113 rufigaster, 115 rufomaculatus, 174, 115 scutellatus, 110 szechwanensis, 114 testacea, 127 thecoides, 109 thecus, 115 tristis, 111, 112 vesicularis, 108 conurus, Acerentomon, 267, 284, 287 657 Copepods, North and South Ameri- can, of the genus Hemicyclops (Cyelopoida: Clausidiidae), 159- 195 Copium, 15, 45, 46, 47, 51, 56, 63, 69, , 89, 90 clavicornis, 45, 46, 47, 56, 69, 89 cornutum, 45, 47, 89 Coptoememia flaccalis, 508, 510 coquereli, Dictyonota, 53 corcuscus, Phaethornis guy, 322, 341 Corinthus, 15, 47 typicus, 47 corniculata, Pseudophatnoma, 29 cornutum, Copium, 45, 47, 89 coronata, Teleia, 28, 30 coruseans, Colibri coruscans, 318, 341 Corycera, 15, 47 comptula, 47 Corythaica, 9, 15, 47, 54, 65, 87 Corythauma, 15, 48 Corythotingis, 15, 48 zimmermani, 48 Corythuca, 9, 48 morrilli, 21 Corythucha, 9, 15, 48, 66 Coscinopoea, 43, 48 costae, Calypte, 308, 315, 341 costata, Acanthia, 3, 76, 77, 86 Monanthia, 86 Phyllochisme, 90 Physatocheila, 90 costatum, Paracopium, 90 costatus, Laccometopus, 63 Cottothucha, 15, 49 oceanae, 49 cozumelae, Mimon, 460, 462 erassicornis, Hermissenda, 161, 165, 175 Hermissienda, 165 crenulatum, Mimon, 460, 461, 463 Mimon crenulatum, 462, 463 cristata, Arenicola, 188, 194 Cromerus, 15, 49 Cruzodesmus, 260 Cryptochironomus, subg., 220, 221 Ctenomysis, 529 cubana, Kathetostoma, 564, 565, 566, 568, 578 Kathetostoma albigutta, 564, 578 cultrata, Anoura, 463, 464 Cultural Sequences in Hokkaido, Japan, 481-503 ae Dysthamnus mentalis, 309 (fig. cuneata, * Ghilianella, 396, 402, 413 (fig.), 435, 444 cuneatus, Jannaeus, 62 Sanazarius, 81 cupripennis, Aglaeactis, 341 Aglaeactis cupripennis, 316 curtilamellatus, Chironomus, 224 Tendipes, 224 curtirostris, Conops, 118 Myopa, 127 Siniconops, 118 658 curtulus, Conops, 111 cutellatum, Polypedilum, 205 Cyclotynaspis, 14, 27 acalyptoides, 27 Cyperobia, 14, 27 carectorum, 27 Cysteochila, 6, 15, 39, 40, 49, 74 camelina, 41 dichopetali, 73 elongata, 39 sordida, 49 taeniophora, 74 Dalmannia, 131 affinis, 131 Damophila julie julie, 342 darbyi, Tendipes, 219 (fig.), 221, 222 Dasypterus, 473 Dasytingis, 15, 49 rudis, 49 debile, Phyllontocheila, 87 delicatula, Litadea, 66 dentatus, Monanthia, 39 denticulata, Apicia, 508, 510 depressicornis, Pyractonema, 133, 134, fee 136, 137, 139, 140, 144, 145 (fig. Derephisia, 50 Derephysia, 16, 50 desecta, Stephanitis, 83 diaconus, Thraupis virens, 309 diaphana, Pachycysta, 74 Sternoptyx, 589 (fig.), 591, 616, 617 Dichocysta, 9, 16, 50 pictipes, 50 dichopetali, Cysteochila, 73 Dichrocysta, 50 Diconocoris, 16, 50, 53, 75 javanus, 50 Dicrotendipes, subg., 218 Dictiotingis, 50 Dictyesthes, 7 dictyesthes, Dictyonota, 7 Dictyla, 10, 16, 22, 46, 47, 50, 51, 69, 71, 89 abyssinica, 51 ainsliei, 51 amitina, 51 aurigana, 51 aurigana discoris, 51 balli, 51 berryi, 51 cheriana, 51 c-nigrum, 51 collarti, 51 coloradensis, 51 comes, 51 echii, 51 echii nigricans, 51 echii rufina, 51 ehrethiae, 51 femoralis, 51 figurata, 51 flavipes, 51 flexousa, 11 flexuosa, 51 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Dictyla, formosa," 51 fulvescens, 51 gerardi, 51 haitensis, 51 humuli, 51 imparis, 51 indigena, 51 indigena bugioensis, 51 labeculata, 51 leporis, 51 leroyi, 51 loricata, 51 lupata, 51 lupuli, 51 monotropidia, 51 montandoni, 51 montandoni rivalis, 51 nassata, 51 nodipennis, 51 parilis, 51 parmata, 51 patquiana, 51 picturata, 51 platyoma, 51 pongana, 51 pucallpana, 51 putoni, 51 putoni pulla, 51 rasilis, 51 ruandae, 51 ruficeps, 51 sahlbergi, 51 salicorum, 51 sauteri, 51 senta, 51 seorsa, 51 seorsa inflata, 51 sessoris, 51 sjostedti, 51 subdola, 51 sufilata, 51 symphyti, 51 triconula, 51 tuberosa, 5i uichancoi, 51 uniseriata, 51 veterana, 11 veterna, 51 vuleanorum, 51 wollastoni, 11, 51 zavattarii, 51 sp., 89 Dictyonota, 9, 16, 20, 34, 40, 51, 52, 58, ) 1 d 7 beckeri, 52 cingalensis, 74 coquereli, 53 dictyesthes, 7 eryngil, 52, 81 gracilicornis, 40 strichnocera, 51, 81 tricornis, 20 tricornis americana, 20 Dictyotingis, 16, 50, 538 gibbersi, 53 dicysta, Nesocypselas, 70 INDEX Dicysta, 16, 53 vitrea, 53 digitatus, Chironomus, 223 Tendipes, 223 digitifer, Polypedilum, 206 dignata, Perissonemia, 87 dilata, Serenthia, 56 dilatatus, Hemicyclops, 175 Diphotus, 135 Diplocysta, 16, 53 bilobata, 53 nimia, 44 Diplogomphus, 50, 63 capusi, 53 discoris, Dictyla aurigana, 51 dissimilis, Aidoneus, 9, 34 Dolichocysta, 48, 54 venusta, 54 doratophorum, Physostomum, 315 Trochiloecetes, 314, 316, 340 doratophorus, Trochiloecetes, 308, 314, 331, 341 doriae, Chiroderma, 466 dorsale, Chiroderma, 466 dorsalis, Chironomus, 216 Tendipes, 216 Drake, Carl J., and Ruhoff, Florence A.; Lace-bug genera of the World (Hemiptera: Tingidae), 1 Drakea, 23, 24 lepeupi, 24 Drakella, 9, 32, 54, 57 Drills, 487, 490, 502 ducilla, Cherokia georgiana, 230, 231 (fig.), 240, 241 (fig.), 244 (fig.), 246 (fig.), 247, 248, 249 (fig.), 251, 252 (map), 253, 254, 256, 260, 261, 262 Mimuloria, 228, 229, 247, 255 Ductirostri, 3 Dulinius, 16, 64, 81 conchatus, 54 @urvillei, Argyropelecus, 612 @urvilli, Argyropelecus, 603 dyari, Phaenopsectra, 209, 210 Tanytarsus, 209 Dynoria, 247 icana, 228, 247 parvior, 228, 229, 240, 247 Dyspharsa, 16, 54 Dysthamnus, 310 mentalis, 308 mentalis cumbreanus, 309 (fig.) Early Jomon Period, 500 Earthen-welled enclosures, 483 echii, Dictyla, 51 \onanthia, 68 Tingis, 68 echinopsidis, Monanthia, 55 echinus, Urentius, 88 edwardsi, Tendipes, 224 Effigy pipes, 455-457 ega, Lasiurus, 473, 475, 476, 478 Lasiurus ega, 474, 476 659 egregius, Execestides, 563, 580, 581 Gnathafnus, 564, 565 (map), 566, 568 Lasiurus, 469, 472, 473 ehrethiae, Dictyla, 51 elachista, Paralauterborniella, 202 Elasmognathus, 16, 64 helferi, 54 Elasmotropis, 16, 64 elegans, Sagitta, 356, 358, 359, 367 Sinalda, 30 Siniconops, 108, 117, 118 elegantula, Leptopharsa, 65 elegantulus, Hovatlas, 60 Elina, 52, 65 eliyanus, Hegesidemus, 59 Ellychnia, 134 elongata, Cysteochila, 39 Physocephala, 125 elongatus, Argyropelecus, 594 Hemicyclops, 159, 163, 164, 165, 176, 184, 189 (fig.) Uranoscopus, 580 Emesa analis, 448 angulata, 448 annulata, 448 gerstaeckeri, 448 imbecilla, 449 servillei, 449 signoreti, 437 varicornis, 441 emigymnus, Argyropelecus, 601 emiliae, Trochiloecetes, 308, 316, 341 Endochironomus, subg., 217 g Englewood Mound, near Dayton, Ohio, 456 Engynoma, 16, 55 enslenii, Lasiurus, 469 Eocader, 14, 27, 28 vegrandis, 27 Eosentomon, 265, 267, 277, 278 armatum, 270, 277 boneti, 267, 270, 272 mexicanum, 270, 272 minimum, 266, 267, 273, 274, 276, 281 pallidum, 266, 267, 272, 273, 275 (fig.), 276 (fig.) pusillum, 267, 281, 283 (fig.) rostratum, 267, 278, 279 (fig.), 280 (fig.) transitorium, 270, 272, 273, 274, 277 vermiforme, 267, 270, 271 (fig.), 272, 274, 277, 278, 281 wheeleri, 266, 267, 268 (fig.), 269 (fig.), 271 (fig.), 272, 273, 276, 278, 282 yosemitense, 267, 276 (fig.), 277 yosemitensis, 277 Eotingis, 10, 45 antennata, 10, 11, 55 quinquecarinata, 10, 90 Epimixia, 16, 33, 55, 89 alitophrosyne, 55 roboris, 33, 90 episcopus, Thraupis virens, 310 660 erosa, Monanthia, 36 eryngii, Dictyonota, 52, 81 Monanthia, 49 Tingis, 49 erythraeus, Lophogaster, 530 erythrocephalus, Archiconops, 120 Conops, 120, 121 Esocampylia, 16, 56 incarinata, 56 Eteoneus, 16, 56 Euahanes, 16, 56 inflatus, 56 Euaulana, 16, 66 ferritincta, 56 Eucalanus bungii bungii, 371 Eukrohnia hamata, 356, 358, 359 Eurycera, 45, 56 nigricornis, 56 Eurypharsa, 16, 56 Euthemisto, 344, 345 bispinosa, 379 compressa, 379 libellula, 382 subg., 374 (key) Eutoxeres aquila munda, 338, 341 evidens, Liotingis, 66 excelsius, Polypedilum pedatum, 207 Execestides, 563, 581 egregius, 563, 580, 581 extraria, Zatingis, 88 fabricii, Catoplatus, 86 Tingis, 43 faleatus, Campylopterus, 333, 341 falleni, Campylosteira, 43 fannyi, Thalurania furcata, 342 fasciata, Myopa, 127 fasciatus, Gammarus, 363 fasciatus, Trochiloecetes, 314, 327, 328 (fig.), 341 Felis concolor, 454 femoralis, Dictyla, 51 fenestrata, Ghilianella, 396, 399, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 420 Fenestrella, 32, 54, 57 ovata, 54, 57 ferritincta, Euaulana, 56 ferrugineus, Sicus, 128, 129 figurata, Dictyla, 51 filiventris, Ghilianella, 396, 398, 403, 444 Fire hearth, 496 Fireflies of the genus Pyractonema (Co- leoptera: Lampyridae), 133-157 fissicollis, Pyractonema, 151, 153 flaccalis, Coptoenemia, 508, 510 flammula, Selasphorus, 308, 316, 331, 335, 338, 340, 341 flavescens, Boissoneaua flavescens, 327, 335, 341 flavipes, Chironomus, 210 Conops, 109 Dictyla, 51 Phaenopsectra, 210 flavonervosus, Conops, 113 flexousa, Dictyla, 11 flexuosa, Dictyla, 51 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Flint chips, 483, 490, 495, 499 floridanum, Acerentomon, 267, 300 floridanus, Acerentulus, 267, 297 (fig.), 299, 300, 301 (fig.) Lasiurus, 475, 476, 478 floridense, Polypedilum, 204 florissantensis, Tingis, 11 Florisuga mellivora, 333, 341 mellivora mellivora, 324 foliacea, Tingis, 50 Fontaria, 247 georgiana, 228, 229, 236, 239, 240 tallulah, 228, 229, 240, 246 formosa, Dictyla, 51 Stephanitis, 83 fornicata, Ceratinoderma, 23 frantzii, Lasiurus, 469 Lasiurus borealis, 470, 472 franzeni, Australotingis, 38 fraseri, Polyipnus, 591, 620, 622, 630 (fig.), 636, 637, 642 frequens, Chironomus, 223 Tendipes, 223 Froggattia, 16, 57, 89 olivina, 57, 90 olivinia, 57, 90 fulvescens, Dictyla, 51 fulvipilus, Tendipes, 211 fulvus, Chironomus, 223 Tendipes, 223 funerea, Teleonemia, 84 fureatoides, Thalurania, 341 furcifer, Mimuloria, 228, 229, 240, 247 Furcilliger, 16, 47 asperulus, 57 fuscatus, Lasiurus ega, 474, 476 fuscescens, Coleopterodes, 24 fuscigera, Tingis, 48 fuscitibia, Paratendipes, 200, 201 (fig.) fusenensis, Sicus, 129 Gabirobius, 16, 58 basilewskyi, 58 gaini, Branchinecta, 556 galapagensis, Ghilianella, 396, 404, 413 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 433, 445 Galeatini, 9, 31, 89 Galeatus, 9, 16, 32, 40, 58, 61 komarofii, 60 urbanus, 32 Galeotingis, 39, 58 malayana, 58 Gammarus chevreuxi, 362, 383 fasciatus, 363 libellula, 382 Gargaphia, 9, 16, 58 gaudichaudii, Parathemisto, 361, 364, 365, 374, 375, 379, 380, 381, 382 Themisto, 344, 379 Gelchossa, 9, 58, 65 geoffroyi, Anoura, 464 geometralis, Hemeroplanis scopulaepes, 8 Hemeroplanis scopulepes, 505 Pleonectyptera, 508, 510 Pleonectyptera pyralis, 508, 510 INDEX 661 georgiana, Cherokia, 236, 238, 240| Ghilianella, glabrata, 396, 403, 413 (fig.) 445 (key), 241, 246, 248, 249 (fig.), 250, 252, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 262° Cherokia georgiana, 230, 231 (fig.), 238, 240, 241 (fig.), 244 (fig.), 246 (fig.), 249 (fig.), 252, 258, 260, 261, 262 Fontaria, 228, 229, 236, 239, 240 Mimuloria, 240, 255, 257 gerardi, Dictyla, 51 gerstaeckeri, “Emesa, 448 Ghilianella, 396, 448 Ghilianella, 393, 394, 397 (key), 440 aliena, 395, 405, 419 (fig.), 443 alterata, 395, 404, 419 (fig.), 443 alveola, 395, 405 amicula, 395, 403, 419 (fig.), 443 analis, 448 andersoni, 395, 400 Sua ate 395, 400, 419 (fig.), 443, 448 annectens, 395, 414, 417 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 443 annulata, 395, 448 apiculata, 395, 399 approximata, 395, 398, 402, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 413 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 420, 421 (fig.), 443 aracataca, 395, 399, 403, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 413 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 435, 444 assanutrix, 395, 399, 403, 419 (fiz.), 444 atabapo, 395, 403 atriclava, 395, 398 bethei, 395, 402, 417 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 435, 444 bicaudata, 395, 401, 405, 407 (fig.), 413 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 438 borincana, 395, 399, 406, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 415 (fig.) brasiliensis, 395, 405 brevicornis, 395, 398 bulbifera, 396, 398, 485 calva, 396, 404, 410, 413 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 483 calymmata, 396, 4038, 412, 413 (fig.), 417 (fig.) Se, 396, 400, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 414 aneliavie 396, 402, 413 (fig.), 418, 419 (fig.) claviventris, 396, 398 colona, 396, 399, 409 (fig.), 444 ae 396, 402, 413 (fig.), 435, fenestrata, 396, 399, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 420 filiventris, 396, 398, 403, 444 galapagensis, 396, 404, 413 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 433, 445 gerstaeckeri, 396, 448 gibberosa, 396, 401, 413 (fig.) gibbiventris, 396, 400, 411 (fig.), 423 gladiator, 396, aM 402, 417 (fig.), 420, 421 (fig.) 445 globifera, 396, 398, 401, 409 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.),, 419 (fig.), 2 424 globulata, 396, 399, 402, 417 (fig.), 445 granulata, 396, 449 grapta, 396, 398, 402, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 413 (fe); 419 (fig.), 421 (fig.)” 426, 4 haitiana, 396, 100, 404, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 427, 433 ica, 396, 399, 445, 448 ignorata, 396, 398, 427, 437, 445 imbecilla, 396, 449 insidiatrix, 396, 400, 403, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 446 lissa, 396, 400 longula, 396, 401, 405, 407 (fig.), 410, 429, 438 ms seule. 396, 401, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 446 mariae, 396, 400, 405, 433, 446 megharpacta, 396, 401, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 430 minimula, 396, 401, 405, 407 (fig.), 446 mirabisil, 396, 398, 402 monense, 396, 401, 404, 406, 408, 413 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 431 nanna, 396, 405, 413 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 532 nebulosa, 396, 400, 433 neivai, 396, 400, 405, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.) obesa, 396, 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 433 pachitea, 396, 399, 448 panamana, 396, 403, 413 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 434 pascoei, 396, 400, 405 patruela, 396, 399, 409 (fig.), 446 pendula, 396, 402, 413 (fig.), 420, 421 (fig.), 435, 446 perigynium, 396, 402 persimilis, 396, 400, 404 personata, 396, 401, 404, 407 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 446 peruviana, 596, 404 perversa, 397, 405 productilis, 397, 401, 404, 406, 408, 409 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 432, 447 puncticauda, 397, 398, 402 recondita, 397, 398, 402, 447 rhabdita, 397, 401, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 483, 485 semipallida, 397, 404 servillei, 397, 449 signata, 397, 398, 402, 407 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 427, 436 662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 112 Ghilianella, signoreti, 397, 401, 415 (fig.), | grandior, Trochiliphagus, 332, 535, 336 421 (fig.), 430, 437 similata, 397, 403 sao eae 397, 401, 407 (fig.), 430, 43 sipinolae, 397 spinata, 397, 399, 402, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 438 spinicaudata, 397, 404, 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 440 spinolae, 449 stipitata, 397, 403, 419 (fig.), 447 strigata, 397, 399 subglobulata, 397, 399, 462, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 447 suecincta, 397, 405, 419 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 447 suleata, 397, 401 truncata, 397, 404 uncinata, 397, 398, 423, 448 varicornis, 397, 401, 405, 407 (fig.), 408, 411 (fig.), 413 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 441 subg., 395 Giardella, 160, 164, 174 callianassae, 174 gibberosa, Ghilianella, (fig.) gibbersi, Dictyotingis, 53 gibbiferus, Monanthia, 79 gibbiventris, Ghilianella, 396, 400, 411 (fig.), 423 Argyropelecus, 591, 592, 593, 596, 598, 600, 624 (fig.), 634 (fig.) Callianassa, 161, 166, 175 Physocephala, 122 Gitava, 16, 69 glabrata, Ghilianella, 445 gladiator, Ghilianella, 396, 399, 402, 417 (fig.), 420, 421 (fig.), 445 Glaucis hirsuta affinis, 325, 341 globifera, Ghilianella, 396, 398, 401, 409 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 424 Tingis, 82 globulata, Ghilianella, 396, 399, 402, 417 (fig.), 445 globulifera, Stephanitis, 21 Glyptotendipes lobiferus, 225 Gnathagnus, 563, 564, 568, 580, 581 egregius, 564, 565, 566, 568 laticeps, 564, 580, 581 Gonycentrum, 14, 22, 28, 30 Gooding, Richard U.; North and South American copepods of the genus Hemicyclops (Cyclopoida: Clau- sidiidae), 159-195 gordasi, Chiroderma, 464, 466 gounellei, Cantacader, 28 gracilicornis, Dictyonota, 40 gracilipes, Hyperia, 375 Parathemisto, 369 (fig.), 374, 375, 376 (fig.), 378, 379, 380 Themisto, 344, 355, 365, 375 grahami, Conops, 113, 115 grandens, Siniconops, 119 396, 401, 413 gigas, (fig.), 337, 341 ea ee ae 313, 321. (fig.), 322, 41 granulata, Ghilianella, 396, 449 grapta, Ghilianella, 396, 398, 402, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 413 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 425, 436 Greenman, E. F., information from, 454 gressitti, Palauella, 74 Griffin, James B., tests made by, 455 grisea, Tingis, 85 grossocerata, Alveotingis, 35 guttatus, Astroscopus, 563, 564, 566, 568, 570, 571, 572, 57 Upselonphorus, 574 Uranoscopus, 563 Gymnotingis, 16, 49 serrulata, 59 Habrochila, 16, 59 placida, 59 hackeri, Idiocysta, 61 Mecopharsa, 67 Haedus, 16, 59, 60 clypeatus, 59 haemorrhoa, Lucidota, 146 Pyractonema, 1385, 137, 139, 140, 145 (fig.), 146 haitensis, Dictyla, 51 haitiana, Ghilianella, 400, 404, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 427, 433 halterale, Polypedilum, 206 halteralis, Chironomus, 206 hamata, Eukrohnia, 356, 358, 359 Hammerstones, 483, 503 Handley, Charles O., Jr.; Descriptions of new bats from Panama, 459- 479 Hanuala, 59, 64, 65 leinahoni, 65 Haplophoedia aurelia aurelia, 312, 342 aureliae caucensis, 342 Harnischia amachaerus, 225 Hatchetfishes, marine silver, of, 587-649 hawaiensis, Argyropelecus lynchus, 591, oa 597, 613, 614, 615, 627 (fig. Lophogaster, 531, 534, 5387, 538 (fig.), 542, 544, 546 heathi, Argyropelecus, 605 heathii, Argyropelecus, 603 hedenborgii, Tingis, 63 Hegesidemus, 16, 59 eliyanus, 59 helferi, Elasmognathus, 54 Heliothis pyralis, 507 Heliothrix barroti, 322, 341 Hemeroplanis, 505, 506 aurora, 505, 506, 507, 610, 511 (fig.), 512 (fig.), 513, 514, 515 pyralis, 505, 507, 509 pyraloides, 508, 509, 513 seopelopes, 507 revision INDEX Hemeroplanis, scopulaepes, 507, 509 scopulaepes geometralis, 508 scopulepes, 505, 506 (key), 4507, 511 (fig.), 512 (fig.), 513, 514, 515 scopulepes geometralis, 505 zayast, 505, 506, 507, 511 (fig.), 513, 515 Hemicyclops, 159, 160, 161, 163, 165 (key), 188 adhaerens, 159, 163, 164, 165, 172 (ig:), 176, 1795. (iss); d8i, 182, 186, 188, 190, 192, 194 americanus, 159, 176, 177, 180 arenicolae, 159, 163, 164, 165, 176, 188, 191 (fig.), 193 (fig.) australis, 169 callianassae, 159, 165, 174, 175, 182, 184 dilatatus, 175 elongatus, 159, 163, 164, 165, 176, 184, 189 (fig.) pugettensis, 159, 165, 166, 174, 181, 182 purpureus, 159, 160, 163, 164, 176 subadhaerens, 159, 163, 164, 165, 76,4 781, 183n Gig), 156. (ig.), 186, 187 (fig.), 188, 190, 192 thomsoni, 175 thysanotus, 159, 160, 163, 164, 164, 1G(o(Gig:). WitGis),. is, (ig.), 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 184 hemigymnus, Argyropelecus, 591, 592, 593, 594, 595, 596, 598, 601, 605, 610, 624 (fig.) Hemiptera, 4, 6, 8, Henrikus, 16, 60 schoutedeni, 60 Hermissenda, 175 erassicornis, 161, 165, 175 Hermissienda crassicornis, 165 Hersiliodes, 160 hesperius, Tendipes, 217, 219 (fig.) Hesperomyotis, 468 Hesperotingis, 16, 60 antennata, 60 Heteroptera, 6 hirta, Amblystira, 75 Historie period, 483 Hoffman, Richard L.; Revision of the milliped genus Cherokia (Poly- desmida: Xystodesmidae), 227— 264 Hokkaido, Japan, 481, 482, 483 hollandi, Neotingis, 70 Holophygdon, 16, 35, 60 melanesica, 60 Homoptera, 11 Hopewell Indians, 454 Hormisdas, 59, 60 pictus, 60 horni, Xenotingis, 88 horvathi, Arushia, 37 Housepits, 483 Houses, semisubterranian pit, 493 (fig.) 494 (fig.) , 663 Hovatlas, 16, 60 elegantulus, 60 Howellaria, 260 hoytoni, Xynotingis, 88 Huber, Father Gerhardt, help from, 481 Human skeletons, burial furnishings, 454, 455 humeralis, Phatnoma, 29 humuli, Acanthia, 68, 69 Dictyla, 51 Monanthia, 68 Hurdchila, 16, 60 hwangi, Conops, 113 Hyalochiton, 16, 60 komarovi, 61 Hybopharsa, 16, 61 Hyperia gracilipes, 375 Hyperia oblivia, 375 Hyperiidae, 345 Hypsipyrgias, 16, 61 telamonides, 61 hystricellus, Ayrerus, 89 Tingis, 38, 39 ica, Ghilianella, 396, 399, 445, 448 icana, Dynoria, 228, 247 Idiocysta, 16, 61 hackeri, 61 Idiostyla, 16, 61 ignorata, Ghilianella, 396, 398, 427, 437, 445 Ildefonsus, 16, 61 provorsus, 61 illinoense, Polypedilum, 207 illinoensis, Chironomus, 207 illumani, Trochiloecetes, 315, 329, 330 (fig.), 341 imbecilla, Emesa, 449 Ghilianella, 396, 449 imparis, Dictyla, 51 Implements, stone, 486, 487, 490 incarinata, Esocampylia, 56 indicus, Conops nubdeculosus, 116 Lithoglyptes, 517, 518 Polyipnus, 591, 622, 632 (fig.). 636, 637, 638, 645 indigena, Dictyla, 51 Infant burials, 484, 486 inflata, Dictyla seorsa, 51 Leptopharsa, 79 inflatus, Euahanes, 56 inflexa, Leptopharsa, 79 Inoma, 16, 62 multispinosa, 62 Inonemia, 16, 62 mussiva, 62 inops, Scopelopus, 507, 509 inornata, Adelomyia melanogenys, 337, 341 insidiatrix, Ghilianella, 446 insulana, Conchochila, 45, 89 insularis, Teleonemia, 72 integra, Acysta, 32 intermedius, Argyropelecus, 591, 592, 593, 596, 604, 605, 625 (fig.) Lasiurus, 475, 476 478 PROCEEDINGS 664 OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 intermedius, Lophogaster, 528, 531, 634, | kuriensis, Conops, 111 535 (fig.), 537, 538, 539, 542 intonsa, Pogonostyla, 79 invaria, Monanthia, 49 trazuensis, Trochiliphagus, 312 (fig.), 332, 334 (fig.), 335, 338, 340, 341 iridescens, Anthrocothorax nigricollis, 338, 341 irrecta, Poaphila, 508, 510 Ischikari River, 483 Ischnotingis, 16, 62 prolixa, 62 Ishikari Plain, Japan, 481 isocerus, Polypedilum, 206 isthmicum, Chiroderma, 466 ituriensis, Bunia, 41 Izanagi, Japanese, deity, 482 Izanami, Japanese deity, 483 izuoshimensis, Conops, 113 jacobsoni, Trachypeplus, 86 jalorensis, Penottus, 75, 90 Jannaeus, 62, 63 cuneatus, 62 tagularis, 60 Japanese archeology, summary, 502 japonica, Parathemisto, 345, 346, 348 (fig.), 349 (fig.), 350, 355, 356, 357 (fig.), 358, 359, 362, 365, 371, 380 Themisto, 365 japonicus, Lophogaster, 534, 537 Polyipnus, 622, 631 (fig.), 636, 637, 638, 642, 643 javanus, Diconocoris, 50 jelskii, Thalurania furcata, 312, 342 jesupi, Chiroderma, 466 Chiroderma villosum, 466 jimenezi, Physostum, 337 Trochilipiagus, 332, 337, 341 Jomon Period, 483 josephinae, Chrysuronia oenone, 342 jozankeanus, Conops, 109 julie, Damophila julie, 342 Kalama, 52, 62 kanot, Conops, 110 Kapiriella, 16, 62, 63, 64 leplaei, 62 Kathetostoma, 568, 576 albigutta, 564, 565, 566, 568, 576, 578 albigutta cubana, 564, 578 albiguttum, 576 cubana, 564, 565, 566, 568, 578 keenani, Mimon crenulatum, 460, 461, 462, 463 Kitoko, 36, 63 knighti, Calotingis, 42 Knives, 483, 487, 490, 501 Kodama, Doctor S., help from, kollari, Laccometopus, 46, 63 komaroffi, Galeatus, 60 komarovi, Hyalochiton, 61 Kotoko, 63 kulinicus, Conops, 112 Kuriles, Japan, 482 labeculata, Dictyla, 51 labeculosum, Chironomus, 203 Polypedilum, 201 (fig.), 203 Laccometopus, 45, 46, 6 clavicornis, 63, 90 costatus, 63 kollari, 46, 63 Lace-bug genera of the World (Hemip- tera: Tingidae), 1 laciniata, Phatnoma, 29 laeta, Tingis, 23 laetum, Polypedilum, 207 laetus, Chironomus, 207 laevis, Uranoscopus, 576 pare lafresnayi lafresnayi, 329, 4] ere Lafresnaya lafresnayi, 329, 1 Lambella, 63, 64 Lampyridae, 133 Lampyris bardelli, 153 noctiluca, 137 obseura, 153 lanceolata, Mafa, 67 laporis, Dictyla, 51 Lasiacantha, 16, 36, 62, 63, 68, 69, 78, 85 odontostoma, 63 Lasiotropis, 63, 85 Lasiurus, 473, 475 blossevillii, 469 bonariensis, 469 borealis, 469, 470, 473, 475 borealis blossevillii, 469, 470 borealis borealis, 470 472 borealis frantzii, 470, 472 borealis teliotis, 470, 472 borealis varius, 470, 472 castaneus, 468, 470, 472 caudatus, 473 cinereus, 475 ega, 473, 475, 476, 478 ega argentinus, 473, 476 ega ega, 474, 476 ega fuscatus, 474, 476 ega panamensis, 474, 476, 478 ega xanthinus, 474, 475, 476 egregius, 469, 472, 473 enslenii, 469 floridanus, 475, 476, 478 frantzii, 469 intermedius, 475, 476, 478 poepingii, 472 salinae, 469 seminolus, 469, 470, 473 teliotis, 469, 472 varius, 469 481 | lalassa, Cherokia georgiana, 230, 240, 241 (fig.), 244 (fig.), 245, 252, 257, 261, 262 Later Jomon Period, 502 laternatus, Polyipnus, 591, 621, (fig.), 635, 636, 637, 639, 640 628 INDEX laticeps, Benthoscopus, 580, 581 nathagnus, 564, 580, 581 latior, Pyractonema, 137, 139, 140, 147, 148 (fig.) latipennis, Leptobyrsa, 37 latitemporalis, Trochiliphagus, 312 (fig.), 333, 338, 339 (fig.), 341 latitemporis, Trochiloecetes, 313, 318, $19 (fig.), 320, 341 Lauterborniella agrayloides, 199 lazulus, Trochiliphagus, 309 (fig.), 330 (fig.), 331, 333, 341 leai, Cantacader, 26 Myrmecotingis, 69 lebruni, Bako, 39 leinahoni, Hanuala, 65 Lembella, 62, 63 maynei, 63 lepeupi, Drakea, 24 Lepidopyga luminosa, 312 luminosa luminosa, 342 leplaei, Kapiriella, 62 Leptobyrsa, 9, 16, 37, 64 binotata, 35 latipennis, 37 spendida, 78 splendida, 78 Leptocysta, 16, 64 Leptodicta, 64 Leptodictya, 9, 17, 59, 64, 65 vagans, 43 Leptopharsa, 6, 9, 17, 48, 58, 59, 65 ayyari, 48 elegantula, 65 inflata, 79 inflexa, 79 myersi, 54 leptosomus, Ricinus, 339 (fig.) Leptostyla, 59, 64 colubra, 61 tumida, 77 Leptotingis, 48, 65 umbrosa, 65 Leptoypha, 9, 17, 40, 65 Lepturga, 17, 66 nigritarsis, 66 leroyi, Dictyla, 51 Lesbia, nuna pallidiventris, 327, 341 Leucippus fallax cervina, 312, 342 libellula, Euthemisto, 382 Gammarus, 382 Parathemisto, 361, 363, 364, 371, 374, 380, 382, 384, 385 Themisto, 382 licenti, Conops, 109 lichnus, Argyropelecus, 612 Lichomolgus adhaerens, 176 liliputiana, Solenostoma, 24, 25 limbipennis, Physocephala, 124 lindahli, Branchinecta, 556, 557 lineatum, Physostomum, 340, 342 lineatus, Trochiliphagus, 341 Liotingis, 17, 66 evidens, 66 lissa, Ghilianella, 396, 400 665 Lissonyx, subg., 395 Litadea, 17, 66 delicatula, 66 Lithoglyptes, 518, 619 ampulla, 517, 519, 525 indicus, 517, 518 spinatus, 519, 520 (fig.), 521 (fig.) 522 (fig.), 523 (fig.) spinatus, a burrowing barnacle from Jamaica, 517-526 Lithoglyptidae, 517, 518 (key), 525 Lithotrya, 517, 519 lobiferus, Chironomus, 225 Glyptotendipes, 225 longifolium, Mimon, 460, 461 Mimon crenulatum, 463 longirostris, Chrysuronia oenona, 327, 341 Lophogaster, 528, 530, 531, 532 (fig.) longula, Ghilianella, 396, 401, 405, 407 (fig.), 410, 429, 438 Lophogaster, 527, 528, 529 effinis, 530 americanus, 531, 532 (fig), 533 challengeri, 530 erythraeus, 530 hawaiensis, 531, 534, 537, 538 (fig.), 542, 544, 546 intermedius, 528, 531, 6384, 535 (fig.), 537, 538, 539, 542 japonicus, 534, 537 longirostris, 528, 530, 631, 532 (fig.) multispinosus, 531 pacificus, 531, 634, 538, 542 rotundatus, 530 schmidti, 528, 531, 539, 540 (fig.) spinosus, 530 subglaber, 530 pleas 530, 531, 533, 534, 537, 5 sp., 542 sp. A, 642, 543 (fig.) sp. B, 541, 544, 545 (fig.) Lophogastrida, 527 loricata, Dictyla, 51 lucens, Metridia, 371 Lucidina, 133, 134, 138 puerile, 136 Lucidota, 133, 134, 136 atra, 136 bifenestrata, 153 haemorrhoa, 146 subulipennis, 155 Lucidotinae, 134 lugubris, Pyractonema, 151, 152, 153 Lullius, 14, 24 major, 24 minor, 24, 90 luminosa, Lepidopyga, 312 Lepidopyga luminosa, 342 lupata, Dictyla, 51 lupuli, Dictyla, 51 lutetiae, Coeligena, 320, 341 Lygaeidae, 37 666 Lynch, James E.; The fairy shrimp Branchinecta campestris from Northwestern United States (Crustacea: Phyllopoda), 549- 561 lynehnus, Argyropelacus, 612 lynchus, Argyropelecus, 591, 592, 612 lynchus, Argyropelecus lynchus, 591, 592, 593, 597, 612, 614, 615, 616, 627 (fig.) Lythoglyptes bicornis, 517, 518 MacCord, Howard A.; Cultural se- quences in Hokkaido, Japan, 481-503 machadoi, Angolusa, 37 mackini, Branchinecta, 555, 556, 557, 560 Macrocorytha, 17, 66, 89 Macrotingis, 17, 66 biseriata, 66 maculata, Ghilianella, 396, 401, (fig.), 411 (fig.), 446 Monanthia, 86 Tingis, 86 maculifrons, Conops, 117 Siniconops, 1177, 120 maculosa, Nethersia, 71 Maecenas, 67, 82, 86 pyri, 90 Mafa, 17, 67, 89 lanceolata, 67 magnificus, Cantacader, 30 major, Lullius, 24 Malala, 14, 28 bulliens, 28 Malandiola, 17, 67 simplex, 67 malayans, Galeotingis, 58 Maldonado-Capriles, J.; Assassin bugs of the genus Ghilianella in the Americas (Hemiptera, Reduvii- dae, Emesinae), 393-450 Mallophaga, 307 malvasae, Trochiloecetes, 313, 320, 321 (fig.), 341 mandibularis, Trochiloecetes, 315, 329, 330 (fig.), 331, 341 mariae, Ghilianella, 396, 400, 405, 433, 446 409 matsubarai, Polyipnus, 591, 621, 630 (fig.), 635, 6386, 637, 638, 641 maynei, Lembella, 63 McDermott, Frank A.; Fireflies of the genus Pyractonema (Coleoptera: Lampyridae), 133-157 Mecopharsa, 17, 67 hackeri, 67 Medicine man, 454 mediterranea, Sternoptix, 603 Megalocysta, 17, 67 championi, 36 pellucida, 67 megharpacta, Ghilianella, 396, 401, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 430 melana, Physocephala, 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 melanesica, Holophygdon, 60 Melanorhopala, 17, 68, 85 melanorrhoa, Chalybura, 342 Melanosoma, 128 pallipes, 128 mellivora, Florisuga, 333, 341 Florisuga mellivora, 324 mellivorus, Trochiliphagus, 312 (fig.), 332, 333, 334 (fig.), 335, 341 Membranacea, 3 Membranacei, 3 Membranientes, 7 mendica, Stephanitis, 83 Menodora, 68, 82 mentalis, Dysthamnus, 308 Metallura theresiae, 342 Metatropis, 68 Metridia lucens, 371 mexicanum, Eosentomon, 270, 272 mexicanus, Trochiliphagus, 312 (fig.), 330, (fig:), 332, 393, 341 micans, Chalybura buffoni, 325, 341 Michigan-Memorial Phoenix Project, testing by, 455 micracanthus, Argyropelecus, 606, 607 microcephalum, Ricinus, 331 Microentomon, 267, 284 minutum, 267, 284 perpusillum, 284 Microtendipes caducus, 199 pedellus stygius, 199 microvalvus, Siniconops, 120 Middle Jomon Period, 560, 501 Milliped genus Cherokia (Poiydesmida: Xystodesmidae), Revision of, 227-264 Mimon, 460, 462 bennettii, 460, 462 cozumelae, 460, 462 crenulatum, 460, 461, 463 crenulatum crenulatum, 462, 462 crenulatum keenant, 460, 461, 462, 463 crenulatum longifolium, 463 crenulatum picatum, 463 longifolium, 460, 461 peruanum, 463 Mimuloria, 228 ducilla, 228, 229, 247, 255 furcifer, 228, 229, 240, 247 georgiana, 240, 255, 257 missouriensis, 228 minimula, Ghilianella, 396, 401, 405, 407 (fig.), 446 minimum, Eosentomon, 266, 267, 273, 274, 276, 281 Minitingis, 28, 31, 89 minusculus, 28, 90 minor, Lullius, 24, 90 minor, Pyractonema, 136, 139, 140, 149 minusculus, Minitingis, 28, 90 minuta, Serenthia, 25 minutissimus, Anommotocoris, 6 minutvum, Microentomon, 267, 284 mirabilis, Ghilianella, 396, 398, 402 Miridae, 7, 73 INDEX missouriensis, Mimuloria, 228 mitratus, Tingis, 41 moalae, Aulotingis, 38 mocoa, Aglaiocercus kingi, 312, 342 modestus, Chironomus, 218 Tendipes, 218 modocensis, Tendipes, 201 (fig.), 216 Mokanna, 68, 82 princeps, 68 mollicula, Tigava, 43 Mollusk shells, fresh-water, 454 monacha, Tingis, 47 Monanthia, 6, 45, 51, 58, 68, 71, 76, 78, 86, 89 alaticollis, 81 ampliata, 76 armigera, 32 atrus, 31 bullita, 44 clavicornis, 47, 90 costata, 86 dentatus, 39 echii, 68 echinopsidis, 55 erosa, 36 eryngii, 49 gibbiferus, 79 humuli, 68 invaria, 49 maculata, 86 monticollis, 75, 90 ochropa, 64 pallipes, 35 parvula, 76 patricia, 58 platyoma, 50, 71 platyomia, 50 rotundata, 46, 68, 69, 90 seapularis, 72 stachydis, 86 tingoides, 49 trichonota, 85 unicostata, 69 vesiculata, 73 Monanthiini, ai 89 monense, Ghilianella, 396, 401, 404, 406, 408, 413 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 431 monochronomus, Chironomus, 223 Tendipes, 223 Monosteira, 17, 69, 75 Monostira, 69 monotropidia, Dictyla, 51 montana, Apheloeia, 245 montandoni, Dictyla, 51 Montea, 27, 28 bouclei, 28 monticollis, Monanthia, 75, 90 Penottus, 75, 90 morio, Tropidocheila, 35 morosus, Archiconops, 121 morrilli, Corythuca, 21 Mount Tarumae, Japan, 488 muiri Abdastartus, 37 Orotingis, 73 Muller, grooved, 501 606901—62——3 667 multicarinae, Trochiloecetes, 312 (fig.), 314, 327, 328 (fig.), 329, 341 multispinosa, Inoma, 62 multispinosus, Lophogaster, 531 Mummius, 17, 69 bicorniger, 69 munda, Eutoxeres aquila, 338, 341 musea, Orthosteira, 74 mussiva, Inonemia, 62 mutica, Tingis, 65 myersi, Leptopharsa, 54 Myiospiza aurifrons, 309 (fig.) Myopa, 126 atra, 130 buccata, 127 chusanensis, 126 curtirostris, 127 fasciata, 127 pallipes, 12s picta, 126 sinensis, 127 testacea, 127 Myotis, 468 simus, 467, 468 simus riparius, 466 simus simus, 468 Myrmecotingis, 63, 69 leai, 69 Mysidacea, 527 naevus, Chironomus, 208 Stictochironomus, 208 nana, Prionostirina, 79 nanna, Ghilianella, 396, 405, 413 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 532 Naochila, 17, 70 nassata, Dictyla, 51 Natrium Mound (46Mr-2), 451, 453 nebulosa, Ghilianella, 396, 400, 433 Nectocader, 14, 28 neivai, Ghilianella, 396, 400, 405, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.) Neopachycysta, 42, 70 subopaca, 70 Neotingis, 17, 70 hollandi, 70 nervosus, Chironomus, 220 Tendipes, 220 Nesocypselas, 17, 70 dicysta, 70 piperica, 5 (fig.) Nesocysta, 17, 70 rugata, 70 Nesotingis, 17, 70 pauliani, 70 Nethersia, 17, 71, 89 maculosa, 71 Nicotiana sp, 457 nigra, Physocephala, 122 nigricans, Conops, 120, 121 Dictyla echii, 51 Sicus, 129 Sicus ferrugineus, 129 Tendipes, 217 nigricauda, Amazilia, fimbriata, 342 nigriceps, Agramma, 55, 89 668 nigricornis, Atheas, 38 Eurycera, 56 nigrifrons, Conops, 110 nigripennis Pyractonema, 134, 135, 136, 137, 139, 140, 142, 148 (fig.), 149, 160, 151, 152, Y5o nigripes, Conops, 117, 118 Siniconops, 118, 119, 120 nigritarsis, Lepturga, 66 nigritum, Polypedilum, 207 nigriventris, Conops, 116 nigromaculatus, Phlegopsis, ge nimbana, Aglotingis, 34 nimia, Diplocysta, 44 niponensis, Conops, 120, 121 nishitapensis, Occemyia, 129 Nobarnus, 17, 71 tipyeus, 71 typicus, 71 nobilis, Tingis, 56 noctiluca, Lampyris, 137 Noctuid moths of the Scopulepes group of Hemeroplanis Hiibner, 505-]. 515 PROCEEDINGS OF THE 308, 309 Noctuidae, 505 nodipennis, Dictyla, 51 Norba, 71, 82 nubeculosus, Conops, 116 nuttingi, Polyipnus, 591, 622, 632 (fig.), 636, 637, 644, 645, 646 nyctalis, Acalypta, 22 Nyctotingis, 17, 71 osborni, 71 obesa, Ghilianella, 396, 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 433 obesus, Phatnoma, 26 oblivia, Hyperia, 375 Parathemisto, 345, 368, 371 oblonga, Tingis, 58, 65 obscura, Lampyris, 153 Physocephala, 122 Pyractonema, 133, 134, 136, 137, 139, 140, 150, 152, 153, 154 (fig.) Sternoptyx, 619 Tingis, 11 Obsidian chips, 483, 490, 492, 495, 497, 499 Occemya, 129 Occemyia nishitapensis, 129 ogumae, 128 occidentalis. Acerentomon, 267, 291 (fig.), 292, 293 (fig.), 295 Uranoscopus, 564, 567, 568 oceanae, Cottothucha, 49 ochoterenai, Trochiloecetes, 308, 316, 338, 341 Trochiliphagus, 338 ochropa, Monanthia, 64 Ocreatus underwoodi addae, 325, 341 underwoodi underwoodi, 321, 341 Octacysta, 17, 46, 47, 71, 89, 90 oculatus, Acerentulus, 267, 297 (fig.), 298 NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 odontostoma, Lasciacantha, 63 Oedotingis, 17, 72 oenonae, Trochiloecetes, 312 (fig.), 314, 327, 328 (fig.), 329, 341 Ogawara Pithouse Culture, 491 ogloblini, Baeotingis, 39 ogumae, Occemyia, 128 Ogygotingis, 17, 72 Olastrida, 17, 72 oleae, 72 oleae, Olastrida, 72 olfersi, Argyropelecus, 591, 592, 593, 597, 598, 606, 608, 609, 610, 612, 613, 626 (fig.) Stenoptyx, 594 olfersii, Sternoptyx, 610 olivina, Froggattia, 57, 90 olivinia, Froggattia, 57, 90 Omoplax, 72, 82 Oncochila, 17, 72 Oncophysa, 17, 73 Onymochila, 17, 73 ophioides, Polypedilum, 208 opimus, Conops, 113, 115 Opisthochasis, 73 Oranoma, 14, 29 biroi, 29 Ornaments, perforated, 487, 488, 490 ornatella, Tropidocheila, 44 ornatus, Conops, 116 Orotingis, 17, 73 muiri, 73 Orthosteira, 32, 73, 74 cassida, 74 musei, 74 Orthostira, 32, 74 paradoxa, 81 osborni, Nyctotingis, 71 ovalis, Axiokersos, 9, 38 ovata, Fenestrella, 54, 57 pachitea, Ghilianella, 396, 399, 448, Pachycysta, 17, 74 diaphana, 74 pacifica, Parathemisto, 345, 347 (fig.), 348 (fig.), 349 (fig.), 351, 352, 353, 354, 358, 360 (fig.), 364, 365, 366, 367, 371 pacificus, Argyropelecus, 591, 592, 593, 596, 598, 599, 623 (fig.) Lophogaster, 531, 534, 538, 542 packardi, Pranchinecta, 556, 557 Palauella, 17, 74 gressitti, 74 pallidiventris, Lesbia nuna, 327, 341 paliidum, Eosentomon, 266, 267, 272, 273, 275 (fig.), 276 (fig.) pallipes, Melanosoma, 128 Monanthia, 35 Myopa, 128 palmata, Acropora, 517, 519 panamana, Ghilianella, 396, 403, 413 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 434 panamensis, Lasiurus ega, 474, 476, 478 Paracopium, 17, 22, 74 costata, 90 INDEX Parada, 17, 74 parades) Orthostira, 81 aralauterborniella elachista, 202 subcincta alamedensis, 203 subcincta subcincta, 202, 203 Paraserenthia, 23, 26 Paratendipes albimanus, 200 fuscitibia, 200, 201 (fig.) subaequalis, 200 thermophilus, 201 (fig.), 202 Nanathenisis 343, 344, 346, 356, 357, abyssorum, 345, 346, 361, 368, 370, 372, 383 australis, 374, 375 gaudichaudii, 361, 364, 365, 374, 375, 379, 380, 381, 382 gaudichaudii bispinosa, 377 gracilipes, 369 (fig.), 374, 375, 376 (fig.), 378, 379, 380 japonica, 345, 346, 348 (fig.), 349 (fig.), 350, 355, 356, 357 (fig.), 358, 359, 362, 365, 371, 380 libellula, 361, 363, 364, 371, 374, 380, 382, 384, 385 oblivia, 345, 368, 371 pacifica, 345, 347 (fig.), 348 (fig.), 349 (fig.), 351, 352, 353, 354, 358, 360 (fig.), 364, 365, 366, 367, 371 sp., 365, 375, 377, 382 sp., A, 355, 365 subg., 345 (key) parilis, Dictyla, 51 parmata, Dictyla, 51 parvior, Dynoria, 228, 229, 240, 247 parvula, Monanthia, 76 parvum, Polypedilum, 205 pascoei, Ghilianella, 396, 400, 405 Paseala, 17, 74 arnoldi, 74 patquiana, Dictyla, 51 patricia, Monanthia, 58 patruela, Ghilianella, (fig.), 446 pauliani, Nesotingis, 70 Renaudea, 80 arate Platytingis, 78 elagic amphipod genus Parathemisto (Hyperiidea; Hyperiidae) in the North Pacifie and adjacent Aretie Ocean, 343-392 llucida, Megalocysta, 67 eloridiidae, 4 pendula, Ghilianella, 396, 402, 413 (fig.), 420, 421 (fig.), 435, 446 Penottus, 17, 44, 75, 89, 90 jalorensis, 75, 90 monticollis, 75, 90 Pentapedilum, subg., 208 Perbrinckea, 17, 78 brincki, 75 pores cium Ghilianella, 396, 402 erissonemia, 17, 75 dignata, 87 tasmaniae, 55 396, 399, 409 669 Perissonemia, torquata, 75 perpusillum, Microentomon, 284 Protentomon, 282, 284 perseae, Acysta, 79 persimilis, Chilvanella, 396, 400, 404 personata, Ghilianella, 396, 401, 404, 407 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 446 peruanum, Mimon, 463 peruanus, Trochiliphagus, 312 (fig.), 332, 336 (fig.), 337, 341 peruviana, Ghilianella, 396, 404 peruvianus, Pterophanes cyanoptera, 329, 341 perversa, Ghilianella, 397, 405 Phaenopsectra, 218 albescens, 208 dyari, 209, 210 flavipes, 210 profusa, 209 sp., 210 Phaenotropis, 17, 76 Phaeochila, 17, 75 Phaethornis augusti augusti, 335, 341 guy coruscus, 322, 341 superciliosus veracrucis, 333, 341 Phatnoma, 10, 14, 22, 29 baltica, 11 humeralis, 29 laciniata, 29 obesus, 26 philippinensis, Alloiothucha, 34 Conops, 120 Siniconops, 120 Thecophora, 130 Phlegopsis, 310 nigromaculatus, 308, 309 (fig.) Phoeodonyx, subg., 395 Photinus, 137 pyralis, 187 Phronima atlantica, 363 sedentaria, 363 Phyllochisme, 76, 77 costata, 90 Phyllontocheila, 6, 36, 39, 76, 78, 81, 85 alaticollis, 81 alberti, 63 debile, 87 subinermis, 81 waelbroecki, 81 Phyllontochila, 36, 55, 76 Phyllotingis, 76 Phyllotocheila, 76, 77 Phyllotochila ampliata, 78 Phymacysta, 17, 77 Physatocheila, 9, 17, 7, 72, 73, 76, 77, 90 costata, 90 quadrimaculata, 90 Physatocheilini, 9, 31, 89 Physatochila, 76, 77 Physatochilae, 77 Physocephala, 121 ammophiliformis, 122 aterrima, 126 Physodictyon, 44, 77 vesicarius, 77 670 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Physostomum, 308, 316 doratophorum, 315 jimenzi, 337 lineatum, 340, 342 prominens, 308, 312, 315, 316 Phytometra scopulepes, 507 Phytotendipes, subg., 225 picatum, Mimon crenulatum, 463 picta, Myopa, 126 pictipes, Dichocysta, 50 picturata, Dictyla, 51 pictus, Bredenbachius, 40 Hormisdas, 60 pieli, Conops, 114 pielina, Physocephala, 126 Piesma, quadricornis, 26 tingidoides, 30 Piesmatidae, 4, 6 Polyipnus, matsubarai, 591, 621, 630 (fig.), 635, 636, 637, 638, 641 nuttingi, 591, 622, 632 (fig.), 636, 637, 644, 645, 646 polli, 591, 621, 628 (fig.), 635, 636, 637, 638 spinosus, 591, 620, 622, 634 (fig.), 636, 637, 639, 646, 647, 648, 649 spinosus spinosus, 591, 622, 633 (fig.), 636, 637, 647 spinosus stereope, 591, 634 (fig.), 636, 637, 649 stereope, 641, 648, 649 sterope, 642 tridentifer, 588 (fig.), 591, 622, 633 (fig.), 636, 637, 646, 649 triphanos, 591, 621, 629 (fig.), 636, 637, 640 pilosa, Stenocysta, 82 unispinus, 591, 622, 631 (fig.), 636, pinguis, Trochiloecetes, 314, 325, 326 637, 643 (fig.) 341 Polyonomus ecaroli, 342 piperica, Nesocypselas, 5 (fig.) Polypedilum albinodus, 206 Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company, help apicatum, 205 from, 451 artifer, 207 Pits, unknown purpose, 486, 490, 496 aviceps, 208 placida, Habrochila, 59 californicum, 201 (fig.), 204 planaris, Typonotus, 87 cutellatum, 205 Planibyrsa, 17, 78 digitifer, 206 Platychila, 78, 85 floridense, 204 ampliata, 78 halterale, 206 Platychilae, 78 illinoense, 207 platyoma, Dictyla, 51 isocerus, 206 Monanthia, 50, 71 labeculosum, 201 (fig.), 203 platyomia, Monanthia, 50 laetum, 207 Platytingis, 17, 78 nigritum, 207 pediades, 78 ophioides, 208 Pleonectyptera geometralis, 508, 510 parvum, 205 pyralis, 507, 510 pedatum excelsius, 207 pyralis geometralis, 508, 510 scalaenum, 205 Plerochila, 17, 78 simulas, 206 Pleseobyrsa, 17, 79 subcultellatum, 201 (fig.), 204 boliviana, 79 sulaceps, 208 Plesionoma, 14, 29 tritum, 208 Pleuroloma, 260 pongana, Dictyla, 51 Pleurothyris, 594 Pontanus, 18, 79, 84 Pliobyrsa, 18, 79 Pontoporeia, 363 plumosa, Tipula, 215 affinis, 362, 363 plumosus, Tendipes, 215 Postmolds, 495, 497 Poaphila irrecta, 508, 510 potamogeti, Tendipes, 220, 221 poepingii, Lasiurus, 472 Potsherds, grit-tempered, 454 Pogonostyla, 18, 79 Pottery, Adena Fayette Thick, 454 intonsa, 79 between Middle and Early Adena, polli, Ployipnus, 591, 621, 628 (fig.), 454 635, 636, 637, 638 coarse cord pattern, 485 Polyipnus, 590, 591, 620, 621 (key), 636, colors of, 489 638, 642, 643, 648 cord-marked bases, 485, 491 asteroides, 591, 621, 629 (fig.), 635, cord marked inner rims, 485, 491 636, 637, 639, 640, 641, 642 decorations, 491 fraseri, 591, 620, 622, 630 (fig.), Ebetsu type, 491, 492, 493, 495, 636, 637, 642 498, 499 indicus, 591, 622, 632 (fig.), 636, filet decorations, 485 637, 638, 645 fine cord pattern, 485 japonicus, 622, 631 (fig.), 636, 637, fiber tempered, 485 638, 642, 643 grit tempered, 485 laternatus, 591, 621, 628 (fig.), 635, Haji type, 491, 492, 495, 497, 498, 636, 637, 639, 640 499 INDEX Pottery, incised patterns, 485 Kamejaoka type, 490 Middle Jomon Period, 488 Nopporo type, 490, 491, 492, 495, 497, 498, 499 obsidian tempered, 485 plain bases, 485 plain surface, 485 rim patterms, 485 Satsumon type, 492, 498, 499 “support perforations,” 485 tempering materials, 485 Yoichi type, 488, 490, 492, 495, 498 traits, Tanguchi site, 485 praecellens, Tigava, 84 praetabilis, Ulocysta, 87 praevellens, Cantinona, 43 Preceramic Period, 499, 500 princeps, Mokanna, 68 Prionostirina, 79, 88 nana, 79 productilis, Ghilianella, 397, 401, 404, 406, 408, 409 (fig.), 415 ‘(fig.), 419° (fig.), 432, 447 profusa, Phaenopsectra, 209 profusus, Tanytarsus, 209 projectile points, 483, 486, 487, 500, 501 prolixa, Ischnotingis, "62 promineny: Physostomum, 308, 312, 315, 316 Trochiloecetes, 308, 313, 315 Protura, Reexamination of species of, deseribed by H. E. Ewing, 265— provorsus, Ildefonsus, 61 Pseudacysta, 18, 79 Pseudochironomus richardsoni, 198 Pseudophatnoma, 14, 29 corniculata, 29 Psilobyrsa, 18, 80 aechemeae, 80 Psylobyrsa, 80 Pyractonema binotata, 153 biozulata, 152 Physocephala bipartita, 125, 126 chrysorrhoea, 122, 123 chrysorrhoea truncata, 122 elongata, 125 gigas, 122 limbipennis, 124 melana, 124 nigra, 122 obscura, 122 pielina, 126 pusilla, 724 rufifrons, 121 sinensis, 124 theca, 123 vaginalis, 123 vittata, 121 Physoconops, 120 Protentomon, 267, 282 perpusillum, 282, 284 thienemanni, 282 transitans, 267, 282, 283 (fig.) Protura, 265, 266 671 Proturentomon, 282 Pseudophysocephala, 124, 125 Pterophanes cyanoptera peruvianus, 329, 341 pucallpana, Dictyla, 51 puerile, Lucidina, 136 puerilis, Teratochila, 84 pugettensis, Hemicyclops, 159, 165, 166, 174, 181, 182 Upogebia, 160, 161, pulchra, Sankisia, 81 pulehripennis, Stenochironomus, 211 pulla, Dictyla putoni, 51 puncticauda, Ghilianella, 397, 398, 402 purpurea, Berndtia, 518 purpureus, Hemicyclops, 159, 160, 163, 164, 176 pusilla, Conops, 124 Physocephala, 124 pusillum, Eosentomon, 267, (fig.) putoni, Dictyla, 51 Pyractonema, 133, 134, 135, 138, 140 (key) albomarginata, 136, 139, 143 (fig.), 155 166, 175 281, 283 136, 137, 140, 141, angustata, 135, 139, 140, 142, 143 (fig.), 148 bardelli, 133, 151, 152 bifenestrata, 136, 139, 140, 143 (fig.), 150, 153 binotata, 150, 152 bioculata, 133, 151 brevipennis, 150, 151, 152, 153 compressicornis, 133, 134, 144 depressicornis, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 139, 140, 144, 145 (fig.) fisicollis, 151, 153 haemorrhoa, 135, 137, 139, 140, 145 (fig.), 1 aise: 137, “39, 140, 147, 148 (fig.) lugubris, 151, 152, 153 minor, 136, 139, 140, 149 nigripennis, 134, 135, 136, 137, 139, 140, 142, 148 (fig.), 149, 150, 151, 152, 155 obseura, 133, 134, 136, 137, 139, 140, 150, 152, 16 58, 154 (fig.) rhododera, 133, 135, 136, 139, 140, 154 (fig. subilipennis, 139, 140, 155 vicina, 135, 139, 140, 151, 155 Pyractonema, Fireflies of the genus, 133-157 pyralis, Heliothis, 507 Hemeroplanis, 505, 507, 509 Photinus, 137 Pleonectyptera, 507, 510 pyraloides, Hemeroplanis, 508, 509, 513 pyri, Acanthia, 67, 82 Maecenas, 90 Stephanitis, 82 Tingis, 82 pyrioides, Atephanitis, 18, 21 Pyropyga, 134 672 quadricornis, Piesma, 26 quadrifasciatus, Conops, 110 quadrimaculata, Acanthia, 77 Physatocheila, 90 quagga, Stictochironomus, 208 Tanytarsus, 208 Quarry workshops, 483 quibdoensis, ‘Trochiloecetes, (fig.), 318, 341 eee Kotingis, 10, 90 ingis, 10 quinguecarinatus, Cantacader, 10, 11 Taphrostethus, 30 312, 317 Radinacantha, 18, 80 reticulata, 80 rasilis, Dictyla, 51 ravana, Sakuntala, 80 Recaredus, 14, 29 rex, 29 recondita, Ghilianella, 397, 398, 402, 447 recurva, Codotingis, 44 Renaudea, 18, 80 pauliani, 80 retiarius, Cadmilos, 41 reticulata, Radinacantha, 80 Tingiopsis, 10, 11, 84 rex, Recaredus, 29 rhabdita, Ghilianella, 397, 401, 407 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 433, 435 rhododendri, Stephanitis, 9, 21 Rhododendron, 21 rhododera, Pyractonema, 133, 135, 136, 139, 140, 154 (fig. rhodopis, Trochiloecetes, 3138, 321 (fig.), 822, 324, 341 Rhodopis vesper vesper, 322, 341 rhomboptera, Tingis, 66 Rhynchota, 7 Rhysodesmini, 260 Rhysodesmus, 228, 232, 260, 263 richardsoni, Pseudochironomus, 198 sons aoe 308, 310, 311, 316, 331, 4 leptosomus, 339 (fig.) microcephalum, 331 subangulatus, 309 (fig.) sp., 309 (fig.), 339 (fig.) riparius, Myotis simus, 466 riparius, Chironomus, 214 Tendipes, 214 rivalis, Dictyla montandoni, 51 roboris, Epimixia, 33, 90 rostratum, Eosentomon, 267, 278, 279 (fig.), 280 (fig.) rotundata, Monanthia, 46, 68, 69, 90 Tingis, 71 rotundatus, Lophogaster, 530 ruandae, Dictyla, 51 rudis, Dasytingis, 49 ruficeps, Dictyla, 51 ruficornis, Tingis, 25 rufifrons, Conops, 113 Physocephala, 121 rufigaster, Conops, 115 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 rufina, Dictyla echii, 51 rufomaculatus, Conops, 114, 115 rufus, Selasphorus, 308, 338, 340, 341 rugata, Nesocysta, 70 rugiana, Berotingis, 40 Ruhoff, Florence A.; see Drake and Ruhoff, 1. Sabestena, 14, 25 africana, 25 Sagitta elegans, 356, 358, 359, 367 sahlbergi, Dictyla, 51 Sakhalin, Japan, 482 Sakuntala, 36, 39, 80 ravana, 80 salicorum, Dictyla, 51 salina, Artemia, 560 salinae, Lasiurus, 469 salvini, Chiroderma, 465, 466 Sanazarius, 18, 81 cuneatus, 81 Sankisia, 54, 81 pulchra, 81 Saphirella, 159 Sapporo, Japan, 481, 483 Sasa palmata, 497 sauli, Trochiloecetes, 309 (fig.), 315, 829, 330 (fig.), 331, 341 sauteri, Dictyle, 51 Thecophora, 130 Sayler Park Mound, Cincinnati, Ohio, 456, 457 scaber, Uranoscopus, 568, 569 scalaena, Tipula, 205 scalaenum, Polypedilum, 205 scapularis, Monanthia, 72 schmidti, Lophogaster, 528, 531, 539, 540 (fig.) schoutedeni, Henrikus, 60 Schultz, Leonard P.; Revision of the marine silver hatchetfishes (fami- ly Sternoptychidae), 587-649 scopelopes, Hemeroplanis, 507 Scopelopus inops, 507, 509 scopulaepes, 507 scopulaepes, Hemeroplanis, 507, 509 Scopelopus, 507 scopulepes, Hemeroplanis, 505, 506 (key), 607, 511 (fig.), 512 (fig.), 518, 514, 515 Phytometra, 507 Serapers, 483, 487, 490, 492, 497, 500, 501, 502 Scraulia, 52, 81 scrupulosa, Teleonemia, 19, 20 scutellatus, Conops, 110 secunda, Compseuta, 83 sedentaria, Phronemia, 363 Selasphorus flammula, 308, 316, 331, 335, 338, 340, 341 rufus, 308, 338, 340, 341 seminolus, Lasiurus, 469, 470, 473 semipallida, Ghilianella, 397, 404 senta, Dictyla, 51 seorsa, Dictyla, 51 rufigastra, Threnetes leucurus, 329, 341 | seposita, Celantia, 11 INDEX Serenthia, 23, 25 atricapilla, 25 dilata, 56 minuta, 25 Serenthiaria, 8, 9, 23 Serenthiella, 23, 25 Serenthiinae, 21 serratus, Callithrincus, 42 serrulata, Gymnotingis, 59 servillei, Emesa, 449 Ghilianella, 397, 449 sessoris, Dictyla, 51 Setzler, Frank M., Welcome Mound and the effigy pipes of the Adena people, 451-458 sexnebulosa, Tingis, 64 sexspinosus, Astroscopus, 564 Uranoscopus, 564 Shaman, 454 Shell mounds, 483 Sherds, 490, 498, 499, 501, 502 cord-marked (Jomon), 483, 486 Shetrone, H. C., information from, 457 Sicus, 128 abdominalis, 128, 129 ferrugineus, 128, 129 ferrugineus abdominalis, 128 ferrugineus nigricans, 129 fusenensis, 129 nigricans, 129 sideris, Ypsotingis, 88 signata, Ghilianella, 397, 398, 402, 407 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 427, 436 signoteti, Emesa 437 Ghilianella, 397, 401, 415 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 480, 437 similata, Ghilianella, 397, 403 simillima, Ghilianella, 397, 401, 407 (fig.), 430, 447 Thecophora, 131 simplex, Trochiloecetes, 313, 314, 317 (fig.), 318, 320, 341 simplex, Malandiola, 67 simulans, Polypedilum, 206 simus, Myotis, 467, 468 Myotis simus, 468 Sinalda, 28, 30 elegans, 30 sinensis, Myopa, 127 Physocephala, 124 Siniconops, 117 curtirostris, 118 elegans, 108, 117, 118 grandens, 119 maculifrons, 117, 120 microvalvus, 120 nigripes, 118, 119, 120 philippinensis, 120 species, 118 splendens, 118 Sinuessa, 18, 81 sipinolae, Ghilianella, 397 Sites, miscellaneous, 499 sjostedti, Dictyla, 51 673 sladeni, Argyropelecus lynchus, 591, 592, 593, 597, 613, 614, 616 Smithsonian Institution, explorations by, 451 Solecki, Ralph S., excavations by, 451, 453 Solenostoma, 24, 24 liliputiana, 24, 25 sordida, Cysteochila, 49 Spatula clypeata, 455 spendida, Leptobyrsa, 78 Sphaerista, 18, 81 Sphaerocysta, 18, 82 spinata, Ghilianella, 397, 399, 402, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 438 spinatus, Lithoglyptes, 619, 520 (fig.), 521 (fig.), 522 (fig.), 523 (fig.) spinicaudata, Ghilianella, 397, 404, 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 440 spinifrons, Tingis, 58 spinolae, Ghilianella, 449 spinosa, Weltneria, 518 spinosus, Lophogaster, 530 Polyipnus, 591, 620, 622, 634 (fig.), 636, 637, 639, 646, 647, 648, 649 Polyipnus spinosus, 591, 622, 633 (fig.), 636, 637, 647 splendida Leptobyrsa, 78 splendens, Siniconops, 118 Sporobolus virginicus, 432 stachydis, Monanthia, 86 staegeri, Chironomus, 214 Tendipes, 214 Stargazer fishes from the western North Atlantic (family Uranoscopidae), 563-586 steini, Tingis 64 Stenocader, 14, 30 Stenochironomus cinctus, 210 colei, 211 pulchripennis, 211 taeniapennis, 211 totifuscus, 201 (fig.), 210 Stenocysta, 18, 82 aspidospermae, 89 pilosa, 82 Stephanitis, 9, 18, 21, 22, 41, 42, 64, 67, 68, 71, 72, 82, 83, 86 blatchleyi, 9 desecta, 83 formosa, 83 globulifera, 21 mendica, 83 pyri, 82 pyrioides, 18, 21 rhododendri, 9, 21 stereope, Polyipnus, 641, 648, 649 Polyipnus spinosus, 591, 634 (fig.), 636, 637, 649 Sternoptix mediterranea, 603 Sternoptychidae, 587, 588 (fig.), 589 (fig.), 690, 591 (key), 591, 642 Sternoptychides, 594 amabilis, 594, 606 608 Se 612, 613, 614, | Sternoptyx, 590, 591, 6/ 6 diaphana, 589 (fig.), 591, 616, 617 674 PROCEEDINGS Sternoptyx, obscura, 619 olfersi, 594 olfersii, 610 sterope, Polyipnus, 642 Stictochironomus naevus, 208 quagga, 208 stigmaterus, Chironomus, 211 Tendipes, 2/1 stipitata, Ghilianella, 397, 403, 419 (fig.), 447 Stone circles, 483 Straw, carbonized, 484 strichnocera, Dictyonota, 51, 81 strigata, Ghilianella, 397, 399 Studies in neotropical Mallophaga, XVII: A new family (Trochili- phagidae) and a new genus of the lice of hummingbirds, 307-342 stygius, Microtendipes pedellus, 199 Stymnonotus, 18, 83 apicalis, 83 subadhaerens, Hemicyclops, 159, 163, 164, 165, 176, 181, 183 (fig.), 185 (ig.), 186, 187 (fig.), 188, 190, 19 subaequalis, Chironomus, 200 Paratendipes, 200 subangulatus, Ricinus, 309 (fig.) subcinecta, Paralauterborniella subcinc- ta, 202, 203 subcinctum, Apedilum, 202 subcultellatum, Polypedilum, 201 (fig.), O 204 subdola, Dictyla, 51 subglaber, Lophogaster, 530 subglobulata, Ghilianella, 397, 399, 402, 409 (fig.), 411 (fig.), 419 (fig.), 447 subinermis, Phyllontocheila, 81 Sublette, James E.,; Chironomid midges of California. I. Chironominae, exclusive of Tanytarsini (= Calop- sectrini), 197-226 subopaca, Neopachycysta, 70 subulipennis, Lucidota, 155 Pyractonema, 139, 140, 155 succincta, Ghilianella, 397, 405, 419 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 447 sufflata, Dictyla, 51 sulaceps, Polypedilum, 208 suleata, Ghilianella, 397, 401 sundra, Conchochila, 45, 89 symphyti, Dictyla, 51 Synallaxis albescens australis, 339 szechwanensis, Conops, 114 taczanowskii, Talaphorus, 342 taeniapennis, Chironomus, 211 Stenochironomus, 211 taeniophora, Cysteochila, 74 takahashii, Tanytingis, 83 Talaphorus taczanowskii, 342 tallulah, Fontaria, 228, 229, 240, 246 Tanaka Site, Japan, 491, 492 owned by Sadaiichi Tanaka, 492 Taniguchi, Jinsaku, owner of site, 483 OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Taniguchi Site 483, 484, 490 Tanybyrsa, 18, 83 Tanytarsini, 197 Tanytarsus, 218 albescens, 208 dyari, 209 profusus, 209 quagga, 208 Tanytingis, 18, &3 takahashii, 83 Taphrostethus, 26, 30 quinquecostatus, 30 tasmaniae, Perissonemia, 55 Tattersall, O. 5.; Notes on Mysidacean crustaceans of the genus Lopho- gaster in the U.S. National Mu- seum, 527-547 telamonides, Hypsipyrgias, 61 Teleia, 28, 30 coronata, 28, 30 Teleonemia, 9, 18, 20, 35, 36, 84 atra, 31 australis, 78 funerea, 84 insularis, 72 scrupulosa, 19, 20 teliotis, Lasiurus, 469, 472 Lasiurus borealis, 470, 472 Tendipedini, 197 Tendipes alphaeus, 219 (fig.), 222 amachaerus, 225 anthracinus, 215 ariel, 219 (fig.), 221, 222 atrella, 213 attenuatus, 212 californicus, 218 chaetoala, 219 (fig.), 220 curtilamellatus, 224 darby, 219 (fig.), 221, 222 digitatus, 223 dorsalis, 216 edwardsi, 224 frequens, 223 fulvipilus, 2/1 fulvus, 223 hesperius, 217, 219 (fig.) modestus, 21/8 modocensis, 201 (fig), 216 monochronomus, 223 nervosus, 22 nigricans, 217 plumosus, 215 potamogeti, 220, 221 riparius, 214 staegeri, 214 stigmaterus, 211 tenuicaudatus, 224 undine, 222 utahensis, 214 viridulus, 225 tenuicaudatus, Chironomus, 224 Tendipes, 224 tenuiceps, Acerentulus, 266, 267, Teratocader, 14, 30 Teratochila, 79, 84 puerilis, 84 295 INDEX testacea, Conops, 127 Myopa, 127 Tingis, 55 testudineatus, Ulmus, 30 Teucrio chamaedri, 46 Thalurania furcata colombica, 324, 341 (fureata) fureatoides, 341 furcata fannyi, 342 furcata jelskii, 312, 342 theca, Physocephala, 123 thecoides, Conops, 109 Thecophora, 129 atra, 130, 131 philippinensis, 130 sauteri, 130 simillima, 131 thecus, Conops, 115 Themisto, 3438, 344, 345 abysserum, 345, 368 compressa, 379 gaudichaudii, 344, 379 gracilipes, 344, 355, 365, 375 japonica, 365 libellula, 382 theresiae, Metallura, 342 Thermesia aurora, 510 thermophilus, Paratendipes, 201 (fig.), 202 thienemanni, Protentomon, 282 thomsoni, Hemicyclops, 175 Thraupis virens diaconus, 309 virens episcopus, 310 Threnetes leucurus rufigastra, 329, 341 thysanotus, Hemicyeclops, 159, 160, 163, 164, 165, 167 (fig.), 171 (fig.), 173 (fig.), 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 184 Tigava, 18, 84 anonae, 61 mollicula, 43 praecellens, 84 uganda, 59 unicarinata, 84 Tigavaria, 18, 84 Tingidae, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 10 14, 15, 16, ify Lida ol, ds £0, Oe Tingidaria, 8, 9 Tingideae, 3 Tingides, 3 Tingidida, 3 Tingididae, 3, 14, 15 Tingididea, 3 Tingidides, 4 Tingidini, 31 Tingiditae, 3 Tingidites, 3, 31 Tingidoidea, 6 tingidoides, Piesma, 30 Tingina, 3 Tinginae, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14, 15, 21, 22, 26, 29, 31, 55, 67, 89 Tingini, 3 Tingiopsis, 84 reticulata, 10, 11, 84 Tingis, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 18, 22, 31, 35, 675 Tingis, 78, 82, 85, 86 albilatera, 36 alicollis, 44 australis, 34 beesoni, 85 cardui, 47 carinata, 31, 73 cassidea, 73 cervina, 73 clavata, 68 echii, 68 eryngii, 49 fabricii, 43 florissantensis, 11 foliacea, 50 fuscigera, 48 globifera, 82 grisea, 85 hedenborgii, 63 hystricellus, 38, 39 laeta, 23 maculata, 86 mitratus, 41 monacha, 47 mutica, 65 nobilis, 56 oblonga, 58, 65 obscura, 11 pyri, 82 quinquecarinata, 10 rhomboptera, 66 rotundata, 71 ruficornis, 25 sexnebulosa, 64 spinifrons, 58 steini, 64 testacea, 55 wuorentausi, 40 sp:, 10) Ut Tingitaria, 31 Tingitidae, 3, 68 Tingitidea, 3 Tingitides, 4 Tingitina, 31 Tingoidea, 6 tingoides, Monanthia, 49 Tipula plumosa, 215 scalaena, 205 viridulus, 225 tipyeus, Nobarnus, 71 Tobacco, 457 Todd, E. L.; Noctuid moths of the Scopulepes group of Hemero- planis Hiibner, 505-515 togularis, Jannaeus, 60 tonsus, Calanus, 356 torquata, Perissonemia, 75 totifuscus, Stenochironomus, 201 (fig.), 210 Trachypeplus, 18, 86 jacobsoni, 86 transitans, Protentomon, 267, 282, 283 fio 270, 272, transitorium, Eosentomon, 270, 274, 277 36, 40, 41, 43, 52, 63, 67, 68, 76 | trench, drainage, 498 676 trepidantis, Xenotingis, 45 Tribelos, subg., 217, 218 trichonota, Monanthia, 85 triconula, Dictyla, 51 tricornis, Acanthia, 52 Dictyonota, 20 tridentifer, Polyipnus, 588 (fig.), 591, 622, 633 (fig.), 636, 637, 646, 649 trinitatum, Chiroderma, 465, 466 triphanos, Polyipnus, 591, 621, 629 (fig.), 636, 637, 640 Tripodura, subg., 205, 206 tristis, Conops, 0. 112 tritum, Polypedilum, 208 tritus, ‘Chironomus, 208 Trochilidae, 307, 311 Trochiliphagidae, 311 Trochiliphagus, eer 312 (fig.), 316, 331, 332 (key), 3 40 Te a 312 (fig.), 333, 338, 339 g 41 brevicephalus, 312 (fig.), 332, 335, 336 (fig.), 337, 3 Caren, 332, o36 “336 (fig.), 337, 34 trazuensis, 312 (ig), 332, 334 (fig.), 335, 338, 340, 341 jimenezi, 332, 337, 341 latitemporalis, 312 (fig.), 333,. 388, 339 (fig.), 341 lazulus, 309 (fig.), 330 (fig.), 331, $33, 341 lineatus, 341 mellivorus, 312 (fig.), 332, 333, 334 (fig.), 335, 341 mexicanus, 312 (fig.), 330 (fig.), 332, 338, 341 ochoterenoi, 338 peruanus, 312 (fig.), 332, 336 (fig.), 337, 341 Trochiloecetes, 307, 308, 310, 311, 312 (key), 316, 331, 340, 342 abdominalis, 314, 323 (fig.), 824, 341 aglaeacti, 312, 816, 317 (fig), 318, 341 ae 313, 315, 323 (fig.), 324, 341 bolivianus, 314, 325, 326 (fig.), 327, 341 coartatia, 313, 319 (fig.), 320, 341 columbianus, 313, 315, 322, 323 (fig.), 324, 331, 341 complezus, 314, $25, 326 (fig.), 341 doratophorum, 314, 316, 340 doratophorus, 308, 315, Bott 341 emiliae, 308, 316, 341 fasciatus, 314, 327, 328 (fig.), 341 grandior, 313, 321 (fig.), 322, 341 tllumani, 315, 329, 330 (fig.), 341 latitemporis, 313, 318, 319 (fig.), 320, 341 malvasae, 3138, 320, 321 (fig.), 341 mandibularis, 315, 829, 330 (fig.), 331, 341 multicarinae, 312 (fig.), 314, 327, 328 (fig.), 329, 341 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 112 Trochiloecetes, ochoterenai, 308, 316, 338, 341 oenonae, 312 (fig.), 314, 327, 328 (fig.), 8329, 341 pinguis, 314, 325, 326 (fig.), 341 prominens, 308, 313, 316 quibodoensis, 312, 317 (fig.), 318, 341 rhodopis, 313, 321 (fig.), 322, 324, 341 sauli, 309 (fig.), 315, 329, 330 (fig.), , 341 simplex, ane 314, 317 (fig.), 318, 320, 341 Trochilus colubris, 340, 341 Tropidocheila, 85, 86 morio, 35 ornatella, 44 Tropidochila, 86 Tropidochilae, 86 truncata, Ghilianella, 397, 404 Physocephala chrysorrhoea, 122 Trypetesa, 525 Tsuishikari Site, 501 tuberosa, Dictyla, 51 tumida, Leptostyla, take Tuxen, S. L., see Bonet and Tuxen, 265 typicus, Cadamustus, 41 Cnemiandrus, 27 Corinthus, 47 Lophogaster, 530, 531, 533, 534, 537, 544 Nobarnus, 71 Typonotus, 48, 87 planaris, 87 tyrianus, Abdastartus, 31 tzactl, Amazilia tzactl, 318, 341 Uenae Site, Japan, 488, 489 (fig.), 490 uhleri, Caloloma, 20, 4 Uhlerites, 18, 87 uichancoi, Dictyla, 51 uganda, Tigava, 59 Ulmus, 14, 30 testudineatus, 30 Ulocysta, 18, 87 praetabilis, 87 Ulonemia, 18, 87 Ulotingis, 18, 87 umbrosa, Leptotingis, 65 uncinata, Ghilianella, 397, 398, 423, 448 underwoodi, Ocreatus underwoodi, 321, 341 undine Tendipes, 222 undosa, Aepycysta, 33 unicarinata, Tigava, 84 unicostata, Monanthia, 69 uniseriata, Dictyla, 51 unispinus, Polyipnus, 591, (fig.), 636, 637, 643 Upogebia, 175 pugettensis, 160, 161, 166, 175 Upselonphorus guttatus, 574 y-graecum, 569, 570 Uranoscopidae, 563, 567 (key) Uranoscopus, 568, 573 622, 631 INDEX Uranoscopus, anolopos, 569 anoplos, 569 elongatus, 580 guttatus, 573 laevis, 576 occidentalis, 564, 567, 568 scaber, 568, 569 sexspinosus, 564 y-graecum, 569 urbanus, Galeatus, 32 Urentius, 18, 38, 39, 79, 88, 89 echinus, 88 utahensis, Chironomus, 214 Tendipes, 214 vagans, Leptodictya, 43 vaginalis, Physocephala, 123 vanderysti, Wombalia, 25 varicornis, Emesa, 441 Ghilianella, 397, 401, 405, 407 (fig.), 408, 411 (fig.), 413 (fig.), 415 (fig.), 417 (fig.), 421 (fig.), 441 varius, Lasiurus, 469 Lasiurus borealis, 470, 472 vase, Haji type, 493, 495, 496, 498, 499 Satsumon, 496 Vatiga, 18, 88 vicosana, 88 vegrandis, Eocader, 27 venusta, Dolichocysta, 54 veracrucis, Phaethornis superciliosus, 333, 341 vermiforme, Hosentomon, 267, 270, 271 (fig.), 272, 274, 277, 278, 281 vesicarius, Physodictyon, 77 vesicularis, Conops, 108 vesiculata, Monanthia, 73 vesper, Rhodopis vesper, 322, 341 veterana, Dictyla, 11 veterna, Dictyla, 51 V-graecum, Anolophus, 570 Vianaida coleopterata, 6 Vianaididae, 6 vicina, ne 135, 139, 140, 151, 1 Vicosana, Vatiga, 88 vilhenai, Angolotingis, 37 villosum, Chiroderma, 465, 466 Chiroderma villosum, 466 virginicus, Sporobolus, 432 viridulus, Tendipes, 225 vitrea, Dicysta, 53 vittata, Physocephala, 121 vuleanorum, Dictyla, 51 waelbroecki, Phyllontocheila, 81 677 Webb, W. S., and Baby, R. S., infor- mation from, 454 Webb, W. S., and Snow, C. E., infor- mation from, 454 Welcome Mound, description of, 453- 455 summary, 457 (46Mr-3). 451, 457 and the effigy pipes of the Adena people, 451-458 Weltneria spinosa, 518 West, G. A., information from, 457 West eae Archeological Society, 51 wheeleri, Eosentomon, 266, 267, 268 (fig.), 269 (fig.), 271 (fig.), 273, 276, 278, 282 williamsi, Australotingis, 72 Wirthiella, subg., 216 Witch doctor, 454 Wolf, C. E., 451 wollastoni, Dictyla, 11, 51 Wombalia, 23, 25 vanderysti, 25 wui, Abrachyglossum, 108, 118 wuorentausi, Tingis, 40 xanthinus, Lasiurus ega, 474, 475, 476 Xenotingis, 18, 88 horni, 88 trepidantis, 45 Xynotingis, 18, 88 hoytoni, 88 Xystodesmidae, 262 Yamato people, Japan, 483 y-graecum, Astroscopus, 563, 564, 565, 566, 567, 569, 570, 573, 574 Upselonophorus, 569, 570 Uranoscopus, 569 yosemitense, Eosentomon, (fig.), 277 yosemitensis, Eosentomon, 277 Ypsotingis, 18, 88 sideris, 88 267, 276 Zatingis, 18, 88 extraria, 88 zavattarii, Dictyla, 51 zayasi, Hemeroplanis, 505, 506, 507, 511 (fig.), 5138, 515 Zelotingis, 18, 89 Zetekella, 14, 28, 31, 89, 90 zeteki, 31 zeteki, Zetekella, 31 zimmermani, Corythotingis, 48 Zinaria, 260 O ‘